(navigation image)
Home American Libraries | Canadian Libraries | Universal Library | Community Texts | Project Gutenberg | Children's Library | Biodiversity Heritage Library | Additional Collections
Search: Advanced Search
Anonymous User (login or join us)
Upload
See other formats

Full text of "Graduate Catalog / the University of Maryland, College Park"

)sfo 



rylatub 

At College Park 



-j & &KUUUtfcS» W* '"** 



}f M. 1 



iil - - -'i.. V' 



The Graduate School 1989-1990 







BOARD OF 
REGENTS 



Dr. Peter F. O'Malley, Chairperson 

Mr. George V. McGowan, Vice Chairperson 

Dr. Albert N. Whiting, Secretary 

Mrs. Ilona M. Hogan, Treasurer 

Ms. Constance M. Unseld, Assistant Secretary 

Mr. Roger Blunt, Assistant Treasurer 

Mr. Wayne A. Cawley, Jr., Ex Officio 

Ms. Margaret Alton 

Mr. Richard O. Berndt 

Mr. Benjamin L. Brown 

Mr. Charles W. Cole, Jr. 

Mr. Frank A. Gunther, Jr. 

Ms. Ann Hull 

Mr. Henry R. Lloyd 

Mr. Rodney Lydell Tyson 

Mr. John W. T. Webb 



OFFICERS OF THE 
UNIVERSITY SYSTEM 



Dr. John S. Toll, Chancellor 

Dr. Jean E. Spencer, Deputy Chancellor 

Dr. Raymond J. Miller, Vice Chancellor for 

Agricultural Affairs 

Dr. Donald L. Myers, Vice Chancellor for General 

Administration 

Dr. Patricia S. Florestano, Vice Chancellor for 

Governmental Affairs 

Dr. David S. Sparks, Vice Chancellor for 

Academic Affairs 

Dr. Edgar B. Schick, Vice Chancellor for Policy 

and Planning 

Mr. Robert G. Smith, Vice Chancellor for 

University Relations 



OFFICERS OF THE 
COLLEGE PARK 
CAMPUS 



Dr. William E. Kirwan, 

President 

Dr. Irwin L. Goldstein, Acting Vice President for 

Academic Affairs and Provost 

Mr. Charles F. Sturtz, Vice President for 

Administrative Affairs 

Mr. Reese Cleghorn, Acting Vice President for 

Institutional Advancement 

Dr. William L. Thomas, Jr., Vice President for 

Student Affairs 



THE GRADUATE SCHOOL 
COLLEGE PARK CAMPUS 



Dr. Jacob K. Goldhaber, Acting Dean for 
Graduate Studies and Research 



Cover Design by: 



James Thorpe 
Design Service Project 



GRADUATE CATALOG 



The University of Maryland 
College Park 



1989-1990 



Digitized by the Internet Archive 

in 2010 with funding from 

Lyrasis Members and Sloan Foundation 



http://www.archive.org/details/graduatecatalogu1989univ 



A Guide to Graduate Programs 3 



A Guide to Graduate Programs 



Graduate Program 
(course code) 



Degrees Offered Page 



Aerospace Engineering 


M.S., Ph.D. 


(ENAE) 




Agricultural & Extension Education 


M.S., Ph.D. 


(AEED) 


A.G.S. Certificate 


Agricultural & Resource Economics 


M.S. Ph.D. 


(AREC) 




Agricultural Engineering 


M.S., Ph.D. 


(ENAG) 




Agronomy 


M.S., Ph.D. 


(AGRO) 




American Studies 


M.A., Ph.D. 


(AMST) 




Animal Sciences 


M.S., Ph.D. 


(ADVP) 




Anthropology 


M.A.A. 


(ANTH) 




Applied Mathematics 


M.A., Ph.D. 


(MAPL) 




Architecture 


M.Arch 


(ARCH) 




Art History 


M.A., Ph.D. 


(ARTS) 




ART 


M.A.. M.F.A. 


(ARTT) 




Astronomy 


M.S., Ph.D. 


(ASTR) 




Biochemistry 


M.S., Ph.D. 


(BCHM) 




Botany 


M.S., Ph.D. 


(BOTN) 




Business & Management 


M.S., M.B.A., 


(BMGT) 


Ph.D. 


Business/Law Combined 


M.B.A., J.D. 


(LMBA) 




Business/Public Affairs 


M.B.A., J.D. 


(BMPM) 





Graduate Studies 
Office and Telephone 

Rm. 0106 

Engineering Classroom Bldg. 

454-8767 

Rm. 0220, Symons Hall 
454-3738 

Rm. 2210, Symons Hall 

454-3808 

Rm. 1124, Shriver Lab. 
454-3901 

Rm. 1109, H.J. Patterson Hall 
454-3718 

Rm. 2140, Taliaferro 
454-4661 

Rm. 4151, Animal Science Bldg 
454-7848 

Rm. 1115, Woods Hall 
454-5069 

Rm. 1112, Mathematics Bldg. 
454-1104/4362 

Rm. 1205, Architec. Bldg. 
454-5215 

Rm. 1211, Art/Soc. 
454-3431 

Rm. 1211, Art/Soc. 
454-0344 

Rm. 1245, Computer & Space 

Sciences Bldg. 

454-6076 

Rm. 1320, Chemistry Bldg. 

454-2606/05 

Rm. 1210, H.J. Patterson Hall 

454-3812 

MBA Coordinator 
Rm. 3104, Tydings Hall 
454-5140 

Rm. 3104, Tydings Hall 
454-5140 

Rm. 3104, Tydings Hall 
454-5140 



A Guide to Graduate Programs 



Chemical Engineering 


M.S., 


Ph.D. 


(ENCH) 






Chemical Physics 


M.S., 


Ph.D. 


(CHPH) 






Chemistry 


M.S., 


Ph.D. 


(CHEM) 






Civil Engineering 


M.S., 


Ph.D. 


(ENCE) 






Classics 


M.A. 




(CLAS) 







Communication Arts & Theatre 
(CMRT) 



M.A., M.F.A., 
Ph.D. (see Public 
Communication) 



Rm. 2113, Chemical Engr. Bl 
454-2431 

Rm. 1109, Inst, for Physical 
Science & Technology 
454-3839 

Rm. 1320, Chemistry Bldg. 

454-2606/05 

Rm. 1173D, Engineering 

Classroom 

454-6617/2438 

Rm. 4218, Jiminez Hall 
454-2510 

Speech 

Tawes Fine Arts Bldg. 

454-3868 

Radio-Television-Film 
Tawes Fine Arts. Bldg. 
454-6218 

Theatre 

Tawes Fine Arts. Bldg. 

454-6210 



Comparative Literature 


M.A., Ph.D. 


(CMLT) 




Computer Science 


M.S., Ph.D. 


(CMSC) 




Counseling & Personnel Services 


M.Ed., M.A., Ph.D. 


(EDCP) 


Integrated Master's 




AGS Certificate 


Criminal Justice & Criminology 


M.A., Ph.D. 


(CRIM) 




Curriculum & Instruction 


M.Ed., M.A. 


(EDCI) 


Ed.D., Ph.D., 


AGS Certificate 




Economics 


M.A., Ph.D. 


(ECON) 




Education Policy, Planning & 


M.A., M.Ed., 


Administration 


Ed.D., Ph.D., 


(EDPA) 


AGS Certificate 


Electrical Engineering 


M.S., Ph.D. 


(ENEE) 




Engineering Materials 


M.S.. Ph.D. 


(ENMA) 





Rm. 4223, Jiminez Hall 
454-2685 

Rm. 1105, Computing & Space 

Sciences Bldg. 

454-2002 

Rm. 1210, Benjamin Bldg. 
454-2026 



Rm. 2220, Le Frak Hall 
454-4538/5318 



Rm. 1210, Benjamin Bldg. 
454-7346 



Rm. 3115G, Tydings Hall 
454-3451 



Rm. 1210, Benjamin Bldg. 
454-5766 



Rm. 3179D, Engineering 
Classroom Bldg. 
454-4173 

Rm. 1110, Chemical Engr. Bldg. 
454-1609 



A Guide to Graduate Programs 



English Language & Literature 


M.A., 


Ph.D. 


(ENGL) 






Entomology 


M.S., 


Ph.D. 


(ENTM) 






Family & Community 


M.S. 




Development 






(FMCD) 






Food Science 


M.S., 


Ph.D. 


(FDSC) 






French Language & Literature 


M.A., 


Ph.D. 


(FRIT) 






Geography 


M.A., 


Ph.D. 


(GEOG) 






Geography/ Library & Information 


M.A., 


M.L.S. 


Services 






(GELS) 






Geology 


M.S., 


Ph.D. 


(GEOL) 






Germanic Language & Literature 


M.A., 


Ph.D. 


(GERS) 






Government & Politics 


M.A.. 


Ph.D. 


(GVPT) 






Health Education 


M.A. 


Ph.D. 


(HLTH) 






Hearing & Speech Science 


M.A. 


, Ph.D. 


(HESP) 






History 


M.A. 


, Ph.D. 


(HIST) 






History/Library & Information 


M.A. 


, M.L.S. 


(HILS) 






Horticulture 


M.S., 


Ph.D. 


(HORT) 






Human Development 


M.Ed 


„ M.A., Ed.D. 


(EDHD) 


Ph.D 


„ AGS 




Certificate 



Rm. 1131, Taliaferro 
454-4109 



Rm. BOOB, Symons Hall 
454-3843 



Marie Mount Hall, Suite 1204 
454-2142/6461 



Rm. 1122A, Holzapfel Hall 
454-2829 



Rm. 3122, Jiminez Hall 
454-4303 



Rm. 1113, Le Frak Hall 

454-2241 



Rm. 1113, Le Frak Hall 

454-2241 



Rm. 4101, Geology Bldg. 
454-3548 

Rm. 3215, Jiminez Hall 
454-4301 

Rm. 2181F, Le Frak Hall 
454-6745 

Rm. 2383, Physical Education 
Recreation and Health 
454-3055/2629 

Rm. 0100, Le Frak Hall 
454-5831 

Rm. 2102G, Francis Scott Key 

Hall 

454-2843 

Rm. 4110, Hornbake Library 
454-3016/2846 

Rm. 1122, Holzapfel Hall 
454-6504 

Rm. 1210, Benjamin Bldg. 
454-2034/2035/2036 



Human Nutrition & Food Systems 
(HNFS) 

Industrial, Technological & 
Occupational Education 
(EDIT) 



M.Ed., M.A., Ed.D., 
Ph.D., AGS 
Certificate 



Rm. 3304, Marie Mount Hall 
454-2139 



Rm. 1210, Benjamin Bldg. 
454-4264 



A Guide to Graduate Programs 



Journalism 


M.A., (Ph.D. see 


136 


(JOUR) 


Public 
Communication) 




Library & Information 


M.L.S., Ph.D. 


137 


Services 






(LBSC) 






Linguistics 


M.A., Ph.D. 


140 


(LING) 






Marine-Estuarine-Environmental 


M.S., Ph.D. 


141 


Sciences 






(MEES) 






Mathematical Statistics 


M.A., Ph.D. 


144 


(STAT) 






Mathematics 


M.A., Ph.D. 


144 


(MATH) 






Measurement, Statistics 


M.A., Ph.D. 


147 


and Evaluation 






(EDMS) 






Mechanical Engineering 


M.S., Ph.D. 


148 


(ENME) 






Meteorology 


M.S., Ph.D. 


150 


(METO) 






Microbiology 


M.S., Ph.D. 


154 


(MICB) 






Music 


M.M., D.M.A., 


155 


(MUSC) 




Ph.D. 


Nuclear Engineering 


M.S., Ph.D. 


158 


(ENNU) 






Nutritional Sciences 


M.S., Ph.D. 


159 


(NUSC) 






Philosophy 


M.A., Ph.D. 


159 


(PHIL) 






Physical Education 


M.A., Ph.D. 


161 


(PHED) 






Physics 


M.S., Ph.D. 


164 


(PHYS) 






Poultry Science 


M.S., Ph.D. 


166 


(POUL) 






Psychology 


M.S., M.A., Ph.D. 


167 


(PSYC) 






School of Public Affairs 


M.P.M., M.P.P. 


169 


(Public Management and 






Public Policy) 







Rm. 2104, Journalism 
454-5949 



Rm. 4110, Hornbake Library 
454-3016 



Rm. 1107, Mill Bldg. 
454-7002 



Rm. 0313, Symons Hall 
454-4944 



Rm. 1107, Mathematics Bldg. 
454-2841 



Rm. 1106, Mathematics Bldg. 
454-2841 



Rm. 1210, Benjamin Bldg. 
454-3747 



Rm. 2168, Eng. Classroom Bldg. 
454-4216 

Rm. 2201, Computer & Space 

Science Bldg. 

454-2708 

Rm. 1117, Microbiology Bldg. 
454-5370 

Rm. 21 10, Tawes Fine Arts Bldg. 
454-7644 

Rm. 2309, Chemical Engineering 
454-2430/2436/2812 

Rm. 1100B, Marie Mount Hall 
454-3092 

Rm. 1131, Skinner Hall 
454-2850/2851 

Rm. 2343, Phys. Ed., Recreation 

& Health Bldg. 

454-2928 

Rm. 1 120, Physics & Astro. Bldg. 
454-3514 

Rm. 3129, Animal Science Bldg. 
454-3837 

Rm. 1147, Zoo-Psych Bldg. 
454-6392 

Suite 2106, Morrill Hall 
454-7238 



A Guide to Graduate Programs 



Public Communications 


Ph.D. 


(PCOM) 




Recreation 


M.A., Ph.D. 


(RECR) 




Sociology 


M.A., Ph.D. 


(SOCY) 





Rm. 1206, Tawes Fine Arts Bldg. 
454-4373/2541 



Rm. 2363, Phys. Ed. & Health 
454-3388/2930 



Rm. 2103, Art/Soc. Bldg. 
454-5933 



Spanish Language & Literature M.A., Ph.D. 

(SPAP) 



Special Education 


M.Ed., M.A., Ed.D. 


(EDSP) 


Ph.D., AGS 




Certificate 


Textiles and Consumer Economics 


M.A., Ph.D. 


(TXCE) 




Toxicology 


M.S., Ph.D. 


(TOXI) 




Urban Studies 


M.A. 


(URBS) 




Zoology 


M.S., Ph.D. 


(ZOOL) 





Rm. 2215G, Jiminez Hall 

454-4305/6 



Rm. 1210, Benjamin Bldg. 
454-2118 



Rm. 2100, Marie Mount Hall 
454-5150 



Rm. 0300, Symons Hall 
454-7134 



Rm. 1113, Le Frak Hall 
454-2662 



Rm. 2233, Zoo-Psych Bldg. 
454-7300 



Contents 



Contents 



Part 1: General Information 
Admission to Graduate School 

General 11 

Criteria for Admission 11 

Eligibility 12 

Categories of Admission to Degree Programs 13 

Non-degree Admission Categories 13 

Offer of Admission 15 

Change of Status or Program 16 

Termination of Admission 16 

The Admission Process 16 

Admission of Faculty 16 

Application Deadlines 18 

International Students 18 

Records Maintenance and Disposition 19 



Fees and Expenses 

Graduate Fees 19 

Determination of In-State Status for Admission, Tuition, and 

Charge-differential Purposes 20 

Payment of Fees 20 

Refund of Fees 21 

University Refund Statement 21 



Fellowships, Assistantships, and Financial 
Assistance 

Fellowships 22 

Graduate School Tuition Scholarships 23 

Assistantships 23 

Work-Study Program 24 

Loans and Part-time Employment 24 

Veterans Benefits 25 



Contents 9 

Registration and Credits 

Academic Calendar 25 

Developing a Program 25 

Course Numbering System 25 

Designation of Full and Part-time Students 26 

Minimum Registration Requirements 26 

Minimum Registration Requirements for Doctoral Candidates 26 

Partial Credit Course Registration for Handicapped Students 27 

The Inter-Campus Student 27 

Registration Through the Washington Consortium Arrangement... 28 

Graduate Credit for Senior Undergraduates 29 

Undergraduate Credit for Graduate Level Courses 29 

Credit by Examination 29 

Transfer of Credit 30 

Course and Credit Changes 31 

Grades for Graduate Students 32 

Computation of Grade Point Average 33 

The Academic Record (Transcripts) 34 



Degree Requirements 

Graduate School Requirements Applicable to all Master's Degrees. 34 
Graduate School Requirements for the M.A., M.S. 

Thesis Option 35 

Non-thesis Option 35 

Requirements for the M.Ed. Degree 36 

Requirements Applicable to Other Master's Degrees 36 

Graduate School Requirements Applicable to All Doctoral Degrees 36 

Graduate School Requirements for the Degree of Doctor of Philosophy 37 

Constitution of Dissertation Committee 38 

The Dissertation Committee and the Conduct of the 

Dissertation Defense 38 

Inclusion of Previously Published Materials in a Thesis 

or Dissertation 39 

Requirements for the Degree of Doctor of Education 39 

Requirements for Other Doctoral Degrees 40 

Time Extension Governing Degrees 40 

Waiver of Regulations 40 

Commencement 40 



10 Contents 

Resources 

Location 41 

Special Research Resources 41 

Special Opportunities for Artists 42 

Libraries 42 

Bureaus, Centers, and Institutes 44 

Consortia 58 



Student Services 

Housing 61 

Dining Services 62 

Career Development Center 62 

Counseling Center 63 

Health Care 63 

Health Insurance 64 

Publications of Interest to Graduate Students 64 

Part 2: Graduate Programs 66 

Part 3: Graduate Course Descriptions 190 

Part 4: The Graduate Faculty 518 

Part 5: Appendices 615 

University Policy Statements 615 

Policies on Non-Discrimination 615 

Resolution on Academic Integrity 615 

Code of Student Conduct 618 

University Policy on Disclosure of Student Records 618 

Index 625 

Campus Map 



Admission to Graduate School 1 1 



General Information 



Admission to Graduate School 

General 

Responsibility for admitting applicants to graduate programs rests with the Dean for 
Graduate Studies and Research. Academic department and program officers along with 
faculty committees review admissions applications and credentials and make admissions 
recommendations to the Dean. In the cases where credentials were earned abroad, the 
staff of the International Education Services is consulted. The standards maintained by 
the Graduate School and individual departments and programs are applied to insure that 
applicants admitted to the University are well qualified and trained to study at this in- 
stitution and therefore have a reasonable expectation of successfully completing a graduate 
program. Standards for admission to doctoral degree programs are frequently higher than 
those for admission to master's degree programs. In many degree programs, the number 
of applications received from qualified applicants for graduate study regularly exceed 
the number of applicants who can be accommodated. In such cases, only the most highly 
qualified are offered admission. The number of spaces available in various departments 
is limited according to the availability of faculty, special resources, and funds for students 
requiring financial assistance. 

Criteria for Admission 

Those who have earned or will earn a bachelor's degree at a regionally accredited col- 
lege or university in the United States, or the equivalent of this degree in another coun- 
try, will be considered for admission to the Graduate School at UMCP. 

The decision to admit an applicant to a program is based primarily on a combination 
of the following criteria according to requirements of the specific program or department. 

1. Quality of previous undergraduate and graduate work. The Graduate 
School requires as a minimum standard a B average or 3.0 on a 4.0 scale, 
in a program of study resulting in the award of a baccalaureate degree 
from a regionally accredited college or university. If an applicant has 
studied at the graduate level elsewhere less weight may be, but is not 
necessarily, placed on the quality of the undergraduate academic record. 
Some programs may require a higher minimum grade average for 
admission. 

2. Strength of letters of recommendation from persons competent to judge 
the applicant's probable success in graduate school. Usually these letters 
are from the applicant's former professors who are able to give an in-depth 
evaluation of the applicant's strengths and weaknesses with respect to 
academic work. Additional recommendations may come from employers 
or supervisors who are familiar with the applicant's work experience. Ap- 
plicants should instruct their references to send all letters of recommen- 
dation directly to the program in which they desire entrance. 



12 Admission to Graduate School 



3. Scores on a nationally standardized examination. Because the predictive 
utility of these scores may vary from one group of applicants to another, 
a discriminating use of all relevant materials will be made in each appli- 
cant's case. The three most widely used standardized examinations are the 
Graduate Record Examinations, Graduate Management Admissions Test, 
and the Miller Analogies Test. 

For information on the programs requiring one of these tests, please 
see the List of Graduate programs in this catalog and the instructions ac- 
companying application forms. 

4. Statement by the applicant of academic career objectives and their rela- 
tion to the intended program of study. These statements help the depart- 
ment or program identify students whose objectives are consonant with 
the objectives of the program. 

5. Other evidence of graduate potential. Some programs require other 
evidence of graduate potential, such as a portfolio of creative work, com- 
pletion of specialized examinations, or personal interviews. 

Notes about Eligibility for Admission 

1. Prospective students may apply for admission to the University of 
Maryland during or after their final year of undergraduate study, but must 
furnish proof of graduation before the end of their first term of enroll- 
ment at the University. 

2. Prospective students applying for admission to a graduate degree program 
in a field of specialization in which they already hold that same degree 
or its equivalent may do so only if the previous degree program was of 
substantially different character or was not accredited. 

3. Prospective Summer only-Students applying for entrance in either of the 
two summer sessions should check the Summer Sessions Bulletin to deter- 
mine if the courses they wish to take will be offered. To obtain this publica- 
tion, write to Summer Sessions Office, University of Maryland, College 
Park, MD 20742. 

4. a. Non-U.S. Citizens who are legal permanent residents of the U.S. and/or 
immigrants may use regular applications for admission. All credentials 
accompanied, by English language translations for all documents not writ- 
ten in English, must be received by the Graduate School at least three 
months prior to the first day of classes of the semester for which the ap- 
plicants are seeking admission to assure full consideration. 

5. b. Foreign applicants (i.e., applicants who are not permanent residents 
of the U.S. and/or immigrants) must use the International Student Ap- 
plication Form obtainable from the Office of Graduate Admissions, 
Graduate School, University of Maryland, College Park, MD 20742. All 
credentials, accompanied by English language translations for all 
documents not written in English must be received by the Graduate School 
at least seven months prior to the first day of classes of the semester for 
which the applicants are seeking admission to assure full consideration. 



Admission to Graduate School 1 3 



Categories of Admission to Degree programs 

Applicants for degree programs may be admitted to either full or provisional status 
as outlined below: 

Full Graduate Status 

Students admitted to full graduate status must have submitted official documents in- 
dicating a completed baccalaureate degree from a regionally accredited institution and 
be otherwise fully qualified in the judgment of the individual program and the Graduate 
School. 
Provisional Graduate Status 

Students may be admitted to provisional status because: 

1. The previous academic record is borderline or prerequisite coursework 
in the chosen field is insufficient; or 

2. The applicant has majored in another field with a creditable record but 
has not yet clearly demonstrated abilities in the proposed new field; or 

3. The applicant has completed the baccalaureate degree but has not yet sub- 
mitted official verification of the last semester's work and receipt of the 
degree. 

Official transcripts indicating receipt of the degree must be submitted before the end 
of the first semester. 

Non-degree Admission Categories 

Advanced Graduate Specialist Certificate Status 

The Advanced Graduate Specialist Program is designed to promote a high level of pro- 
fessional competence in an area of specialization in the field of education. The candidate 
must be able to show that he or she can operate as an effective counselor, administrator, 
teacher or skilled person in a major field of professional endeavor. The Advanced Graduate 
Specialist Certificate is offered through most of the programs in the College of Educa- 
tion and the Agricultural and Extension Education program in the College of Agriculture. 
The Certificate is awarded by the College of Education or by the College of Agriculture. 
Requirements are as follows:. 

1 . Applicants must meet the same general criteria for admission as those 
prescribed for degree seekers. Additionally, the applicant must have com- 
pleted a master's degree or the equivalent in credits earned either at the 
University of Maryland or at another regionally accredited institution. The 
Miller Analogies Test scores are required at the time of application. 

2. Coursework totaling not more than 30 credits with grades of at least a 
"B" from an accredited institution may be transferred to the program at 
the University of Maryland. 

3. The program must be developed in cooperation with an advisor and filed 
with the Graduate Studies office in the College of Education. 

4. The Advanced Graduate Specialist Certificate program requires a 
minimum of 60 semester hours of credit with not less than 30 semester 
hours of credit completed with the University of Maryland. At least one 
half of the credits earned either at other institutions or at the University 
of Maryland must be in courses comparable to those in the 600-800 series. 



14 Admission to Graduate School 



The student may be required to take a substantial portion of the program 
in departments other than those in the College of Education or the Col- 
lege of Agriculture. Registration in certain kinds of field study, field ex- 
perience, apprenticeship or internship may also be required. 

There will be a written examination of not less than six hours. A "B" average with 
no "D" or "F" grades will be required before the certificate can be awarded. 

For additional details see "Statement of Policies and Procedures: Advanced Graduate 
Specialist Program in Education," issued by the College of Education. 

Advanced Special Student Status 

The Advanced Special Student Status is designed to provide an opportunity to in- 
dividuals who do not have an immediate degree objective in mind to take graduate level 
courses. Although the primary mission of the Graduate School is to conduct programs 
of graduate instruction leading to advanced degrees, the Graduate Faculty welcomes, to 
the extent that resources allow, qualified students who have no degree objectives. Unof- 
ficial transcripts or photocopies of diplomas will be accepted with the application for 
evaluation purposes, but by the end of the first semester of enrollment, the student must 
submit official copies of all required documents. Official transcripts must be submitted 
from all institutions except the University of Maryland, College Park. 

Applicants for admission to Advanced Special Student Status must satisfy one of the 
following criteria:. 

1 . Hold a baccalaureate degree from a regionally accredited institution with 
an overall "B" (3.0) average. Applicants must submit official transcripts 
covering all credits used in satisfying the baccalaureate degree 
requirements. 

2. Hold a master's or doctoral degree from a regionally accredited institu- 
tion. Applicants must submit an official transcript showing the award of 
a master's or doctoral degree. 

3. Hold a baccalaureate degree from a regionally accredited institution and 
have at least four years of successful post-baccalaureate work or profes- 
sional experience. Applicants must submit an official transcript showing 
the award of the baccalaureate degree. 

4. Achieve a score that places the applicant in the upper 50 percentile of ap- 
propriate national standardized aptitude examinations such as the 
Graduate Record Examination Aptitude Test, the Miller's Analogies Test, 
the Graduate Management Admissions Test. Where different percentiles 
are possible, the Graduate School will determine which score is acceptable. 

Admission to Advanced Special Student status will normally continue for five years. 
If there is no registration in three consecutive academic semesters, the admitted status 
will lapse, after which a new application will be required. 

Advanced Special Students must maintain a 2.75 grade point average. 

Advanced Special Students must pay all standard graduate fees. Students in this status 
are not eligible to hold appointments as Graduate Teaching or Research Assistants or 
Fellows, or receive other forms of financial aid. All other services, e.g. parking, library 
privileges, etc., are the same as those accorded to other graduate students. Advanced Special 
Student status is not available to those on "F" (student) or "J" (exchange visitor) visas. 



Admission to Graduate School 15 



Admission to Advanced Special Student status is not intended to be used as a preparatory 
program for later admission to a doctoral or master's program nor to the Advanced 
Graduate Specialist Certificate program. Consequently, no more than six credits earned 
while in this status may be applicable to a degree or certificate program at a later time, 
with the approval of the faculty in the desired program, if the student is subsequently 
accepted for degree or certificate study. For consideration of admission to a degree pro- 
gram at a later time, the student must submit a new application. 

Visiting Graduate Student Status 

A graduate student matriculated in another graduate school who wishes to enroll in 
the Graduate School of the University of Maryland at College Park and who intends 
thereafter to return to the graduate school in which he is matriculated, may be admitted 
as a Visiting Graduate Student. 

Criteria for enrollment as a visitor are admission to and good standing in another 
recognized graduate school. The applicant need not submit full transcripts of credits, 
but must apply for admission to the UMCP Graduate School and pay the application 
fee. In lieu of transcripts, a student may have the graduate dean of the home institution 
certify, in writing, to the Graduate School that the student is in good standing and that 
the credits will be accepted toward the graduate degree. Unless otherwise specified, ad- 
mission will be offered for one year only. 

Golden Identification Card for Senior Citizens of Maryland 

The purpose of this status is to make available without charge courses and services 
of the University's campuses to citizens who are 60 years of age or older, who are residents 
of the State of Maryland and who are retired (retired persons will be considered those 
who affirm that they are not engaged in gainful employment for more than 20 hours 
per week). People meeting these requirements may apply for graduate admission, either 
as degree or nondegree students, and must meet the same admissions criteria pertaining 
to either category as do all applicants. Once admitted and having been issued the Golden 
Identification Card, such persons may register for courses in any sessions, subject to the 
same restrictions as any other student, and use the library and other campus facilities 
during the time they are enrolled in courses. Tuition fees will be waived for holders of 
the Golden Identification Card. 

Admission to an Institute 

Application for admission to an institute should be made directly to the director of 
the institute. If admission to the Graduate School is also necessary, the decision will be 
based on the same criteria for admitting other degree applicants. Admission to an in- 
stitute does not imply that the individual will be automatically admitted in any other status 
at the University of Maryland at a later date. The status terminates upon completion of 
the institute in which the student was enrolled. A new application must be submitted for 
admission to any other graduate status or program. 

Students already admitted to a regular graduate degree or nondegree status may also 
qualify for participation in an institute. 

Offer of Admission 

Applicants admitted to the Graduate School will receive a written offer of admission 
from the Graduate School which specifies the date of entrance. The offer of admission 
requires a response. If the applicant wishes to accept, decline, or change the effective date 



16 Admission to Graduate School 



of the offer, the Graduate School must be notified or the offer of admission becomes 

void. Failure to register for the authorized term also voids the offer of admission. If the 

offer of admission is voided, the applicant must submit another application and may 

be required to submit additional credentials in order to be considered for admission in 

a subsequent semester. 

Graduate students must consult their academic department for precise registration 

information. 

Change of Status or Program 

Students are admitted only to specified programs for specified objectives. New applica- 
tions are required under the following conditions: 

1. If the student wishes to change programs (students may be admitted to 
only one graduate program at any one time); or 

2. If the student wishes to change status (from nondegree to degree); or 

3. If the student wishes to pursue a new degree objective (change from 
master's to doctoral degree). 

Admission to a new program and/or status is not granted automatically. Each applica- 
tion is subject to approval. 

Termination of Admission Status 

A student's admission terminates when time limits for the completion of the degree 
or nondegree status have been exceeded or when the student is no longer in "good stan- 
ding". Students must maintain an average grade of B or better in all graduate courses 
taken and must otherwise satisfy all additional departmental and Graduate School pro- 
gram requirements. The admission of all students, both degree and nondegree, is con- 
tinued at the discretion of the major professor, the department or program director, and 
the Dean for Graduate Studies. 

The Admission Process 

To be considered for admission to the University of Maryland College Park Graduate 
School each applicant must obtain and complete the application form, following all in- 
structions. An application may be obtained by writing directly to the Graduate School, 
South Administration Building, University of Maryland, College Park, MD 20742. 

Each applicant must submit the following items in order to be considered for admission: 

1. A completed application form. 

2. An application fee of twenty five dollars (do not send cash). 

3. Two complete sets of transcripts reflecting all undergraduate and graduate 
work elected or in progress. Each transcript must bear the signature of 
the registrar and the seal of the granting institution and should include 
the years of attendance, courses taken, grades received, class standing, 
and the degree, certificate, or diploma received. If the applicant attended 
UMCP, the Graduate School will obtain your records of courses com- 
pleted on the College Park Campus. To facilitate the processing and review 
an application, send two sets of unofficial copies of transcripts from in- 
stitutions other than the University of Maryland College Park Campus. 
Official copies of those transcripts are required before full admission can 
be granted. 



Admission to Graduate School 1 7 



4. Three letters of recommendation submitted by professors or others who 
can assess the quality of the applicant's academic performance and 
scholastic potential. Letters of recommendation should be sent directly 
to the academic department in which the applicant is interested. Be cer- 
tain that the applicant's full name is included on each recommendation. 

5. Each applicant must prepare a 300-500 word statement of her/his goals 
and objectives in pursuing graduate study. 

6. Standardized Test Scores Many departments and programs require ap- 
plicants to submit scores of standardized examinations, either the Graduate 
Record Examination (GRE), the Graduate Management Admission Test 
(GMAT) or the Miller Analogies Test (MAT). To determine if one of these 
examinations is required for admission to the department or program to 
which you are applying, please consult the listing at the end of the 
brochure. If standardized test scores are required you may write to the 
following addresses for further information: 

Graduate Record Examinations 

CN 6004 Educational Testing Services 

Princeton, NJ 08541-6004 USA 

Graduate Management Admissions Test 

Box 966 

Princeton, NJ 08541 USA 

Miller Analogy Test 
Psychological Corporation 
7500 Old Oak Blvd. 
Cleveland, OH 44130 USA 

Examination scores should be sent directly to the department or pro- 
gram to which you are applying. 

7. Departmental Requirements Some departments and programs require ad- 
ditional information such as a portfolio or other supplementary materials. 
It is important that applicants contact the department or program to which 
they are applying for information concerning additional admission re- 
quirements. Failure to do so may result in an application not being 
considered. 

Calculation of Grade Point Average All applicants must calculate separate grade point 
averages for the following categories: (1) all courses taken for the baccalaureate; (2) all 
credits earned after the first 60 credits for the baccalaureate; (3) credits which constitute 
the undergraduate major; and (4) all credits taken beyond the bachelor's degree. All grades 
are to be converted to a four-point grading system. Pass/fail, satisfactory, completed 
credit, and similar grades are not included in these calculations. All numerical, alphabetical, 
or equivalent grades, except as already noted, must be calculated as follows: 

a. Multiply quarter credit hours by (.66) to convert to semester credit hours. 

b. Multiply the number of semester credit hours for each course by the 
number of quality or honor points earned, as follows: A#4; B#3; C#2; 
D#l; F#0. 

c. Divide the total number of quality points by the total number of semester 
credit hours. The quotient will be your grade point average. 



18 Admission to Graduate School 



Admission of Faculty 

No member of the faculty employed by the University of Maryland having the rank 
of assistant professor or above is permitted to enroll in a program leading to an advanc- 
ed degree at this institution. Faculty who wish to take course work for personal enrich- 
ment may wish to investigate the Advanced Special Student status. 

Application Deadlines 

Applicants should pay special attention to the deadlines listed in each application 
booklet. In general it is to the applicant's advantage to apply well before the published 
deadline, particularly if the applicant wishes to be considered for fellowships, assistant- 
ship, or other forms of financial aid. The Graduate School recommends that applicants 
time the submission of their applications, transcripts, and letters of recommendation to 
arrive before February 1 . Applicants are solely responsible for making certain that their 
transcripts have, in fact, been received by the Graduate School. If possible, the applica- 
tion should arrive before the transcripts and other supporting evidence of preparation, 
if these materials cannot be attached to the application. 

Application deadline information for the Fall and Spring Semesters is listed below: 

1. Fall (Aug.) and Spring (Jan.) Semesters-Each department, in consulta- 
tion with the Graduate School, sets its own deadlines for Fall semester 
entrances for U.S. citizens, resident aliens, and refugees. 

2. International Students-All citizens of foreign countries must submit ap- 
plications for admission by the following dates:. 

a. Fall-February 1 of prior academic year (unless the department in 
which you are interested sets an earlier deadline). 

b. Spring-June 1 of prior academic year. 

Summer School 

Students applying for entrance in either of the two summer sessions are urged to check 
the Summer Sessions Bulletin to determine if the courses they wish to take will be offered 
in a particular session. To obtain this publication, write to Summer Sessions Office, Univer- 
sity of Maryland, College Park, MD 20742. 

International Students 

Foreign students seeking admission to the University of Maryland should not plan to 
leave their country before receiving an official offer of admission from the Graduate 
School. 

1. All citizens of foreign countries must submit applications for admission in 
accordance with stated deadlines. 

2. Special Notes for International Students: 

a. Academic Credentials: The complete application and official transcripts 
or mark sheets with English translations must be received in the Graduate 
Admissions Office prior to stated deadlines. 

b. English proficiency: Applicants must demonstrate English language pro- 
ficiency by taking the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) 
since all foreign students are expected to read, speak, understand and write 
English fluently. 



Fees and Expenses 1 9 



c. Financial Resources: Each applicant must furnish a statement of 
financial status to the Office of International Education Services. Ap- 
proximately $13,750.00 annually is required for educational and liv- 
ing expenses. 

d. Immigration Documents: Applicants admitted to graduate study will 
be issued a student visa where appropriate. No foreign student seek- 
ing admission should leave his/her country before obtaining an of- 
ficial offer of admission from the Associate Dean for Graduate 
Studies. 

e. Non-U.S. Citizens should address any questions to the Director, In- 
ternational Education Services, University of Maryland, College Park, 
MD 20742, USA. 

Reporting Upon Arrival: 

Every foreign student is expected to report to the Office of International Education 
Services, North Administration Building, as soon as possible after arrival at the Univer- 
sity. This Office will be able to assist not only with various problems regarding immigra- 
tion, housing, and fees, but also with problems relating generally to orientation to univer- 
sity and community life. Questions concerning criteria and requirements for foreign ap- 
plicants should be addressed to the Director, International Education Services, Universi- 
ty of Maryland, College Park, MD 20742. 

Records Maintenance and Disposition 

All records including academic records from other institutions, become part of the of- 
ficial file and can neither be returned nor duplicated for any purpose. Students should 
obtain an additional copy of their official credentials to keep in their possession for ad- 
visory purposes and for other personal requirements. 

The admission credentials and the application data of applicants are retained for 18 
months only and then destroyed in the following cases: 1) Applicants who do not register 
for courses at the time for which they have been admitted; 2) Those whose applications 
have been disapproved; 3) Applicants who do not respond to the departmental requests 
for additional information; and 4) Those whose applications are not complete with respect 
to the receipt of all transcripts or test results. 

Fees and Expenses 

Graduate Fees* 

Application fee $25.00 

A non-refundable $25 application fee and a separate application must be submitted 
for each program in which entrance is sought. 

The University is pleased to waive the application fee if the student has been admitted 
to and has attended the University of Maryland, College Park Graduate School previously. 

Tuition Per Credit Hour:( Academic year 1988-89) Resident Student $117.00 
Non-Resident Student $207.00 

Students admitted to the Graduate School must pay graduate tuition fees whether or 
not the credit will be used to satisfy program requirements. A graduate student who wishes 
to audit a course must pay the usual graduate tuition. 



20 Fees and Expenses 



Continuous Registration Fee (per semester) $10.00 

Graduation Fee 

Master's Degree $25.00 

Graduation Fee 

Doctor's Degree $50.00 

Mandatory Fees"*" 

(Students taking 1-8 credits) $80.00 

(Students taking 9 or more credits) $121.50 

The fees and waivers listed here are those charged at the time this Catalog went to 
press and are offered as a general guide. They are subject to change. Fees charged in 
a particular semester are published in the Schedule of Classes for that semester. 

"*"For a breakdown of the "Mandatory Fees," consult the "Schedule of Classes." 

Determination of In-State Status for Admission, Tuition and Charge-Differential 
Purposes 

An initial determination of in-state status for admission, tuition and charge-differential 
purposes will be made by the University at the time a student's application for admission 
is under consideration. The determination made at that time, and any determination made 
thereafter shall prevail in each semester until the determination is successfully challeng- 
ed. The deadline for meeting all requirements for an in-state status and for submitting 
all documents for reclassification is the last day of registration for the semester the stu- 
dent wishes to be classified as an in-state student. 

The volume of requests for reclassification may necessitate a delay in completing the 
review process. It is hoped that a decision in each case will be made within ninety (90) 
days of a request for determination. During this period of time, or any further period 
of time required by the University, fees and charges based on the previous determination 
must be paid. If the determination is changed, any excess fees and charges will be refunded. 

Persons who are interested in obtaining a copy of the regulations or who wish assistance 
with their classification should contact: Office of Residency Classification, Room 0405B 
Marie Mount Hall, University of Maryland, College Park, Maryland 20742. 

Payment of Fees— See Schedule of Classes for detail information 

Registration is not completed or official until all financial obligations are satisfied. 
Although the University regularly mails bills to students, it cannot assume responsibility 
for their receipt. If a student does not receive a bill on or before the beginning of each 
semester, it is the student's responsibility to obtain a copy of the bill at Room 1 103, South 
Administration Building, 8:30-4:15, Monday through Friday. 

The University of Maryland does not have a deferred payment plan. Payment for previous 
balances and current semester fees are due on or before the first day of classes. Please 
Note: Payments for student accounts may be made by Visa or Mastercard. Credit card 
payments may be made in person or by mail. However, phone-in payments will not be 
accepted at this time. 

It is the policy of the University not to defer payment on the basis of a pending applica- 
tion for financial assistance to an outside agency, including Veterans Administration 
benefits, bank loans, guaranteed student loan programs, etc. Students will be severed 
from University services for delinquent indebtedness to the University. In the event that 
severance occurs, the individual may make payment during the semester in which ser- 



Fees and Expenses 21 



vices were severed and all services except housing will be restored. A five (5) percent Late 
Payment Fee and a $25.00 Severance of Service Fee will be assessed if payment due dates 
are not followed. 

State of Maryland legislation has established a State Central Collections Unit, and in 
accordance with State law the University is required to turn over all delinquent accounts 
to that office for collection and subsequent legal action. The minimum Collection Fee 
is 15% plus any Attorney and/or Court costs. 

Refund of Fees 

A Cancellation of Registration submitted to the Registrations Office before the of- 
ficial first day of classes entitles the student to a full credit or refund of semester tuition 
and fees. 

After classes begin, students who wish to terminate their registration must follow the 
withdrawal procedures stated in the "Schedule of Classes" Students will find the necessary 
forms for withdrawal in the Records Office. The effective date used in computing refunds 
is the date the withdrawal form is filed. "Stop Payment" on a check, failure to pay the 
semester bill, failure to attend classes, do not constitute withdrawal. 

A request for a refund must be processed by the student with the Office of the Bursar; 
otherwise any credit on the student account will automatically be carried over to the next 
semester. 

Students withdrawing from the University will be credited for tuition in accordance 
with the following schedule: 

Period from date Refundable tuition 

Instruction begins only (Additional 

fee nonrefundable) 

Two weeks or less 80% 

Between two and three weeks 60% 

Between three and four weeks 40% 

Between four and five weeks 20% 

Over five weeks No refund 

University Refund Statement 

Tuition, refundable fees and refundable deposits are authorized for refund only if the 
student completes the prescribed withdrawal procedures or is dismissed from the Univer- 
sity. Residence Hall and Dining Services charges are authorized for refund only if the 
student completes the prescribed residence hall and dining services contract release pro- 
cedures. Please refer to current "Schedule of Classes" for complete refund information 
and procedures. 



Fellowships, Assistantships and Financial Assistance 

The University of Maryland recognizes the high cost of education today and makes 
every effort to offer financial assistance through a variety of programs to qualified 
students. Seventy percent of all full-time graduate students receive financial support, which 
may include remission of tuition fees, teaching and research assistantships, work-study 



22 Fellowships, Assistantships and Financial Assistance 



support, and University and state fellowships. Referrals for on-campus or area employ- 
ment opportunities for students and students' spouses are also available in various depart- 
ments and in specific student service centers on campus. 

Admission to a graduate degree program is a prerequisite for the award of a teaching 
or research assistantship, a fellowship, a traineeship, a loan, or a work-study award. Please 
be sure that all required documents for your application for admission, as well as the 
application for departmental financial support, have been submitted. Some awards are 
made on the basis of the applicant's academic merit, others on the basis of need. 

There are three campus units which administer the primary forms of financial sup- 
port: the Graduate School, the individual programs, and the Office of Student Financial 
Aid. The Graduate School processes applications for the Other Race Grants (application 
deadlines: early November and May), The Graduate School also has a Fellowship Infor- 
mation Office which lists fellowship opportunities from government agencies, founda- 
tions, and industry. 

The individual programs and departments award graduate teaching and research 
assistantships (priority application deadline: March 1) and nominate students for tuition 
scholarships and Graduate School Fellowships (to be considered for nomination, apply 
by February 1). 

The Office of Student Financial Aid processes College Work-Study and National Direct 
Student Loans (priority date for consideration; February 15). To be considered for the 
priority date in the Office of Student Financial Aid, you must have submitted a com- 
pleted Financial Aid Form (available at most colleges throughout the country and by re- 
quest from the Office of Student Financial Aid), financial aid transcripts, if appropriate, 
and any other required documentation to be received by the Office of Student Financial 
Ad by February 15. Note that the Financial Aid Form must be sent to the College Scholar- 
ship Service in Princeton for analysis, which takes approximately 4 weeks. 

A more detailed description of the various forms of financial assistance is given below. 

Fellowships 

A fellowship is an award bestowed on a student who displays academic merit and pro- 
mise. All applicants for fellowships must be admitted to a degree program in the Graduate 
School on a full-time basis to be eligible. Departments nominate students for the various 
fellowships; it is therefore essential that you submit all application material early. 

The Graduate School Fellowships are awarded annually on a competitive basis. Students 
cannot apply directly for the award; rather they must be nominated by the department 
in which they intend to enroll. The minimum stipend is $8,800 for the 1989-90 academic 
year; fellows also receive remission of tuition. The standard application for departmen- 
tal financial aid will serve as an application for this fellowship program and must be sub- 
mitted by February 1 directly to the department in which you seek admission. Awards 
are based on merit. Fellowships may be awarded to any qualified in-state, out-of-state, 
or international student. 

Black Graduate Student Fellowships. To help recruit, retain, and graduate black 
graduate students, UMCP has a fellowship program which provides multi-year support. 
Fellowships are available only to citizens and permanent resident aliens. Students must 
be nominated by departments. 



Fellowships, Asslstantshlps and Financial Assistance 23 



Other Race Grants This grant is intended to increase the participation of black students 
in graduate education at the College Park campus. Students who are first-year students 
and students in disciplines which blacks are underrepresented will be given preference. 

Applicants for the Other Race grant must: 

1. be citizens or permanent resident aliens who are classified as Maryland 
residents; 

2. be admitted as degree-seeking students; 

3. be willing to register as full-time students; 

4. be able to demonstrate special merit or need. 

The individual educational grants vary, and have ranged from $500-58,500. Tuition 
is also remitted for up to 10 credits per semester. Students may apply for reappointment 
on a yearly basis for up to three years. Additional details and application materials are 
available from the Fellowship Office of the Graduate School. 

Graduate School Tuition Scholarships 

First-time graduate students in degree programs who are residents of the state of 
Maryland and have an undergraduate GPA of 3.60 or better from an accredited American 
college or university may ask their departments to nominate them for a Graduate Tui- 
tion Scholarship. If you think you qualify, please mark the appropriate space on the 
departmentally-administered financial aid form. Departments may have additional criteria, 
e.g., full-time status, for nomination of students in their program. Tuition scholarships 
are awarded on a first-come, first-served basis for as long as funds are available. 

Assistantships 

Offers of assistantships, which are made by the individual departments, are contingent 
upon the applicant's acceptance as a graduate student in a degree program by the Graduate 
School. Departments may set additional criteria. 

Graduate Teaching Assistantships are available to qualified graduate students in many 
departments and programs. In addition to remission of tuition, these carry ten or twelve 
month stipends ranging, in 1989-90, from $8,800 to $1 1,880. Applications for assistant- 
ships should be made directly to the department in which the applicant will study. 

Graduate Research Assistantships, with comparable stipends, are available in some 
departments on a ten or twelve month basis. For information, inquire in the individual 
department or program. 

Resident Graduate Assistantships, in limited number, are also available. In 1989-90, 
the 12 month stipend is $10,560, plus remission of tuition, in exchange for part-time work 
in undergraduate residence halls as Residence Halls staff members. These Resident 
Assistantships are open to both men and women. Applications for a Resident Graduate 
Assistantship should be made to the Office of Human Resources, Department of Resi- 
dent Life, Cumberland Hall, University of Maryland, College Park, MD 20742. 

Administrative Assistantships Many offices on campus currently have graduate assis- 
tant positions. For further information, contact the Fellowships Office, the individual 
office or department, or check employment announcements outside the Personnel Of- 
fice in South Administration. 



24 Fellowships, Assistantships and Financial Assistance 



Work Study Program 

The College Work Study Program, through the Office of Student Financial Aid (OSFA), 
offers part-time opportunities for students who demonstrate sufficient financial need. 
Graduate students who are awarded workstudy and accept it are sent work authorization 
forms stating the amount they can earn during the academic year. Job openings will be 
listed at the Job Referral Service, Room 3120 Hornbake Building, South Wing. The stu- 
dent is responsible for visiting the J.R.S. to review the job listings and for setting up 
interviews with those departments where they are interested in working. Once hired, they 
are to submit a Work Authorization Form to the hiring department and make ar- 
rangements to begin work. The student's work schedule must be mutually agreed upon 
by the student and the job supervisor, and cannot conflict with the student's class schedules. 
Students cannot work during their scheduled class periods. 

Loans and Part-Time Employment 

Robert T. Stafford Student Loan. Robert T. Stafford Student Loan (formerly the 
Guaranteed Student Loan) is a need based, low interest loan program. Students must 
file a Financial Aid Form (FAF) to determine their eligibility. Graduate students may 
be eligible to borrow up to $7500 per year and a cumulative maximum amount of $54,750. 
First time borrowers for Stafford Student Loans beginning July 1, 1988 will have an in- 
terest rate of 8% for the first four years of repayment and 10% for the remainder of 
the repayment period. Borrowers with unpaid balances may borrow at their previous in- 
terest rate. Repayment begins six months after graduating or ceasing to be enrolled at 
least half-time. 

Graduate eligibility is as defined by the graduate school. Full time status is defined 
in the graduate catalog; 24 units equals half-time status. Applicants must also be making 
satisfactory academic progress. 

If the student is eligible according to the FAF, the student will receive accompanying 
information with an awards letter from the Office of Student Financial Aid to complete 
the loan application process. 

SLS/PLUS. Effective August 17, 1988 all students applying for a Supplemental Loan 
for Students (SLS) are required to complete a FAF processed by the College Scholarship 
Service (CSS) in order to determine if the student is eligible for a Stafford Student Loan. 
First time borrowers beginning July 1, 1988 have a variable interest rate starting at 10.45. 
This rate is determined each year. 

Applicants for the SLS must be independent (self-supporting), admitted to the univer- 
sity, a U.S. citizen or eligible non-citizen, enrolled at least half-time and making satisfac- 
tory academic progress. 

Repayment usually begins 60 days after receipt of the check. Certain lenders will defer 
payment until the student graduates or is no longer enrolled at least half-time. Students 
must make specific arrangements with their lenders for deferment. Plus loans are for 
parents of dependent students. A FAF is not required. 

Applications for Plus or SLS can be obtained at the Public Inquiry counter of the Of- 
fice of Student Financial Aid, Room 2130 Mitchell Building. 

Job Referral Service. The Job Referral Service, located in the Hornbake Library is an 
extension of the Office of Student Financial aid that serves without charge as a clear- 
inghouse for students seeking part-time work temporary and summer employment op- 



Fellowships, Assistantships and Financial Assistance 25 



portunities. Many jobs are available in the residence halls, libraries, laboratories, and 
elsewhere on and off campus. All currently enrolled University of Maryland at College 
Park or University College students seeking work are welcome to visit the office and consult 
referral lists. Additional information may be obtained from room 3120 of the Hornbake 
Building, South Wing, or by calling 454-2490. 

Veterans Benefits 

Students attending the University under the Veteran's Education Assistance Act may 
receive assistance and enrollment certification at the Veterans Certification Office in Rm. 
1101G Mitchell Building. The staff is available to assist regarding monthly educational 
assistance checks as well as other benefits such as tutoring assistance. Telephone 454-4555. 



Registration and Credits 

Registration for courses is ongoing during most of the time that the University is in 
session. Information concerning registration procedures, deadlines, and current tuition 
and expenses is found in the "Schedule of Classes," published regularly by the Office 
of Registration and Records. Students interested in summer session courses should con- 
sult the Summer Session "Schedule of Classes," obtainable from the Office of Summer 
Sessions, Reckord Armory. 

Academic Calendar 

The Academic Calendar is printed in the "Schedule of Classes" for each semester. The 
Graduate School has an "Important Dates" card for graduate students, which lists deadlines 
for submitting requirements for degrees in a particular academic year. 

Developing a Program 

The student is responsible for ascertaining and complying with the rules and procedures 
of the Graduate School and all applicable department or graduate program requirements 
which govern the individual program of study. 

Registration for the newly admitted graduate student seeking a degree or certificate 
begins with a visit to the student's academic advisor in the graduate program or depart- 
ment to which the student has been admitted. There the student will obtain information 
about specific degree or certificate requirements, which supplement those of the Graduate 
School. 

The student will consult the "Schedule of Classes" and will develop, in consultation 
with a graduate faculty advisor, an individual program of study and research. 

Students admitted to Advanced Special Status may seek advice from the Office of the 
Dean for Graduate Studies and Research or from appropriate faculty members. 

The Associate Dean for Graduate Student Affairs is the individual to whom requests 
or petitions for exceptions or waivers of regulations or graduate degree requirements should 
be addressed and to whom appeals of decisions of departmental or program faculty or 
administrators should be directed. 

Course Numbering System 

Courses are designated as follows: 



26 Registration and Credits 



000-099 Non-credit courses. 

100-199 primarily first-year courses. 

200-299 primarily sophomore courses. 

300-399 Junior and senior courses not acceptable for credit toward graduate degrees. 

400-499 Junior and senior courses acceptable for credit toward some graduate degrees. 

500-599 professional school courses (Dentistry, Law, Medicine) and post-baccalaureate 

courses not for graduate degree credit. 

600-898 Courses restricted to graduate students. 

799 Master's thesis credit. 

899 Doctoral dissertation credit. 

The first character of the numeric position determines the level of the course and the 
last two digits are used for course identification. Courses ending with an 8 or 9 are courses 
that are repeatable for credit. All non-repeatable courses must end in through 7. 

Designation of Full and Part-time Graduate Students 

In order to reflect accurately the involvement of graduate students in their programs 
of study and research and the use of University resources in those programs, the Graduate 
School uses the graduate unit in making calculations to determine full or part-time stu- 
dent status in the administration of the minimum registration requirements described below 
and in responding to student requests for certification of full-time student status. The 
number of graduate units per semester credit hour is calculated in the following manner: 
Courses in the series: 000-399 carry 2 units/credit hour. 
Courses in the series: 400-499 carry 4 units/credit hour. 
Courses in the series: 500-599 carry 5 units/credit hour. 
Courses in the series: 600-898 carry 6 units/credit hour. 
Research course: 799 carries 12 units/credit hour. 
Research course: 899 carries 18 units/credit hour. 

To be certified as a full-time student a graduate student must be officially registered 
for a combination of courses equivalent to 48 units per semester. Graduate assistants 
holding regular appointments are full-time students if they are registered for at least 24 
units in addition to the assistantship. Courses taken for Audit do not generate graduate 
units and cannot be used in calculating full-time or part-time status. The University of 
Maryland may alter this system in the near future. 

Minimum Registration Requirements 

All graduate students, masters and doctoral, making any demand upon the academic 
or support services of the university, whether taking courses, using university libraries, 
laboratories, computer facilities, office space, housing, or consulting with faculty ad- 
visors, taking comprehensive or final oral examinations, must register for the number 
of graduate units which will, in the judgment of the faculty advisor, accurately reflect 
the student's involvement in graduate study and use of university resources. In no case 
will registration be for less than one credit. 

Minimum Registration Requirements for Doctoral Candidates 

Doctoral students who have been advanced to candidacy must register each semester, 
excluding summer sessions, until the degree is awarded. 



Registration and Credits 27 



Dissertation Research 

Those who have not completed the required semester credit hours of Dissertation 
Research (899) must register for a minimum of one credit of research each semester. (See 
the following sections for specific doctoral degree registration requirements.) Doctoral 
candidates whose demands upon the University are greater than that represented by this 
minimum registration will, of course, be expected to register for the number of units which 
reflect their use of University resources. 

Continuous Registration 

Doctoral candidates who have completed the required minimum of credit hourse of 
Dissertation Research (899), and who are making no use of University resources, must 
meet a Continuous Registration requirement, in each semester, except for summer ses- 
sions, until the degree is awarded. This requirement is met by submitting the Continuous 
Registration Form and paying the $10.00 Continuous Registration fee, in person or by 
mail, directly to the Graduate School. Forms and fees must be received before the end 
of the eighth week of classes during the fall and spring semesters. Continuous Registra- 
tion forms may be obtained from the Graduate School, Room 2117, South Administra- 
tion Building, University of Maryland, College Park, MD 20742. 

Failure to comply with the requirement of maintaining Continuous Registration will 
be taken as evidence that the student has terminated the doctoral program, and admitted 
status to the Graduate School will be terminated. A new application for admission, with 
the consequent reevaluation of the student's perofrmance, will be required of a student 
wishing to resume a graduate program, whose admission has been terminated under this 
regulation. 

Partial Credit Course Registration for Handicapped Students 

The Graduate School recognizes that documentably physically handicapped students 
may derive considerable educational benefit from courses which include laboratories or 
other non-classroom activities in which the student is prevented from participating because 
of the handicap. It is therefore, the policy of the Graduate School to allow handicapped' 
students to enroll in such courses, complete only those parts of the course that their physical 
capabilities permit, and receive credit for the course proportionate to their levels of 
participation. 

Physically handicapped graduate students wishing to enroll in such courses but par- 
ticipate only in certain aspects of them, should consult the Associate Dean for Student 
Affairs in the Graduate School. The Dean will assist the student in making the necessary 
arrangements with the department offering the course, the department supervising the 
student's graduate program, and the Registration Office. The final agreement as to the 
student's level of participation and the amount of credit to be awarded will be specified 
in an agreement to be drawn up by the Graduate School and signed by all parties 
concerned. 

The Inter-Campus Student 

A student admitted to the Graduate School on any campus of the University of Maryland 
is eligible to take courses on any other campus of the University of Maryland with the 
approval of the academic advisor and the graduate deans on the home and host cam- 
puses. Credits earned on a host campus are considered resident credit at the home cam- 
pus and with advisor approval, may meet all degree requirements. Transcripts of work 



28 Registration and Credits 



taken at another campus will be maintained on the home campus, and fees will be paid 
to the home campus. Forms for registration as an inter-campus student may be obtained 
from the Graduate School offices on any campus of the University. 

Registration Through the Washington Consortium Arrangement 

The University of Maryland College Park is a member of the Consortium of Univer- 
sities of the Washington Metropolitan Area. Other institutions currently associated with 
the consortium include the American University, The Catholic University of America, 
University of the District of Columbia, Gallaudet College, George Mason University, 
Georgetown University, George Washington University, Howard University, Marymount 
College, Mount Vernon College, and Trinity College. Students enrolled in these institu- 
tions are able to attend certain classes at the other campuses and have the credit con- 
sidered "residence" credits at their own institutions. The consortium program permits both 
undergraduate and graduate students to participate. The policies governing registration 
through the Consortium arrangement are listed below. 

UMCP Graduate Students 

1 . University of Maryland College Park degree-seeking graduate students may 
take courses at other consortium schools, to be treated as UMCP residence 
credits, with the approval of the Director of Graduate Studies of the degree 
program in which they are enrolled. 

2. No more than 25% of the course credits required for the UMCP graduate 
degree may be taken at other consortium schools through the consortium 
arrangement. Practica, internships, workshops and similar experiential 
learning courses cannot be taken at other consortium schools. 

3. Significant factors to be considered by the Director of Graduate Studies 
may include but are not limited to: 

a. Unavailability of a similar or comparable course at UMCP within 
a reasonable time frame. Mere convenience is not adequate 
justification. 

b. Possible enhancement of the student's overall program in a way not 
possible at UMCP, as by the presence of unique faculty or the 
availability of a course not offered at UMCP. 

c. The level and content of the course, including the nature of prere- 
quisite coursework. 

Visiting Students 

1. Students from other consortium schools may register for University of 
Maryland College park courses on a space available basis beginning with 
the first day of classes. 

2. Courses for majors in departments or colleges at UMCP that have selec- 
tive admission programs will not normally be available to students from 
other consortium schools. 

3. Students from other consortium schools are expected to meet all prere- 
quisites for UMCP courses for which they wish to enroll. 

4. Students from other consortium schools will not normally be permitted 
to register for practica, workshops, internships and other experiential 
courses at UMCP. 



Registration and Credits 29 



5. Students from other consortium schools who have previously applied for 
admission to a UMCP graduate degree program and have been denied 
admission will be permitted to register for graduate courses in that pro- 
gram only with the specific approval of the Director of Graduate Studies 
of the program. 

6. Students from other consortium schools who have been dismissed from 
UMCP for disciplinary or financial reasons will not be permitted to enroll 
in courses at UMCP under the consortium arrangement. 

Graduate Credit for Senior Undergraduates 

A senior in the final semester at the University of Maryland at College Park who is 
within seven credit hours of completing the requirements for an undergraduate degree 
may, with the appproval of the undergraduate dean, the department or program offer- 
ing the course, and the Graduate School, register for graduate courses. Normally, a 3.0 
grade point average for all courses attempted is required for students seeking to exercise 
this option. Courses elected through this program may later be counted for graduate credit 
toward an advanced degree at the University, if the student has been offered admission 
to the Graduate School. The total of undergraduate and graduate courses must not ex- 
ceed 15 credits for the semester. Excess credits in the senior year cannot be used for 
graduate credit unless proper prearrangement is made. Seniors who wish to register for 
graduate credit should inquire at the Graduate School, Office of the Associate Dean for 
Student Affairs, 2125 South Administration Building, for information about the 
procedure. 

Undergraduate Credit for Graduate Level Courses 

Subject to requirements determined by the graduate faculty members of the depart- 
ment or program offering the course, undergraduate students may register for graduate 
level courses, i.e., those numbered from 600 to 898, with the exception of 799 and 899, 
for undergraduate credit. 

A student seeking to utilize this option will normally be in the senior year, have earned 
an accumulated grade point average of 3.0, have successfully completed, with a grade 
of "B" or better, the prerequisite and correlative courses, and be a major in the appropriate 
or a closely related department. The student will be required to obtain prior approval 
of the department offering the course. 

Enrollment in a graduate level course does not in any way imply subsequent depart- 
mental or Graduate School approval for admission into a graduate program, nor may 
the course be used as credit for a graduate degree at the University of Maryland. 

Credit by Examination 

A graduate student may obtain graduate credit by examination in courses at the 400 
level previously identified by the appropriate department or program. As a general rule, 
credit by examination is not available for courses at the 600, 700, or 800 levels for, in 
the judgment of the Graduate Council, courses at these levels require a continuing in- 
teraction between faculty and students to achieve the educational goals of advanced study. 

Students may receive credit by examination only for courses for which they are otherwise 
eligible to receive graduate credit. The department or program in which the student is 
enrolled may establish a limit on the number of credits which may be earned in 
this manner. Graduate students seeking credit by examination must obtain the consent 



30 Registration and Credits 



of their advisor and of the instructor currently responsible for the course. Once the stu- 
dent begins the examination, the grade earned will be recorded. 

The Graduate School maintains a list of courses for which examinations are available 
or will be prepared. The fee for credit by examination is $30.00 per course regardless 
of the number of credits or units to be earned. 

Transfer of Credit 

A maximum of six semester hours of graduate level course credits earned at regionally 
accredited institutions prior to, or after, matriculation in the Graduate School may be 
applied toward master's degrees at The University of Maryland. Due to academic and 
procedural differences between U.S. regionally accredited and foreign institutions, credit 
from foreign universities is not acceptable for transfer. There is no need for transfer of 
credit at the doctoral level. All graduate study credits offered as transfer credit must meet 
the following criteria: 

1. They must have received graduate credit at the institution where earned. 

2. They must not have been used to meet the requirements for any degree 
previously earned. 

3. They must have been elected within the time limit framework of the stu- 
dent's program here. 

4. The department or program to which the student has been admitted at 
Maryland must certify the courses are appropriate to the degree program 
the student is pursuing at Maryland. 

5. The student must have earned a "B" or better in the courses offered for 
transfer credit, and have a "B" or better average on all the graduate course 
work taken at the institution from which the transfer is requested. 

6. Transfer work normally satisfies only the 400 level requirements for the 
master's degree and does not apply to the upper level requirement. 

A student seeking acceptance of transfer credit is advised to submit the necessary 
transcripts and certification of department or program approval to the Graduate School 
as promptly as possible for its review and decision. It should be noted that graduate depart- 
ments and programs may impose, more stringent requirements and time limitations con- 
cerning the transfer of credits. In such cases the Graduate School must be notified 
accordingly. 

Criteria that Courses Must Meet to be Accepted for Graduate Credit 

Any courses, workshops, or seminars planned to take place in a span of time less than 
a normal academic semester or summer session and offering graduate credit to the par- 
ticipants must meet the following criteria: 

1. There must be 15 "contact hours" per graduate credit. 

a. Lectures: 1 contact hour per 50 minutes lecture. 

b. Non-lecture contact (laboratory, workshops, discussion and problem 
working sessions, etc.): 1 contact hour per 2 or 3 hour session. 

2. No more than three "contact hours" per day will be permitted. (Three "con- 
tact hours" are equivalent to 0.2 credits) 

3. Credit may be accumulated at the rate of no more than one credit per week. 



A Guide to Graduate Programs 31 



Statement on UMCP Policy on Non-participation by Students in Class Exercises 
that Involve Animals 

The University of Maryland at College Park affirms the right of the faculty to deter- 
mine course content and curriculum requirements. The University, however, also en- 
courages faculty to consider offering alternatives to the use of animals in their courses. 
The following departments have courses that may require animals to be used in class ac- 
tivities: Animal Sciences, Biochemistry, Human Nutrition and Food Science, Entomology, 
Microbiology, Psychology, Veterinary Medicine and Zoology. It is the responsibility of 
those students who object to the use of animals in teaching to contact the course instruc- 
tor, prior to enrollment, to determine if animals are to be used in the course and what 
alternatives, if any, are available. A student who enrolls in a course with required ac- 
tivities that involve animals but who refuses to participate in these activities may receive 
a failing grade in the course or in that portion of the course requiring such activities. 

Course and Credit Changes 

A graduate student may change elections (drop a course, add a course, change bet- 
ween audit and credit status, change the number of credits for a course within the listed 
range, cancel registration or withdraw from the University) by obtaining the necessary 
approvals and observing the published deadlines and procedures. The deadlines are 
published each term in the Schedule of Classes; the procedures governing each of these 
transactions are listed below. 

Procedures for Schedule Adjustment 

A graduate student may transact the following schedule adjustments through the tenth 
week of classes in a term by submitting a Schedule Adjustment Form to the Registrations 
Office, North Administration Building: Add a course; drop a course; change grading 
option; and change credit level. Currently, there is a $2.00 charge for each drop and add 
processed after the tenth day of class. There is no refund of tuition and fees for drops 
processed after the fifth class day (see "Schedule of Classes" for further details). 

After the tenth day of classes all graduate students are required to obtain Departmen- 
tal and instructor authorization stamped or written on the add slip. Approved requests 
must be promptly delivered to the Registrar's Office, North Administration Building. 

Procedures for Late Registration 

Students registering after the established registration period may need an appointment 
to register. Call the Office of Registrations and Records for information. For current 
registration procedures consult the Schedule of Classes. Students registering after the 
established registration period (i.e., beginning with the schedule adjustment period) will 
be assessed a $20 late registration fee. 
Procedures for Credit Level Change and Change of Grading Option 

Students wishing to change their grading option or credit level in a course may do so 
without special approval until the tenth class day each term. After the tenth class day, 
departmental authorization is required until the end of the tenth week. No credit level 
changes or grading options are permitted after the tenth week of classes. 

1 . Exceptions to this deadline require the written approval of the instructor 
and the approval of the Graduate School. 

2. The departmental stamp must be placed on the change of grading op- 
tion/credit level form. 



32 Registration and Credits 



3. Approved forms should be submitted to the Registrar's Office, North Ad- 
ministration Building. 

Procedures for Withdrawal from Classes 

The term withdrawal means termination of enrollment for a given term. The date of 
the withdrawal is indicated on a graduate student's academic record. To withdraw from 
a term on or before the last day of classes a graduate student must notify the Records 
Office, 1101 North Administration, in writing or in person. Withdrawal becomes effec- 
tive on the date notification is received in the Records Office. Additional information 
concerning withdrawal from classes can be found in the "Schedule of Classes". 

If the time limits in a master's or pre-candidate doctoral student's program have not 
lapsed (5 years to obtain a master's degree and 5 years to reach doctoral candidacy,) a 
graduate student is eligible to enroll without readmission. In such cases the student should 
contact the department about registration dates and procedures. Doctoral candidates 
typically do not withdraw. If a candidate believes that he/she must withdraw, he/she 
must contact the Office of the Associate Dean for Student Affairs. 

Resignation From the University 

A graduate student wishing to resign from the University (i.e., terminate his/her associa- 
tion with the University) may do so by submitting a letter to the Graduate School in- 
dicating the reasons for the resignation. The Graduate School will cancel the student's 
admitted status. If the student is registered for classes at the time of his/her resignation, 
the Office of Records and Registrations will be requested to withdraw the student effec- 
tive the date of the resignation. 

A Graduate student seeking to return to the University of Maryland must reapply for 
admission and is subject to all departmental and Graduate School requirements. He/she 
may be required to repeat previously elected courses. 

Procedure for Cancelling Registration for a Term 

To cancel a registration for a given term, after the stated deadlines, a graduate student 
must provide a written explanation, endorsed by the graduate director of his or her pro- 
gram, to the Associate Dean for Student Affairs. If appropriate, the request will be pro- 
cessed and, if fees are involved, the necessary adjustments made, please note that the 
cancellation of one's classes during the course of a given term is not meant to be used 
as a means of avoiding poor grades. 

Grades for Graduate Students 

A minimum grade point average of 3.0 for all graduate level courses taken is required 
in order to be in good academic standing and for graduation with a graduate degree. 
Graduate students are required to meet all departmental and program rules and regula- 
tions. Departments and programs may stipulate requirements more stringent than those 
minimally expected by the Graduate School. 

Academic Discipline Policy 

Each graduate student is required to maintain a 3.0 grade point average for all graduate 
courses elected toward the degree program in which he or she is enrolled. 

A student whose cumulative grade point average falls below a "B" (3.0) upon or after 
the completion of nine credit hours of graduate level courses will be automatically placed 
on academic probation by the Graduate School for the following full semester. 



Registration and Credits 33 



A student whose cumulative grade point average falls below a "B" (3.0) for a second 
and successive semester of enrollment for courses may, upon the recommendation of her 
or his graduate chair and with the consent of the Graduate School, be granted a final 
opportunity to correct the scholastic and/or academic deficiency in the next semester of 
enrollment for courses. 

A student whose cumulative grade point average falls below a "B" (3.0) average for 
three consecutive semesters of enrollment will not be permitted to re-enroll and will be 
required to withdraw from the University. 

Both the graduate student and the Graduate Director of each department or program 
will be notified whenever a graduate student is placed on academic probation. If a graduate 
student is placed on probation for a second consecutive semester, both the graduate stu- 
dent and the student's Graduate Director will be informed that the student may not con- 
tinue beyond that semester unless the academic department or program presents com- 
pelling reasons for continuance. The request for continuance must be approved by the 
Graduate School. 

In addition to the minimum grade point average requirements, graduate departments 
and programs may require graduate students to maintain certain performance minima 
in their programs of study, and in all or in particular courses. A student who fails to 
make satisfactory progress in meeting some or all programmatic requirements, or who 
fails to demonstrate the ability to succeed in his or her course of studies or research, may 
be required to withdraw from the University. Determinations concerning such matters 
occur at the departmental level. 

Grading Systems 

The Conventional A through F grading system is used in graduate level courses. 

A "Satisfactory or Failure" (S-F) grading system may be used, at the discretion of the 
department or program, for certain types of graduate study. These include courses which 
require independent field work, special projects, or independent study. Departmental 
seminars, workshops, and departmental courses in instructional methods may also be 
appropriate for the S-F grading system. 

The "Pass-Fail" grading system is a grading option for undergraduates. However, in 
certain cases, a Department or program may give permission for a graduate student to 
use the Pass-Fail option for any 100-300 level courses that a student takes. Graduate credit 
may not be earned for these courses. Thesis and dissertation research, and courses labelled 
"Independent Study" or "Special Problems," may use either the A-F or the S-F grading 
system. 

Only one grading system will be used for a single course in a particular semester. The 
grading system will be designated by the department or program offering the course. 

Computation of Grade Point Average 

The A is calculated at 4 quality points, B at 3 quality points and C at 2 quality points. 
The grades of D, F, and I receive no quality points. After a student is matriculated as 
a graduate student, all courses taken numbered 400 and above (except 500-level courses), 
those numbered 799 or 899, and those graded with an S, will be used in the calculation 
of the grade point average. A student may repeat any course in an effort to earn a better 
grade. The later grade, whether higher or lower, will be used in computing the grade point 
average. Grades for graduate students remain as part of the student's permanent record 



34 Registration and Credits 



and may be changed only by the original instructor on certification, approved by the 
department chair and the Dean for Graduate Studies and Research, that an actual mistake 
was made in determining or recording the grade. 

No course taken after August 23, 1974, will be considered "not applicable" for the pur- 
pose of computing the grade point average of a graduate student. No graduate credit 
transferred from another institution will be included in the calculation of the grade point 
average. 

The Academic Record (Transcript) 

A graduate student's academic record (transcript) is intended to serve as a complete 
history of the student's academic progress at the University of Maryland. As such, it can- 
not be altered except in conformance with stated Graduate School policies governing 
change of election. Under no circumstances will the academic records be altered because 
of dissatisfaction with a grade or other academic accomplishment. 



Degree Requirements 

Graduate School Requirements Applicable to all Master's Degrees. 

Programs 

The entire course of study undertaken for any master's degree must constitute a unified, 
coherent program which is approved by the student's advisor and graduate director, and 
which meets Graduate School requirements. 

A minimum of thirty semester hours in courses acceptable for credit towards a graduate 
degree is required (some degree programs require more than 30 credits); in certain cases, 
six of the thirty semester hours must be thesis research credits. The graduate program 
must include at least 12 hours of course work at the 600 level or higher. If the student 
is inadequately prepared for the required graduate courses, additional courses may be 
required, which may not be considered as part of the student's graduate program. Credits 
to be applied to a student's program for a master's degree cannot have been used to satisfy 
any other previously earned degrees. 

Grade-Point Average 

The student seeking any master's degree must maintain an average grade of "B" (3.0) 
in all courses taken for graduate credit. 

Time Limitation 

All requirements for the master's degree must be completed within a five year period. 
This time limit applies to any transfer work from other institutions to be included in a 
student's program. 

Additional Requirements 

In addition to the above requirements, special departmental or collegiate requirements 
may be imposed, especially for degrees which are offered only in one department, col- 
lege, or division. For these special requirements, consult the descriptions which appear 
under the departmental or collegiate listing in this catalog or the special publications which 
can be obtained from the department or college. 



Degree Requirements 35 



Graduate School Requirements for the Degrees of Master of Arts and Master 
of Science 

THESIS OPTION 

Course Requirements 

A minimum of 30 semester hours including six hours of thesis research credit (799) 
is required for the degrees of Master of Arts and Master of Science. Of the 24 hours 
required in graduate courses, no less than 12 must be earned in the major subject. No 
less than one-half of the total required course credits for the degree, or a minimum of 
twelve, must be selected from courses number 600 or above. 

Thesis Requirement 

A thesis must be submitted for the Master of Arts and Master of Science degrees ex- 
cept for those programs in which a non-thesis option has been approved by the Dean 
in conformity with the policy of the Graduate Council. Approval of the thesis is the respon- 
sibility of an examining committee appointed by the Dean, on the recommendation of 
the student's advisor. The advisor is the chairperson of the committee, and the remaining 
members of the committee are members of the graduate faculty who are familiar with 
the student's program of study. The chairperson and the candidate are informed of the 
membership of the examining committee by the Dean. 

Directions for the preparation and submission of theses will be found in the Theses 
Manual, which may be obtained from Room 2117, South Administration Building. 

Oral Examination 

A final oral examination on the thesis shall be held when the student has completed 
the thesis to the satisfaction of the student's advisor, providing all other requirements 
for the degree have been completed, and a 3.0 grade point average, computed in accor- 
dance with the regulations described under "Grades for Graduate Students" has been 
earned. 

The examining committee, with a minimum of three members, conducts the oral ex- 
amination (an additional comprehensive written examination may be required at the op- 
tion of the department or program). The chairperson of the examining committee selects 
the time and place for the examination and notifies other members of the committee and 
the candidate. Members of the committee must be given a minimum of seven school days 
in which to read the thesis. The duration of the examination is normally about an hour, 
but it may be longer if necessary to insure an adequate examination. 

The decision to accept the examination as satisfactory must be unanimous. Students 
may present themselves for examination only twice. The report of the committee, signed 
by each member, must be submitted to the Dean for Graduate Studies and Research no 
later than the appropriate date listed in the "Important Dates for Advisors and Students" 
if the student is to receive a diploma at the Commencement in the semester in which the 
examination is held. 

NON-THESIS OPTION 

The requirements for Master of Arts and Master of Science degrees without thesis vary 
slightly among departments and programs in which this option is available. Standards 
for admission are, however, identical with those for admission to any other master's pro- 
gram. The quality of the work expected of the student is also identical to that expected 
in the thesis programs. 



36 Degree Requirements 



The general requirements for those on the non-thesis program are a minimum of 30 
semester credit hours in courses approved for graduate credit with a minimum average 
grade of B in all course work taken; a minimum of 18 semester credit hours in courses 
numbered 600 or above; the submission of one or more scholarly papers; and successful 
completion of a comprehensive final examination, a portion of which must be written. 

A student following a non-thesis master's program will be expected to meet the same 
deadlines for application for a diploma and for final examination reports established for 
all other degree programs. 

For information on programs which offer the non-thesis option, see the list of Graduate 
programs in the Catalog. 

Requirements for the Degree of Master of Education 

Nearly all departments in Education offer the Master of Education (M.Ed.) degree 
with the following requirements: 

1 . A minimum of 30 semester hours in coursework with a grade average of 
B. Grades for courses not a part of the program but taken in graduate 
status will be computed in the average. 

2. A minimum of 15 hours in courses numbered 600-800 with the remainder 
at least in the 400 series. Some departments require courses in departments 
outside of those in Education. 

3. A comprehensive written examination taken at the end of coursework. 

4. EDMS 645. 

5. EDMS 646 or MUED 690 and one seminar paper; or two seminar papers. 

For further details, see "Graduate Studies in the College of Education" issued by the 
College of Education, and descriptions of departmental programs. 

Requirements Applicable to other Master's Degrees 

The particular requirements for the degrees of Master of Architecture, Master of 
Business Administration, Master of Library Science, Master of Music, Master of Fine 
Arts, Master of Public Policy, Master of Public Management, and Master of Applied 
Anthropology are given under the individual Graduate program entries in those fields. 

Graduate School Requirements Applicable to all Doctoral Degrees 

Credit Requirements 

The Graduate School requires that every student seeking the doctoral degree register 
for a minimum of 12 research credits, but the number of research and other credit hours 
required in the program varies with the degree and program in question. 

Admission to Candidacy 

Preliminary examinations, or such other substantial tests as the departments may elect, 
are frequently prerequisite for admission to candidacy. 

A student must be admitted to candidacy for the doctorate within five years after admis- 
sion to the doctoral program and at least one academic year before the date on which 
the degree will be conferred. 

It is the responsibility of the student to submit an application for admission to can- 
didacy when all the requirements for candidacy have been fulfilled. Applications for ad- 
mission to candidacy are made in duplicate by the student and submitted to the major 



Degree Requirements 37 



department for further action and transmission to the Graduate School. Application forms 
may be obtained at the Graduate School Records Office. 

Time Limitation 

The student must complete the entire program for the degree, including the disserta- 
tion and final examination, during a four year period after admission to candidacy. Ex- 
tensions of time are granted only under the most unusual circumstances. If students fail 
to complete all requirements within the time allotted, they must submit another applica- 
tion for admission to the Graduate School and, if readmitted, another application for 
Advancement to Candidacy, after satisfying the usual program prerequisites prior to Ad- 
vancement to Candidacy. 

Dissertation 

A dissertation or its equivalent is required of all candidates for a doctoral degree. The 
topic of the dissertation must be approved by the department or program committee. 

During the preparation of the dissertation, all candidates for any doctoral degree must 
register for the prescribed number of semester hours of Doctoral Dissertation Research 
(899) at the University of Maryland. 

Directions for the preparation and submission of dissertations will be found in the Theses 
Manual, which may be obtained from the Graduate School Records Office. 

Additional Requirements 

In addition to the above requirements, special departmental or collegiate requirements 
may be imposed, especially for those degrees which are offered in only one department 
or college. For these special requirements, consult the descriptions which appear under 
the departmental or collegiate listing in this catalog or the special publications which can 
be obtained from the department, college, or division. 

Graduate School Requirements for the Degree of Doctor of Philosophy 

The Doctor of Philosophy Degree is granted only upon sufficient evidence of high at- 
tainment in scholarship and the ability to engage in independent research. It is not awarded 
for the completion of course and seminar requirements no matter how successfully 
completed. 

Foreign Language Requirement 

A number of departments have a foreign language requirement for the Doctor of 
Philosophy degree. The student should inquire in the department regarding this require- 
ment. Students must satisfy the departmental or program requirement before they can 
be admitted to candidancy for the doctorate. 

Program 

There is no Graduate School requirement stipulating a specific number of course credits 
in either a major or a minor subject. It is the policy of the Graduate School to encourage 
the development of individual programs for each student who seeks the Ph.D. To that 
end, the academic departments and interdisciplinary programs have been directed to deter- 
mine major and minor requirements, levels or sequences of required courses, and similar 
requirements for submission to the Graduate Council for approval. 

Admission to Candidacy 

See requirements for all doctoral degrees. 



38 Degree Requirements 



Dissertation 

The ability to do independent research must be demonstrated by an original disserta- 
tion on a topic approved by the department or program. 

During the preparation of the dissertation, all candidates for the Doctor of Philosophy 
degree must register for a minimum of 12 semester hours of doctoral research (899) at 
the University of Maryland. 

Constitution of Dissertation Committee 

1. A dissertation committee must consist of a minimum of five members, 
at least three of whom must be regular members of The University of 
Maryland Graduate Faculty. Additional committee members may be re- 
quired or invited to serve at departmental discretion. 

2. Each dissertation committee will have a chair, who must be a regular 
member of the Graduate Faculty. Dissertation committees may be co- 
chaired upon written recommendation of the department graduate direc- 
tor or chair and the approval of the Dean of Graduate Studies and 
Research. At least one of the co-chairs must be a regular member of the 
Graduate Faculty. 

3. Each committee shall have appointed to it a representative of the Dean 
for Graduate Studies and Research. This person must be a regular member 
of the Graduate Faculty at The University of Maryland College Park and 
must be from a department other than the student's home department. 
In cases where a student is in an interdisciplinary department or program, 
the Dean's Representative must be from a program outside the depart- 
ments and programs involved in the interdisciplinary endeavors. 

4. Individuals from outside The University of Maryland system may serve 
on dissertation committees provided that their credentials warrant this ser- 
vice and upon the written request of and justification by the department 
involved. These individuals must, however, be in addition to the minimum 
required number of regular members of the College Park Graduate 
Faculty. 

5. Emeriti and retired professors may serve on dissertation committees pro- 
vided they are members of the Graduate Faculty. 

6. Graduate Faculty who terminate employment at The University of 
Maryland may be regarded for dissertation committee service purposes, 
as members of the Graduate Faculty for a 12-month period following their 
termination. During that time they may chair individual dissertations and 
theses and work with students as necessary. After that time, they may no 
longer serve as chairs of dissertations, although they may be placed in 
the status of co-chair. After they leave UMCP, faculty may not serve as 
Dean's Representative. 

The Dissertation Committee and the Conduct of the Dissertation Defense 

Each doctoral candidate is required to orally defend his/her doctoral dissertation as 
a requirement in partial fulfillment of the doctorial degree. The final oral defense of the 
dissertation is conducted by a committee of the Graduate Faculty appointed by the Dean 
for Graduate Studies and Research upon the advice of the candidate's dissertation ad- 
visor and department graduate director. 



Degree Requirements 39 



Oral defenses must be attended by all members of the officially established doctoral 
examining committee as approved by the Dean for Graduate Studies and Research. Should 
a last minute change in the constitution of the committee be required, said change must 
be sanctioned by the Dean for Graduate Studies and Research in consultation with the 
graduate director of the student's home department and the student's dissertation chair. 

Notice of doctoral defenses must be published in the student's home department at 
least 5 days before the scheduled event. All doctoral defenses must be open to Graduate 
Faculty of The University of Maryland, College Park campus and any other interested 
parties whom the chair of the dissertation committee, in consultation with the Graduate 
Director of the department, believe to be appropriate. Departments may wish routinely 
to open dissertation defenses to a broader audience, in which case departmental policies 
must be established, recorded and made available to all doctoral students. 

Oral defenses of dissertations must be held in University facilities that are readily ac- 
cessible to all members of the committee and others attending the defense. 

Two or more negative votes constitute a failure of the candidate to meet the disserta- 
tion requirement. In cases of failure, it is required that the examining committee specify 
in detail and in writing to the department graduate director, the Dean for Graduate Studies 
and Research, and the student the exact nature of the deficiencies in the dissertation and/or 
the oral performance that led to failure. A second defense is permitted, which if failed, 
results in termination of the student's admitted status. 

Inclusion of Previously Published Materials in a Thesis or Dissertation 

1. A graduate student may, upon the recommendation of the dissertation 
director, and with the endorsement of home department graduate direc- 
tors or chairs, include his or her own published works as part of the final 
dissertation. Appropriate citations within the dissertation including where 
the work was previously published are required. All such materials mtist 
be produced in standard dissertation format. 

2. It is recognized that a graduate student may co-author work with faculty 
and colleagues that should be included in a dissertation. In such an event, 
a letter should be sent to the Dean of Graduate Studies and Research cer- 
tifying that the student's examining committee has determined that the 
student made a substantial contribution to that work. This letter should 
also note that inclusion of the work has the approval of the dissertation 
advisor and the department chair or graduate director. The format of such 
inclusions must conform to be standard dissertation format. A forward 
to the dissertation, as approved by the Dissertation Committee, must state 
that the student made the substantial contributions to the relevant aspects 
of the jointly authored work included in the dissertation. 

Requirements for the Degree of Doctor of Education 

The requirements for the Doctor of Education (Ed.D) degree are for the most part 
the same as those for the Doctor of Philosophy degree in the College of Education. The 
Ed.D. requires a minimum of 6 semester hours of dissertation credit, while the Ph.D. 
requires a minimum of 12 semester hours of dissertation credit. Consult the Graduate 
Studies Office in the College of Education and the individual department for additional 
details. 



40 Degree Requirements 



Requirements for other Doctoral Degrees 

The particular requirements for the degrees of Doctor of Musical Arts are given under 
the corresponding program description. 

Time Extensions Governing Degrees 

Students who fail to complete all requirements by the prescribed deadlines may peti- 
tion their departments in order to seek up to a one year extension of time in which to 
complete the outstanding requirements. This extension may be granted by the depart- 
ment, which must then notify the Graduate School in writing of its decition. The Graduate 
School will confirm this decision in writing to the student and adjust the computer database 
accordingly. Students who fail to complete all requirements for the degree following the 
granting of a time extension by the department must seek any additional extension by 
petitioning the department. If the department supports the request, it must forward the 
request to the Graduate School for review. In such cases, the Administrator of Graduate 
Admissions and Records evaluates the request in light of the written explanation provid- 
ed, and may grant up to one additional year's extension. The Graduate School decision 
will be communicated in writing to each petitioner and a copy will be sent to the student's 
home department. 

Petition for Waiver or Partial Waiver of a Regulation 

All policies of the Graduate School have been formulated by the Graduate Council, 
the governing body of the Graduate School, with the goal of ensuring academic quality. 
These policies must be equitably and uniformly enforced for all graduate students. Never- 
theless, circumstances occasionally occur which warrant individual consideration. 
Therefore, if a graduate student believes that there are compelling reasons for a specific 
regulation to be waived or modified, the student should submit a written petition to the 
Graduate School, Room 2125 South Administration, explaining the facts and issues which 
bear on the case. In all instances, the petitions must be reviewed by the departmental 
graduate director or chair and, if the petition involves a course, by the course instructor. 
If both of these people recommend approval and so state in writing, it is then forwarded 
to the Graduate School for final review. 

Commencement 

Applications for the diploma must be filed with the Office of Admissions and Registra- 
tions within the first three weeks of the semester in which the candidate expects to obtain 
a degree, except during summer session. During the summer session, the application must 
be filed during the first week of the second summer session. Exact dates are noted for 
each semester and the summer sessions in "Important Dates for Advisors and Students." 
Failure to meet specific deadlines may result in a delay of one or more semesters before 
graduation. 

If, for any reason, students do not graduate at the end of the semester in which they 
have applied for the diploma, they must re-apply for it in the semester in which they 
expect to graduate. 

Academic costume is required of all candidates at commencement exercises. Those who 
so desire may purchase or rent caps and gowns at the University of Maryland student sup- 
ply store. Orders must be filed eight weeks before the date of commencement but may 
be cancelled later if students find themselves unable to complete the requirements. 



Resources 41 

Resources 

Location 

In location, faculty and students at the University of Maryland enjoy the best of all 
possible worlds. Situated on 1,300 acres in Prince Georges County, the College Park Cam- 
pus is a part of the larger metropolitan area of Washington, D.C., which is rapidly becom- 
ing the nation's capital in cultural and intellectual activity as well as political power. The 
Kennedy Center for the performing Arts, the Filene Center, and the many fine area theaters 
regularly present performances by the world's most exciting and renowned artists. The 
Smithsonian Museums and the National Gallery of Art, among others, sponsor outstan- 
ding collections and special exhibits that attract national attention. In addition to cultural 
activities, the nation's Capital provides interested students the opportunity to observe at 
first hand the work of federal institutions; to sit in the galleries of congress; to watch 
the Supreme Court in session; and to attend public Congressional hearings. The possibilities 
for personal enrichment offered in this exciting cosmopolitan area are indeed enormous. 

Outside the metropolitan area, and just minutes from the campus, the scene in the 
Maryland countryside is pleasantly rural. Maryland offers a great variety of recreational 
and leisure activities in its many fine national and state parks, from the Catoctin Moun- 
tains in Western Maryland to the Assateague Island National Seashore on the Atlantic 
bound Eastern Shore, all within a pleasant drive from the campus. Historic Annapolis, 
the state capital, is only a short drive away, and the city of Baltimore, with its rich varie- 
ty of ethnic heritages, its cultural and educational institutions, and its impressive urban 
transformation is only thirty miles from College Park. 

Special Research Resources 

The College Park Campus is in the midst of one of the greatest concentrations of 
research facilities and intellectual talent in the nation, if not in the world. Libraries and 
laboratories serving virtually every academic discipline are within easy commuting distance. 
There is a steady and growing interchange of ideas, information, technical skills, and 
scholars between the University and these centers. The libraries and facilities of many 
of these centers are open to qualified graduate students at the university. The resources 
of many more are available by special arrangement. 

In the humanities, the Library of Congress and the Folger Shakespeare Library, with 
its extensive collection of rare manuscripts, are among the world's most outstanding 
research libraries. In addition, Dumbarton Oaks; the National Archives; the Smithso- 
nian Institution; the World Bank; the National Library of Medicine; the National 
Agricultural Library; the Enoch Pratt Free Library of Baltimore; the libraries of the 
Federal Departments of Labor; Commerce; Interior; Health, Education, and Welfare; 
Housing and Urban Development; and Transportation, and approximately 500 other 
specialized libraries are all within a few minutes drive of the College Park Campus. These 
resources make the University of Maryland one of the most attractive in the nation for 
scholars of all disciplines. 

The proximity of the Beltsville Agricultural Research Center of the United States Depart- 
ment of Agriculture has stimulated the development of both laboratories and opportunities 
for field research in the agricultural and life-sciences. The National Institutes of Health 
offer unparalleled opportunities for collaboration in biomedical and behavior research. 
Opportunities are also available for collaborative graduate study programs with other 
major government laboratories, such as the National Institute of Science and Technology, 



42 Resources 



the Naval Research Laboratory, and the U.S. Geological Survey. The long-standing in- 
volvement of the State of Maryland in the development of the commercial and recrea- 
tional resources of the Chesapeake Bay has resulted in the establishment of outstanding 
research facilities for the study of marine science at the University of Maryland Center 
for Environmental and Estuarine Studies, with research facilities at Horn point near Cam- 
bridge, at Crisfield. and at Solomons Island, Maryland. 

Campus facilities are also excellent for research in every discipline. Work in the behavioral 
sciences, particularly in learning, is centered in laboratories equipped for fully automated 
research on rats, pigeons, and monkeys. 

Exceptional research facilities in the physical sciences include two small Van de Graaff 
accelerators; an assortment of computers, including a pDp 11 45, a UNI VAC 1108 and 
a UNI VAC 1 100 41; a 250 K\V training nuclear reactor,; a full scale low velocity wind 
tunnel: several small hypersonic helium wind tunnels: specialized facilities in the Institute 
for physical Science and Technology; a psychopharmacology laboratory; shock tubes; 
a quiescent plasma device (Q-machine) and a spheromak compact fusion device for plasma 
research: and rotating tanks for laboratory studies of meteorological phenomena. 

Students also have access to research farms, greenhouses, and even laboratory -equipped 
vessels for research in the Chesapeake Bay. The University also owns and operates one 
of the world's largest and most sophisticated long-wavelength radio telescopes located 
in Clark Lake. California and in the Astronomy Program Observatory on campus. 

Special Opportunities for .Artists 

Advanced work in the creative and performing arts at College Park is concentrated 
in the Tawes Fine Arts Building and the recently completed Art-Sociology Building. 
Creative work is greatly stimulated by the close interaction that has developed between 
the students and faculty of the University and the artists and scholars at the National 
Gallery, the Corcoran Gallery, the Hirshhorn Museum, the Phillips Gallery, the Smithso- 
nian Institution, as well as the musicians of the National Symphony Orchestra and small 
musical groups. The Kennedy Center for the performing Arts and the Filene Center (Wolf 
Trap Farm Park) have further enhanced the climate for creative artists attending the 
University. 

Outstanding work on campus in theater, dance, radio, and television is aided by the 
proximity of the campus to the National Theater, the Arena Stage, the Morris Mechanic 
Theater, and numerous little theater groups in the Washington and Baltimore area. There 
is a frequent and steady interchange of ideas and talent between students and faculty 
at the University and both educational and commercial radio and television media, as 
a consequence of the large professional staffs which are maintained in the Washington 
area. 

Libraries 

The University library system includes major research libraries on both the College 
Park and Baltimore Campuses. 

The libraries on the College Park Campus contain over 1 .9 volumes, and they subscribe 
to more than 22,000 periodicals and newspapers. Additional collections of research 
materials are available on microfilm, microfiche, phonograph records, tapes and films. 

The Theodore R. McKeldin Library is the largest library on campus and the principal 

library of graduate use in the humanities, social sciences, and life sciences. Special col- 
lections include those of Thomas I. Cook in political science: Romeo Mansueti in the 



Resources 43 

biological sciences; Katherine Anne Porter and Djuna Barnes; materials from the Bureau 
of Social Science Research; the archives of the Baltimore News- American; Maryland 
documents; and the files of the Industrial Union of Marine and Shipbuilding Workers 
of America. In addition, the University is a regional depository of U.S. Government 
publications, and the Government Documents/Maps Room in McKeldin includes U.S. 
Government publications, documents of the United nations, the League of Nations and 
other international organizations, agricultural experiment station and extension service 
publications, and maps from the U.S. Army Map Service. The East Asia Collection is 
the world's largest repository of published and unpublished Japanese-language materials 
from the Allied Occupation period. The McKeldin collections also include microfilm pro- 
ductions of government documents, rare books, early journals, and newspapers. 

Graduate students at UMCP are not served by McKeldin alone. Six branch libraries 
also are included as part of the UMCP Libraries system. Although the Hornbake Library's 
collection is primarily for the undergraduate student, this library does offer ample study 
space and a 24-hour study room. In addition, Nonprint Media Services, the central loca- 
tion for audiovisual materials in the library system and the campus, is in the Hornbake 
Library. Also in the Hornbake Library building is the Music Library with books, 
periodicals, music scores and parts, and music recordings in both music and dance. The 
Music Library's special collections include items from the American Bandmasters Associa- 
tion Research Center, the National Association of College Wind and Percussion Instruc- 
tors Research Center, the International Clarinet Society Research Library, and the Inter- 
national Piano Archives at Maryland. 

The Engineering and Physical Sciences Library (EPSL) contains materials in physics, 
engineering, mathematics and geology with other significant collections in computer 
science, environmental sciences, water resources, and aerospace science. EPSL is also 
a U.S. patent depository and its large Technical Reports Center has collections from 
NASA, ERDA, and Rand Corporation, and other agencies and organizations. 

The Charles E. White Memorial Library is a collection of chemistry, bio-chemistry 
and microbiology materials. Materials include books, periodicals, major indexes and com- 
prehensive spectra collections. 

Architecture students are served by the Architecture Library with materials on architec- 
tural design, theory and history, urban design, landscape architecture and building 
technology. This library's special collections include rare architecture books dating as far 
back as the seventeenth century, materials on world expositions from 1857 to 1937 and 
the collection of the National Trust for Historic Preservation. 

For graduate students in art, the Art Library collects materials in art history, studio 
art, art education, photography, graphic arts, interior design and textiles. Special collec- 
tions include art reproductions and art exhibition catalogs. 

Research is supported in the UMCP Libraries with a variety of technological tools. An 
online catalog identifies library materials from the collections of libraries in the Univer- 
sity of Maryland system including the UMBC, UMES, UMAB-Law and UMUC cam- 
puses. It provides access to this information through public terminals located throughout 
the library system and through telephone connections using terminals in homes or of- 
fices. Research is also supported through CARS and MiniCARS, computer assisted 
reference services for accessing hundreds of remote bibliographic, textual and numeric 
databases. Both McKeldin and Hornbake Libraries offer microcomputers for the use of 
anyone in the UMCP community. 



44 Resources 



In the McKeldin, Hornbake and Engineering and Physical Sciences Libraries, library 
users can run their own computer searches in databases in education, social sciences, life 
sciences, business, and for patent information. 

Bureaus, Centers, and Institutes 

Acknowledging the importance of an interdisciplinary approach to knowledge, the 
University maintains organized research units outside the usual department structures. 
These institutes, centers, and bureaus offer valuable opportunities for faculty and students 
to engage in research and study in specialized areas and in public service activities. 

Bureaus 

Bureau of Business and Economic Research: Director: John H. Cumberland. The Bureau 
of Business and Economic Research conducts economic research in the areas of regional 
and urban development, environmental and natural resources management, and state and 
local public finance, projects are funded by the University and by State and Federal 
Government agencies. Research is conducted by Bureau faculty members, who hold joint 
appointments with the Department of Economics, and by advanced graduate students 
working on degree programs. 

Bureau of Governmental Research: Director: Allen Schick. Activities of the Bureau of 
Governmental Research relate primarily to the problems of state and local government 
in Maryland. The Bureau engages in research and publishes findings with reference to 
local, state and national governments and their interrelationships. It undertakes surveys, 
sponsored programs and grants, and offers its assistance and service to units of govern- 
ment in Maryland. The Bureau furnishes opportunities for qualified students interested 
in research and career development in state and local administration. 

Centers 

Center on Aging: Associate Director: Laura Wilson. The Center on Aging, established 
in 1974, has a university-wide mandate to promote aging-related activities. The Center's 
goals are to: (1) promote disciplinary and interdisciplinary aging related research by 
assisting in proposal preparation and in communication with various government and 
private funding sources; (2) encourage departments, schools, and colleges to pursue aging- 
related research and develop gerontologically-oriented courses; (3) provide students with 
educational programs, field experiences, training opportunities, and job placements that 
will prepare them for careers in aging-related occupations; and (4) conduct training pro- 
grams, sponsor conferences, and provide on and off-campus technical assistance to meet 
the needs of practitioners who serve older persons. In addition, the Center sponsors a 
colloquium series on aging-related topics that is open to students and the public, con- 
ducts training and conferences for community level practitioners, and offers the annual 
Institute for Gerontological Practice for persons involved in direct service activities for 
the elderly. The Center coordinates the Graduate Gerontology Certificate for students 
pursuing master's and doctoral degrees in regular university departments as well as for 
those who return to the campus as advanced special students. 

Architecture and Engineering Performance Information Center (AEPIQ: Director: John 
Loss. A joint center of the School of Architecture and the College of Engineering, AEPIC 
was founded in 1982 to develop the systems, programs, software, and storage networks 
for the systematic collection, collation, analysis, and dissemination of information about 
the performance (dysfunction) of buildings, civil structures, and other constructed 
facilities. 



45 



Architects, engineers, contractors, developers, manufacturers, lawyers, building owners 
and users, federal and state agencies, insurance underwriters, university and private 
research organizations, and others interested in the objectives of AEPIC can use this 
computer-based collection of performance information for: (1) planning new projects; 
(2) reviewing existing structures for rehabilitation or restoration; (3) teaching (case studies); 
(4) modifying codes and regulations; (5) planning research; (6) preparing professional 
texts; (7) investigating for dispute resolution; (8) developing new products for the industry; 
(9) implementing effective quality control measures; (10) improving professional and in- 
dustry practice; and (11) creating an in-house resource base with lessons learned from 
project performance. 

Center for Automation Research: Director: Dr. Azriel Rosenfeld. The Center for Automa- 
tion Research, established in 1983, conducts interdisciplinary research in many areas of 
industrial and business automation. The Center currently consists of three laboratories: 
Computer Vision, Human/Computer Interaction, and Robotics. Some of the principal 
areas of interest of these laboratories are as follows: 

• Computer Vision: robot navigation; industrial computer vision; 
knowledge-based vision systems; machine architectures for vision; image 
processing algorithms and software. 

• Human/Computer Interaction: experimental studies of human perfor- 
mance with computers; user interfaces for expert systems; programmer 
workstation and system development tools; training; on-line assistance; 
and documentation. 

• Robotics: control systems; kinematics; dynamics; computer-aided design; 
manufacturing automation; modeling and identification; artifical in- 
telligence; locomotion; structural design; applications. 

Center for Business and Public Policy: Director: Frank E. McLaughlin. The Center, hous- 
ed in the College of Business and Management at UMCP, seeks to encourage more effec- 
tive public policy development in the contemporary social and political environment. It 
conducts and promotes research and dialogue among members of the affected groups 
and public officials concerning the broad pattern and changing character of business and 
society relationships, and directs attention to specific public policy issues through con- 
ferences and seminars. It emphasizes the study of more effective approaches to the resolu- 
tion of disputes involving business and society. The Center publishes and distributes a 
wide range of documents reflecting its work. 

Comparative Education Center: Director: George A. Male. Established in 1967, the Com- 
parative Education Center provides cross-cultural encouragement and assistance to faculty 
and students with international education interests. Center staff members represent special 
competence on Western Europe, Africa, the Near East, and on international organizations. 

The Center arranges study visits for educators from other countries, holds symposia 
and occasional lectures, and periodically publishes research essays on international educa- 
tion topics. The Center is associated with the Department of Education Policy, Planning, 
and Administration. 

Computer Science Center: Director: Dr. Glenn Ricart. The Computer Science Center is 
the hub of University computing services on the College Park campus. In addition it is 
a trendsetter in intra-and inter-university computer communication, providing a broad 
range of computer power via a highspeed broadband coaxial cable data network, local 



46 



Ethernet networks, and gateways to such national networks as BITNET, ARPAnet, 
SURAnet, and MFEnet. 

Researchers, faculty, staff and students can access instructional and research computing 
resources on the Center's Unisys 1100/92, IBM 3081, IBM 4381, and two IBM 4341 
systems. Additional computing capability is provided by the Center's UNIX systems, con- 
nected to the Campus Network (UMDnet). Currently the systems are designed for stu- 
dent use, and all three are MicroVAX lis running ULtrix 2.0. 

Depending on the machine, computer account holders can use general programming 
packages like Fortran, Cobol, Basic, and Assembler, as well as more specialized packages 
in statistics (SAS and SPSSx), graphics, and database (SQL). For qualified users with 
large-scale computing needs, the Center operates a VAX 11/785 with a Floating Point 
System — 164 array processor, and maintains a link via satellite with a Cray X-MP/48 
supercomputer at the San Diego Supercomputer Center. 

A special feature of the University's computer communications network is the availability 
of electronic mail. Mail allows users to send and receive messages from users to send 
and receive messages from users on other terminals connected to CSC-supported 
computers. 

Because of the enormous popularity of microcomputers on campus the Center has 
established numerous workstation labs for faculty, staff, and students. These labs feature 
IBM PCS, PS/2s (and compatibles), and Apple Macintosh microcomputers. 

Support services for faculty, staff and graduate researchers using CSC-sponsored com- 
puting resources include: 

• programming, microcomputing, and statistical consultation; 

• software evaluation and development; 

• data entry; 

• publication production; 

• Kurzweil scanning; 

• mark sense reading (optical scanning); 

• collection of specialized software for micro and mainframe computers; 

• non-credit short courses; and 

• maintenance and repair service on computer equipment. 

An additional service arm of the Center is the Computer Emporium, located on cam- 
pus. The "store" sells microcomputers and related peripherals to faculty, staff and students 
at prices reflecting educational discounts. 

Additional information and numerous free handouts about the Center's resources and 
services are available in the Program Library, Room 2337. Faculty and staff can also 
subscribe (free of charge) to the Center's quarterly newsletter by requesting a mailing 
list application form from the Program Library. 

Center for Curriculum Development and Change: Director: Louise M. Berman. This 
Center is committed to working with public and private schools, schools of nursing and 
medicine, business and industrial organizations, museums, and governmental and private 
agencies on issues pertaining to curriculum development and change. 

Among the activities of interest to Center staff and groups national and international 
curriculum programs; advanced study and inservice education for faculty and ad- 



47 



ministrators; networking and identification of specialized experts in the curriculum field; 
and development of national and internatonal curriculum programs and exchanges. The 
Center is associated with the Department of Education Policy, Planning, and 
Administration. 

Center for Educational Research and Development (CERD): Director: Dr. John T. 
Guthrie. Associate Director: Dr. Gerald V. Teague. The Center for Educational Research 
and Development (CERD) is a research facility devoted to promoting the study of analysis 
and complex issues in education. The problems addressed include student learning and 
development, teacher effectiveness, curriculum theory, policy analysis, and the social con- 
text of education. Issues are examined through a variety of methodologies including 
qualitative approaches, surveys, correlational studies, experiments and 
philosophical/literary analysis. The Center communicates its findings broadly, attemp- 
ting to bring new knowledge to the attention of educational decision-makers and the public 
through a variety of publication outlets. 

The Center provides service to College staff in the development of scholarly activities. 
Assistance is given in the areas of literature retrieval and review, research design and 
analysis, and the communication of findings. Preparation of grant proposals including 
financial preparation, monitoring and accounting is supported. For the purposes of con- 
ducting research activities and sustaining communication regarding the application of new 
knowledge to educational problems, the Center provides a liaison with local, State and 
National education agencies. Collaborations of educational, corporate, and university 
communities engaged in common research pursuits are facilitated. 

Family Service Center: Director: Dr. Carol A. Werlinich. The Family Service Center (FSC) 
was established in 1980 by the Department of Family and Community Development. The 
Center's mission is to enhance the quality of life for Maryland families and the communities 
in which they reside. Enabling the family is the summary goal of all of the Family Service 
Center's multi faceted programs. 

The Center activities include: (1) direct marital and family therapy service, (2) the of- 
fering of a variety of therapy groups; e.g., couples, adolescents and their families, single 
parents, etc.; (3) the publication of The Maryland Family, a vehicle for the optimal func- 
tioning of families in our community; (4) the locus for clinical data collection and research; 
and (5) the primary training site for the department's clinical students. 

Of these activities, therapy training and direct services to families are central. Since 
its inception a decade ago, the FSC has contributed to the training of over 100 family 
therapy professionals, and the FSC provides marriage and family therapy services to over 
350 Maryland families per year. No family is refused service because of inability to pay. 
The Center has a full-time staff as well as associated faculty members and graduate 
students. 

Family Research Center: Director: Dr. Roger H. Rubin. The purpose of the Family 
Research Center (FRC) is to enhance family research opportunities by securing extramural 
funding and encouraging cooperative ventures within the University and with other in- 
stitutions. A variety of ongoing and special research projects are operated in the Center 
from its facility on Knox Road. The current components of the center include the office 
of the District of Columbia Metropolitan Area Council on Family Relations; the inter- 
national office of the Groves Conference on Marriage and the Family; the Marriage and 
Family Therapy Group Project; the Anne Arundel County Drug and Alcohol Training 



48 



and Prevention Program; and the Ford Foundation/Lilly Foundation study of the role 
of the Black Church and Family and Community Life. 

The Family Research Center is associated with the Department of Family and Com- 
munity Development. 

Industrial Relations and Labor Studies Center: Director: Paul A. Weinstein. The pro- 
gram of Industrial Relations and Labor Studies was recently organized at UMCP and 
is concerned with two kinds of activity. The first is interdisciplinary research directed 
primarily toward the study of labor-management comparative studies and personnel pro- 
blems. The Center draws on the expertise and interests of faculty from the College of 
Business and Management, the School of Law and the Departments of Economics, 
History, Psychology and Sociology. The second main activity consists of community and 
labor relations education projects serving management, unions, the public and other groups 
interested in industrial relations and labor-related activities. These projects consist of public 
lectures, conferences, and symposia as well as non-credit courses. Planning for the develop- 
ment of a Master's degree in Industrial Relations and Labor Studies are underway. 

Center for Innovation: Director: Jerald Hage. The Center for Innovation has three main 
goals: (1) the development of new theories about organizations broadly conceived. (2) 
the search for innovative solutions to practical problems, and (3) research on technological- 
ly advanced and innovative organizations. Among its theoretical framework are a 
multidimensional approach to technology and product systems, and a contingency theory 
of mental health delivery systems. Several other research projects focus on the attempt 
to integrate organizational theory and the analysis of societies. Among the items on the 
Center's research agenda is an innovative project in Chile on quality work circles, in- 
dustrial democracy, and the problems of employment and productivity. 

Throughout the past year, members of the Center, which is sponsored jointly by the 
Departments of Psychology and Sociology and the College of Business and Management 
at UMCP, have presented papers at numerous conferences; these working papers are 
available to interested parties upon request. 

Center for International Development and Conflict Management (CIDCM); Director: 
Edward E. Azar. The Center is a think tank focusing on management and resolution 
of protracted conflict in the world today. 

The Center's staff, composed of University faculty and visiting fellows and associates, 
studies dozens of contemporary international and intercommunal conflicts their causes, 
dynamics, management strategies, and peaceful resolution. 

The Center's activities pursue three goals, consistent with the mission of the University 
of Maryland: research, service, and teaching. 

Research at the Center is organized in groups of proects — a) Conflict Theory Manage- 
ment Strategies; and b) Regional and Country Studies. Key areas of research at the Center 
include: Theory of protracted Social Conflict, Strategies of Conflict Management and 
Resolution, population and Development. The Center's current area studies and projects 
include: Central America project, Studies on Israel, Studies on Korea, Studies on Lebanon, 
Middle East project, and South Africa project. 

Service to the wider community of scholars, government, campus, and public in the 
United States and other parts of the world and collaborates with national and interna- 
tional institutions. 



49 



The Center sponsors public lectures, seminars, and policy roundtable discussions on 
a variety of contemporary issues. 

The Center hosts resident and visiting scholars and fellows from the United States and 
other parts of the world and collaborates with national and international institutions. 

Teaching Faculty members and fellows of the Center work closely with the teaching 
departments of the University of Maryland in organizing and teaching undergraduate 
and graduate courses and seminars. 

As a research tool, the Center has been building a computerized information base on 
conflict and cooperation events on a worldwide basis. 

Center for Language and Cognition: Director: David L. Horton. The purpose of the Center 
for Language and Cognition is to provide a central focus for instruction and research 
training on all aspects of language and cognition represented by the training staff. The 
Center's specific goals are to (1) encourage and support research and (2) to train students 
capable of making substantial contributions to the understanding of human cognitive 
systems and of relating this understanding to behavior in natural settings. The training 
program consists of classroom instruction (courses and seminars), research apprenticeships, 
and a variety of special features designed to provide an integrative program for all students. 
The special features include an "interdisciplinary" center seminar which provides a com- 
mon forum for the discussion of contemporary issues and an evening discussion seminar 
in which a variety of professional, practical, and theoretical issues are considered. Also 
of importance are the visiting scholar series, a technical report series, and a variety of 
informal procedures for the training of competent, mature scientists. 

The Maryland Center for Productivity and Quality of Working Life: Director: Tom Tut- 
tle. The Maryland Center for Productivity and Quality of Working Life operates within 
the College of Business and Management. The Maryland Center was established in 1977 
to promote productivity, quality and labor-management cooperation in Maryland. 
Helping organizations develop productivity measurement systems, employee involvement 
programs, productivity gain-sharing systems, joint labor-management projects and other 
"tactical" improvements is an important part of the Center's work. But the real challenge 
is helping organizations understand that productivity and quality of working life must 
be viewed as strategic issues to be built into the fabric of the organization. Only by think- 
ing strategically can businesses, labor organizations and government agencies work together 
to make the substantive changes needed to survive in the rapidly changing world we live 
in . . . and assure that jobs will remain and grow in Maryland. 

The Center has four major functions: 1) to foster increased productivity and quality 
of working life and to increase competitiveness through direct technical assistance to public 
and private sector organizations in Maryland; 2) to act as a clearing house for informa- 
tion about productivity and quality of working life and publish a bimonthly newsletter, 
"The Maryland Workplace"; 3) to increase knowledge levels about productivity and quality 
of working life in Maryland through the regular curriculum of the University, as well 
as through training programs sponsored by the Center; and 4) to conduct research which 
adds to the body of knowledge about productivity and the quality of working life. 

Center for Mathematics Education: Director: Dr. Patricia F. Campbell. The Center for 
Mathematics Education facilitates a graduate program in mathematics education relating 
mathematics, psychology, and learning. The Center provides a setting in which graduate 
students, faculty, participating children, parents, and appropriate visitors can become 



50 Resources 

involved in the formal and informal interactions so essential to applied research on the 
learning and teaching of mathematics. 

In support of its graduate program, the Center sponsors two major projects: The 
Mathematics Clinic and the Mathematics Teaching Laboratory. The Mathematics Clinic 
provides a context wherein graduate students can study the teaching and learning of 
mathematics as they work directly with students in grades 1-12 who have difficulty learn- 
ing mathematics. Models and procedures for the diagnosis and remediation of learning 
difficulties in mathematics are tested and refined in the Clinic. 

The Mathematics Teaching Laboratory provides an extensive array of materials for 
teaching elementary school mathematics materials that Center faculty and graduate 
students not only evaluate but also use in their work with children or pre-service teachers. 

National Center for Postsecondary Governance and Finance: The National Center for 
Postsecondary Governance and Finance conducts programs of policy research and 
disseminates its findings to those who can benefit, as well as to the general public. The 
Center's work focuses on improvement of governance, management and finance prac- 
tices in higher education. Its activities in these areas are expected to contribute to the 
broader goal of improving the effectiveness, efficiency and equity of postsecondary 
teaching, research and public service. 

The Center serves two primary audiences. Its principal audience is those who govern 
colleges and universities and those who formulate and approve policies that guide these 
institutions' development. Another major audience is the researchers and scholars who 
are concerned with higher education governance, management, and finance. Practitioners 
in higher education are relied on for help in selecting project topics, carrying out research, 
and disseminating findings. The Center's National Advisory panel provides critical 
guidance on Center activities, selection of new projects and future program priorities. 

Center for Ocean-Land- Atmosphere Interactions: Director: Dr. J. Shukla The Center 
for Ocean-Land-Atmosphere Interactions (COLA) has been established in the Depart- 
ment of Meteorology to foster interdisciplinary research and to increase our understan- 
ding of the physical processes in the oceans, atmosphere, and at the land surface, and 
their interactions. It is recognized that the interactions among the ocean-atmosphere-land 
processes are perhaps the most important determinants of the fluctuations which affect 
the global and regional habitability of the planet earth. A better understanding of in- 
teractions among the ocean-atmosphere-land processes is essential to enable us to 
distinguish between the natural variability of the coupled system and changes caused by 
external forcing or human activities. An important objective of the center is to study the 
contributions of internal dynamic processes and the slowly varying boundary conditions 
at the earth's surface in determining the variability and predictability of short term climate, 
and to explore the feasilibity of dynamic prediction of monthly and seasonal averages. 
Specific atmospheric, biospheric and oceanic studies currently being conducted by the 
Center are listed below: 

1 . Study of physical mechanisms which determine the interannual variabili- 
ty and predictability of monthly and seasonal averages. 

2. Mathematical modeling of large scale atmospheric processes and predic- 
tability of the coupled ocean-atmosphere-land system. 

3. Study of climatically significant feedbacks operating between the land sur- 
face and the regional and global circulation using a biologically and 



Resources 51 

physically realistic model of the atmosphere and biosphere. 

4. Investigation of the use of satellite remote sensing data in initializing and 
validating the combined atmosphere-biosphere model. 

5. Research on mesoscale coastal modeling and tropical ocean modeling. 

6. Four dimensional assimilation of ocean data using realistic ocean models. 

Reading Center: Director: Robert M. Wilson. The Reading Center provides support ser- 
vices for undergraduate and graduate students in the area of reading education. The faculty 
of the Center believe that a positive learning environment facilitates learning and are con- 
tinuously searching for ways to improve reading instruction. 

The Center operates a diagnostic and remedial clinic in which graduate students work 
with children who have mild to severe reading difficulties. Clinic diagnosis and instruc- 
tion is of the highest quality and is closely supervised. Over 2,000 children have been 
assisted in the clinic. Hundreds of graduate students have refined their diagnostic and 
remedial instructional skills there. The clinic provides a pool of research subjects for faculty 
and graduate students. 

The Center facilitates faculty research through awarding small grants, obtaining research 
subjects, and sponsoring staff development in such areas as research design and statistical 
procedures. 

Collaborative efforts are made with other UMCP faculty as well as with the Maryland 
State Department of Education and the local schools. These efforts have resulted in in- 
terdisciplinary classes, conferences, and research projects. Faculty and graduate students 
aid local schools by conducting inservice activities, consulting on curriculum develop- 
ment, and providing support to parent organizations. 

Center for Renaissance & Baroque Studies: Director: S. Schoenbaum (UMCP). Executive 
Director: Adele Seeff (UMCP). The Center for Renaissance & Baroque Studies, housed 
in the Division of Arts and Humanities at UMCP, was established in 1981 to serve all 
disciplines within the Division of Arts and Humanities. The Center has several objec- 
tives: to promote interdisciplinary research and teaching among faculty in Renaissance 
and Baroque studies; to aid individual departments in the development of new curricula 
and programs; to support and publicize faculty research projects; to promote closer rela- 
tions with major research centers in the Washington and Baltimore areas; to strengthen 
ties with faculty in humanities disciplines form regional colleges and universities; to enrich 
the life of the university and area community through lectures, conferences, exhibitions, 
concerts, and other public presentations; and to consolidate ties between university and 
secondary school faculty in Maryland. 

Major programs sponsored by the Center include the scholar-in-residence program, 
which appoints a distinguished scholar for a semester to teach, lecture, and conduct faculty 
colloquia; an annual interdisciplinary symposium; the Maryland Handel Festival, Newton 
Symposium; and two summer institutes for secondary school teachers in Fine Arts and 
Shakespeare. 

Center for Research in Public Communication: Director: Michael Gurevitch. Associate 
Director: Jay Blunder. The Center for Research in public Communication is sponsored 
jointly by the College of Journalism and the Department of Communication Arts and 
Theatre and is housed in the College of Journalism. The Center was established in 1972 
and serves today as an institute dedicated to the study of the structure and processes of 
journalism, public relations, advertising, and other forms of mass communications. 



52 Resources 



The Center's philosophy has three elements: 1) stress on the holistic character of the 
public communication process; 2) concern with comparative cross-cultural research; and 
3) policy orientation. This philosophy underlies such studies as the relationship between 
journalists and their news sources; the interactions between public relations departments, 
activist groups, and government; and the role of mass media in different societies. 

Some examples of projects, on-going and planned, include a study of the role of the 
media as sources of interpretative frameworks by which people give meaning to their 
awareness of social issues; a study of interactions between candidates and journalists in 
setting the agenda of campaign issues in recent British and U.S. elections; and a five-year 
study, funded by the foundation of the International Association of Business Com- 
municators (IABC), on the characteristics of "excellent" public relations departments and 
how those departments contribute to the effectiveness of their organizations. A study 
of the structure and the contents of television news exchanges among members of the 
European Broadcasting Union, and a study of "The New Television Program 
Marketplace", examining the implications of changes in the marketplace for television 
programs upon the diversity, innovation, quality and creative freedom in American Televi- 
sion Programming. 

Center for Rotorcraft Education and Research: Director: Prof. Alfred Gessow. The Center 
for Rotorcraft Education and Research operates within the Department of Aerospace 
Engineering, and is one of three Centers of Excellence in Rotorcraft Technology created 
by the U.S. Army Research Office. The purpose of the Center is to expand the rotorcraft 
technology base through the conduct of research and the training of M.S. and Ph.D. 
rotorcraft specialists. 

Graduate studies and research are conducted in rotorcraft aeroelasticity, structural 
dynamics and vibrations, aerodynamics, and flight dynamics and controls. The experimen- 
tal and computational facilities available to the Center include the Glenn L. Martin wind 
tunnel, with a test section of 8 by 1 1 ft and speeds of up to 230 mph, an extensively in- 
strumented aeroelastic rotor test rig, a structural dynamics laboratory, a state-of-the-art 
composite structures fabrication and testing facility, and the Cray X-MP supercomputer 
of the San Diego Supercomputer Consortium, of which the University of Maryland is 
a founding member. 

Science Teaching Center: Director: William G. Holliday. The Science Teaching Center, 
through the Department of Curriculum and Instruction, offers master's and doctoral 
degrees specializing in science education. Students may focus their studies on research in: 

science curriculum development, evaluation and implementation, 
interactive computer systems, 
problem solving and inquiry processes, 
science classroom processes and management, 
learning science in non-school settings, 
studying how students learn science, 
science textbook learning, and 
science teacher development. 
In addition, other education topics at the elementary, secondary, and post-secondary 
levels directly related to the learning and teaching of science can be pursued. 

Currently, the Center consists of six professors, a support staff, and over 40 active 



Resources 53 



master's and doctoral students. Faculty members in collaboration with graduate students 
are actively engaged in research in new technologies, reading comprehension, and 
classroom processes. Excellent facilities and a comprehensive collection of curriculum 
materials, documents and journals enhances the functioning of the Center. 

Course requirements, while flexible, allow students to develop competence in the theory 
and research of science education, as well as in a science discipline. Graduate students 
in consultation with a faculty advisor develop a program of study to meet their needs 
and interests. The core of the student's program consists of course work in science educa- 
tion, research methodology, and science. 

International Center for the Study of Education Policy and Human Values: Director: 
Barbara Finkelstein. This Center organizes research and development programs which 
engage humanities scholars, teachers, school administrators, public officials and educators 
from several nations in cooperative research and development programs focussing on issues 
of ethical and political importance in the study and practice of education. The Center 
organizes studies, creates programs, generates publications, and provides consulting ser- 
vices in four areas: 

• Professional Culture 

• Intercultural Education and Communication 

• The Child, the Family, Education and the State 

• The individual, the School, and social structures 

The Center has developed programs with the American Historical Association, the 
Japanese Embassy, the Governor's Office of Children and Youth, with State departments 
of education, the National Endowment for the Humanities, the Council for the Advance- 
ment of Citizenship. It organized and directs the Mid- Atlantic Region Japan in the Schools 
Program, orginated the teacher education component of National History Day, provides 
consulting services to museums, educational television stations, global education agen- 
cies, school systems, civic education associations, and cultivates partnerships between 
Humanities scholars, school systems, the diplomatic core, and educators in the United 
States and in Japan. 

The Center is part of the Department of Education Policy, Planning and Administration. 

Survey Research Center: Director: John Robinson. The Survey Research Center was 
created in 1980 as a research facility within the behavioral and social sciences. The Center 
specializes in the design of questionnaires and the conduct of surveys for policy purposes. 
The Center provides assistance to researchers in sample design, questionnaire construc- 
tion, and data entry and coding of questionnaires. 

The Center provides graduate education by providing both technical training and prac- 
tical experience to students. Also, the Center has a strong community service mission 
through the provision of technical assistance on survey methods and survey design to 
units of state and local government, and by conducting surveys on a contract or grant 
basis for these government units. The Maryland Poll, a statewide survey regarding public 
policy issues is conducted twice a year by the Center. 

Transportation Studies Center: Director: Everett C. Carter (UMCP). Housed in the Col- 
lege of Engineering, and with input from the other units of the College Park campus 
as well as from academic departments on the Baltimore County campus, the Center acts 
as a catalyst to foster research and development and interdisciplinary studies in transpor- 



54 



tation and to provide the means for investigators from different disciplines to work together 
on a wide range of transportation related problems. Objectives of the Center are to iden- 
tify potential research projects by establishing a dialogue and rapport with sponsoring 
agencies and offices; to provide coordination between the various disciplines engaged in 
or having potential to engage in transportation research and between potential research 
sponsors and University researchers; to facilitate cooperation between the University of 
Maryland and other universities and industry, for joint undertakings; to promote and, 
where appropriate, to supervise specific educational programs of an interdisciplinary 
nature. 

Among the areas identified as having interest and research potential are transporta- 
tion systems management, transportation planning, public policy, public utilities, systems 
economics, mass transit systems, conservation of energy, terminal siting, bridge and pave- 
ment design, traffic flow coordination, traffic safety and efficiency, transportation 
economics, air transportation, air pollution, noise control, highway landscaping, en- 
vironmental considerations, and air, rail, water and highway alternatives. 

Water Resources Research Center: Director: Robert E. Menzer. The Water Resources 
Research Center sponsors and coordinates research on all aspects of water supply, de- 
mand, distribution, utilization, quality enhancement or degradation, and allocation or 
management. The Center brings together water resource user groups, such as local, state 
and federal management and regulatory agencies and citizens groups, with university 
researchers and educators to assist in the solution of both basic and applied water resources 
problems. Research proposals are solicited from researchers which address water pro- 
blems within the state, and region, while water resources problems confronting manage- 
ment, regulatory and health agencies and or citizens of the state are determined by use 
of an advisory committee. The Center acts to bring together the technical expertise, finan- 
cial resources and other contributions necessary to help solve existing water resources 
problems and to generate basic scientific information which may contribute to solutions 
of future problems or which may prevent development of new water resource problems. 
The Center's funds are derived from the Water Resources Division, U.S. Geological 
Survey, under PL 98-242, from substantial university contributions in faculty time and 
other expenses, and from other local, state and federal agencies and private sources. Funds 
are made available for research projects on a competitive basis. Training of graduate 
and undergraduate students in water resources and the transfer of existing water resources 
knowledge to user groups are integral components of the Center's activities. 

Center for Young Children: Director: Dr. Elisa Klein. The Center for Young Children 
is under the direction of the Early Childhood Unit of the Department of Curriculum and 
Instruction. It serves as a model of developmentally appropriate early childhood educa- 
tion and offers half day and full day programs for children three, four, and five years 
old whose parents are affiliated with the University. The Center is a research center and 
a teacher training site for the College of Education. Located in the Cambridge Complex, 
the Center has four classrooms and two research rooms which may be scheduled by faculty 
and graduate students. 

Institutes 

Institute for Advanced Computer Studies: Director: Larry Davis. The University of 
Maryland Institute for Advanced Computer Studies was established in 1985 as a separate 
research department. UMIACS, while residing on the College Park campus, is intended 
to serve the entire University system as a focal point for research activities in computing. 



Resources 55 

UMIACS has 47 affiliate faculty whose principal academic appointments are in other 
educational departments in the University. The departments represented are: computer 
science (UMCP), electrical engineering, mathematics, physics, business and management, 
philosophy, economics, linquistics, and computer science (UMBC). 

The Institute publishes and distributes technical reports. Other activities include a 
Distinguished Lecturer Series, workshops, conferences and seminars; graduate student 
research; and a Visiting Scholars program. 

Institute for Child Study: Director: Robert C. Hardy. The Institute for Child Study was 
founded in 1947 and is affiliated with the Department of Human Development. In its 
program, the Institute collects, interprets, and synthesizes the scientific findings in various 
fields that are concerned with human growth, development, learning and behavior. Pro- 
grams, which have an educational psychology focus, provide study of all aspects of lie 
span development from infancy through aging. Institute research is primarily concerned 
with social aspects of development. The Institute offers graduate programs leading to 
the Master of Education, Master of Arts, Doctor of Philosophy and Doctor of Educa- 
tion degrees, and the Advanced Graduate Specialist Certificate in the area of human 
development. The Institute provides extensive off-campus services to communicate cur- 
rent scientific findings in human development to those agencies and institutions who re- 
quest such support. 

Cooperative Institute for Climatic Studies (CICS): Following more than a decade of fruitful 
collaboration in meteorology and climate research, NOAA and UMCP have established 
a Cooperative Institute for Climate Studies on campus. Principal participants are the na- 
tional Weather Service and the National Environmental Satellite Data and Information 
Service of NOAA and the University of Maryland Meteorology Department. The Institute 
is organized to: 1) foster collaborative research between NOAA and the University in 
studies of satellite climatology and climate diagnostics, modeling, and prediction, 2) serve 
as a center where scientists and engineers working on problems of mutual interest may 
focus on studies contributing to the understanding of earth-ocean-atmosphere climate 
systems, climate modeling, climate prediction and satellite climatology. The Institute's 
activities are also expected to include cooperative programs with other research groups, 
both nationally and internationally, and to stimulate training of scientists and engineers 
in appropriate disciplines involved in the atmospheric sciences. 

The Institute employs numerous Fellows, research scientists, and research associates 
from the cooperating agencies as well as graduate research assistants to accomplish its 
goals. 

Institute of Criminal Justice and Criminology: Director: Charles Wellford. The Institute 
coordinates the University's interests and activities in the areas of law enforcement, 
criminology, and corrections. The Institute has a very extensive and carefully integrated 
undergraduate program. Special emphasis, however, is placed on graduate programs and 
on research. 

The research capabilities and the academic programs of the Institute make possible 
the achievement of its primary goal the education of social and behavioral scientists who 
have chosen the problem of crime and its prevention and controls as their specialization. 
The Institute offers the M.A. degree with options in criminology or criminal justice and 
the Ph.D. degree in criminal justice and criminology. 

Institute for Governmental Service: Acting Director: Brian M. Gardner. The Institute 



56 



provides information, consulting, research and technical assistance services to county, 
municipal governments, and state agencies in Maryland. The Institute also provides sup- 
port to the Constitutional and Administrative Law Committee of the Maryland House 
of Delegates. Assistance is provided in such areas as program evaluation, survey research, 
preparation of charters and codes of ordinances, budgeting and financial management, 
information systems, and related local, state or intergovernmental management activities. 
The Institute analyzes and shares with governmental officials information concerning pro- 
fessional developments and opportunities for new or improved programs and activities. 

Institute for Philosophy and Public Policy: Director: Dr. Douglas MacLean. The Institute 
for Philosophy and Public Policy conducts an interdisciplinary program of research and 
curriculum development, investigating the structure of arguments and the nature of values 
relevant to the formation, justification, and criticism of public policy. Most research ef- 
forts, chosen from topics expected to be a focus of public policy debate during the next 
decade, are coordinated by Institute research staff and conducted cooperatively by working 
groups composed of philosophers, policymakers, analysts, and other experts from within 
and without the government. This diversity permits comprehensive examination of the 
major aspects of the complex issues investigated. Current research areas include: regulatory 
policy, environmental ethics, the nature of ecology, the rationality of attitudes toward 
risk, equality of opportunity, the ethics of legal negotiation, and the mass media and 
democratic values. Research products are made available through commercial publica- 
tion, distribution of model courses, a quarterly newsletter, working papers, and workshops. 

The Institute's curriculum development seeks to bring philosophical issues before future 
policymakers and citizens. Courses dealing with contemporary normative issues in the 
national and international arenas are offered through the School f Law, School of public 
Affairs, and various undergraduate programs. Courses which have been offered include: 
Hunger and Affluence, Philosophical Issues in Public Policy; Human Rights and Foreign 
Policy; Ethics and Energy Policy; The Endangered Species Problem; Risk and Consent; 
Ethics and the New International Order; The Morality of Forced Military Service; Theory 
of Regulatory Policy; Ethics and National Security; and Environmental Ethics. The In- 
stitute operates within the School of Public Affairs. 

Institute for Physical Science and Technology: Director: James A. Yorke. The Institute 
for Physical Science and Technology is a center for interdisciplinary research in pure and 
applied science problems that lie between those areas served by the academic departments. 
These interdisciplinary problems afford challenging opportunities for thesis research and 
classroom instruction. Current research topics include a variety of problems in applied 
mathematics, statistical physics, optical physics, fluid mechanics, physics of condensed 
matter, space science, upper atmospheric physics, engineering physics, and 
biomathematics. Other areas of interest are remote sensing, the effect of ionizing radia- 
tion on chemical systems, and the history of science and technology. 

Courses and thesis research guidance by the faculty of the Institute are provided through 
the graduate programs in the academic departments of the College of Computer, 
Mathematical and physical Sciences. The Institute sponsors a wide variety of seminars. 
Of principal interest are general seminars in statistical physics, applied mathematics, fluid 
dynamics, and in atomic and molecular physics. Information about these can be obtain- 
ed by writing the Director or by calling (301) 454-2636. 

Institute for Research in Higher and Adult Education: Director: Robert O. Berdahl. The 
primary focus of the Institute is to encourage and support the study of public policy issues 



57 



concerning the relations between institutions of higher and adult education and their state 
and federal governments. The Institute concentrates on state level problems. 

The Institute addresses problems such as (1) legislative performance audits of higher 
education, (2) evaluation of statewide boards of higher education, (3) interactions among 
statewide boards, accrediting agencies and universities, (4) fundraising and research 
development, and (5) inter-institutional cooperation. The Institute's location in College 
Park, next to the nation's capital, also facilitates monitoring and researching federal 
policies in postsecondary education. 

The teaching base of greatest relevance to the Institute lies in the graduate programs 
in higher and adult education in the UMCP Department of Education policy, planning 
and Administration; however, interaction with students and faculty from other relevant 
areas is strongly encouraged. 

Institute for the Study of Exceptional Children and Youth: Director: Philip J. Burke. 
The Institute is a research unit adjunct to the Department of Special Education in the 
College of Education at UMCP. The Institute is a problem-centered organization engag- 
ed in innovation, research, and evaluation related to major issues affecting the lives of 
exceptional individuals, the gifted and talented as well as the handicapped. The Institute 
has five interlocking task areas: policy studies, consumer involvement and evaluation, 
leadership development, interdisciplinary studies, and dissemination. 

Projects administered by the Institute include research and demonstration programs 
in the areas of public policy urban special education, technology, and international studies. 

The Institute is an ongoing part of the University that also serves as a center for technical 
assistance to local schools and agencies with respect to needs of handicapped children 
and youth. The Institute focuses its resources on key issues, problems, and research areas 
that will maintain a strong and independent voice in matters relating to exceptional children 
and youth. 

Institute for Urban Studies: Director: Kenneth E. Corey. The mission of the Institute 
is to generate and disseminate new knowledge of urban processes and urban functions. 
Institute faculty have particular interest in the interdisciplinary analysis, planning and 
mangement of contemporary urbanization, including such forces as economic develop- 
ment, information-age technology and employment, organizational behavior, policy for- 
mulation and public-private services. Both domestic and international urban development 
issues are researched. 

The Institute for Urban Studies is a multi-campus interdisciplinary bachelor's and 
master's degree granting unit. It was created to offer a learning program to educate ur- 
ban professionals to plan, manage and develop metropolitan communities. The 
Washington-Baltimore urban corridor provides an excellent instructional and research 
setting for faculty and students. Since contemporary urban problems must be solved by 
a multi-disciplinary approach, the master's programs are based on the Institute's core 
courses in combination with the specialized substantive knowledge offered by the diverse 
departments and professional schools of the University. The Institute has developed a 
joint program with the UMAB Community Planning Program to enable the professional, 
accredited Master of Community Planning (M.C.P.) degree to be taken by students in 
College Park as well as in Baltimore. NOTE: Plans are underway for the merger of the 
Community Planning Program of the University of Maryland at Baltimore with the In- 
stitute for Urban Studies of the University of Maryland at College Park. This will result 



58 Resources 



in a new "Department of Urban Studies & Planning." Also this will mean that the graduate 
curricula of the M. A. degree in Urban Studies and the Master of Community Planning 
will be revised to go into effect Fall 1990. 

Laboratories 

Research and Development Laboratory on School-Based Administration: Director: Ed- 
ward J. Andrews, Jr. This laboratory is the research and development unit of the Maryland 
Commission on School-Based Administration and the Maryland Assessment Center pro- 
ject. It is concerned with the professional preparation and inservice development of school 
principals. Collaborating with the Department of Education Policy, Planning, and Ad- 
ministration in these efforts are the Maryland State Department of Education, other in- 
stitutions of higher education, and the 24 local school districts in Maryland. 

The Laboratory's mission is to devise and activate a systematic plan to strengthen the 
effectiveness of school principals in Maryland through programs of principal assessment, 
professional preparation and development, and research on principal assessment and 
development. 

Consortia 

The University of Maryland is a member of a number of national and local consortia 
concerned with advanced education and research. They offer a variety of opportunities 
for senior scholar and graduate student research. 

OAK RIDGE ASSOCIATED UNIVERSITIES, INC. (ORAU), is a non-profit educa- 
tional and research consortium of 51 colleges and universities in the South formed in 
order to broaden the opportunities for member institutions collectively to participate in 
many fields of education and research in the natural sciences related to the environment, 
energy, and health. Educational programs range from short term courses or institutes, 
conducted with ORAU facilities and staff, to fellowship programs administered by ORAU 
for the U.S. Department of Energy. 

The National Center for Atmospheric Research (NCAR), was created to serve as a focal 
point of a vigorous and expanding national research effort in the atmospheric sciences. 
NCAR is operated under the sponsorship of the National Science Foundation by the 
UNIVERSITY CORPORATION FOR ATMOSPHERIC RESEARCH (UCAR), made 
up of 48 U.S. and Canadian universities with doctoral programs in the atmospheric sciences 
or related fields. The scientific staff includes meteorologists, astronomers, chemists, 
physicists, mathematicians, and representatives of other disciplines. Over the years, UMCP 
Meteorology department, faculty, and staff members have had an active collaboration 
with NCAR colleagues and have made use of NCAR facilities. The Meteorology Depart- 
ment maintains a mini-computer which allows access to NCAR's CRAY 1 computer. 

UNIVERSITIES RESEARCH ASSOCIATION, INC. (URA), a group of 52 univer- 
sities engaged in high energy research, is the sponsoring organization for the Fermi Na- 
tional Accelerator Laboratory, funded by the U.S. Department of Energy. The accelerator, 
located near Batavia, Illinois, is the world's highest-energy proton accelerator. Universi- 
ty of Maryland faculty and graduate students have been involved in experiments at Fer- 
milab since its inception. 

The INTER-UNIVERSITY COMMUNICATIONS COUNCIL (EDUCOM) provides 
a forum for the appraisal of the current state of the art in communications science and 



Resources 59 



technology and their relation to the planning and programs of colleges and universities. 
The council particularly fosters inter-university cooperation in the area of communica- 
tions science. 

The UNIVERSITIES SPACE RESEARCH ASSOCIATION (USRA) was designed to 
promote cooperation between universities, research organizations, and the government 
in the development of space science and technology, and in the operation of laboratories 
and facilities for research, development, and education in these fields. USRA currently 
has four active research programs. They focus on low gravity cloud physics, computer 
applications in science and engineering, lunar science, and materials processing in space. 

The University of Maryland is a member of the INTER-UNIVERSITY CONSORTIUM 
FOR POLITICAL and SOCIAL RESEARCH (ICPSR). One purpose of the Consortium 
is to facilitate collection and distribution of useful data for social science research. The 
data include survey data from the University of Michigan Center for political Studies 
and from studies conducted by other organizations or by individuals, census data for 
the United States, election data, legislative roll calls, judicial decision results, and 
biographical data. 

The University of Maryland jointly participates in the CHESAPEAKE RESEARCH 
CONSORTIUM, INC., a wide scale environmental research program, with the Johns 
Hopkins University, the Virginia Institute of Marine Science, and the Smithsonian In- 
stitution. The Consortium coordinates and integrates research on the Chesapeake Bay 
region and is compiling a vast amount of scientific data to assist in the management and 
control of the area. Each participating institution calls on faculty expertise in a diversity 
of disciplines including biology, chemistry, physics, engineering, geology, and the social 
and behavioral sciences. Through this interdisciplinary research program a computeriz- 
ed Management Resource Bank is being developed containing a biological inventory of 
the Chesapeake Bay region, a legal survey, and socioeconomic data of the surrounding 
communities. The Consortium provides research opportunities for faculty members, 
graduate students, and undergraduate students at the University. 

Officially chartered in 1969, the SEA GRANT ASSOCIATION is a growing organiza- 
tion concerned with the development and wise use of ocean and Great Lakes resources. 
Composed of the nation's major colleges, universities and institutions with ocean pro- 
grams, the Association works for the betterment of the management and utilization of 
marine resources. Maryland's research and education program is greatly involved with 
estuarine processes and commercial fisheries, especially oysters, in the Chesapeake Bay. 
Other important research efforts such as the joint cholera program with Florida, Loui- 
siana and Oregon, represent strong national efforts. 

The University of Maryland was awarded its first institutional Sea Grant funding by the 
Department of Commerce for the calendar year 1977. Although forty-six universities, 
colleges and non-profit organizations hold either regular or associate memberships in SGA, 
Maryland is one of only about twenty who have comprehensive institutional programs 
and who are eligible to become Sea Grant Colleges. 

The goal of the CONSORTIUM ON HUMAN RELATIONSHIPS IN EDUCATION 
is to involve all interested agencies in the State of Maryland in the identification, develop- 
ment, and utilization of the human resources of the State for the purpose of improving 
human relationships in education. The consortium provides training activities for educa- 
tional personnel, promotes the sharing of expertise among education professionals, 
disseminates information as to activities, personnel and materials concerning human rela- 



60 Resources 



tionships, and promotes cooperative relationships among the agencies involved. 

Established in 1965, the UNIVERSITIES COUNCIL ON WATER RESOURCES 
(UCOWR), is a national consortium with approximately 80 members. UCOWR was 
created to provide a forum for interchange of information pertaining to water resources 
research in academic communities. Member institutions also exchange information on 
special conferences, seminars, symposia and graduate study opportunities. 

The University of Maryland is an associate member of the UNIVERSITY-NATIONAL 
OCEANOGRAPHIC LABORATORY SYSTEM (UNOLS) established to improve coor- 
dinated use of federally supported oceanographic facilities, bringing together the Com- 
munity of Academic Oceanographic Institutions which operate those facilities, and creating 
a mechanism for such coordinated utilization of and planning for oceanographic facilities. 
As an associate member, the University of Maryland operates research programs in the 
marine sciences and operates the University of Maryland Center for Environmental and 
Estaurine Studies. 

Chartered in 1981-1982 with the University of Maryland among its founding members, 
the POTOMAC RIVER BASIN CONSORTIUM comprises 20 or so academic, govern- 
mental and private sector institutions whose intent is to expand scholarly and popular 
interest and involvement with the many natural, cultural, and historical dimensions of 
the potomac Valley basin and its subregions and the Chesapeake Bay. Consortium in- 
terests range from agriculture, anthropology, and engineering to historic preservation, 
environment, geography, history, public policy and urban studies. Consortium activities, 
intermural and interdisciplinary, are aimed at enhancing opportunities for collaborative 
studies of the region in academic curricula, student exchange, internships, workshops, 
seminars, and a publication program of academic studies and papers. 

The University of Maryland is one of the charter members of THE SOUTHEASTERN 
UNIVERSITIES RESEARCH ASSOCIATION (SURA), a consortium of 35 institutions 
of higher learning formed in 1980 for the purpose of managing large cooperative pro- 
jects in science, engineering and medicine. SURA's first undertaking was the proposal 
for a National Electron Accelerator Laboratory (NEAL). Although NEAL's primary 
research potential is in nuclear science, research in condensed matter physics, medicine, 
and industrial applications is a natural byproduct. 

The purpose of the SOUTH-EAST CONSORTIUM FOR INTERNATIONAL 
DEVELOPMENT is to respond to the economic and social needs of limited resource 
peoples and less developed countries. Memberships in the organization is open to univer- 
sities, research institutions and other organizations with capabilities related to rural and 
urban development and technology transfer. The University of Maryland is a charter 
member and has participated in several SECID technical assistance contracts including 
ones in Kenya, Sri Lanka, Sierra Leone, Guyana, Malawi, Zambia, Senegal, and Mali. 

The goal of the CONSORTIUM FOR INTERNATIONAL CROP PROTECTION 
(CICP) is to promote economically efficient and environmentally sound crop protection 
practices in developing countries. CICP sponsors training for developing country exten- 
sion workers, researchers, agricultural and health officials, and others to help reduce 
dependence on chemical insecticides and foster a more holistic approach to pest control; 
fields research teams to assess plant protection problems; and provides specialists for other 
technical assistance. 

The consortium, which operates under an $8.7 million, five-year authorization budget, 



Student Services 61 



most of which derives from the U.S. Agency for International Development, claims as 
members 13 U.S. universities and the U.S. Department of Agriculture. UMCP en- 
tomologist Allen Steinhauer serves as the executive director of CICP, which this spring 
moved to its new headquarters in College Park. Entomology professor Dale Bottrell serves 
as one of CICP's key personnel in his role as technical assistance specialist in entomology. 

Incorporated in 1963, THE ORGANIZATION FOR TROPICAL STUDIES.INC. 
(OTS) is a growing consortium of 43 academic institutions, manages an annual budget 
of more than $2.5 million, owns one of the most well-equipped and best staffed tropical 
research stations in the world, and offers graduate courses in field ecology and agro- 
ecology. It is supported largely by major grants from NSF, several private foundations, 
and member institutions. University of Marlyand was elected to membership in 1985; 
local OTS representatives are Douglas Gill, Zoology and Allen Steinhauer, Entomology. 

OTS is a leader in education and research in tropical biology. Its principal course is 
"The Fundamentals Course in Tropical Biology: an Ecological Approach." Offered twice 
a year in English, this 8-week course is taught in Costa Rica by a team of two dozen 
expert faculty. Twenty superior graduate students are chosen competitively from member 
universities in Northern and Latin America. Research opportunities offered by OTS in- 
clude field stations and research fellowships for graduate students. OTS manages three 
research stations in Costa Rica. 



Student Services 
Off-Campus Housing 

The Off-Campus Housing Office (Room 1195, Stamp Student Union, 454-3645), in 
cooperation with many of the local landlords and apartment managers, maintains an 
extensive and up-to-date list of vacancies under several headings (Rooms, Unfurnished 
Apartments, Houses to Share, etc.). This office can also provide students with conve- 
nient maps of the College park area and with lists of local motels, trailer and mobile 
home parks, real estate agents, and furniture rental companies. In addition, the Univer- 
sity has set aside a limited number of furnished rooms in the undergraduate residence 
halls for single graduate students. 

Current rates for housing in the area are about $200-$250 per month for a room in 
a private or student home, $400-$500 per month for an efficiency or one bedroom apart- 
ment; $200-$250/month for a shared apartment, and $800-$950/month for an unfur- 
nished house. 

Graduate Housing 

The University itself maintains two apartment complexes for married graduate students 
and for a limited number of single graduate students. Both Lord Calvert Apartments 
and University Hills Apartments are within walking distance of campus, which means 
that there is usually a waiting list, especially during the period immediately preceding 
the fall semester, priority for housing in these complexes is currently given to married 
full-time graduate assistants, then married full-time graduate non-assistants. Rent for 
a one-bedroom apartment is currently (1988-1989) $373/month, with two-bedroom apart- 
ments costing $417/month; a limited number of efficiencies are available to single students 
for a monthly rent of $322. Students must sign a one year lease and pay a security deposit 



62 Student Services 



of $200 (payable when an apartment is assigned). There is a nonrefundable application 
fee of $10.00. After the initial lease expires, residence in the apartments is on a monthly 
basis. Graduate students who maintain full-time status are permitted to live in the apart- 
ments for a maximum of 2 years. 

Information and applications for University-owned housing can be obtained from the 
Rental Office, 3424 Tulane Drive, Hyattsville, MD 20783, (422-7445). 

University Dining Services 

The University Department of Dining Services offers several dining options available 
to graduate students. The D.S. Cash Plan or the Resident Dining Plans offer students the 
ability to dine at various restaurants all over campus. The D.S. Cash Plan has a minimum 
deposit of only $50.00. The Resident Dining Plans cost $843.00 per semester. Information 
on both plans is available from the Dining Services Contract Office (454-2906). 

Dining Services features over 30 different restaurants and Eateries across campus. Menu 
offerings range from salad bars, delis and fresh dough pizza to a buffet restaurant and 
steak house. All facilities are open to everyone, but students on board plans receive dis- 
counts and are entitled to specially priced meals. For more information, call 454-2901. 

Campus Senate 

The Campus Senate is an integral part of the College Park system of governance, and 
is somewhat unique in that it has representation from all segments of the campus com- 
munity: administrators, staff, faculty, undergraduate and graduate students. Participation 
in the Senate or any of its 13 standing committees is an honor and a responsibility. 

The full Senate meets once or twice a month to consider matters of concern to the cam- 
pus including academic issues, University policies, plans, facilities, and the welfare of faculty, 
staff, and students. The Senate advises the President, the Chancellor, or the Board of 
Regents as it deems appropriate. 

To become one of the nine graduate senators you must be nominated through your col- 
lege or school and be elected in an at-large election. Elections are held every year during 
the Spring semester. Additional student input is made possible through a series of 13 Senate 
standing committees that draw membership from the campus community at large and cover 
every aspect of campus life and function. For more information contact the Campus Senate 
Office, Room 0104A, Reckord Armory, phone: 454-4549. 

Career Development Center 

The Career Development Center, located in Hornbake Library offers a wide variety of 
services to graduate students. The goal of the Center is to assist students in exploring career 
opportunities and planning their career futures. Services include individual career counsel- 
ing, a comprehensive Career Resource Center, frequent workshops at no charge, and a 
variety of job search services including the Credential Service, the On-Campus Recruiting 
Program, the Mini-Resume Referral Service, and up-to-date job listings. Students interested 
in employment in the fields of education and library science will find the Credential Ser- 
vice especially valuable. 

Graduate students are encouraged to participate in any of the CDC programs and ser- 
vices. The professionally qualified staff is also available to present special programs to 
classes, seminars, colloquia, and student associations. For further information, call 454-2813 
or stop by the Career Development Center located on the 3rd floor-South Wing, Horn- 
bake Library. 



Student Services 63 



Counseling Center 

The Counseling Center offers frequent workshops on educational/psychological topics 
such as assertion, eating disorders, time management and stress management; an open 
educational/vocational library; recorded interviews with departments heads on the 
characteristics of graduate majors offered on the campus; and weekly Research and 
Development series of presentations on current educational/psychological topics. 

Available services to graduate students include the following: 

1. Counseling Service— which offers initial consultation on educational/voca- 
tional or emotional/social problems and provides further counseling ser- 
vices or referral services to appropriate individuals or agencies in the area. 

2. Disabled Student Service — professionals in this office provide services for 
disabled graduate students including general campus information, 
assistance in locating interpreters, readers for the blind and access guides 
to various buildings and facilities on campus. 

3. Parent Consultation and Child Evaluation — professionals provide con- 
sultation, testing and individual, group, parent and family counseling for 
youngsters ages 5-14 and families. 

4. Learning Assistance Service — educational skills assistance including thesis 
and dissertation writing, time management, and assistance on improving 
English-as-a-Second Language including individual counseling, conver- 
sation groups, workshops, and other activities. 

5. Testing, Research and Data Processing Unit — national testing programs 
such as the CLEP, GRE and Miller Analogies are administered through 
this office, as well as testing for counseling purposes. In addition, the staff 
members produce a wide variety of research reports of characteristics of 
students and the campus environment. 

6. Office location — Shoemaker Building, telephone for Counseling Service 
454-2931, Disabled Student Service 454-5028 (and TTY 454-5029), Parent 
Consultation and Child Evaluation 454-7203, Learning Assistance Ser- 
vice 454-2935 and Testing, Research and Data Processing Unit 454-3126. 

Health Care 

The University Health Center is located on Campus Drive directly across from the Stu- 
dent Union. Both graduate and undergraduate students are eligible for health care at the 
Health Center. Services provided include both emergency and routine medical care, mental 
health evaluation and treatment, health education, laboratory, x-ray, gynecological ser- 
vices, and upon referral from a Health Center physician, dermatological services and or- 
thopedic services. 

Students requiring service should call the Health Center for an appointment. Students 
who are injured or are too ill to wait for an appointment will be seen on a walk-in basis. 
Emergencies always receive highest priority. 

The Health Center provides services from 9:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. Monday through Fri- 
day during the semester. Limited services are available after 5:00 p.m. and on weekends. 
Urgent problems will be treated at any time without an appointment. 

Upon payment of the health fee registration, a student becomes eligible for routine 
medical care and professional services at the Health Center. Charges, however, are made 



64 Student Services 



for certain laboratory tests, all x-rays, casts and allergy injections. It should be noted 
that the mandatory health fee is not a form of health insurance. For information and 
emergencies, call 454-3444; Appointments, 454-4923; Mental Health, 454-4925; Women's 
Health, 454-4923; Health Education, 454-4922. 

Health Insurance 

Because the mandatory health fee is not a form of health insurance and many students 
do not have adequate coverage, a voluntary group insurance policy is available to students. 
This policy provides benefits, at very reasonable rates, for hospital, surgery, emergency, 
laboratory, and x-ray purposes,; some coverage for mental and nervous problems; and 
contains a major hospital provision. Students may enroll at mid-year for a half-yearly 
rate, and they may elect to have family coverage. Enrollment periods for the policy are 
August 15, January 1, and June 1. For additional information and application forms, 
see the brochure available in the Health Center. 

In addition, teaching, research, and graduate assistants are eligible for the State employee 
insurance plan options, please note that fellows and hourly employees are not eligible 
for the State employee insurance plan. For further information, contact your department, 
or the personnel Benefits office. 

Publications of Interest to Graduate Students 

In addition to the Catalog, the Graduate School prepares the following publications: 

Graduate Application Booklet. This booklet, which contains the application forms and 
information you need to complete the forms, is available on request from the Graduate 
School Mailing Office or from the individual departments. 

Guide to Graduate Life. This handbook, designed to provide the new graduate student 
with an introduction to the campus and the College Park area, is available from the of- 
fice of the Dean for Graduate Studies and Research. 

Graduate Assistant Handbook. This handbook sets forth policies, procedures, and ser- 
vices of interest to graduate assistants and is available from the departmental graduate 
offices and the office of the Dean for Graduate Studies and Research. 

The Theses Manual. This manual contains the instructions for preparation of theses and 
dissertations and is available from the Graduate School (Room 2117, South 
Administration). 

Important Dates for Advisors and Students. This calendar card of dates for submission 
of final documents is available from the various departmental graduate offices, as well 
as from the office of the Dean for Graduate Studies and Research. 



Aerospace Engineering (ENAE) 65 



GRADUATE PROGRAMS 



Aerospace Engineering (ENAE) 

Professor and Chair: Chopra 

Professors: Anderson, Donaldson, Gessow, Melnik 

Associate Professors: Barlow, Jones, Lee, Winklemann 

Assistant Professors: Celi, Lewis, Leishman, Vizzini 

Lecturers: Agrawal, Billig, Bitz, Chander, Chien, Kim, Korkegi, Lekoudis, Regan, Rhiu, 

Stanzione, Vamos, VanWie, Yanta, Wardlaw, Waltrup, Weissman, Winblade 

The Aerospace Engineering Department offers a broad program of graduate studies 
leading to the degrees of Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy. The curricula for 
these degrees are adapted to meet the objectives and background of the individual student 
and are planned by the student and an advisor. Applications for admission are invited from 
those holding a B.S. degree in engineering, the physical sciences, and mathematics. 
Aerodynamics and Propulsion, Structural Mechanics, Rotorcraft, and Flight Dynamics 
are the major areas of specialization available to graduate students. Within these areas 
of specialization, the student can tailor programs such as Computational Fluid Dynamics, 
Hypersonic Aerodynamics, Composite Structures, and Helicopter or V/STOL Technology. 

Admission and Degree Information 

Two master's degree options are available: thesis and non-thesis. No special Departmen- 
tal requirements are imposed beyond the Graduate School requirements. 

For the Doctor of Philosophy degree, the Aerospace Engineering Department requires 
a minimum of 42 semester hours of course work beyond the B.S. including: (1) not less 
than 18 hours within one Departmental area of specialization, (2) not less than 6 hours 
from among the other areas of specialization in the Department, and (3) not less than 9 
hours in courses which emphasize the physical sciences or mathematics. The total in (2) 
plus that in (3) must be at least 15 hours, 12 hours of which are at the 600 level. Written 
qualifying and oral comprehensive examinations are also required. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

Facilities and equipment which support experimental studies in low speed aerodynamics, 
structural dynamics, helicopter aerodynamics, and composite structures include the Glenn 
L. Martin Wind Tunnel with a 7 feet, 9 inches by 1 1 feet test section, other open and closed 
section subsonic tunnels, a supersonic tunnel, a structural dynamics rig, a 10 feet diameter 
vacuum chamber for rotor test, a model rotor apparatus test, a micro processor controlled 
autoclave with a 3 feet by 4 feet working section, testing machines, including a 220,000 
lb uniaxial test frame and a laboratory minicomputer system for fully automated data ac- 
quisition. In addition to the main frame computer available on campus, the Department 
currently maintains dedicated multi-user computer systems such as the Hewlett-Packard 
HP1000 E, HP9000, HP1000/A900 as well as 17 Sun Workstations and a 
file/computeserver. 



66 Aerospace Engineering (ENAE) 



Financial Assistance 

A number of graduate assistantships and fellowships, including the Glenn L. Martin, 
Rotorcraft and Hypersonic fellowships, are available for financial assistance. 

For courses, see code ENAE. 

Agricultural and Extension Education Program (AEED) 

Acting Chair: Miller 

Professors: Longest 

Associate Professors: Cooper, Gibson, Rivera, Seibel, Smith 

Affiliate Professors: Booth, Coffindaffer, Ingle, Oliver, Shelton 

Adjunct Professors: Adams, Brown, Flyger, Jarvis, Ross, Sieling, Soobitsky, Wisler 

Programs in Agricultural and Extension Education enable professionals to be more 
effective in their careers. The Department Programs are multidisciplinary and organized 
into Agricultural Education; Adult, Continuing and Extension Education; Community 
Development; and Natural Resources Management majors. 

Faculty competencies and specializations within the Department include: teacher educa- 
tion; program administration and supervision; extension program management; staff and 
leadership development program; and policy development and evaluation; community 
analysis, development and leadership; organizational development and leadership; public 
affairs education; program management; natural resources management; and environmen- 
tal education. Department faculty and graduate students are involved in interdisciplinary 
programs such as international extension and research, (working with the International 
Development Management Center, IDMC), rural sociology, and natural resources manage- 
ment and environmental education (working with MEES programs). Ajoint MS in 
Agricultural Education with UMES is offered. 

Degree Information 

Student academic programs are built around core Departmental and major field re- 
quirements. Courses may be included from other departments and colleges as appropriate 
to the student's special interests and career aspirations. 

Graduate degrees are offered in Agricultural Education; Adult, Continuing, and Ex- 
tension Education; Community Development; and Environmental Education (M.S. only) 
with specializations in each. Master of Science, both thesis and non-thesis programs, is 
available. An Advanced Graduate Specialist Certificate requiring 30 credits beyond the 
master's degree is also available. 

Doctor of Philosophy programs are to meet Graduate School and Department re- 
quirements and are planned according to the student's previous education, experience, 
special interests, professional plans, and aspirations. No specific number of credits is re- 
quired, but is dependent on the student's qualifications and area of concentration. No 
foreign language is required, but it is encouraged for those interested in international 
development. Research and major competencies will be developed through specific courses, 
Department research projects, and/or projects developed by the student as part of his 
or her academic program. 

Admission Information 

Applicants for all programs must present transcripts and recommendations from three 



Agricultural and Resource Economics Program (AREC) 67 



individuals qualified to assess the academic abilities of the applicant. Results of the Miller 
Analogies and/or GRE tests must also be included with the application. 

Facilities and Special Resources: 

Graduate education programs are enhanced by accessibility to the graduate library and 
the Computer Center. 

Departmental emphasis is placed on providing opportunities for interaction between 
faculty and graduate students representing an international and culturally diverse 
dimension. 

Proximity of the Department to Washington, D.C., and the national headquarters of 
many organizations and agencies is ideal to allow access to and interaction with key leaders 
and sources of data. Some of the resources include: USDA, EPA, USAID National 
Agricultural Library, Library of Congress, International Development Management 
Center, World Bank, AEED Center for International Extension Development, NASULGC 
National 4-H Center, and National FFA Center. 
Financial Assistance 

Graduate assistantships are offered to qualified applicants on the basis of past academic 
performance and availability of funds. Many of the full-time students in the Department 
hold assistantships or some other form of financial aid. 
Additional Information 

For additional information on programs, admission procedures, and financial aid 
contact: 

Chair 

Agricultural and Extension Education Department 

0222 Symons Hall 

University of Maryland 

College Park, MD 20742 

Phone: (301) 454-3738 
For courses, see code AEED. 

Agricultural and Resource Economics Program (AREC) 

Professor and Chair: Hueth 

Professors: Bender, Bockstael, Brown, Cain, Chambers, Foster, Gardner, Just, Lessley, 

McConnell, Strand, Tuthill, Wysong 

Associate Professors: Hardie, Lopez, Russell 

Assistant Professor: Leathers, Lichtenberg, Horowitz 

The Department of Agricultural and Resource Economics offers courses of study leading 
to the degrees of Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy. The graduate program 
prepares students through courses in traditional subject matter areas, research experiences 
designed to give technical and creative competency in applied economics, and seminar 
and discussion opportunities. 

The Department provides two areas of specialization, agricultural economics and 
resource economics. Study and research within these two areas of specialization can in- 
clude agricultural development, international trade, agricultural marketing, production 
economics, agricultural policy, econometrics, land use, marine resources, water resources 
and environmental quality. 



68 Agricultural and Resource Economics Program (AREC) 



Substantial employment opportunities exist for persons with advanced training in 
agricultural and resource economics. Graduates from the Department obtain employment 
in government, industry, and universities. In government, graduates are hired by such 
agencies as the U.S. Departments of Agriculture and Interior and the Environmental Pro- 
tection Agency. Some obtain positions with the World Bank and similar agencies. In- 
dustry positions include management or program responsibilities. Entry positions in 
academics are usually assistant professor positions (teaching, research, extension) in ma- 
jor universities. 

Admission and Degree Information 

Thesis and non-thesis options are available for the Master of Science degree in both 
areas of specialization. The thesis option requires a minimum of 24 credits of course work 
and six credits of thesis. The final examination is oral, takes place after completion of 
the thesis and is primarily a defense of the thesis. The non-thesis option requires 33 credits 
of course work, a scholarly paper and a comprehensive written examination. The examina- 
tion is primarily concerned with course work taken during the program. 

A minimum of 48 credits of course work beyond the bachelor's degree and 12 credits 
of dissertation research are required for the Ph.D. degree. Qualifying examinations are 
administered on completion of core course requirements. An oral dissertation defense 
is also required. 

There is no foreign language requirement for any graduate degree. The time required 
to complete a master's degree is generally two years. The Ph.D. adds a minimum of two 
years beyond the master's program. The Graduate Record Examination (GRE) Aptitude 
Test scores are required with the application for admission. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

The Department actively draws upon the resources of many state, federal, and inter- 
national agencies unique to the Washington, D.C. area to offer experience from the world 
of government and business. The Library of Congress in Washington and the National 
Agricultural Library in Beltsville (just north of the campus) enhance teaching and research 
efforts. 

Financial Assistance 

Graduate assistantships are offered to qualified applicants on the basis of past academic 
performance, research potential and availability of funds. Many full-time students in the 
Department hold assistantships or some other form of financial aid. Part-time and sum- 
mer work is often available for students not on assistantships. Also, a large number of 
graduate fellowships are available. 

Additional Information 

The Handbook of Policies for the Graduate Program provides course requirements, 
examination procedures, and descriptive material for the M.S. and Ph.D. programs. For 
specific information contact: 

Dr. Richard E. Just 

Graduate Coordinator 

Department of Agricultural and Resource Economics 

University of Maryland 

College Park, MD 20742 
For courses, see code AREC. 



Agricultural Engineering Program (ENAG) 69 



Agricultural Engineering Program (ENAG) 

Associate Professor and Chair: Stewart 

Professors: Johnson, Wheaton 

Associate Professor: Grant 

Assistant Professors: Magette, Shirmohammadi 

Affiliate Assistant Professor: Brinsfield 

The Department of Agricultural Engineering offers a graduate program of study with 
specialization in either agricultural or aquacultural engineering leading to the degree of 
Master of Science or Doctor of Philosophy. Courses and research problems place em- 
phasis on the engineering aspects of the production, harvesting, processing, and marketing 
of terrestrial and aquatic food and fiber products. Concern for the conservation of land 
and water resources and the utilization and/or disposal of byproducts associated with 
biological systems is included in order to maintain and enhance the quality of our en- 
vironment while contributing to efficient production of food and fiber to meet increas- 
ing population demands. 

Agricultural engineering graduate students can look forward to excellent employment 
opportunities. Recent estimates indicate three to five openings presently exist for every 
student completing an advanced degree in agricultural engineering. Future projections 
indicate the demand for agricultural engineers with advanced degrees will be as good or 
better than it is presently. 
Admission and Degree Information 

Admission is open to graduates in engineering, physical science or biological science 
who meet Graduate School requirements and who have satisfactorily completed a core 
of basic engineering courses. For the thesis M.S. program, a minimum of 30 semester 
hours are required of which at least 9 hours will be agricultural engineering courses, 6 
hours will be thesis research, and 3 hours will be biometrics. A non-thesis M.S. is also 
available requiring a minimum of 33 semester credit hours. At least 9 credit hours will 
be ENAG courses, 3 hours will be a required paper, and 3 hours will be biometrics. 

A minimum of 60 credit hours beyond a B.S. are required for the Ph.D. program of 
which 12 hours will be thesis research and 3 hours will be biometrics. Additional courses 
may be required depending on the student's background. 

The Department has no language requirements for either graduate degree. Except for 
the above requirements, a M.S. or Ph.D. program is planned on a personal basis and 
is oriented toward the intellectual and professional objectives of the student. 
Facilities and Special Resources 

In addition to well-equipped laboratories in the Department, the facilities of the 
Agricultural Experiment Station, the Computer Science Center, and the College of 
Engineering are available. 
Financial Assistance 

Financial assistance may be available to qualified candidates. 
Additional Information 

For additional information contact: 
Dr. Fredrick Wheaton 
Graduate Coordinator 
Agricultural Engineering Department 
University of Maryland 
College Park, MD 20742 
For courses, see code ENAG. 



70 Agronomy Program (AGRO) 



Agronomy Program (AGRO) 

Professor and Chair: Aycock 

Professors: Bandel, Decker, Fanning, McKee 

Associate Professors: Angle, Dernoeden, Glenn, Kenworthy, Mcintosh, Mulchi, Ritter, 

Sammons, Turner, Vough, Weil, Weismiller 

Assistant Professors: Bruns, Hill, James, Rabenhorst, Slaughter, Thomison 

The Department of Agronomy offers graduate courses of study leading to the degrees 
of Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy. The student may pursue major work 
in the crops division or in the soils division of the Department. Programs are offered 
in cereal crop production, forage management, turf management, plant breeding, tobac- 
co production, crop physiology, weed science, soil chemistry, soil physics, soil fertility, 
soil and water conservation, soil genesis and classification, soil survey and land use, soil 
mineralogy, soil biochemistry, soil microbiology, air pollution, waste disposal, and soil 
environment interactions. 

All graduates with advanced degrees in Agronomy from this University have found 
employment in areas of their interests. Most are doing teaching or research at other univer- 
sities or with the federal government; some are with international agencies and a few have 
advanced to administrative positions. A number are employed by industries in research 
or sales-related positions. Some graduates are managing whole divisions of these cor- 
porations. Others are employed by consulting firms or are breeding new varieties of crops 
for sale to farmers. Opportunities for employment of agronomy graduates in the future 
appear to be excellent. 

Admission and Degree Information 

Thesis and non-thesis options are available for the Master of Science degree. A bachelor's 
degree in agronomy is not required if the student has adequate training in the basic sciences. 
All students must complete the Master of Science degree before admission to the doc- 
toral program. Departmental regulations have been assembled for the guidance of can- 
didates for graduate degrees. Copies of these regulations are available from the Depart- 
ment of Agronomy. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

The Agronomy Department has over 20 well-equipped laboratories to carry out basic 
and applied research in crop and soil science. Basic equipment in the laboratories include: 
x-ray diffraction and mass spectrophotometer, atomic absorption gas chromatograph, 
isotope counters, petrographic scopes and equipment for thin section preparations, neutron 
soil moisture probe and scaler, tissue culture equipment, grain quality analyzer, and car- 
bon furnace. Growth chambers, extensive greenhouse space, and five research farms 
and/or research and education centers permit a wide range of soil and environmental 
conditions for research into plant growth processes. A complete complement of planting 
and harvesting equipment is available for field research. A computer center located on 
campus is available for use by the Department. Microcomputers within the Department 
are also available. The University and the National Agricultural Sciences Libraries, sup- 
plemented by the Library of Congress, make the library resources among the best in the 
nation. Many projects of the Department are conducted in cooperation with other depart- 
ments on campus and with the headquarters of the Agricultural Research Service of the 
United States Department of Agriculture located three miles from campus. 



Agronomy Program (AGRO) 71 



Financial Assistance 

A limited number of research assistantships and teaching assistantships are available 
for qualified applicants. 

For courses, see code AGRO. 

American Studies (AMST) 

Associate Professor and Chair: Kelly 

Associate Chairman and Director of Graduate Studies: Caughey 

Associate Professors: Caughey, Diner, Lounsbury, Mintz 

Assistant Professor: Sies 

Adjunct Professor: Washburn 

American Studies offers an interdisciplinary program of study leading to the M.A. and 
the Ph.D. degrees. The Department is particularly oriented toward the study of 19th and 
20th century American culture with special emphasis in the areas of popular culture, 
literature and society, women's studies, ethnography, material culture, film, art, and social 
and cultural change. By combining courses in American Studies with study in other depart- 
ments and fields, students can tailor their graduate program closely to their individual 
interests and career goals. Internship opportunities are available in area museums, ar- 
chives, government agencies, and local historical societies. Courses in material culture 
taught at the Smithsonian Institution and George Washington University are open to 
students in American Studies through a cooperative agreement. The Department also 
cooperates with the Departments of History, Anthropology, Geography and Urban 
Studies, and the School of Architecture in sponsoring a certificate program in Historic 
Preservation. Students interested in that program are admitted to one of the cooperating 
departments and, upon successful application to the Committee on Historic Preserva- 
tion, complete 24 additional credit hours in preservation related courses. 

Admission and Degree Information 

Applicants to the program should have a broad liberal arts background appropriate 
to the interdisciplinary study of American culture at the graduate level. 

The master's program requires completion of 30 credit hours. Students who elect to 
write a thesis take 24 hours of course work and 6 hours of AMST 799 (thesis credit). 
Students who elect the non-thesis option take 30 hours of course work and submit a 
scholarly paper based on independent research in lieu of a thesis. In addition, all students 
must pass a written examination. 

Ph.D. candidates must complete at least 30 credit hours beyond the master's degree, 
organized around an area of concentration, pass three written comprehensive examina- 
tions, and write and defend a dissertation based on original research. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

The Washington area offers extraordinary research facilities for the study of American 
culture, past and present, including the Library of Congress, the National Archives, the 
National Museum of American History, and the National Gallery, as well as numerous 
other museums, collections, archives, and libraries. Through consortial arrangements with 
other schools in the area, including the George Washington University and Georgetown 



72 American Studies (AMST) 



University, students may augment their programs with courses otherwise unavailable at 
the University of Maryland. 

Financial Assistance 

A limited number of teaching assistantships are available in addition to regular graduate 
fellowships. Students holding assistantships typically teach two sections of AMST 201, 
Introduction to American Studies. Awards are generally made to students who have suc- 
cessfully completed one year in the graduate program. 

Additional Information 

Additional information on program offerings, degree requirements, and financial aid 
can be obtained by writing to: 

Director of Graduate Studies 

Department of American Studies 

University of Maryland 

College Park, MD 20742 
For courses, see code AMST. 

Animal Sciences Program (ADVP) 

Professor and Program Chair: Vandersall 

Professors: Westoff (Department Chair) Mather, Vandersall, Vijay, Williams, (Animal 

Science); Mohanty (Associate Dean), Marquardt (Veterinary Medicine) 

Professors Emeriti: Flyger, Keeney 

Associate Professors: DeBarthe, Douglass, Erdman, Harsock, Majeskie, Peters, Russek- 

Cohen, Stricklin, Varner (Animal Sciences); Dutta, Mallinson, Snyder (Veterinary 

Medicine) 

Affiliate Associate Professor: Stephenson (Veterinary Medicine) 

Assistant Professors: Alston-Mills, Barao, Cassel, Marshall, (Animal Sciences); Carmel, 

Gorham, Ingling, Samal, Vakharia (Veterinary Medicine) 

The Graduate Program in the Animal Sciences (ADVP) offers work leading to the 
degrees of Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy. Both the thesis and non-thesis 
options are available for the Master's Degree. Areas of faculty research interest within 
the Program include animal nutrition, physiology, behavior, virology, immunology, and 
cell biology. Opportunities for study are primarily related to domestic animals but studies 
with other species are possible. 

Admission and Degree Information 

Applicants are required to submit scores of the Graduate Record Examinations (ap- 
titude) and at least 3 letters of recommendation. 

It is recommended that during the first semester, required by the second, the student select 
a chairman of his/her Advisory Committee for program approval. With this Commit- 
tee's advice, a proposed schedule of courses that includes at least one credit of ADVP 
Seminar (ANSC 698 A) must be filed. Committees may require remedial courses if the 
student enters with inadequate prerequisites or has deficiencies in his/her undergraduate 
program. By the third semester a thesis research or non-thesis "scholarly paper" must 
be approved and filed. The thesis or "scholarly paper" must be presented in a public seminar 
in addition to the final oral examination by the Advisory Committee. A written com- 



Animal Sciences Program (ADVP) 73 



prehensive examination is required of non-thesis students. A final bound copy of the thesis 
or scholarly paper must be submitted to the Program Office. Students with adequate 
undergraduate training usually complete the master's degree within two years. 

Ph.D. students entering from other institutions with the master's degree are expected 
to meet the requirements indicated above. The M.S. is not a prerequisite for admission 
to Ph.D. study. However, most students find it advantageous. Two additional credits 
of the program seminar are required. Early in the program an Advisory Committee must 
be formed for program approval. A plan of study and research proposal must be filed 
as in the master's program. At least one semester of teaching experience is required. The 
Admission to Candidacy Examinations are both written and oral. Prior to the final oral 
examination, the candidate must present his/her dissertation in a public seminar. In ad- 
dition to the dissertation, at least one paper in form for publication in a referred scien- 
tific journal must be approved. A final bound copy of the dissertation must be submitted 
to the Program Office. The Ph.D. degree should be completed within three years after 
the M.S. degree. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

Faculty in the Program are an outstanding group representing research accomplished 
in a wide variety of related fields. Excellent supporting courses in physiology, biochemistry, 
and microbiology are available in the appropriate departments. Courses in biometrics 
listed in the catalog under BIOM provide a strong background in experimental design 
and statistical analysis. Terminals and micro computers are available in the Animal Sciences 
Center. The Computer Science Center offers courses in programming and computer 
language as well as facilities for statistical analysis of thesis data. 

Outstanding laboratory facilities are available in the Animal Sciences Center which in- 
clude the combined resources of the Department of Animal Sciences and the College of 
Veterinary Medicine. Facilities are available for cell culture, monoclonal antibody pro- 
duction, and enzyme-linked immunosorbant assays. Instrumentation is available to 
graduate students for gas liquid chromatography, amino acid analysis, atomic absorp- 
tion, ultra violet and visible spectrophotometry, calorimetry, electron microscopy, liquid 
scintillation radioactivity measurements, electrophoresis, ultracentrifugation, ovum 
micromanipulation, a variety of microbiological, extensive recombinant DNA and an entire 
spectrum of biochemical techniques. Controlled environment facilities in the Center per- 
mit work with laboratory animals. 

Herds and flocks of beef cattle, dairy cattle, horses, sheep, and swine are readily 
available for graduate research. Limited numbers of experiments can be conducted on 
the campus with large animals. Experiments requiring large numbers of animals are car- 
ried out at one of four outlying farms. A cooperative agreement with the Agricultural 
Research Service at nearby Beltsville, Maryland (BARC) makes available laboratory, 
animal and research personnel resources of importance in the graduate program. 

In addition to excellent library facilities on the campus, the National Agricultural 
Library, the National Library of Medicine, and the Library of Congress, all located within 
10 miles, constitute the best library resources for graduate study available anywhere. 

Financial Assistance 

A number of graduate assistantships are available and awarded to students presenting 



74 Animal Sciences Program (ADVP) 



strong academic records and a capability and motivation to perform well in teaching or 
research assignments. 

Additional Information 

For specific information on the Program, admission procedures, or financial aid, 
contact: 

Dr. J. H. Vandersall, Chair 

Animal Sciences (ADVP) Graduate Committee 

Department of Animal Sciences 

University of Maryland 

College Park, MD 20742 
For courses, see code ANSC. 

Anthropology Program (ANTH) 

Associate Professor and Chair: Whitehead 
Professors: Agar, Gonzalez, Williams 
Associate Professor: Chambers, Leone 
Assistant Professors: Stewart, Wali 
Lecturers: Cassidy, Crane, Eidson, McDaniel 

The Department of Anthropology offers a Master of Applied Anthropology (MAA) 
degree. This is a new professional program for students interested in an anthropology 
career outside academia. Core courses include preparation in cultural analysis and manage- 
ment. Students intern with an agency or organization suitable to their career interests. 
Specialization is flexible permitting students to select from a variety of areas of career 
focus or to tailor course requirements to their special career requirements. 

Admission and Degree Requirements 

Students are required to submit evidence of Graduate Record Examination scores and 
to fulfill the regular admission requirements of the Graduate School. Forty-two semester 
hours of work are required. All students must complete an intern There is no thesis 
requirement. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

A Departmental computer lab, three teaching and research labs for physical an- 
thropology and archeology, and a photographic darkroom, are available for student use. 

Financial Assistance 

A limited number of teaching assistantships are available to qualified graduate students. 
Part-time employment related to Department research is occasionally available. 

Additional Information 

For additional information please contact: 
Dr. Erve Chambers, Graduate Director 
Department of Anthropology 
University of Maryland 
College Park, MD 20742 
For courses, see code ANTH 



Applied Mathematics Program (MAPL) 75 



Applied Mathematics Program (MAPL) 

Professor and Director: J . Cooper (MATH) 
Associate Professor: Russek-Cohen (ANSC) 

Professors: Assad, Ball, Boden, Gass, Golden, Katz (BMGT) Associate Professors: Alt, 
Fromovitz, Widhelm Professors: Agrawala, Basili, Edmundson, Kanal, Minker, O'Leary, 
Stewart (CMSC) Associate Professor: Reggia Assistant Professor: Elman, Fontecilla, 
Gasarch, Stotts Professors: Almon, Betancourt, Kelejian (ECON) Associate Professor: 
Coughlin Professor: Donaldson (ENAE) Associate Professors: Jones, Lee Professor: 
Sternberg (ENCE) Associate Professors: Garber, Schwartz Professors: Cadman, Gen- 
try, McAvoy (ENCH) Associate Professor: Calabrese Assistant Professor: Zafiriou Pro- 
fessors: Baras, Blankenship, DeClaris, Davisson, Ephremides, Harger, Krishnaprasad, 
Mayergoyz, Newcomb, Ott, Taylor (ENEE) Associate Professors: Makowski, Narayan, 
Shayman, Tits, Tretter Professors: Marks, Yang (ENME) Associate Professors: Bernard, 
Shih, Walston Research Professor: Babuska (IPST) Professors: Dorfman, Faller, Hub- 
bard, Kellogg, Olver, Yorke, Zwanzig Professors: Alexander, Antman, Benedetto, Berens- 
tein, Cooper, Evans, Fitzpatrick, Greenberg, Hummel, Johnson, Kueker, Liu, Osborn, 
Pearl, Sweet, Wolfe (MATH) Associate Professors: Glaz, Green, Jones, Maddocks, 
Sather, Schneider, Vogelius Professors: Baer, Vernekar (METO) Associate Professor: 
Robock Professors: Banerjee, Brill, Das Sarma, Dragt, Einstein, Ferrell, Glick, 
Gluckstern, Greenberg, Griffin, Hu, Koreman, MacDonald, Misner, Prange, Redish, 
Sucher, Wallace, Woo (PHYS) Associate Professors: Fivel, Gates, Hassmam, Kim, Wang 
Professor: Young (PUAF) Professors: Mikulski, Yang (STAT) Associate Professors: 
Kedem, Slud, Smith 

The interdisciplinary Applied Mathematics Program offers the degrees of Master of 
Arts and Doctor of Philosophy. These are awarded for graduate study and research in 
mathematics and its applications in the engineering, physical, and social sciences. In ad- 
dition, the applied Mathematics Program offers certified minors in applied mathematics 
for graduate students not enrolled in the Program. 

The Program is administratively affiliated with the Department of Mathematics. Under 
this arrangement the Department of Mathematics assumes the responsibility for the ad- 
ministration of the applied mathematics courses under the MAPL label. Moreover, the 
Graduate Office of the Department maintains the records of all students in the Applied 
Mathematics Program and handles correspondence with those applying for admission. 
However, it is important that any application for admission indicates clearly whether a 
student wishes to enter the Mathematics (MATH) or the Applied Mathematics (MAPL) 
Program. 

The aim of the Applied Mathematics Program is to train individuals who are able to 
enhance their understanding of a wide spectrum of scientific phenomena through the ap- 
plication of rigorous mathematical analysis. In accordance with the goal, at least half 
of the required work is expected to be in courses with primarily mathematical content, 
and the remaining part has to include a coherent set of courses in some field of applica- 
tion outside of the usual mathematics curriculum. Some of the specialities currently pur- 
sued by graduate students in the Program are various areas of physics, information struc- 
tures, meteorology, operations research, pattern recognition, structural mechanics, and 
systems and control theory. Many other areas of study are available through the par- 
ticipating departments. It may also be noted that the faculty includes a strong group in 
numerical analysis and that all students include courses on numerical and scientific com- 
puting in their programs. 



76 Applied Mathematics Program (MAPL) 



Employment opportunities in industry, government, and education are currently very 
good for the applied mathematician. Our graduates have little difficulty finding satisfac- 
tory employment. In particular, the local employment environment is very favorable since 
there are many scientific and educational institutions in the area, such as the Goddard 
Space Flight Center, the National Bureau of Standards, and the National Institutes of 
Health. 

Admission and Degree Information 

In addition to the general requirements of the Graduate School, applicants for admis- 
sion to graduate study in the Program should have completed, with at least a B average 
(3.0 on a 4.0 scale), an undergraduate program of study which includes a strong emphasis 
on mathematics. The student's general ability for graduate study in the Program and 
mathematical capabilities will be determined from his or her record and recommendations. 

A mathematical preparation with grades of B or better at least through the level of 
advanced calculus in a school of good academic standing is normally considered suffi- 
cient demonstration of the required mathematical background. Previous education in some 
part of an application area, such as physics or one of the engineering disciplines, 
economics, etc., and basic competence in computational techniques will be favorably con- 
sidered in a student's application for admission to the Program, although this is not a 
prerequisite. 

When a student has decided upon an area of specialization, a student advisory com- 
mittee is appointed by the Director of the Program. This committee, working together 
with the student, is responsible for formulating a course of study leading toward the degree 
sought. This course of study must constitute a unified, coherent program in an accep- 
table field of specialization of applied mathematics and must meet with the approval of 
the Graduate Committee for Applied Mathematics. 

Besides any other requirements specified by the Graduate School, the following specific 
conditions must be met for an M.A. degree in Applied Mathematics: 

1 . At least 12 of the 24 required course credits for the M.A. degree with thesis 
are in courses with primarily mathematical content. At least 6 of these 
12 credits are at the 600-800 level. At least 3 of the 12 credits are in courses 
on numerical analysis. At least 1 of the 12 credits is in an approved ap- 
plied mathematics seminar. 

2. The 24 required course credits include either 6 credits at the 600-800 level 
or, alternatively, 9 credits of which 3 are at the 600-800 level in courses 
whose content is primarily in the student's chosen field(s) of application. 

No course may be used to meet the requirements under both (1) and 
(2) above. 

3. At least 15 of the 30 required course credits for the non-thesis master's 
option are in courses with primarily mathematical content. At least 9 of 
these 15 credits are at the 600-800 level. At least 3 of these 15 credits are 
in a course on numerical analysis. At least 1 of the 15 credits is an ap- 
proved applied mathematics seminar. 

4. The 30 required course credits include either 6 credits at the 600-800 level 
or, alternately, 9 credits of which 3 are at the 600-800 level in courses whose 
content is primarily in the student's chosen field(s) of application. 



Applied Mathematics Program (MAPL) 77 



No course may be used to meet the requirements under both (1) and 
(2) above. 
The student must pass the comprehensive examination for the M.A. degree without 
thesis. The examination consists of at least three parts, with at least one of the parts in 
a mathematics area and at least one of the parts in an area of application. The parts shall 
be taken as closely together as possible. (Comprehensive examinations are not required 
for the M.A. degree with thesis.) A scholarly paper is required for the M.A. degree without 
thesis. 

The student in the doctoral program must take a minimum of 36 hours of courses ex- 
clusive of dissertation research. At least 24 of these 36 credits are at the 600-800 level. 

A transfer of at most 24 credits of graduate-level work taken at a regionally accredited 
institution prior to or after admission to the Ph.D. Program is permitted providing: (1) 
the Graduate Committee for Applied Mathematics has approved the transfer, (2) a grade 
of B or better was earned in the courses taken (no course with pass/fail grades will be 
accepted), and (3) the credit was earned within the time limit imposed for completing 
the Ph.D. degree at the University of Maryland. 

Course Distribution: 1) at least 18 of the required 36 credits are in courses with primarily 
mathematical content. At least 9 of these 18 credits are on the 600-800 level. At least 
3 of the 18 credits are in numerical analysis. At least 2 of the 18 credits are in approved 
mathematics seminars. 2) The 36 credits include either 6 credits at the 600-800 level or 
alternately 9 credits of which 3 are at the 600-800 level in courses whose content is primarily 
in the student's chosen field(s) of application. 3) No course may be used to meet the re- 
quirements under both items (1J and (2) above. 

The student must pass the comprehensive examination for the Ph.D. The examination 
consists of at least three parts, with at least one of the parts in an area of mathematics 
and at least one of the parts in an area of application. The parts shall be taken as closely 
together as possible. 

In addition, the student must pass the Candidacy Examination for the Ph.D. degree. 
The Candidacy Examination is an oral examination which serves as a test of the detailed 
preparation of a student in the area of specialization and seeks to discover if he or she 
has a deep enough understanding to carry out the proposed research. The examination 
assumes further advanced course work beyond the Comprehensive Examination. 

Certified Minors 

The Applied Mathematics Program offers certified minors in applied mathematics to 
regular graduate students who are enrolled in a graduate degree program of the Universi- 
ty of Maryland other than the Program itself. The successful completion of the re- 
quirements for such a minor will be recorded in the student's transcripts. Moreover, a 
number of departments participating in the Applied Mathematics Program permit the 
requirements of the certified minor to replace part of the degree requirements of the ma- 
jor department. 

A student wishing to pursue a certified minor in applied mathematics must fill out an 
application form for participation in the Certified Minor Program. Such forms are 
available from the Office of the Director of the Applied Mathematics Program. 

The Certified Minor Program at the master's level must contain at least 6 semester hours 
in 400-level courses and 3 semester hours in 600-level courses, or 6 semester hours in 



78 Applied Mathematics Program (MAPL) 



600-level courses. At the doctoral level the Certified Minor Program must contain at least 
9 semester hours of graduate credit of which at most 3 hours may be at the 400-level. 

Financial Assistance 

The main source of support for full-time students in the Program is teaching assistant- 
ships in the Department of Mathematics. These assistantships carry a stipend plus remis- 
sion of tuition of up to ten hours each semester. In addition there are some research 
assistantships available in participating departments once a student has acquired advanc- 
ed training. 

For courses, see code MAPL. 

Architecture Program (ARCH) 

Professor and Dean: Steffian 

Graduate Director: Sachs 

Assistant to the Dean: Lapanne 

Professors: Bennett, Hill, Lewis, Loss, Lu, Schlesinger, Steffian 

Associate Professors: Bechhoefer, DuPuy, Etlin, Fogle, Schumacher, Vann 

Assistant Professors: Kelly, Thiratrakoolchai, Weiss 

Lecturers: Drost, Dynerman, Mclnturff, O'Meara, Rixey, Sands, Wiedemann 

The School of Architecture offers a graduate program leading to the professional degre 
Master of Architecture. The School's basic objective is to provide the highest possible 
quality professional education and training in architecture. Its program is organized around 
required courses in architectural and urban design, architectural history and theory, and 
architectural science and technology. Electives in architecture and related fields are 
available in a curriculum that is rigorous and challenging. The School is accredited by 
the National Architectural Accreditation Board and is a member of the Association of 
Collegiate Schools of Architecture assigned to the Northeastern Region. 

Admission and Degree Information 

Admission to the graduate program is competitive. Candidates must satisfy the general 
requirements of the Graduate School and submit the following: 1) three letters of recom- 
mendation from persons competent to judge the applicant's probable success in graduate 
architectural school, 2) results of the Graduate Record Examination aptitude tests (not 
over five years old), and 3) evidence of creative ability in the form of a portfolio of draw- 
ings, photographs, or other expressive media; details concerning format and content may 
be obtained from the School of Architecture. 

Applications will be considered from three categories of students: 1) students with four- 
year baccalaureate degrees (architecture or equivalent major) from accredited architec- 
ture schools, 2) students with baccalaureate degrees not in architecture from an accredited 
college or university who successfully complete specified undergraduate prerequisites which 
are outlined by the School of Architecture, and 3) students with an accredited profes- 
sional bachelor or masters degree in architecture. Students are expected to enroll on a 
full-time basis. For complete information on curricula requirements for these categories, 
write to the School of Architecture. 

1. Students entering the program with a four-year baccalaureate degree in 
architecture from an accredited college or university normally require two 
years of graduate study to complete the requirements for the professional 



Architecture Program (ARCH) 79 



degree Master of Architecture. The established curriculum requires four 
semesters of academic work encompassing a total of 60 credits. Additional 
credits may be required depending upon the admissions committee's evalua- 
tion of the individual's academic and architectural experience. 

2. Students entering the professional program with other than architecture 
baccalaureate degrees will normally require seven semesters of design studio 
and other prerequisite courses. Students may be granted advanced stan- 
ding if they have completed the appropriate prerequisites. Information 
on required courses and curriculum may be obtained from the School of 
Architecture. 

3. A special option leading to the Master of Architecture degree is available 
for those students already possessing a professional degree in architec- 
ture (B.Arch. or M.Arch.) from an accredited program. This option is 
designed to accommodate the needs of students who wish to do advanced 
work beyond that required for the professional degree. Applicants must 
specify in detail the nature of the proposed course of study for review 
and approval by the admissions committee prior to their admission. 

Presently, areas of concentration in which the School has noteworthy 
resources for advanced work are architectural and urban design for 
developing countries, architectural history and preservation, and architec- 
tural technology. 

4. A program leading to a Master's Certificate in Historic Preservation is 
available to M.Arch. candidates. The course of study include 24 credits 
and an approved thesis, which may satisfy requirements of both the Ar- 
chitecture and Preservation curricula. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

The School of Architecture is ideally located between Washington, D.C. and Baltimore 
in the midst of a large number of historic communities and a varied physical environ- 
ment. The resulting opportunity for environmental design study is unsurpassed. Resources 
of the School include a modern physical plant providing design work stations for each 
student, a wood-working and model shop, an environmental testing laboratory, a com- 
puter aided design facility, and a darkroom. The library, located in the School, contains 
some 26,000 volumes and 130 current periodicals making it one of the major architec- 
tural libraries in the nation. The National Trust Library for Historic Preservation, hous- 
ed in the School, contains 1 1,000 volumes and 450 periodical titles. The slide collection 
numbers some 220,000 slides on architecture, landscape architecture, planning, and 
technical subjects. An opportunity for professional experience and service is provided 
through the School's nonprofit Center for Architectural Design and Research, CADRE 
Corporation, whose mission is to broaden the educational experience of students through 
environmental design services directed by faculty members and rendered to a variety of 
clients. 

Maryland students continue to participate in field archaeology. Projects in the past 
have taken place in Tunisia, Turkey, Jordan, Israel, and Sri Lanka. The School is a spon- 
soring member of CAHEP (Caesarea Ancient Harbor Excavation Project) now in its 
eleventh year. Qualified students participate in both land and underwater archaeology. 

Summer workshops for historic preservation are sponsored by the School in Cape May, 



80 Architecture Program (ARCH) 



NJ, a designated national historic landmark district, and Kiplin Hall, North Yorkshire, 
England. Students may earn credit doing hands-on restoration work and by attending 
lectures presented by visiting architects, preservationists, and scholars. 

Financial Assistance 

The School of Architecture offers a limited and varying number of teaching and research 
assistantships, scholarships, fellowships, and internships. Applicants should apply for 
financial assistance when submitting the application for admission. 

For courses, see code ARCH. 
Art History Program (ARTH) 

Professors: Burnham, Denny, Driskell, Eyo, Farquhar, Miller, Rearick, Wheelock 
Associate Professors: Hargrove, Pressly, Spiro, Withers 
Assistant Professors: Caswell, Peters-Campbell, Venit 
Visiting Professor: Eleanor Leach 

The Department of Art History offers programs of graduate study leading to the degrees 
of Master of Arts and Doctor of Philosophy. The Program is committed to the advanced 
study and scholarly interpretation of works of art from the prehistoric era to the present, 
and is grounded in the concept of art as a humanistic experience. 

Admission and Degree Information 

For admission to the Master's program, an undergraduate degree from an accredited 
college or university, or its equivalent, is required. Although the applicant must 
demonstrate a general knowledge of art history, an undergraduate major in art history 
is not required. The candidate should, however, have completed a minimum of 12 credit 
hours in art history courses. Other humanities area courses should be part of the can- 
didate's undergraduate preparation. The verbal and quantitative Graduate Record Exam 
is required for admission. 

To complete the master's program, the student must complete 30 credit hours with a 
grade of B or better, including ARTH 692, Methods of Art History; pass the departmen- 
tal language examination in either French or German; pass a comprehensive examina- 
tion which tests the candidate's knowledge of the principal areas and phases of art history; 
complete a thesis which demonstrates competency in research and in original investiga- 
tion; and pass a final oral examination on the thesis and the field which it represents. 

Requirements for the Doctor of Philosophy degree include 30 credit hours of courses 
taken at the 600 level or above with a grade of B or better; ARTH 692, Methods of Art 
History; reading knowledge of both French and German; oral and written qualifying ex- 
aminations in the candidate's major and minor fields; a dissertation which demonstrates 
the candidate's capacity to perform independent research; and a final oral examination 
on the dissertation and the field it represents. 

All applicants are encouraged, and those seeking financial assistance are required, to 
submit their applications by February 1 for entrance in the fall term; for admission in 
the spring, applications must be completed by November 1. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

The Middle Atlantic Symposium in the History of Art is an annual spring event which 
is sponsored by the University of Maryland and held jointly at the National Gallery of 



Art History Program (ARTH) 81 



Art and the University. This symposium provides the opportunity for advanced graduate 
students from the member institutions to present their research at a professional forum. 
The University also supports the University of Maryland Caesarea Project, an ongo- 
ing excavation at Caesarea Maritima, Israel. Qualified graduate students are eligible for 
participation in the excavations, and work at this site may lead to M.A. or Ph.D. disser- 
tation subjects. 

The University of Maryland Art Gallery is under the administration of the College of 
Arts and Humanities and works cooperatively with the Department of Art History. The 
gallery organizes and hosts major exhibitions and produces catalogues of historical and 
contemporary art for the benefit of the University community and the general public. 
Graduate courses in museum studies are offered through the gallery. In addition to its 
exhibition programs, the gallery maintains a permanent collection of twentieth-century 
American paintings, prints and works on paper, and a study collection of African 
sculpture. 

The University of Maryland is located in the suburban Washington, D.C. area and 
is 30 minutes from the National Gallery of Art, the Smithsonian Museums, the Corcoran 
Gallery, the Phillips Collection, and other museums in the metropolitan area. The cam- 
pus is a 50-minute drive from the Walters Art Gallery, the Baltimore Museum of Art, 
and the Johns Hopkins University. In addition to the University's 64,000-volume art 
library, students have access to the Library of Congress, Archives of American Art, and 
the research libraries of Dumbarton Oaks, National Museum of American Art, and other 
branches of the Smithsonian. The Department's slide collection with some 175,000 slides 
is the largest and most comprehensive in the area. The Department is a member of the 
Consortium of Washington Universities which has seven member institutions and which 
offers, on average, twenty to twenty-five graduate courses and seminars each semester. 

Financial Assistance 

Fellowships are awarded strictly on the basis of merit by the College of Arts and 
Humanities and by the Graduate School. Graduate assistantships are awarded by the 
Department of Art History. Four Museum Fellowships are awarded by the Department 
of Art History for research at major museums in the Washington-Baltimore area. Minority 
Fellowships are awarded by the Graduate School. Tuition waivers are available to in- 
state residents who meet the requirements. 

Additional Information 

A more detailed description of Departmental requirements for the above programs and 
other information may be obtained directly from the Department of Art History. 

For information on the Master of Education in Art Education, refer to the section 
devoted to Secondary Education in this catalog. 

For courses, see code ARTH. 
Art (ARTT) 

Professor and Chairman: Morrison 

Professors: DeMonte, Driskell, Lapinski, Morrison, Truitt 

Associate Professors: Craig, Forbes, Gelman, Kehoe, Klank, Krushenick, Niese, Pogue, 

Richardson 

Assistant Professors: Blotner, Gossage, Ruppert, Sanborn 



82 Art (ARTT) 

The Department of Art offers a program of graduate study leading to the degree of 
Master of Fine Arts. The graduate faculty of the Art Department consists of over 20 
active professional artists specializing in the traditional studio areas of painting, sculpture, 
printmaking, drawing, and photography. Additional interests are reflected in course of- 
fering such as papermaking, environmental art, and mixed media. 

Studio facilities are spacious and well-equipped. Painting students are able to work 
in oils, acrylic, watercolor, fresco, encaustic, and spray/airbrush. Of special interest is 
a methods and materials course offered yearly. The sculpture area includes two wood- 
shops, a foundry, shops for welding, forging, stone and wood carving, and an environmen- 
tal sculpture space. Printmakers can choose to work with intaglio, lithography, photo- 
etching, silkscreen, or woodcuts. Drawing and papermaking facilities are also available, 
as well as special project rooms. For photography students there is a complete darkroom. 

Each graduate student is provided with a spacious studio and access to models and 
to classroom facilities. Environmental works and sculptural installations may be built 
both indoors and outside on the grounds. 

Within the building housing studio art there are two galleries and two libraries. The 
University of Maryland Art Gallery features national and international exhibitions, as 
well as faculty and MFA thesis shows. The West Gallery provides student organized ex- 
hibitions by and for undergraduate students and a space for social activities for both 
students and faculty members. The Art Library, which is shared by the Studio and Art 
History Departments, provides both visual and literary reference volumes in addition to 
films and videos. The slide library boasts a growing collection of reproductions of art- 
works from significant art movements. 

Admission and Degree Information 

For admission to graduate study in studio art, an undergraduate degree with an art 
major from an accredited college or university, or its equivalent, is required. The can- 
didate should have a minimum of 30 credit hours of undergraduate work in studio courses 
and 12 credit hours in art history courses. Other humanities area courses should be part 
of the candidate's undergraduate preparation. In addition, special Departmental re- 
quirements must be met. Candidate for the Master's of Fine Arts degree will be required 
to pass an oral comprehensive examination, present an exhibition of their thesis work, 
write an abstract based on the thesis, and present an oral defense of the thesis. 

Financial Assistance 

The Department offers seven teaching assistantships. There are also two-year fellowships 
available from the College and a number of University Graduate Fellowships. Applicants 
should submit their applications by February 1 for consideration for a graduate assistant- 
ship or for a fellowship. 

Additional Information 

For further information, call or write: 
The Art Department 
University of Maryland 
College Park, MD 20742 
(301) 454-0344, 0345 
For courses, see code ARTT. 



Astronomy Program (ASTR) 83 



Astronomy Program (ASTR) 

Professor and Director: Bell 

Professors: A'Hearn, Erickson (Emeritus), Harrington, Kerr (Emeritus), Kundu, 

Papadopoulos Rose, Trimble, Wentzel, Wilson 

Adjunct Professors: Hauser, Holt, Westerhout 

Associate Professors: Blitz, Eichler, Heckman, Matthews, Zipoy 

Assistant Professor: Mundy 

The Astronomy Program, administratively part of the Department of Physics and 
Astronomy, offers programs of study leading to the degrees of M.S. and Ph.D. in 
Astronomy. The M.S. program includes both thesis and non-thesis options. 

A full schedule of courses in all fields of astronomy is offered including galactic 
astronomy, general astrophysics, solar system astrophysics, observational astronomy, 
celestial mechanics, solar physics, study of the interstellar medium, extragalactic 
astronomy, and plasma astrophysics. The faculty has expertise in most major branches 
of astronomy. Some of the areas in which ongoing research efforts exist are stellar at- 
mospheres and spectra, comets, solar radio astronomy, the interstellar medium, active 
galaxies and plasma astrophysics. 

The University of Maryland has recently joined with the University of California at 
Berkeley and the University of Illinois in a project to expand and upgrade the radio obser- 
vatory located at Hat Creek in California. When the initial stages of the project are com- 
pleted in a few years, the new array will be the largest such instrument operating at mm 
wavelengths. This will be a major tool for the exploration of the interstellar medium. 
When the system is fully operational, it will be possible to do remote observing from 
the Maryland site. Data reduction will be possible "in house" because of a major expan- 
sion in the computer facilities in the Astronomy Program. 

Admission and Degree Information 

No formal undergraduate course work in astronomy is required. However, an enter- 
ing student should have a working knowledge of the basic facts of astronomy such as 
is obtainable from one of the many elementary textbooks. A more advanced knowledge 
of astronomy will of course enable a student to progress more rapidly during the first 
year of graduate work. 

Normally a satisfactory score on the GRE Advanced Test in Physics is required before 
an applicant's admission to the Graduate School will be considered. In special cases, the 
Graduate Entrance Committee may waive this requirement and set other conditions as 
a requirement for admission to be fulfilled either before admission or during the first 
year at Maryland. 

Ph.D. program: During the first two years, full-time students must take at least four 
and normally will take all of the principal courses: ASTR 600, 605, 610, 620, 640, and 
670 plus the required courses in physics. A research project is required during the second 
year. Students will be aided in identifying a suitable project by the end of the first year. 
Qualification for the Ph.D. program is based on the overall performance in course work, 
research projects, and a written examination integrating the six principal courses. The 
examination is taken during the summer after the second year. 

Course requirements for the Ph.D. include the principal courses, at least two addi- 
tional advanced astronomy courses, and twelve credits of advanced physics. In addition, 
students must acquire some personal experience with modern observational methods and 



84 Astronomy Program (ASTR) 



analysis, normally by accompany a faculty member to a suitable observatory. All of the 
principal courses are required before advancement to candidacy. 

Candidates for the Master of Science Degree with thesis are required to obtain 24 credits 
(exclusive of registration for master's research) of which at least 12 are in the major area 
and at least 12 must be at the 600 level (not necessarily the same 12). In addition, at least 
6 credits must be in a related field (supporting area). 

To obtain the Master of Science degree without a thesis, 6 credits in the major at the 
600 level are required in addition to the general requirements described above. That is, 
a total of 30 credits are required of which 18 must be in the major and at least 18 at 
the 600 level. The student must also pass a written examination, usually consisting of 
the written part of the Ph.D. qualifying Examination with appropriately chosen passing 
requirements. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

The Astronomy Program carries on an extensive research program in the areas discussed 
above with the graduate students playing an active role in this research. Approximately 
one- fourth of all research papers published have a graduate student as one of the authors. 

The Program has strong interaction with the national astronomy observatories and many 
of the students and faculty carry on observing programs at them. There are also very 
close ties with neighboring scientific institutes. A major program of cooperative research 
has been established with the Goddard Space Flight Center and a number of graduate 
students carry on research programs there. There are also contacts with the Naval Obser- 
vatory, the Naval Research Lab, and other government agencies. 

Financial Assistance 

The Astronomy Program offers both teaching and research assistantships. In 1988/89 
there were 13 teaching assistants and 10 research assistants. Most students receive assistant- 
ships to cover the summer period. These are either with faculty in the Program or with 
staff members at the Goddard Space Flight Center. Some summer teaching assistantships 
are also available. 

The deadline for applications for financial support is February 1 for assistantships and 
fellowships. 

For courses, see code ASTR. 

Biochemistry (BCHM) 

Professors: Gerlt, Hansen, Munn, Ponnamperuma 

Associate Professors: Armstrong, Dunaway-Mariano, Sampugna 

Assistant Professor: Brusilow, Julin 

The Graduate Program in Biochemistry is the College Park component of the Univer- 
sity of Maryland Graduate Program in Biochemistry which also has components at the 
University of Maryland Baltimore County and at the University of Maryland Medical 
School and Dental School in Baltimore. The program offers study leading to Master of 
Science and Doctor of Philosophy degrees. Research specialization at College Park is 
available in drug metabolism, enzyme kinetics, lipid biochemistry, membrane structure 
and function, metabolic regulation, nucleic acid biochemistry, and nutritional 
biochemistry. 



Biochemistry (BCHM) 85 



Admission and Degree Information 

Both the thesis and non-thesis options are offered for the M.S. degree. Applicants should 
have completed an undergraduate program of study with strong emphasis on chemistry 
and/or biology with appropriate supporting courses in mathematics and physics. Before 
obtaining a degree in the program, a student must demonstrate adequate preparation in 
biochemistry and in analytical, organic and physical chemistry. For this purpose diagnostic 
examinations in these subjects are offered to students at the beginning of their first 
semester. Students who perform unsatisfactorily on these examinations or who may not 
have had undergraduate preparation in one or more of these areas will be advised to register 
for appropriate courses. Information on course work, comprehensive examinations, and 
the research interests of the faculty is available for the guidance of degree candidates. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

Biochemistry research is conducted in a new wing occupied in 1975. In addition to well- 
equipped research laboratories, the following central facilities are available: animal col- 
ony, fermentation pilot plant, analytical ultracentrifuge, PDP-11 and VAX computers, li- 
quid scintillation counters, nuclear magnetic resonance and mass spectrometers, and a 
chemistry-biochemistry library. 

Financial Assistance 

Graduate teaching assistantships are usually available in the Chemistry and Biochemistry 
Departments. The assistantships involve teaching undergraduate laboratory and recitation 
classes and permit a tuition waiver for a ten credit program of graduate study each semester. 

Additional Information 

Information on requirements and research interests of the faculty may be obtained from: 

Director of Graduate Studies 

Department of Chemistry and Biochemistry 

University of Maryland 

College Park, MD 20742 
For courses, see code BCHM. 

Botany Program (BOTN) 

Professor and Acting Chair: Teramura 

Professors: Bean, Corbett, Gantt, Kantzes, Krusberg, Kung, Lockard 1 , Patterson, Reveal, 

Sisler 

Associate Professors: Barnett, Bottino, Cooke, Forseth, Grybauskas, Motta, Racusen, 

Steiner, Sze, Wolniak 

Assistant Professors: Hutcheson, Van Valkenburg, Watson Adjunct Associate Professor: 

Cohen 

Affiliated Associate Professor: Inouye 

'Joint appointment with Secondary Education 

The Department of Botany offers graduate programs leading to the degrees of Master 
of Science and Doctor of Philosophy. Course programs and research problems are developed 
under close supervision by the Student's advisor according to the intellectual and profes- 
sional needs of the student. The objective of the program is to equip the student with the 
background and techniques for a career in plant science in academic, governmental, in- 
dustrial, or private laboratories. 



86 Botany Program (BOTN) 



Areas of specialization include anatomy and morphology, plant biochemistry, cell 
biology, plant ecology, physiology of fungi, genetics and molecular biology, mycology, 
plant nematology, plant pathology, phycology, plant physiology, systematics, and 
virology. 

Job opportunities for M.S. and Ph.D. degree holders in Botany continue to be good. 
A high percentage of our graduates currently find appropriate positions within a short 
time of graduation. 

Admission and Degree Information 

There are no special admission requirements. A high degree of intellectual excellence 
is of greater consequence than completion of a particular curriculum at the undergraduate 
level. The degree requirements are flexible. However, they involve demonstration of com- 
petence in the broad field of botany, as well as completion of courses in other disciplines 
which are supportive of modern competence in this field. A foreign language may be 
required if deemed essential by the student's Graduate Advisory Committee. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

The Department has laboratories equipped to investigate most phases of botanical and 
molecular biological research. Field and green house facilities are available for research 
requiring plant culture. Major pieces of equipment include transmission and scanning 
electron microscopes, ultracentrifuges, a liquid chromatograph, low-speed centrifuges, 
microtomes for cutting ultrathin sections, infra-red spectrophotometers, recording spec- 
trophotometers, gas chromatographs, and environmentally controlled growth chambers. 
A herbarium; enzyme preparation rooms; dark rooms; cold rooms; special culture ap- 
paratus for algae, fungi, and higher plants; spectrophotometers; and respirometers are 
among the many special pieces of equipment and facilities that are available for research. 

Financial Assistance 

Financial assistance is available in the form of teaching and research assistantships. 

Additional Information 

The Department has a special brochure available upon request. For specific informa- 
tion on Departmental programs, admission procedures, or financial aid contact: 
Chair 

Department of Botany 
University of Maryland 
College Park, MD 20742 

For courses, see code BOTN. 



Business and Management Program (BMGT) 87 



Business and Management Program (BMGT) 

Dean: Lamone 

Asssociate Dean: Leete 

Assistant Deans: Kelly, Stocker 

Director of Doctoral Program: Preston 

Director of MBA & MS Programs: Waikart 

Assistant Director of MBA & MS Programs: Walsh 

Chairpersons: Bradford, Loeb, Golden, Durand Locke, Corsi, Hevner 

Professors Emeriti: Taff, Wright 

Professors: Assad, Ball, Bartol, Bodin, Bradford, Carroll, Chen, Durand, Gannon, Gass, 

Golden, Gordon, Greer, Haslem, Jolson, Kolodny, Kotz, Lamone, Leete, Levine, Locke 

(Psychology), S. Loeb, Masi (Affiliated), Preston, Simon, Yao 

Associate Professors: Alt, Bedingfield, Biehal, Corsi, Courtright (Ret), Edelson, Edmister, 

Eun, Gupta, Krapfel, Fromovitz, Hevner, M. Loeb, Nickels, Olian, Poist, Power, Taylor, 

Widhelm 

Assistant Professors: Ali, Ahad, Basu, Calfee, Chang, Grimm, Huss, Jang, Mattingly 

(Affiliated), Raschid, Scheraga, Schick, Seshadri, K. G. Smith, Soubra, Stephens, Unal, 

Windle 

The College of Business and Management offers graduate work leading to the degrees 
of Master of Business Administration (MBA), Master of Science in Business and Manage- 
ment (M.S.), and Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.). The College's MBA program is accredited 
nationally by the American Assembly of Collegiate Schools of Business. Only about 30% 
of the more than 1 ,000 graduate programs in the country are accredited by the AACSB, 
a reflection of the quality of faculty, students, curriculum, and facilities. 

Areas of faculty specialization include accounting, entrepreneurship, finance, manage- 
ment science and statistics, information systems, international business, marketing, 
management and organization, transportation, and business and public policy. 

Admission and Degree Information 

Admission criteria for the MBA, M.S. and Ph.D. programs are based on: (1) quality 
of undergraduate and graduate course work, (2) score on the Graduate Management Ad- 
mission Test (GMAT), (3) letters of recommendation, (4) other relevant information and 
professional experience, and (5) written essays of objectives. Prospective applicants should 
contact the program at 301-454-5140 for application materials. 

MBA Program The College of Business and Management offers an MBA program design- 
ed to provide the educational foundation for those students with the potential to exhibit 
the highest degree of excellence in future careers as professional managers. The MBA 
program requires 54 credits of course work ( 1 8 courses of which 5 are electi ves), normal- 
ly 4 semesters for a full-time student. There is no thesis requirement. Successful students 
in the program are expected to demonstrate the following: (1) a thorough and integrated 
knowledge of the basic tools, concepts and theories relating to professional management; 
(2) behavioral and analytical skills necessary to deal creatively and effectively with organiza- 
tions and management problems; (3) an understanding of the economic, political, 
technological, and social environments in which organizations operate; (4) a sense of pro- 
fessional and personal integrity and social responsibility in the conduct of managerial 
affairs both internal and external to the organization. 



88 Business and Management Program (BMGT) 



Program prerequisites include a bachelor's degree, successful completion of a college- 
level calculus course and facility with the micro-computer. 

About one-half of the students enrolled are full-time and one-half are part-time. Full- 
time students take 15 credits during each semester of the first year and 12 credits each 
semester of their second year. Part-time students take 6 credits each regular semester and 
during the summer. Most courses for part-time students begin at 7:00 p.m. However, 
occasionally there may be an evening course with an earlier starting time. Students whose 
cumulative grade point average falls below 3.0 will be placed on probation and will be 
given a specified amount of time to raise the gpa to a 3.0. Failure to do so will result 
in academic dismissal from the program. 

Maryland MBA graduates obtain employment in a wide spectrum of organizations. 
Starting salaries typically range from $28,000 to $50,000 per year. 

M.S. Program The College offers an M.S. program for students wishing to concentrate 
in Accounting/Information Systems, Information Systems, Operations Research, or 
Statistics. The Program is designed for students with strong quantitative skills who desire 
a more technical management education. Student typically come to the program with 
undergraduate majors in business, engineering, sciences, information and computer 
systems, mathematics, or economics. Prerequisites include calculus and a high level com- 
puter language. Additional prerequisites in business and management fundamental courses 
are determined by the student's background. Depending on the concentration selected, 
the program calls for either 30 or 33 credit hours beyond the prerequisites. A thesis op- 
tion is offered which may represent 6 credits in the area of concentration. Program pro- 
gress and admission standards described above for the MBA program are also applicable 
to the M.S. program. 

Ph.D. Program The Ph.D. program is designed to produce outstanding scholars in 
management related disciplines. To this end, a strong research philosophy pervades the 
entire program. The low student to faculty ratio fosters a high degree of interaction bet- 
ween faculty and students on research projects of mutual interest, frequently culminating 
in journal articles. Students whose career aspirations are congruent with the program's 
research orientation can look forward to a learning experience that is not only deman- 
ding but also stimulating and enriching. Recent graduates are employed at the following 
academic institutions: Ben Gurion University, Boston College, Georgia Tech, Penn State, 
Texas A & M, Syracuse, Houston, Vanderbilt University, the University of North Carolina, 
and the University of Texas. Maryland Ph.D. students achieve excellence through course 
work preparation in basic and major and minor fields (required), supervised teaching 
during the period of residence (recommended), and independent research culminating in 
the writing of a doctoral dissertation (required). A full-time commitment (3 courses per 
semester) to the program is mandatory as a condition of admittance. 

All Ph.D. students are provisionally admitted and must achieve a 3.25 GPA in each 
of their first two semester. Failure to do so results in being placed on probation. The 
probationary period will last one semester at which time the student will be dismissed 
unless a 3.25 overall GPA is obtained. 

Ph.D. course requirements range upward from a minimum of 42 units plus disserta- 
tion credits, depending on the amount of relevant prior study. Preparation in calculus 
is required for admission. 

The Ph.D. student may select a single major (18 credits) with one minor (12 credits), 
or a double major (18 credits each). Major areas of concentration may be chosen from 



Business and Management Program (BMGT) 89 



among such fields as accounting, finance, human resource management and labor rela- 
tions, information systems, management science and statistics, marketing, organizational 
behavior, management strategy and policy, and transportation and physical distribution. 

Minors and second majors may include areas inside or outside the College of Business 
and Management. Typical outside minors include computer science, economics, engineer- 
ing, government and politics, mathematics, psychology and sociology. 

Additional course requirements include: two courses from the MBA core (accounting, 
finance, marketing, and behavioral factors), one or two graduate courses in economics, 
a course in research methodology (not required in all majors), and four research tools 
courses specified by the major area. Some of these requirements may be waived if equivalent 
courses have been satisfactorily completed at AACSB institutions. 

Students are required to take written comprehensive examinations in the major area and 
the minor or research tools subject area. After all course work and written exams have 
been successfully completed, each student must pass a comprehensive oral examination. 
Having passed the oral exam, the student is advanced to candidacy. 

Each Ph.D. candidate prepares a formal dissertation proposal and defends it at an open 
meeting of faculty and students. The proposal should clearly indicate how the dissertation 
will make a major contribution to the literature of the field. Every doctoral student must 
register for a minimum of 12 dissertation research credits during the program. 

The minimum residency requirements is the equivalent of three years of full-time graduate 
study and research. Of the three years, the equivalent of at least one year must be spent 
at the University of Maryland. 

MBA/JD Joint Program 

The College of Business and Management and the School of Law of the University of 
Maryland at Baltimore offer a joint program of studies leading to MBA and JD degrees. 
Under the terms of the joint program, a student may earn both degrees in four academic 
years. The accelerated program is possible because some courses can be credited toward 
both degrees. Candidates must apply for admission to the Law School at Baltimore as well 
as to the Graduate School at College Park and must be admitted to both programs. 

Under the joint program 75 credits in law school coupled with 39 credits in business 
courses are required for graduation. Fifteen credits of law will be substituted for MBA 
elective course work. Grade point averages in each program will be computed separately 
and students must maintain minimum standards in each school to continue in the pro- 
gram. The Graduate School will not accept transfer credit from course work taken outside 
the joint program. A student must complete both programs satisfactorily in order to receive 
both degrees. The MBA and the JD degrees must be awarded simultaneously. A student 
whose enrollment in either program is terminated may elect to complete work for the degree 
in which he or she remains enrolled, but such completion must be upon the same condi- 
tions as required of regular (nonjoint program) degree candidates. Student programs must 
be approved by the law school advisor for the joint program and the MBA Program Direc- 
tor. For further discussion of admission and degree requirements, students should see the 
above and consult the entry in the University of Maryland School of Law catalog. 
MBA/MPM Joint Program 

The College of Business and Management and the School of Public Affairs offer a joint 
program of studies leading to the MBA and MPM degrees. Under the terms of the joint 
program, a student may earn both degrees in approximately five semesters. The accelerated 



90 Business and Management Program (BMGT) 



program is possible because some courses can be credited toward both degrees. Candidates 
must be admitted to both programs. 

Under the joint program, 66 credits are required for graduation, split roughly equally 
between the programs. Grade point averages in each program will be computed separately 
and students must maintain minimum standards in each school to continue in the pro- 
gram. A student must complete both programs satisfactorily in order to receive both degrees. 
A student whose enrollment in either program is terminated may elect to complete work 
for the degree in which he or she remains enrolled, but such completion must be upon 
the same conditions as required of regular (nonjoint program) degree candidates. Student 
programs must be approved by the Associate Dean of the School of Public Affairs and 
the MBA Program Director. For further discussion of admission and degree requirements, 
students should see the general admission requirements for each program. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

The College faculty has been recruited from the graduate programs of leading univer- 
sities in the nation. They are dedicated scholars, teachers, and professional leaders with 
a strong commitment to academic excellence, and to the education of the professional 
manager and researcher. 

Special programs offered by the College include an Executivesin-Residence Program 
and an MBA practicum course, BMGT 791, in which students research a problem of 
significant management concern in a participating firm or agency. Through graduate pro- 
gram requirements and faculty research activities, students gain exposure to private enter- 
prise, to the public sector, and to the vast education, research, library, and cultural 
resources of Washington, D.C. 

The students also have access to the exceptional academic and professional resources 
of the College Park campus including excellent library and computer facilities. A remote 
computer terminal and on-line teletype facilities are located in the building. 

Financial Assistance 

Financial aid is available to qualified students in the form of fellowships, graduate 
assistantships, work-study, scholarships, and for Ph.D. students, instructorships. 

Additional Information 

The College has available brochures which give specific degree requirements for the 
MBA and Ph.D. programs. Initial inquiries should be directed to: 

Director of the Masters Programs 

College of Business and Management 

or 

Director of the Doctoral Program 

College of Business and Management 

University of Maryland 

College Park, MD 20742 
For courses, see code BMGT. 



Chemical Engineering Program 91 



Chemical Engineering Program (ENCH) 

Professor and Director: Smith 

Professor and Department Chair: Roush 

Professors: Asbjornsen, *Birkner, Cadman, Gentry, Hsu, McAvoy, Regan, Weigand 

Associate Professor: Calabrese, Choi, Gasner 

Assistant Professors: Bentley, Coppella, Davison, Lee, Mavrovouniotis, Payne, Rao, 

Wang, Zafiriou 

"Joint appointment with Civil Engineering 

An individual plan of graduate study compatible with the student's interest and 
background as established between the student, an advisor, and the program director. 
The general chemical engineering program is focused on four major areas; applied polymer 
science, biochemical engineering, environmental and energy-related engineering, and pro- 
cess analysis and simulation. 

Admission and Degree Information 

The programs leading to the M.S. and Ph.D. degrees are open to qualified students 
holding the B.S. degree. Admission may be granted to students with degrees in engineer- 
ing and science areas from accredited programs. In some cases it may be necessary to 
require courses to fulfill this background. The general regulations of the Graduate School 
apply in reviewing applications. 

The candidate for the M.S. degree has the choice of following a plan of study with 
or without thesis. The equivalent of at least three years of full-time study beyond the 
B.S. degree is required for the Ph.D. degree. All students seeking graduate degrees in 
Chemical Engineering must enroll in ENCH 610, 620, 630, and 640. In addition to the 
general rules of the Graduate School, certain special degree requirements are set forth 
in Departmental publications. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

A number of special facilities are available for graduate study and research and are 
coordinated through the Laboratory for Radiation and Polymer Science, the Polymer 
Reaction Engineering Laboratory, the Chemical Process Systems Laboratory, the 
Laboratory for Biochemical Engineering and Environmental Studies, the Biochemical 
Reactor Scale Up Facility, and the Nuclear Reactor Facility. These laboratories contain 
advanced digital process control computers, AI computers, a gamma radiation facility, 
an electron accelerator, polymer processing equipment and polymerization reactors, 
polymer characterization instrumentation, a laser anemometry facility, a thermo-hydraulics 
facility, and an aerosol characterization facility. 

For courses, see code ENCH. 
Chemical Physics Program (CHPH) 

Director: Mcllrath 

Associate Director: Alexander (CHEM) 

Professors: Alexander, Greer, Khanna, Miller, Moore, Tossell, Weiner (CHEM) Dorf- 

man (CMPS); Gentry (ENCH), Davis, Hochuli, Lee (ENEE), Benesch, Coplan, Fisher, 

Ginter, Mcllrath, Sengers, Wilkerson (IPST), Das-Sarma, Einstein, Ferrell, Lynn, Redish 

(PHYS) 



92 Chemical Physics Program (CHPH) 



Associate Professor: Mignerey (CHEM), Calabrese (ENCH), 

Gupta (ENME), Gammon (IPST), Kirkpatrick (IPST/PHYS), Dickerson, Ellingson 

(METO), Williams (PHYS) 

Assistant Professors: Reutt-Robey (CHEM), Herold, Radermacher (ENME), Hill (IPST), 

Thirumalai (IPST/CHEM), Milchberg (IPST/ENEE) 

Adjunct Professor: Nossal (IPST/NIH) 

The Chemical Physics Program provides an academic path for those candidates wishing 
to establish a professional career for which knowledge of both physics and chemistry 
is necessary. The program offers M.S. and Ph.D. degrees. Candidates have the option 
of concentrating their studies in chemistry, physics, chemical engineering, electrical 
engineering, mechanical engineering, or meteorology. 

The Chemical Physics Program is under the joint sponsorship of the Institute for 
Physical Science and Technology and six academic departments (Chemistry, Physics, Elec- 
trical Engineering, Chemical Engineering, Mechanical Engineering, and Meteorology). 
The Chemical Physics Committee oversees the program and is made up of representatives 
from the various sponsoring units with the director of the program as its chair. The 
Chemical Physics Program Office administers the program and is affiliated with the In- 
stitute for Physical Science and Technology. A booklet describing Chemical Physics at 
Maryland (College Park) can be obtained from the Chemical Physics Office upon request. 

The research of the 39 member faculty covers a diversity of disciplines such as statistical 
mechanics, laser spectroscopy, intermolecular energy transfer, molecular dynamics, phase 
transitions, properties of fluids, fluctuation phenomena, biophysics, particle scattering, 
working fluid mixtures, thermodynamic cycles and surface science. Access to national 
research laboratories in the Washington metropolitan area is made possible through the 
related research activities of the Chemical Physics faculty and through a Cooperative 
Graduate Program in Molecular and Cellular Biophysics which is jointly sponsored by 
the University of Maryland and the National Institutes of Health. 

Admission and Degree Information 

Students with an undergraduate major in physics, chemistry, engineering or mathematics 
may apply. A strong background in physics and some background in chemistry is desirable 
for successful completion of the program. Students admitted to the Chemical Physics 
Program will also be listed in the department of their chosen area of concentration. 

The program, of course, is adjusted to the needs of the individual student. When a 
candidate does not possess the required undergraduate background in both physics and 
chemistry, an advisory committee will prescribe appropriate undergraduate courses. Can- 
didates for the Ph.D. degree must pass the chemical physics qualifying examination. This 
exam is based on material covered by the physics qualifying examination in the areas 
of classical mechanics, quantum mechanics, statistical mechanics, thermodynamics, elec- 
tricity, and magnetism. Additional questions, appropriate to chemical physics, on atomic 
and molecular spectroscopy and structure, molecular bonding theory, chemical reaction 
dynamics, and chemical thermodynamics are also part of the examination. In addition 
to passing the Ph.D. qualifier exam, the student is required to take a graduate laboratory 
course, 2 semesters of seminar, 2 advanced courses, and 12 credit hours of thesis research 
concluded by the presentation and defense of an original dissertation. 

Students may choose either a thesis or non-thesis option for the M.S. degree. Programs 
of work are arranged on an individual basis and require approval of an advisor associated 



Chemical Physics Program (CHPH) 93 



with the Chemical Physics Program. The requirements for the thesis option are: comple- 
tion of 30 credit hours of coursework (15 hours must be taken at the 600 level or above 
in the major subject area, and no more than 9 hours at the 400 level), 6 hours of thesis 
research credit (CHPH 799), a graduate laboratory course (i.e., PHYS 621) unless 
specifically exempted and a G.P.A. of B. In addition, the student must complete a writ- 
ten thesis and obtain a passing grade on an oral examination which includes the defense 
of the written thesis. The requirements for the non-thesis option are as follows: comple- 
tion of 30 credit hours of coursework (18 hours must be at the 600 level or above in the 
major subject area and no more than 12 hours at the 400 level), a G.P.A. of B, a graduate 
laboratory course (i.e., PHYS 621) unless specifically exempted, submission of a scholarly 
paper, and a master's level pass on the Ph.D. qualifying exam. 

Additional Information 

Requests for further information concerning the Chemical Physics Program can be 
obtained by writing to: 

Professor T. J. Mcllrath, Director 
Chemical Physics Program (I.P.S.T.) 
I.P.S.T. Building, Rm. 2120 
University of Maryland 
College Park, MD 20742 

For courses, see code CHPH 

Chemistry Program (CHEM) 

Professor and Chair: Mazzocchi 

Professor and Associate Chair: Jarvis 

Professors: Alexander, Ammon, Bellama, Castellan, Freeman, Gerlt, Gordon, Greer, 

Grim, Hansen, Helz, Huheey, Jarvis, Khanna, Kozarich, Mariano, Mazzocchi, Miller, 

Moore, Munn, O'Haver, Ponnamperuma, Poulos, Stewart, Tossell, Walters, Weiner 

Professors Emeriti: Adler, Keeney, McNesby, Pratt, Rollinson, Stuntz, Svirbely, 

Vanderslice, Veitch 

Associate Professors: Armstrong, Boyd, DeShong, DeVoe, Dunaway-Mariano, Kasler, 

Mignerey, Murphy, Ondov, Sampugna 

Assistant Professors: Brusilow, Eichhorn, Falvey, Herndon, Julin, Poli, Reutt-Robey, 

Thirumalai 

Research Professor: Bailey 

The Chemistry Department offers programs leading to the Master of Science or the 
Doctor of Philosophy degrees with specialization in the fields of analytical chemistry, 
biochemistry, bioorganic chemistry, chemical physics (in cooperation with the Institute 
of Physical Sciences & Technology and the Department of Physics and Astronomy), en- 
vironmental chemistry, inorganic chemistry, nuclear chemistry, organic chemistry, and 
physical chemistry. The graduate program in biochemistry is described separately in this 
catalog. The graduate program in chemistry has been designed with maximum flexibility 
so that students can achieve strong backgrounds in their chosen fields of specialization. 
Admission and Degree Information 

Both the thesis and non-thesis options are offered for the M.S. degree. Departmental 
regulations concerning diagnostic examinations, comprehensive examinations, and other 
matters pertaining to course work have been assembled for the guidance of candidates 
for graduate degrees. Copies of these regulations are available from the Department of 
Chemistry and Biochemistry. 



94 Chemistry Program (CHEM) 



Facilities and Special Resources 

The Department has many special research facilities to support research in the fields 
given above. Facilities include "clean" rooms for lunar and environmental sample analysis, 
X-ray crystallographic instrumentation, mass spectrometers, NMR spectrometers including 
200 MHz and 400 MHz Fourier-transform NMR spectrometers, ESCA spectrometers, 
ultracentrifuges, and analytical optical spectrometers. Departmental research is supported 
on two large computers in the Computer Science Building, a UNIVAC 1100/92 and a 
IBM 3081, both of which are accessible by remote time-sharing terminals. The Depart- 
ment has an excellent glassblowing shop, a student faculty machine shop, and access to 
other campus machine shops. The Chemistry Library has an extensive collection of books, 
journals, and abstracts in chemistry, biochemistry, and other fields. Included in the 
Chemistry Library is a computer terminal for literature searching. 

Financial Assistance 

Entering graduate students are normally supported on graduate teaching assistantships. 
These assistantships usually involve teaching undergraduate laboratory and recitation 
classes and enable the student to pursue a ten-credit program of graduate study each 
semester. 

Additional Information 

The Department has a brochure available describing its graduate program and the 
research interests of its faculty. For a copy of the brochure, or for specific information 
on graduate programs in chemistry, admissions procedures, or financial aid, contact: 

Associate Chairman for Graduate Studies and Research, 

Department of Chemistry and Biochemistry 

University of Maryland 

College Park, MD 20742 

For courses, see CHEM. 

Civil Engineering Program (ENCE) 

Professor and Chair: Colville 

Professors: Aggour, Albrecht, Birkner, Carter, McCuen, Pilcher, Ragan, Sternberg, Witc- 

zak, Wolde-Tinsae 

Associate Professors: Ayyub, Garber, Goodings, Chang, Hao, Schelling, Schonfeld, 

Schwartz, Vannoy 

Assistant Professors: Austin, Bernold, Perl, Walters 

The Department of Civil Engineering offers graduate work leading to the degrees of 
Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy. All programs are planned on an individual 
basis by the student and an advisor to consider the student's background and special in- 
terests. Course and research opportunities are available in the general areas of transpor- 
tation and urban systems, environmental engineering, water resources, structural engineer- 
ing, geotechnical engineering, and construction engineering and management. In general, 
emphasis is on learning sound engineering principles and applying them to human needs. 

Admission and Degree Information 

Applicants for admission should hold a B.S. degree in civil engineering. However, ap- 
plicants with undergraduate degrees in other disciplines may be accepted with the stipula- 
tion that deficiencies in prerequisite undergraduate course work be corrected before enroll- 
ing in graduate courses. There are no entrance examinations required for the program. 



Civil Engineering Program (ENCE) 95 



Two options are available for the Master of Science degree: thesis and non-thesis. The 
Department's policies and requirements are the same as the requirements of the Graduate 
School. 

The requirements for the Doctor of Philosophy degree are the same as those posed 
by the Graduate School. An approved program of study suited to the needs of the stu- 
dent is developed by the student and an advisor. The student must pass a qualifying ex- 
amination before being admitted to candidacy. Normally, the qualifying exam is taken 
when the student's course work is at least 75% completed. There is no language require- 
ment for the Ph.D. 
Facilities and Special Resources 

Departmental research facilities available to graduate students include laboratories in 
the following areas: transportation, systems analysis, environmental engineering, 
hydraulics, remote sensing, structures, and soil mechanics. Computer facilities available 
include the Computer Science Center's Unisys 1100/92 and IBM 3081 computers com- 
plemented by remote terminals and mini- and micro-computer systems located within the 
department, and a joint Civil Engineering/Mechanical Engineering CAD Laboratory. 

The Washington and Baltimore Metropolitan Areas are easily accessible for data, field 
studies, library access, contacts with national organizations, and attendance at national 
meetings. The location of the University of Maryland offers a unique opportunity to ob- 
tain an advanced degree in civil engineering. 

For courses, see code ENCE. 
Classics Program (CLAS) 
Professor and Chair: Rowland 
Associate Professors: Duffy, Hallett, Hubbe, Staley 
Assistant Professors: Doherty, Stehle 
Visiting Faculty (1988-89): Dexter, Meltzer 

The Department of Classical Studies offers a graduate program of study with specializa- 
tions in Latin, Latin and Greek, and Classical Civilization leading to the degree of Master 
of Arts. The goal of this program is to provide students with advanced study of the Latin 
and/or Greek languages and literatures in the context of a broader and deeper knowledge 
and understanding of Greek and Roman culture and civilization. In addition to advanc- 
ed courses in language, each student will be required to take course work in related 
disciplines outside of the Classics Department. Some individual programs may require 
more than 30 hours. Students may chose one of three tracks toward the degree: Latin, 
Latin and Greek, or Civilization of the Classical World. The Department of Ancient 
Studies at the University of Maryland-Baltimore County cooperates in offering this pro- 
gram; however, no more than twelve (12) credits earned at UMBC will be accepted in 
satisfaction of the requirements for this degree. 
Department Requirements 

During their first semester in the program, students will be required to demonstrate 
their proficiency in reading Latin, Greek, or both well enough to pursue course work 
at the graduate level. Students may not enroll for further graduate level courses until 
they have demonstrated this proficiency. All degree candidates in the program will be 
required to take either Latin 490, Greek 490, or both depending on the areas of concen- 
tration, along with CLAS 601 unless they have previously taken similar courses. Before 
being approved for the degree, students will also have to demonstrate proficiency in reading 



96 Classics Program (CLAS) 



one modern foreign language — normally French, German, or Italian; a different modern 
foreign language, if related to the student's research area, may also be approved. Students 
who elect to write a thesis will be required to take an oral examination on that thesis. 

Requirements and Areas of Concentration 

The Latin program requires a minimum of thirty hours of approved course work, twelve 
of which, exclusive of thesis research credits, must be in Latin at the 600-level or higher; 
six of these hours must be from the period courses LATN 620-630. Six of the thirty hours 
should be in thesis research credits, although two courses in Latin at the 600-level or higher 
may, with permission, be substituted for the thesis. An independent research project may 
also be an acceptable alternative for the thesis. Six of the thirty hours at the 400-level 
or above must be in aspects of classical civilization offered in archaeology, art, history, 
linguistics, philosophy, Romance philology, or in approved allied fields. 

Final examination: Sight translation in Latin (3 hours); written examination (3 hours) 
in Latin literature. 

SAMPLE PROGRAMS: 1) Outside emphasis in linguistics, non-thesis: CLAS 601, 
LATN 490, LATN 610, LING 432, LATN 604, LATN 620, LATN 623, LATN 631, LATN 
640, FREN 602. 

2) Outside emphasis in history, thesis: CLAS 601, LATN 490, LATN 604, LATN 623, 
LATN 640, LATN 630, HIST 838, HIST 841, LATN 
799. 

The Latin and Greek Program requires a minimum of thirty-three hours of approved 
course work. Nine hours of course work in one language and three in the other, exclusive 
of research credit, must be at the 600-level or higher. Six of the thirty hours should be 
in thesis research credits, although two courses in the languages at the 600-level or higher 
may, with permission, be substituted for the thesis. An independent research project may 
also be an acceptable alternative for the thesis. Six of the thirty-three hours at the 400-level 
or above must be in aspects of Classical civilization in courses offered in archaeology, 
art, history, linguistics, philosophy, Romance philology, or in approved allied fields. 

Final examination: Sight translation examination in both languages (2 hours in one, 
1 hour in the other) and written examination (3 hours) in Classical Greek and Latin 
Literature. 

SAMPLE PROGRAMS: 1) Outside emphasis in philosophy, non-thesis: CLAS 601, 
LATN 490, GREK 490, LATN 704, LATN 605, LATN 623, GREK 602, GREK 604, 
GREK 606, PHIL 412, PHIL 413. 

2) Outside emphasis in art history, thesis: CLAS 601, LATN 490, GREK 490, LATN 
623, LATN 624, LATN 630, GREK 604, GREK 606, ARTH 403, ARTH 702, CLAS 799. 

The Civilization of the Classical World Program requires a minimum of thirty hours 
of approved course work. Twelve of those hours, exclusive of thesis research, must be 
at the 600-level or higher, and six of those twelve must be in either Latin or Greek langauge 
courses or in any combination of the two. The other six hours at the 600-level or higher 
will be in the study of Classical civilization or the classical tradition in courses offered 
in archaeology, art, classics, history, philosophy, or in approved allied fields. Six of the 
remaining hours should be in thesis research. An independent research project may also 
be an acceptable alternative for the thesis. The remaining six hours, which must be at 
the 400-level or above, can be in aspects of Classical civilization in courses offered either 
by the Classics Department or in archaeology, art, history, linguistics, philosophy, 
Romance philology, or in approved allied fields. Students in this concentration will have 
an advisory committee of three faculty members appointed by the Departmental chair. 



Classics Program (CLAS) 97 



Final examination: Sight translation examination (2 hours) and written examination 
on the civilization of the Classical world (4 hours). 

SAMPLE PROGRAM: 1) Outside emphasis in theatre, non-thesis: CLAS 601 GREK 
490, CLAS 470, CLAS 621 , CLAS 670, LATN 404, LATN 624, LATN 63 1 , GREK 603, 
THET 490, THET 690. 

2) Outside emphasis in comparative literature, thesis: CLAS 601, LATN 490, CLAS 
620, CLAS 670, LATN 605, LATN 623, CMLT 488, CLAS 799. 
For courses, see codes CLAS, GREK, and LATN. 

Communication Arts and Theatre Program (CMRT) 

Professor and Chair: Gillespie 

Professors: Aylward, Bentley, Fink, Gomery, Kolker, Meersman, Pugliese (Emeritus), 

Soloman, Wolvin 

Associate Professors: Falcione, Ferguson, Freimuth, Gaines, Kirkley, Klumpp, McCaleb, 

O'Leary, Weiss 

Assistant Professors: Coleman, Blum, Brown, Parks, Robinson, Shyles, Patterson, 

Pecora, Elam, Kriebs, Marchetti, Milton, Stowe 

Lecturers: Daso, Doyle, Niles, Lancaster 

The Department of Communication Arts and Theatre offers the Master of Arts degree 
in each of the three divisions: speech communication; theatre; radio-television-film. Within 
each of these divisions it is possible to concentrate in specific areas which are described 
below. The Department also offers a Master of Fine Arts in Theatre. 

The Department also participates in the Ph.D. degree in Public Communication, which 
embraces all three divisions and the College of Journalism. Although the Ph.D. program 
is interdisciplinary within the four areas, a student is free to explore and concentrate in 
specific areas such as rhetoric and public address, organizational and political communica- 
tion, governmental communication, broadcast communication, public relations, inter- 
national communication, science and medical communication, theatrical theory and 
aesthetics, theatre history, and cinema history and aesthetics. For complete information 
on admission and degree requirements, see the "Public Communication Program" entry. 

There are increasing opportunities for employment in many fields associated with com- 
munication. Employment opportunities may be found in private business and industry, 
local, state and federal government agencies, in various educational institutions, and in 
the media and theatre. 

Admission and Degree Information 

For admission to the graduate program in any of the divisions, the applicant must meet 
all requirements of the Graduate School and, normally, provide acceptable Graduate 
Record Examination scores. If applicants do not have the equivalent of an undergraduate 
major in their field of interest, opportunities exist for them to take course work in prepara- 
tion for subsequent admission. 

The Department offers the M.A. degree with thesis and non-thesis options. Along with 
the minimum requirements established by the Graduate School, each division of CMRT 
has special requisites for the completion of its own program. 

Radio-Television-Film 

A student in the Radio-Television-Film Division may either concentrate in a particular 
area (film or broadcasting, for example) or elect a more general program covering the 



98 Communication Arts and Theatre Program (CMRT) 



multiple aspects of electronic and film communication. Students whose academic goals 
extend beyond the Radio-Television-Film Division may, upon approval of their advisor, 
take as many as twelve credit hours in cognate fields in other divisions or other depart- 
ments of the University. Examples of such programs would include educational uses of 
media, broadcast management, and electronic journalism. 

Speech Communication 

Students who elect to pursue a program of study in the Division of Speech Communica- 
tion are encouraged to develop programs reflecting an understanding of the genesis, the 
nature, and the effects of human speech behavior. A student may concentrate within a 
specialized area of Speech Communication (Political Communication or Organizational 
Communication, for example) or may elect a more general course of study. Students in 
the Speech Communication Division are urged to augment their program of study with 
course work in complementary disciplines and with communication internships in the 
Washington, D.C. metropolitan area. 

Theatre 

The M.A. program in Theatre is designed to provide the student with opportunities 
to enhance and develop historical and critical faculties and to prepare for participation 
in further graduate work at the doctoral level. This is accomplished through course work 
and in the writing of a thesis using historical and critical research methodologies. 

The three-year M.F.A. in Theatre is designed to offer superior students advanced train- 
ing and opportunities for creative activity. The program prepares the student for entrance 
into the professional theatre or for teaching in the creative area at the college or universi- 
ty level. The areas of concentration are costume design and theatre management. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

The University of Maryland is within a few miles of the John F. Kennedy Center for 
the Performing Arts; Arena Stage; the National, Ford's and Folger Theatres; and the 
Wolf Trap Farm Park for the Performing Arts. In addition, a number of Equity and 
non-Equity dinner theatres and semi-professional experimental theatres abound in the area. 

Two of the greatest libraries in the world, the Library of Congress and the Folger 
Shakespeare Library, are in close proximity to campus. Students also regularly make use 
of the Broadcast Pioneers Library, the Smithsonian Institution, the National Archives, 
and the more than 50 specialized libraries and institutions in the Washington metropolitan 
area. 

The Department has use of the Tawes Fine Arts Theatre, other smaller theatres on 
campus, the Communication Research Center, and audio and video production facilities. 

For courses, see codes RTVF, SPCH and THET. 

Comparative Literature Program (CMLT) 

Professor and Director: Heyndels 

Professors: Beck, Beicken, Bentley, Best, Bryer, Clignet, R. Cohen, Damrosch, Difederico, 

Freedman, Fuegi, Gillespie, Gramberg, Haber, Herin, Holton, Jones, Kerrigan, Kolker, 

Lifton, MacBain, Oster, Pacheco, Panichas, Patterson, Price, Rimer, Rowland, J. Russell, 

Schoenbaum, Sosnowski, Sutherland, Therrien, Wittreich 

Visiting Professors: Bourdieu, Haarscher, Knox, Leenhardt, Logan, Semprun 

Associate Professors: Barry, Bennett, Berlin, Bilik, Birdsall, R.H. Brown, Caramello, Car- 

retta, Caughey, Coogan, David, Diner, Duffy, Fink, Flieger, Fredericksen, Glad, Grimsted, 

Gullickson, Hage, Hallett, D. Hamilton, G. Hamilton, Handelman, J. Harris, 



Comparative Literature Program (CMLT) 99 



Herman, Igel, Joyce, Kelly, Kerkham, Klein, Klumpp, Levinson, Loizeaux, Martin, 

Mintz, Odell, Peterson, Pfister, J. Robinson, C. Russell, Staley, Tarica, Trousdale 

Assistant Professors: Aguilar-Mora, Blum, Falvo, Dungey, Gullickson, Kristal, Leinwand, 

Levine, Marchetti, E. Robinson, Stehle, Strauch, Zappala 

Instructor: Spector 

Faculty Research Assistant: Taitsch 

The Comparative Literature Program and Center for Critical Studies offer graduate 
work leading to the degrees of Master of Arts and Doctor of Philosophy It associates 
a distinguished faculty and offers concentrated work in major movements and genres, 
in literary theory, and in literature and the other arts. The greatest strength of the pro- 
gram is currently in the history and criticism of dramatic literature, in the novel, in 
sociology of literature and culture, and in film studies. Interdisciplinary work is very much 
encouraged as is practical criticism in the arts. The three main priorities of the program are: 

1. The critical theory and socio-philosophical approach of the literary pro- 
cess (including cultural anthropology); 

2. The study of literature as a part of the global "representation" and sym- 
bolic process (with an emphasis on film studies and drama); 

3. The historical and theoretical approach of the relationship between 
literature and the arts (including painting, photography, music, architec- 
ture, etc.). 

The different fields concerned by the program are: English, American, French and 
Italian, German, Russian, Spanish and Portuguese and Latino-American literatures; 
American, Women's studies, East-Asian, Jewish studies; Classics, History, Sociology, 
Philosophy, Arts and History of the Arts, Communication Arts, Theatre, Radio- 
Television-Film, and Music. 
Admission and Degree Information 

Applicants should have a strong background in the arts and humanities. Since advanc- 
ed work in comparative literature is based on the premise that literature should be read 
in the original whenever possible, students are expected to be able to read at least one 
language other than English with a high degree of aesthetic appreciation. Ph.D. students 
are expected to use at least two foreign languages actively in their work, and it is assum- 
ed that efforts will be made to develop an acquaintance with one or two additional 
languages. Entrance examinations are not required, but high scores on GRE literature 
and language examinations will add weight to credentials. 

Students take courses in CMLT and in the different affiliate departments and programs. 
The M. A. degree requires thirty credits, either 24 hours of course work, a comprehensive 
examination and a thesis, or thirty credits of course work and a comprehensive examina- 
tion. To enter the Ph.D. program, the M.A. thesis is highly recommended. No specific 
number of credits is required for the Ph.D. as the number will vary according to the 
preparation and goals of the individual student. The average has been eight to ten courses 
beyond the M.A. A Master's degree is a required step toward the Ph.D. The Ph.D. com- 
prehensive examinations cover four major areas, determined after consultation with the 
individual student's committee, and including a genre, a period, a theory examination 
(required) and a non-literary field. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

The resources of the Library of Congress, the Kennedy Center, the Folger Library, 



100 Comparative Literature Program (CMLT) 



the American Film Institute, Kennan Institute, and Dumbarton Oaks are regularly drawn 
upon, as are internship possibilities in the greater Washington area, abroad (in the 
framework of the "Maryland in Europe/Europe at Maryland" program and the Visual 
Press, cf. infra) and also graduate exchange programs with European universities. Students 
have, of course, ready access to all the museums, galleries, libraries and cultural institu- 
tions of the Washington D.C. metropolitan area and the Washington-Baltimore- 
Philadelphia-New York corridor. 

The Center for Critical Studies is the research unit of the program, associating the faculty 
and the graduate students. It is an organization designed to promote theoretical inquiry 
in literature and the other arts and to sponsor practical and engaged criticism of them. 
Its emphasis is on interdisciplinary scholarship rather than the study of texts in isolation. 
It is therefore particularly concerned with the arts in performance, with reception and 
communication theory, with contemporary theory of criticism, and with the practice of 
criticism in the mass media. To achieve its intent of mediating between theory and prac- 
tice, the Center brings together theoreticians, artistic creators and working critics; it 
organizes scholarly symposia whose findings are broadly disseminated, and it sponsors 
internships for critics who either work, or seek to work in the different fields of the cultural 
and symbolic creation. 

Special ties link the Center for Critical Studies with Brussels' Center for Sociology of 
Literature, the Center for Sociology of Literature of the "Ecole des Hautes Etudes en 
Sciences Sociales" (Paris) and other similar European institutions. 

The CMLT Program and Center for Critical Studies, in cooperation with several depart- 
ments and schools, is also running a comprehensive international academic, artistic and 
cultural exchange program called "Maryland in Europe/Europe at Maryland". A special 
interdisciplinary visiting professorship is based in the Comparative Literature Program, 
thanks to the sponsorship of the Perelman Foundation (Brussels-Jerusalem). Each 
academic year, a highly distinguished and internationally recognized scholar, coming from 
the United States of America or from abroad, is invited into the program as the Perelman 
Visiting Professor. 

The Comparative Literature Program is also hosting the Brecht Yearbook (a CMLT 
faculty is the editor-in-chief) along with the campus-wide Visual Press whose director 
is also a member of the CMLT faculty body. The Visual Press is responsible for several 
international media/film/video projects, including "Beckett Directs Beckett", "Nothing 
Immoral: Brecht", "The Social History of Climate", "The Maryland Seminars on Euro- 
pean Cultural Issues", etc. 

Financial Assistance 

Various teaching and research assistantships and general university fellowships are 
available, along with some special fellowships. CMLT students may teach in various 
departments cooperating in the CMLT Program and may be considered for a year abroad 
as a teacher at cooperating European universities. 

For courses, see code CMLT. 
Computer Science Program (CMSC) 

Professors: Agrawala, Basili, Chu, Davis, Edmundson, Gannon, JaJa (Affiliate), Kanal, 

Minker, O'Leary, Rosenfeld, Samet, Stewart, Tripathi 

Associate Professors: Austing, Knott, Nau, Perlis, Reggia, Roussopoulos, Shneiderman, 



Computer Science Program (CMSC) 101 



Smith, Zelkowitz 

Assistant Professors: Aloimonos, Amir, Carson, Elman, Faloutsos, Fontecilla, Furuta, 
Gasarch, Hendler, Jalote, Johnson, Kruskal, Mark, Mount, Pugh, Purtilo, Ricart (Af- 
filiate), Rombach, Salem, Sellis, Shanker, Stotts 

The Department of Computer Science offers graduate programs leading to the degrees 
of Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy in the following areas: artificial intelligence, 
data bases, computer vision, numerical analysis, programming languages, software 
engineering, computer systems, and theory of computing. 

Admission and Degree Information 

Admission and degree requirements specific to the graduate programs in computer 
science are described in a brochure available through the Departmental Graduate Office. 
There are two options for the Master's degree: 1) 24 hours of course work plus the com- 
pletion of a thesis, or 2) 30 hours of course work, a comprehensive examination, plus 
the completion of a scholarly paper. There are no explicit course requirements in the doc- 
toral program. The number and variety of courses offered each semester enables students 
and their advisors to plan individualized programs. 

Facilities 

The Department's research laboratories contain a DEC 8600, VAX 11/785, and two 
VAX 8250s. More than 70 Sun workstations are networked together running Sun UNIX. 
Thirty Xerox STAR work stations running XDE or Interlisp are also integrated into the 
Department network. Several Tl Explorers, Symbolics Lisp machines, Textronics and 
Smalltalk workstations are available. 

The Department has INTERNET and BITNET access (address: name mimsy.umd.edu). 

The Center for Automation Research (CFAR) and University of Maryland Institute 
for Advanced Computer Studies (UMIACS) are research units on the UMCP Campus 
and they sponsor a number of research assistants. CFAR has two VAX 1 1 /785s, several 
Symbolics 3600s, and two Butterfly parallel processors, and UMIACS has a Connection 
Machine. 

Additional Information 

For information on degree programs and graduate assistantships contact: 
Graduate Office 

Department of Computer Science 
University of Maryland 
College Park, MD 20742 

For courses, see code CMSC. 

Counseling and Personnel Services Program (EDCP) 

Professor and Chair: Hershenson 

Professors: Birk, Power, Pumroy 1 , Schlossberg 

Associate Professors: Greenberg, Hoffman, Lawrence, Leonard 2 , Medvene 2 , Rhoads, 

Scales 2 , Sedlacek 2 , Spokane, Strein, Teglasi, Westbrook 2 

Assistant Professors: Boyd 2 , Clement 3 , Freeman 2 , Komives, Lucas 2 , McEwen, Mielke 3 , 

Molla 3 , Mullison 2 , Osteen 3 , Schmidt 3 , Reed 3 , Thomas 3 , Cook, Fassinger, Stewart, Stimpson, 

Cuyjet, Hrutka 



102 Counseling and Personnel Services Program (EDCP) 



1 joint appointment with Psychology 
2joint appointment with Counseling Center 
3Joint appointment with Student Affairs 

The Department of Counseling and Personnel Services offers graduate programs design- 
ed to provide the knowledge and skills needed for practice and scholarship in counseling 
and related human service professions. These fields are concerned with assisting people 
(individually, in groups, and in organizations) to attain their optimal level of personal, 
social, educational, and career functioning. Graduates of the Department are employed 
in a variety of settings including schools, colleges and universities, mental health agen- 
cies, rehabilitation agencies, correctional facilities, business and industry, government 
agencies, other community service facilities, and private practice. These professionals may 
serve any of several roles either at the practitioner's level or at an advanced level as super- 
visors, researchers, educators, or program administrators. Master's level professional entry- 
level programs are offered in five areas of specialization. 

1) The School Counseling program prepares students to become school counselors in 
elementary, middle, and high school settings. School counselors provide expertise in the 
personal, social, academic, and vocational development of the school-aged child; counsel 
children individually and in groups; coordinate pupil services in schools; and function 
as a consultant to classroom teachers, school administrators, and parents. 2) The School 
Psychology program prepares students for certification as school psychologists, whose 
principal duties are to assess intellectual and emotional factors that affect pupils' func- 
tioning in school settings and to devise intervention strategies to enhance the learning 
and behavioral adjustment of pupils. 3) The College Student Personnel specialty pro- 
gram prepares specialists for service in higher education settings in two areas of concen- 
tration: College Counseling and Student Personnel Administration which includes such 
functions as student development, student union, housing, admissions, placement, deans 
of students and vice presidents of student affairs. 4) The Community Counseling specializa- 
tion provides three emphases within the program: career development and vocational 
counseling, community mental health counseling and consultation, and adult develop- 
ment and counseling. 5) The Rehabilitation Counseling specialty program prepares 
counselors to work with persons having mental, emotional, social, or physical handicaps. 
Because of differences in certification, licensure, and employment requirements across 
specialty areas, professional entry-level programs of two types are offered, depending 
on the area of specialization: 1) a master's degree program (M.A., thesis required or M.Ed., 
thesis not required), or 2) an integrated Master's/Advanced Graduate Specialist (A.G.S. 
program. In this program, the student is admitted to the full sequence, takes the master's 
comprehensive examination after twenty-four hours of course work, writes a master's 
thesis (if M. A.) after about twenty-four more hours of course work, then takes the A.G.S. 
comprehensive examination while completing the degree and A.G.S. certificate 
simultaneously. It is possible for students in the integrated Master's/A. G.S. program to 
stop at the master's level, after completing thirty to thirty-six semester hours (including 
the thesis, if M.A.); but this master's degree will not qualify them for certification in 
those specialty areas that require a sixty-semester hour academic program. The applicant 
should contact the Department for further information concerning the entry-level re- 
quirements and curriculum of each area of specialization. 

It is possible for individuals who wish to enter a career in counseling but who are 



Counseling and Personnel Services Program (EDCP) 103 



undecided about which area of specialization they wish to pursue to apply for admission 
at the master's level as "Undesignated" applicants. These students may apply for admis- 
sion to a specialty area within their first 15 credits of coursework within the Department. 
While admission to a particular specialty will depend on available space and the student's 
appropriateness for that specialty area, they will be assured of being admitted to one or 
more areas as long as their academic performance and professional development have 
been satisfactory. 

The A.G.S. certificate is offered in all of the aforementioned areas of specialization. 
For individuals who hold a master's degree in counseling or a closely related field, this 
certificate program may serve: 1) to provide the additional education required for pro- 
fessional certification or licensure in those specialty areas which require a program of 
two year's length, and/or 2) to provide the academic background for an advanced level 
of professional practice within a specialty area. 

The Ph.D. degree in Counseling and Personnel Services is offered in four areas of 
specialization: a) Counseling Psychology (in collaboration with the Psychology Depart- 
ment), b) School Psychology, c) College Student Personnel Administration, and d) 
Counseling and Consultation. The goal of doctoral studies is to prepare students to achieve 
exceptional competence in the theory and practice of their field; to develop high level 
skills as researchers, educators, and administrators; and to assume positions of leader- 
ship in various relevant settings. Students in the Counseling Psychology specialization 
are educated to work as doctoral level counseling psychologists and supervisors in such 
settings as college and university counseling centers, community mental health agencies, 
and academic departments. Doctoral level school psychologists serve as advanced level 
practitioners, supervisors, administrators, researchers, and teachers of school psychology. 
Students in College Student Personnel Administration are prepared to assume leadership 
positions as administrators of college or university student personnel services or as teachers 
and researchers of college student personnel work. Doctoral students in Counseling and 
Consultation are prepared to assume roles as supervisors, consultants, administrators, 
educators or researchers in school counseling, rehabilitation, career development, or geron- 
tological counseling programs. All Ph.D. students in the Department are educated in ac- 
cord with the scientist-practitioner model, wherein they are expected to attain advanced 
skills as both practitioners and researchers in their area of specialization. 

Professionally accredited programs within the Department include: School Psychology 
and Counseling Psychology Doctoral Programs, by the American Psychological Associa- 
tion; Rehabilitation Counseling Masters (M.A. or M.Ed.) Program, by the Council on 
Rehabilitation Education; Community Counseling Masters (M.A. or M.Ed.) and Counsel- 
ing and Consultation Doctoral Programs, by the Council for Accreditation of Counsel- 
ing and Related Educational Programs. The M.A./A.G.S. Program in School Psychology 
and the Master's (M.A. or M.Ed.) Program in School Counseling are approved for cer- 
tification by the Maryland State Department of Education and are accredited by the Na- 
tional Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education. 

Admission and Degree Information 

Applicants for regular admission to master's degree programs must have an overall 
undergraduate average of B (3.0 on a 4-point scale) and must submit their scores on the 
Miller Analogies Test or Graduate Record Examination (required for School Psychology 
M.A./A.G.S. program). Their undergraduate program must include at least 15 semester 
hours of course work in behavioral science fields (anthropology, education, psychology, 



104 Counseling and Personnel Services Program (EDCP) 



sociology, and/or statistics). Applicants for admission to A.G.S. and Ph.D. programs 
must have a master's degree in counseling or a closely related field. For Admission as 
a Ph.D. student, a grade point average of 3.5 in prior graduate work is required, together 
with an acceptable score on the Miller Analogies Test or the Graduate Record Examina- 
tion (for Counseling Psychology and School Psychology). Selective screening of qualified 
applicants is necessary in order to limit enrollment to the available faculty resources of 
the Department. 

Departmental comprehensive examinations are required of all master's, A.G.S. and 
doctoral students. All doctoral students are required to take advanced courses in statistics 
and research design. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

All master's, A.G.S., and doctoral students in the Department are required to include 
supervised fieldwork experiences as part of their degree programs. To this end, the Depart- 
ment has excellent cooperative relationships with the Division of Student Affairs (including 
such offices as the Counseling Center, Orientation, Campus Activities, the Student Union, 
Resident Life, and Commuter Affairs), with units in Academic Affairs (such as Advis- 
ing, Career Development, Admissions, and Experiential Learning), and with units in 
University College. Fieldwork may also be done at a wide variety of school systems, 
counseling services, and mental health agencies in the Maryland/District of Columbia area. 

In addition to campus and Department resources, students also utilize the many major 
research and professional institutions of relevance to the counseling and personnel ser- 
vices field which are easily accessible to the campus. These include the Library of Con- 
gress, the National Library of Medicine, the National Institutes of Health and of Educa- 
tion, the American Psychological Association, and the American Association for Counsel- 
ing and Development. 

Financial Assistance 

The Department offers several graduate assistantships, and paid experiences 
have been arranged for some students in the Department with a variety of on- 
campus and off-campus agencies. 

Additional Information 

Individual brochures describing the curriculum of each professional entry-level and each 
doctoral specialization may be obtained by writing or calling (301) 454-2026 the 
Department. 

For courses, see code EDCP. 

Criminal Justice and Criminology Program (CRIM) 

(Institute of Criminal Justice and Criminology) 

Director and Professor: Well ford 

Professor Emeritus: Lejins 

Professors: Loftin, Sherman 

Associate Professors: Ingraham, Maida, Paternoster, Smith 

Assistant Professors: Simpson 

The program of graduate study leading to Master of Arts and Doctor of Philosophy 
degrees in the area of Criminal Justice and Criminology is intended to prepare students 



Criminal Justice and Criminology Program (CRIM) 105 



for research, teaching, and professional employment in the operational agencies in the 
field of criminal justice. This program combines an intensive background in a social science 
discipline such as criminology, criminal justice, sociology, psychology, public administra- 
tion, etc., with graduate-level study of selected aspects of the criminal justice field. 

A study recently completed of Institute M.A. and Ph.D. alumni reveals that Master's 
degree graduates have found employment in both public and private institutions in vir- 
tually every kind of activity associated with the criminal justice system: research; teaching; 
federal, state, and local law enforcement; courts; corrections; private security; funded 
programs; etc. Ph.D. graduates have found employment mostly in teaching, research, 
and as administrators in government agencies. 

Admission and Degree Information 

In addition to the general Graduate School requirements, special admission requirements 
include the Graduate Record Examination Aptitude Test, a major in a social science 
discipline, and 9 hours of course work in the appropriate area of criminal justice. For 
the M.A. applicant, the undergraduate social science major must have included at least 
one course each in theory, statistics, and research methods. The Ph.D. applicant must 
have completed two statistics, two research methods, and two theory courses, one of each 
being at the master's level. Admission to the Ph.D. program presupposes completion of 
the M.A. degree. At the discretion of the Graduate Admissions Committee of the In- 
stitute, deficiencies in some of the above areas may be made up by noncredit work at 
the beginning of the program. 

Students enrolled in the M.A. program have two options: a criminology option and 
a criminal justice option. The general plan of study for both options is as follows: thirty 
(30) semester hours of courses consisting of: 1) at least 6 appropriate level courses in 
criminology and criminal justice, three of which are required courses which must be passed 
with a "B" or better; 2) a graduate level course in statistics, the course to be selected from 
an approved list; 3) 6 credit hours of either thesis credit or additional course work depen- 
ding on the option selected by the student; and 4) one elective course. The student has 
a choice between a M.A. degree with a thesis or an M.A. degree without thesis but with 
some additional requirements. 

For completion of the Ph.D. degree, in addition to the general Graduate School Ph.D. 
requirements, competence in research methodology and in quantitative techniques is ex- 
pected, as well as competence in the general theory of the criminal justice field and in 
the specialization area selected by the student. The necessary course work is determined 
on the basis of the student's previous preparation, needs, and interests. The candidate 
is required to pass comprehensive examinations. 

Financial Assistance 

Graduate teaching assistantships are available on a competitive basis. Further, graduate 
research assistantships are sometimes available for graduate students to participate in 
research projects directed by faculty members and funded by outside sources. 

Additional Information 

A brochure describing the Institute of Criminal Justice and Criminology and its pro- 
grams is available upon request. Inquiries should be directed to: 
Graduate Program Coordinator 
Institute of Criminal Justice 



106 Criminal Justice and Criminology Program (CRIM) 



University of Maryland 
College Park, MD 20742 

For courses, see code CRIM and CJUS. 

Curriculum and Instruction Program (EDCI) 

Chair: 

Professors: Arends, E.G. Campbell, Fein, Fey 5 , Folstrom', Gambrell, Garner, Holliday, 

Jantz, Johnson, Layman 6 , Lockard 2 , Roderick, Weaver, Wilson 

Associate Professors: Amershek, Borko, Brigham, P. Campbell, Cirrincione 3 , Craig, 

Davey, Davidson, DeLorenzo, Dreher, Eley, Farrell 4 , Heidelbach, Henkelman, Herman, 

Klein, McCaleb 7 , McWhinnie 8 , Saracho, Slater 

Assistant Professors: Gillingham, Graeber, Krajcik, Markham, H. Williams 9 

oint appointment with Music 

oint appointment with Botany 

oint appointment with Geography 

oint appointment with History 

oint appointment with Mathematics 

oint appointment with Physics 

oint appointment with Communication Arts and Theatre 

oint appointment with Housing and Applied Design 

oint appointment with Library and Information Services 

The Department offers programs leading to the following degrees or certificates: Master 
of Arts (thesis and non-thesis), Master of Education, Advanced Graduate Specialist, Doc- 
tor of Education, and Doctor of Philosophy. The Department offers a variety of pro- 
grams individually designed to meet the personal and professional goals of graduate 
students. These goals may include educational research, teaching, supervising, providing 
leadership as curriculum specialists within the disciplines, teacher education or consulting 
at all levels of instruction; early childhood, elementary, secondary, and higher educa- 
tion. Programs are offered to meet the needs of professionals in school and non-school 
settings. All programs are available on the College Park Campus; some programs are 
available in off campus centers. 

Areas of emphasis include art education, early childhood education (birth to eight years 
of age), elementary education, history/social studies education, language education 
(English education, foreign language education, teaching English as a second language, 
speech and theater education), mathematics education, music education, professional 
development (teacher education and staff development), reading education, science educa- 
tion, and uses of computers in education. 

Admission and Degree Information 

The master's degree programs require a minimum of 30 to 36 semester hours, the A.G.S. 
diploma program 60 hours beyond the bachelor's degree, and the doctorate a planned 
sequence of approximately 60 semester hours beyond the master's degree. 

Programs include both theory and practicum, professional work, research, and academic 
courses. There are no foreign language requirements unless the dissertation is on a topic 
that requires it. Admission requirements for the master's program include a 3.0 



Curriculum and Instruction Program (EDCI) 107 



undergraduate grade point average and submission of the Miller Analogies Test or the 
Graduate Record Examination test scores. Admission to an A.G.S. or Doctoral program 
requires a 3.5 grade point average in previous graduate studies and either a 3.0 
undergraduate grade point average or at least a 40 percentile on the Miller Analogies Test 
or Graduate Record Examination. 

Master's degree students are required to take a 6 hour comprehensive examination near 
the end of their program. Doctoral students are required to take a preliminary examina- 
tion, after approximately 12 semester hours of work and a comprehensive examination 
near the completion of the program. An oral examination in defense of the dissertation 
constitutes the final step in completing the doctorate. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

Special facilities in the Department of Curriculum and Instruction to support graduate 
study and research include the Micro Teaching and Decision Making Laboratory, the 
Center for Mathematics Education, the Center for Young Children, the Reading Center, 
and the Science Teaching Center. Additional facilities in the College of Education in- 
clude the Educational Technology Center, the Curriculum Laboratory, and Teacher 
Education Centers in local schools. 

Financial Assistance 

A number of graduate assistantships are available in the Department of Curriculum 
and Instruction. These assistants work with research, supervision of student teachers, 
and teaching undergraduate classes. 

Additional Information 

Write or call the Department (301) 454-7346 for more specific information about the 
various programs. 

For courses, see code EDCI. 

Economics Program (ECON) 

Professor and Chair: Straszheim 

Professors: Aaron, Adams, Almon, Baily, Betancourt, Brechling, Clague, Cumberland, 

Harris, Hulten, Kelejian, McGuire, Mueller, Murrell, Myers, Oates, Olson, Polakoff, 

Schultze, Wonnacott 

Professors Emeriti: Bergmann, Dillard, Gruchy, O'Connell, Ulmer 

Associate Professors: Xbraham, Bennett, Coughlin, Cropper, Haltiwanger, Knight, 

Meyer, Panagariya, Prucha, Schwab, Weinstein 

Assistant Professors: Anderson, Evans, Haliassos, Kessides, Lyon, Ouliaris, Wallis 

Programs are offered leading to the Master of Arts and Doctor of Philosophy degrees. 
Areas of specialization include: economic theory, advanced macro, advanced micro, com- 
parative economic systems and planning, econometrics, economic development economic 
development, economic history, environmental and natural resource economics, history 
of economic thought, industrial organization, institutional economics, international 
economics, labor economics, monetary economics, public choice, public finance, regional 
economics, and urban economics. 

Admission and Degree Information 

Applicants should have taken (or should plan to take immediately) advanced 



108 Economics Program (ECON) 



undergraduate courses in microeconomics, macroeconomics, and statistics. Applicants 
are expected to have two or more semesters in calculus and additional mathematics. In 
addition, the Aptitude Test section of the Graduate Record Examination is required and 
the Advanced Economics Test is strongly recommended. Letters of recommendation from 
three persons competent to judge the probability of the applicant's success in graduate 
school should be sent directly to the Director of Graduate Studies in Economics. Part- 
time graduate study is not encouraged since few courses are taught at night. 

The Master of Arts degree in Economics may be taken under either the thesis option 
(24 hours plus a thesis) or the non-thesis option (30 hours, including Economics 621-622, 
a written examination in economic theory, and a research paper). The requirements for 
the non-thesis option for the M. A. are met automatically in the course of the Ph.D. pro- 
gram in Economics. 

The main requirements of the Ph.D. program are (1) a written examination in economic 
theory, normally taken in at the beginning of the second year of study, (2) written ex- 
aminations in two selected fields, (3) completion of a sequence of work in econometrics, 
and (4) a dissertation. Additional work in theory, methods, and fields is normally ex- 
pected. In the third year, students commence directed research by participation in 
workshops appropriate to their dissertation research. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

The graduate program in Economics is a comprehensive one. The Department possesses 
unique strength in the Economics of the Public Sector and Public Choice. The Depart- 
ment has general strengths in industrial organizations, macroeconomics, natural resources 
and the environment, international economics and economic development, and other ap- 
plied areas. Special research projects under the supervision of faculty members are car- 
ried on in inter-industry forecasting and other fields. 

Financial Assistance 

Research assistantships are available in special projects. Numerous teaching assistant- 
ships are also available. The Department can usually help graduate students find part- 
time employment in federal agencies engaged in economic research. There are a limited 
number of fellowships available, including several for members of groups presently under- 
represented among economists. 

Additional Information 

A complete description of the requirements of the degrees in economics and the ad- 
mission process is available on request from: 

Director of Graduate Studies in Economics 
Department of Economics 
University of Maryland 
College Park, MD 20742 

For courses, see code ECON. 

Education Policy, Planning, and Administration Program (EDPA) 

Professor and Chair: Warren 

Professors: V. Anderson (Emeritus), Andrews, Berdahl, Berman, Birnbaum, Carbone, 

Chait, Dudley, Finkelstein, Male, McClure (Emeritus), McLoone, Newell (Emeritus), 

Stephens 



Education Policy, Planning, and Administration Program (EDPA) 109 

Associate Professors: Agre, Clague, Goldman, Hopkins, Huden, Lindsay, Noll, Selden, 

Schmidtlein, Splaine 

Assistant Professor: Heid, Leak 

Affiliate Assistant Professors: Edelstein, Gilmour, McKay 

The Department of Education Policy, Planning, and Administration offers programs 
of study for the M.A., M.Ed., Ed.D., and Ph.D. degrees as well as for the Advanced 
Graduate Specialist (A.G.S.) certificate. Areas of specilization include: administration 
and supervision, curriculum theory and development, education policy, higher and adult 
education, and social foundations of education. Ed.D. programs are offered at several 
off-campus sites and also on the College Park campus. Programs are tailored to students' 
objective and backgrounds. Graduates enter careers in research, administration, policy 
making, planning, supervision, or teaching in public or private schools, adult and higher 
education, non-school educational settings, government agencies, or community organiza- 
tions. Some graduates find career opportunities in other countries or with international 
organizations dealing with education. 

Admission and Degree Information 

Admission requirements for the master's program requires a 3.0 undergraduate grade 
point average and the submission of the Miller Analogies Test or the Graduate Record 
Examination test scores. Admission to an A.G.S. or Doctoral program requires a 3.5 
grade point average in previous graduate studies, a 3.0 undergraduate grade point average, 
and at least a 40 percentile on the Miller Analogies Test or Graduate Record Examina- 
tion. Selective screening of qualified applicants is necessary to limit enrollment to the 
available faculty resources. Doctoral students take a preliminary examination early in 
their programs. All graduate students take comprehensive examinations. 

A research, teaching, or administrative internship is required in most Department pro- 
grams. The internship is performed under faculty supervision in schools, colleges, or agen- 
cies appropriate to the student's professional interests. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

The Department has established liaison with area schools, colleges, and local, state, 
and federal education agencies which facilitate the use of these agencies for research and 
field experiences. Embassies in Washington, D.C. provide access to materials for the study 
of foreign education systems. Associated with the Department are the National Center 
for Postsecondary Governance and Finance, International Center for the Study of Educa- 
tion Policy and Human Values, Comparative Education Center, Institute for Research 
in Higher and Adult Education, Research and Development Laboratory on School-Based 
Administration, and Center for Curriculum Development and Change. 

Financial Assistance 

Some graduate assistantships are available to qualified graduate students. 
Additional Information 
For information and a Departmental brochure, please write to the Department Chair. 
For courses, see code EDPA. 



110 Electrical Engineering Program (ENEE) 



Electrical Engineering Program (ENEE) 

Professor and Chair: Destler 

Professors: Baras, Barbe, Blankenship, Chu, Davis, Davisson, DeClaris, Emad, 

Ephremides, Frey, Granatstein, Harger, Hochuli, Ja'Ja', Krishnaprasad, Lee, Levine, 

Ligomenides, Lin, Mayergoyz, Newcomb, Ott, Peckerar, Rabin, Reiser, Rhee, Slaughter, 

Striffler, Taylor, Zaki 

Associate Professors: Abed, Antonsen, Chen, Dagenais, Farvardin, Geraniotis, Gligor, 

Goldhar, Ho, Makowski, Menyuk, Nakajima, Narayan, Oruc, Pugsley, Shayman, Silio, 

Tits, Tretter 

Assistant Professors: Chang, Fuja, Goldsman, Iliadis, Ioannou, Lawson, Menezes, 

Milchberg, Papamarcou, Shamma, Webb 

The Electrical Engineering Department offers graduate programs leading to the M.S. 
and Ph.D. degrees. A diverse offering of courses, seminars, colloquia, and thesis guidance 
encompasses a broad spectrum of topics. Specialization is possible in communication (ran- 
dom processes; detection, estimation, coding and information theories; digital signal pro- 
cessing; optical communications; communication networks; and remote sensing systems), 
computers (computer architecture, networking, and digital system design; operating 
systems; and software engineering), control (computer-aided design; nonlinear, sampled 
data, and distributed parameter systems; system optimization; and optimal and stochastic 
control), electrophysics (electromagnetic theory, intense charged-particle beams and ap- 
plications to accelerators and high-power microwave generation, quantum electronics, 
millimeter-and microwave-antenna and optical engineering, lasers, nonlinear optics, 
chemical physics, and biophysics), and microelectronics (circuits and devices; VLSI and 
computer-aided design; microwave and integrated circuits, semiconductor materials, and 
technology). 

Joint programs are maintained with the mathematics, physics and computer science 
departments and the chemical physics, material science, and transportation programs. 
Opportunities for programs of study in conjunction with many national laboratories and 
technical facilities also exist. The Department has active theoretical research projects in 
optical communication, communication networks, coding theory, traffic control, remote 
sensing, solar energy conversion devices, and many other areas. 

Employment opportunities for graduates of the Department have been exceptionally 
rich in recent years. Private industry, research laboratories, government agencies and labs, 
and academic institutions have been hiring at virtually unprecedented rates. This strong 
demand should continue through the coming decade. The accompanying salary scales 
have been, and should continue to be very attractive. The growing demand for engineer- 
ing faculty has created a large number of opportunities for those interested in teaching 
careers. 
Admission and Degree Requirements 

The present minimum requirement for admission to the Graduate School as an Elec- 
trical Engineering student is graduation from an ABET accredited undergraduate pro- 
gram in electrical engineering with a B or better grade point average, or similar 
undergraduate preparation in mathematics, computer science, physics, or other areas of 
engineering or science. 

Requirements for the master's thesis and non-thesis options are those of the Graduate 
School. All requirements must be completed within 5 years. 

Requirements for the Ph.D. degree include a minimum of 42 semester hours of graduate 
approved courses, the Ph.D. qualifying examination, and completion of all dissertation 



Electrical Engineering Program (ENEE) 111 



and oral examination requirements. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

Modern research and project laboratories in the Department support a wide variety 
of research. They include a microprocessor development laboratory, a gas laser laboratory 
(He-Ne and C02) laser stability and lifetime studies and applications), quantum elec- 
tronics laboratories (nonlinear optics, laser sensors, molecular energy transfer processes, 
and laser millimeter wave systems), and electromagnetic laboratory (millimeter and 
microwave systems and interactions and dielectrometry), a semiconductor research 
laboratory with a clean room and a complete set of characterization equipment and techni- 
ques, and a charged-particle beam laboratory that includes four intense relativistic elec- 
tron beam facilities as well as state-of-the-art equipment for vacuum component pro- 
cessing. Computational support is provided through an integrated campuswide com- 
munications network that provides access for Departmental IBM and Zenith personal 
computers and other terminals to the University's Unisys 1100/92 and IBM 3081 com- 
puter systems, national and international packet switching nets, and the department's 
VAX- 11/785, Pyramid 90X, and Ridge-32 computers, the several Micro VAX and Sun 
Workstations, and associated peripherals, including laser printers and fileservers. The 
communications and signal processing laboratory has a Masscomp 5500 computer and 
an IIS S575 image processing system, and the VLSI design facility is supported with 
VALID work stations. A complete engineering library is housed nearby in conjunction 
with the mathematics, computer, and physical science collections. 

Financial Assistance 

Financial aid is available to graduate students in the form of Graduate Research 
Assistantships, Graduate Teaching Assistantships, and Fellowships. Applications for 
Graduate Research and Teaching Assistantships should be completed and sent to the Elec- 
trical Engineering Office of Graduate Studies. 

Graduate Research Assistantships are awarded subject to availability of funds and are 
renewed subject to satisfactory research progress. Summer appointments are often 
available. 

Graduate Teaching Assistantships are usually awarded in April. Preference is given 
to United States citizens. Duties may include laboratory teaching assignments, assistance 
in the computation facility, or assistance in courses. Teaching Assistants must register 
for at least nine credit hours per semester. 

Graduate Research Fellowships are available for highly qualified applicants in a number 
of areas. 

Local industries and government agencies have work-study programs in which about 
half of the Electrical Engineering graduate student body participates. Application should 
be made directly to the agencies. 

Additional Information 

Special brochures or publications offered by the Department may be obtained by writing 
to this address: 

Electrical Engineering Office of Graduate Studies 

University of Maryland 

College Park, MD 20742 
For courses, see code ENEE. 



112 Engineering Materials Program (ENMA) 



Engineering Materials Program (ENMA) 

Professor and Director: Wuttig 

Professor and Dean: Dieter 

Professor and Department Chair: Roush 

Professors: Armstrong, Arsenault 

Assistant Professors: Ankem, Salamanca- Young, Lloyd 

Associate Faculty: Park 

Chemical and Nuclear Engineering 

College of Engineering 

Mechanical Engineering 

Physics and Astronomy 

The Engineering Materials program is administered by the Department of Chemical 
and Nuclear Engineering. Special areas of concentration include diffraction, dislocation 
and mechanical behavior of materials, x-ray and electron microscopic techniques, elec- 
tronic and magnetic behavior of materials and of thin films, phase transformations, the 
chemical physics of materials, and the properties and behavior of polymeric materials. 

Admission and Degree Information 

The programs leading to the M.S. and Ph.D. degrees are open to qualified students 
holding the B.S. degree. Admission may be granted to students with degrees in any of 
the engineering and science areas from accredited programs. In some cases it may be 
necessary to require courses to fulfill this background. The candidate for the M.S. degree 
has the choice of following a plan of study with thesis or without thesis. The equivalent 
of at least three years of full-time study beyond the B.S. degree is required for the Ph.D. 
degree. All students seeking graduate degrees in Engineering Materials must enroll in 
ENMA 650, 660 and 67 1 . In addition to the general rules of the Graduate School, certain 
special degree requirements are set forth by the Department in their departmental 
publications. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

Special equipment available includes scanning and transmission, electron microscopes, 
x-ray diffraction equipment, crystal growing, sample preparation and mechanical testing 
facilities, and high pressure and cryogenic equipment. 

Additional Information 

Information is available from: 

Director 

Engineering Materials Program 

Department of Chemical and Nuclear Engineering 

University of Maryland 

College Park, MD 20742 
For courses, see code ENMA. 

English Language and Literature Program (ENGL) 

Professor and Chair: David 

Professors: Bryer, Cross, David, Freedman, Holton, Howard, Isaacs, Jellema, Kornblatt, 
Lawson, Miller, Panichas, Peterson, Plumly, Russell, Salamanca, Schoenbaum, 
Trousdale, Vitzthum, Winton 



English Language and Literature Program (ENGL) 113 



Associate Professors: Auchard, Barry, Beauchamp, Bennett, Birdsall, Caramello, Car- 
retta, Cate, Coleman, Coletti, Coogan, Cooper, David, Donawerth, Fahnestock, Flieger, 
Fraistat, Fry, D. Hamilton, G. Hamilton, Hammond, Handelman, Herman, Kauffman, 
Kleine, Lanser, Leinvvand, Loizeaux, Mack, Marcuse, Norman, Pearson, Peterson, Robin- 
son, Wilson, Wyatt 

Assistant Professors: Auerbach, Cartwright, Collier, Dobin, Grant-Davie, James, Leonar- 
di, Levine, Moser, Rutherford, Smith, Van Egmond 

The Department of English offers graduate work leading to the degrees of Master of 
Arts and Doctor of Philosophy with areas of specialization in English and American 
literature. In addition, candidates for the M.A. degree may take a minor in composition 
and rhetoric, and they may emphasize creative writing (up to 15 hours, including a creative 
thesis, out of 30). Traditionally most students enrolled in graduate programs in English 
Language and Literature have sought employment in post secondary teaching. Although 
this situation continues today, an increasing number of students are finding it desirable 
to seek non-academic employment. The non-academic areas that attract most of these 
students include publishing, business and technical writing, administration and person- 
nel management. For the student who decides to seek one of these alternatives, the Univer- 
sity of Maryland offers a Career Development Center which helps place students in careers 
suitable to their interests and to their level of educational achievement. 

Admission and Degree Information 

In addition to the general Graduate School requirements, applicants to the M.A. pro- 
gram should present a 3.0 GPA in English and 24 hours of upper-level English courses. 
Applicants to the Ph.D. program should present a 3.7 GPA and an M.A. degree in English. 
All applicants should submit a writing sample to the Office of the Director of Graduate 
Studies. Exceptions are occasionally made when other evidence is unusually strong. 

Thirty credit hours are required for the M.A.; there is a distribution requirement to 
assure coverage of the major historical fields. The student may either take 24 hours of 
course credit and write an M.A. thesis for the other 6 hours, or may take 30 hours and 
pass a written comprehensive examination. 

The Ph.D. requires a total of 51 hours of graduate work (normally 21 hours beyond 
the M.A.). There are three further requirements: 1) a two-part exam (written and oral) 
in the student's two chosen areas of specialization; 2) an examination in a foreign language; 
and 3) the dissertation. 

Applicants to the Ph.D. program must have an M.A. Applicants who wish to pursue 
a Ph.D. but do not have an M.A. must apply to the M.A. program. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

In addition to drawing on the cultural and intellectual resources of Washington, D.C., 
the English Department is an active participant in the Folger Institute of Renaissance 
and 18th Century Studies. Folger Institute fellowships have been awarded to advanced 
graduate students in the English Department. 

Financial Assistance 

A small number of fellowships are awarded by the Graduate School to candidates 
nominated by the various departments. Most financial aid is in the form of teaching 
assistantships (two courses of composition per semester) which are awarded by the Depart- 
ment in March. At present about 90 assistantships are awarded each year, of which about 



114 English Language and Literature Program (ENGL) 



25 go to new students or to others who have not held them previously. 

Additional Information 

Additional information on admission, financial aid, and degree requirements can be 
obtained from: 

John Howard 

Director of Graduate Studies 

Department of English 

University of Maryland 

College Park, MD 20742 
For courses, see code ENGL. 

Entomology Program (ENTM) 

Professor and Chair: Steinhauer 

Professors: Barbosa, Bottrell, Davidson, Denno, Jubb, Menzer, Messersmith, Wood 

Associate Professors: Armstrong, Dively, Hellman, Linduska, Ma, Mitter, Nelson, Raupp, 

Reichelderfer, Scott 

Assistant Professors: Lamp 

Adjunct Professors: Coddington, Erwin, Ferguson, Gwadze, Hsu, Miller, Thompson, 

Raina 

Professors Emeritus: Bickley, Bissell, Haviland, Jones, Harrison 

The Department of Entomology offers both the M.S. and Ph.D. degrees. Graduate 
students may specialize in physiology and morphology, toxicology, biosystematics, ecology 
and behavior, medical entomology, apiculture, insect pathology, economic entomology, 
and pest management. 

Employment opportunities for graduates exist in industry; academia; federal, state and 
local governments; and in international and national spheres. 

Admission and Degree Information 

Students applying for graduate work in entomology are expected to have strong 
backgrounds in the biological sciences, chemistry, and mathematics. Since the Depart- 
ment is particularly anxious to find strong basic preparation, an undergraduate major 
in entomology is not required for admission to the program. Students lacking certain 
specific courses in their undergraduate program may need to extend the normal period 
of time required for the degree. 

In the M.S. and Ph.D. programs, the student is given great latitude in the selection 
of the advisory study committee, choice of the major study areas and supporting course 
work, and choice of the research program. The M.S. degree is awarded following the 
successful completion of the course requirements and a satisfactory thesis. A non-thesis 
M.S. option is available for those interested in qualifying as pest management specialists. 
In this program a field experience course including a comprehensive report is substituted 
for the thesis. 

Upon admission to the M.S. or Ph.D. program, the student is given a departmental ex- 
amination to evaluate general knowledge of biology and entomology. After passing this 
examination the student's study committee suggests a program of course work and approves 
a detailed research proposal. Following completion of most course work the Ph.D. stu- 
dent is given an oral qualifying examination before applying for admission to candidacy. 



Entomology Program 115 



Facilities and Special Resources 

Facilities are maintained in the Department for research in all areas of specialization 
offered. In addition, cooperative programs with other departments in Agriculture and 
Life Sciences are possible. Cooperative research programs are often maintained by the 
Department with several government agencies such as the Beltsville Agricultural Research 
Center, the U.S. National Museum of Natural History, and the Walter Reed Army In- 
stitute of Research. Students may also participate in the Maryland Center for Systematic 
Entomology where cooperative guidance toward advanced degrees has been established 
between the Department and scientists in the Insect Identification and Beneficial Insect 
Introduction Institute, U.S.D.A. and the Department of Entomology, Smithsonian In- 
stitution. Specialized facilities are frequently made available to graduate students in these 
programs. In many instances graduates of the programs in entomology find employment 
in such government agencies because of the contacts made in these cooperative projects. 

Financial Assistance 

There are a number of teaching and research assistantships available to entomology 
graduate students on a competitive basis. Several part-time employment opportunities 
are available in governmental and private research and developmental laboratories in the 
area. 

Additional Information 

The Department's "Guidelines for Graduate Students" gives additional information on 
the graduate program, including requirements for admission, course requirements, ex- 
aminations, seminars, and research areas and facilities. Copies are available from: 
Department of Entomology 
University of Maryland 
College Park, MD 20742 
For courses, see code ENTM. 

Family and Community Development Program (FMCD) 

Professor and Chair: Billingsley 

Professors: Gaylin, Hanna, Koblinsky 

Associate Professors: Anderson, Epstein, Myricks, Rubin 

Assistant Professors: Churaman, Leslie, Randolph 

Lecturers: Werlinich 

The Department of Family and Community Development is devoted to describing, ex- 
plaining, and improving the quality of family life by means of research, education, com- 
munity outreach, and public service. The curriculum places special emphasis upon the 
family and the community as mediating structures in determining life quality. The ap- 
proach is holistic, i.e., human ecology. Departmental graduate training prepares students 
for jobs in research centers; consulting firms; voluntary and non-profit organizations; 
federal, state, and local governments; business enterprises; and private practice. 

The Department offers a Master of Science degree with individually designed areas 
of emphasis. These include a working knowledge of the growth of individuals throughout 
the life span, with particular emphases on inter-generational aspects of family living and 
the effective delivery of family-oriented services: A specialization in marriage and family 
therapy is offered (accredited by the American Association for Marriage and Family 



116 Family and Community Development Program (FMCD) 



Therapy) which draws upon knowledge of family dynamics and change using the clinical 
techniques of therapy and consultation. Courses are available for students interested in 
the processes and methods of change for improving community services that impact upon 
families. A student may focus on the efficient utilization of available family and com- 
munity resources, the relationship between available resources and governmental (and 
private sector) policies, and the development of expanded resources through citizen ac- 
tion. Specializations include management of human service programs, family policy 
analysis, and consumer affairs. The Family Service Center provides clinical services to 
several hundred families. The Family Research Center is the research facility for the study 
of family life. 
Admission and Degree Information 

The Department employs the general policies of the Graduate School as the basic criteria 
for admission to the Master's program. In addition, it is required that individuals take 
the Aptitude section of the GRE and have adequate undergraduate preparation in one 
or more of the following areas: anthropology, economics, geography, family develop- 
ment, planning, political science, psychology, public administration, social work, 
sociology, or urban studies. A course in elementary statistics at the undergraduate level 
is required for graduation. 

The Master's program is 30 hours with additional hours for those in the Marriage and 
Family Therapy specialization. The student may choose either the thesis or non-thesis 
option. A student selecting the thesis option is required to enroll for six hours of thesis 
research. For the non-thesis option, a student will complete 30 hours of course work and 
take oral and written comprehensive examinations. 

Financial Assistance 

Due to the limited number of available Graduate Assistantships and the high demand 
for these positions, application for financial aid should be made prior to April 1st for 
the fall semester of the coming year. 

Additional Information 

Further information regarding this program can be obtained by contacting the Depart- 
ment directly; telephone (301) 454-2142. 

For courses, see code FMCD. 

Food Science Program (FDSC) 

Professor and Chair: Westhoff 

Professors: Bean, Bender, Cook, Heath, Johnson, Keeny (Emeritus), King (Emeritus), 

Mattick (Emeritus), Quebedeaux, Soares, Solomos, Twigg (Emeritus), Vijay, Westhoff, 

Wheaton 

Associate Professors: Chai, Doerr, Schlimme, Stewart Assistant Professor: Kantor, 

Marshall 

Visiting Lecturers: Bednarczyk, Elehwany, Gillette, Shehata, Solomon, Weeks 

The Food Science Program offers the Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy 
degrees. The Program is interdepartmental with participation or support from the Depart- 
ments of Animal Sciences, Horticulture, Botany, Poultry Science, Agricultural Engineer- 
ing, Chemistry, MicroBiology, Agricultural and Resource Economics, and the Sea Food 
Processing Laboratory of the Environmental and Estuarine Studies Center. Programs 



Food Science Program (FDSE) 117 



of study and research are individually planned with the student and an appropriate com- 
mittee. Areas of study encompass animal, plant, seafood, and fabricated food products. 
Specialization is available in food microbiology and fermentations, food chemistry and 
biochemistry, quality assurance, food engineering and product development, nutritional 
evaluation, food sanitation, packaging, and distribution. 

Employment opportunities for M.S. and Ph.D. degree graduates are excellent. Students 
are employed in federal and state regulatory agencies, research and development 
laboratories, quality assurance laboratories, chemistry and microbiological laboratories, 
and food production plants. Ph.D. graduates normally accept positions in academia with 
teaching and research assignments or in upper management positions in above listed 
laboratories or federal agencies. Salaries are competitive. 

Admission and Degree Information 

In addition to minimum Graduate School requirements, the Aptitude Test of the GRE 
is required. The Food Science Admissions Committee evaluates and makes recommen- 
dations on all applications based on academic and professional experience and letters 
of recommendations (at least 3 required). When feasible the Committee may conduct 
a personal interview. In the absence of a bachelor's degree in Food Science or Food 
Technology, a strong background in physical and biological sciences is recommended. 
Inadequate prerequisites will result in a requirement to complete a remedial program to 
remove all deficiencies. Program requirements are as follows: 1) Food Science (the 
equivalent of the following courses): FDSC 412, 413, Principles of Food Processing; FDSC 
421, 423, Food Chemistry; FDSC 430, 434, Food Microbiology; FDSC 431, Food Quali- 
ty Control; 2) Biochemistry: minimum of 3 hours graduate credit; 3) Colloquium (seminar): 
attendance each semester and at least 2 presentations for credit during the program of 
study; and 4) provisional admission requirements must be satisfied in the time period 
designated. 

For the M.S. degree, students must complete the program of study approved by their 
committee which will include the minimum requirements. Students entering the Program 
without a background in Food Science must complete all FDSC course deficiencies in 
order to obtain the M.S. degree. For the M.S. with thesis, a research proposal must be 
submitted to the student's committee for review and approval by the end of the second 
semester of study. Students who for various reasons or circumstances cannot readily satisfy 
the thesis research requirement may select the M.S. non thesis option. This requires 6 
additional hours of courses at the 600 level in addition to the program requirements above. 
A scholarly paper on a subject approved by the committee must be prepared and presented 
at a regular FDSC colloquium. A final comprehensive examination, including defense 
of the scholarly paper, will be conducted by the student's committee. Part of this ex- 
amination will be written. The above programs should be completed within 3 semesters 
and a summer session. 

For admission to the doctoral program the M.S. degree is not required but is generally 
recommended. Students completing an M.S. degree in the FDSC Program, UMCP must 
receive a favorable recommendation from the M.S. degree final examining committee. 
Students admitted from outside the FDSC Program, UMCP will be examined orally by 
their committee as a basis for developing a suitable program of study. The student must 
complete a program of study as approved by the student's committee including re- 
quirements of the Graduate School and FDSC Program. There is no required number 
of hours of course work. Programs are developed based on the individual needs of each 



118 Food Science Program (FDSE) 



student. A proposal for dissertation research will be presented to the student's committee 
for review and approval by the end of the third semester of study. A comprehensive oral 
examination will be conducted by the committee and other interested faculty members 
after substantial completion of the program of study and usually before the end of the 
fourth semester. Satisfactory performance in this examination is required before recom- 
mendation for admission to candidacy is granted. Each student will assist in teaching 
at least one course regardless of whether employed as a graduate assistant. The candidate 
will defend the dissertation before a committee of at least 5 members appointed by the 
Dean for Graduate Studies. The candidate's advisor is usually chair of the committee. 
It is recommended that the candidate prepare initial drafts of intended publications for 
review before the final examination. This program should be completed in 3 years or 
less depending on the candidate's previous background. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

The combined resources of the participating Departments are available for Food Science 
research. Laboratories, pilot plants, and equipment are located in the Animal Sciences 
Center, Holzapfel Hall, Turner Laboratory, and Shriver Hall. Facilities are available for 
the experimental processing of fruits, vegetables, poultry, red meat, and dairy products. 
A seafood processing facility is located off campus. Laboratories are equipped for 
microbiological, biochemical, biophysical, and engineering research including facilities 
for laboratory animals. Instrumentation includes gas-liquid chromatographs, atomic ab- 
sorption, spectrophotometers, electron microscope, radiosotope counters, amino acid 
analyzer, ultracentrifuge, fermenters, and controlled environment incubator. University 
research farms are available for both plant and animal production studies. Specialized 
facilities of nearby governmental and food industry laboratories are regularly made 
available for graduate student research. The National Agricultural Library is about 3 miles 
from the campus. The FDSC Program has an exchange agreement with the Food Science 
Department of the Central University of Venezuela for graduate study and research. 

Financial Assistance 

Teaching and research assistantships are made available by the participating Depart- 
ments. Financial support is also available from contracts and grants and by special ar- 
rangements with several nearby government laboratories and industry. 

Additional Information 

A detailed brochure, "Graduate Study in Food Science," is available and can be ob- 
tained by contacting: 

Dr. Dennis C. Westhoff 
Coordinator and Chair 
Food Science Program 
Animal Science Center 2113 
University of Maryland 
College Park, MD 20742 
Telephone: (301) 454-0431 
For courses, see code FDSC. 



French Language and Literature Program (FRIT) 119 



French Language and Literature Program (FRIT) 

Associate Professor and Chair: Tarica 

Professors: MacBain, Therrien 

Associate Professors: Black, Cottenet-Hage, Demaitre, Fink, Joseph, Russell, Verdaguer 

Assistant Professors: Ancekewicz, Brami, Falvo, Mossman 

The Department of French and Italian prepares students for the M.A. and Ph.D. degrees 
in French language and literature. The composition of the graduate faculty and the variety 
of course offerings make it possible for students to specialize in any period or movement 
of French literature or any aspect of the French language, with the consent of their 
advisors. 
Admission and Degree Information 

Entry into the M.A. program is open to students having a solid grounding in French 
language and literature. It is strongly recommended that all applicants, whether graduates 
of the University of Maryland or not, take the GRE General Examination. 

The students' knowledge of French is screened at the beginning of their first semester 
through a Language Proficiency Examination. In addition to evidence of independent 
scholarly research in the form of a thesis (thesis option) or a substantial research paper 
(non-thesis option), successful completion of the M.A. program involves passing a com- 
prehensive examination (a six hour written examination followed by a one hour oral ex- 
amination) in French literature and/or culture from the Middle Ages to the present. The 
M.A. program is generally completed in four semesters. 

Entry into the Ph.D. program is open to the most highly qualified and most highly 
motivated candidates who can show that individual research is their major interest and 
who give evidence of strong qualifications to pursue that interest. 

All applicants for the Ph.D. program (except M.A. graduates of this Department) must 
pass a three-part preliminary examination administered at the start of the first semester, 
consisting of an explication de textes, an essay, and an oral examination before being 
fully admitted to the program. They are then required to complete a program of seminars 
related to their field of interest and to pass three Qualifying Examinations and a Foreign 
Language Translation examination before being admitted to candidacy and beginning 
work on their dissertation. 
Facilities and Special Resources 

In addition to the University graduate and undergraduate libraries, the Department 
maintains a reference library. Area research facilities include the Library of Congress 
and the Folger Library (specializing in 16th, 17th, and 18th-century literature). The Depart- 
ment has a chapter of the National Honor Society, Phi Sigma Iota. 
Financial Assistance 

Financial support is available in the form of assistantships and fellowships. For infor- 
mation contact the Department of French and Italian. 
Additional Information 

For complete information concerning the Department's requirements set forth in the 
Guide to Graduate Programs in French write: 
Department of French and Italian 
Language and Literature 
University of Maryland 
College Park, MD 20742 

For courses, see code FRIT. 



120 Geography Program (GEOG) 



Geography Program (GEOG) 

Professor and Chair: 

Professors: Fonaroff 

Associate Professors: Brodsky, Christian, Groves, Kearney, Leatherman, Mitchell, 

Thompson, Wiedel 

Assistant Professors: Cirrincione, Goward, Lai, Marcus 

Lecturers: Broome, Chaves, Frieswyk 

Affiliate Faculty: Corsi 

The Department of Geography offers the Ph.D. and M.A. degrees. All degree-seeking 
graduate students are required to complete the following courses during their first full 
year of study: GEOG 483 (requires non-class time on campus), GEOG 600, GEOG 605, 
GEOG 610 (M.A. students only), and all prerequisites associated with these required 
courses. 

While progress in the graduate program is largely an individual matter, students enter- 
ing the Ph.D. should think of three years as the norm. The Department requires few par- 
ticular courses; students at both levels initiate their own program of course work and 
submit a plan of study for approval. 

Admission and Degree Information 

Incoming M.A. students are expected to have an undergraduate degree in geography. 
Students from other fields will be required to do additional remedial work. All graduate 
applicants should submit aptitude test scores of the Graduate Record Examination. 

The M.A. degree program can support specializations in: (1) physical geography- 
coastal and estuarine environments; (2) urban geography metropolitan analysis; (3) human 
geography, especially historical geography; and (4) geographical analysis — remote sensing- 
cartography-geographic information systems-spatial analysis, this must be taken in com- 
bination with a systematic concentration. Geography internships are encouraged for 
students in each specialization. 

All M.A. degree students will specialize by taking at least five courses in one of the 
four M.A. level specialty areas. In addition, each M.A. student will devise a three course 
nonspecialization designed to provide some breadth of knowledge in geography or in a 
related field; a regional or area-studies focus can be taken as part of the three course 
non-specialization. M.A. degree requirements are set at a minimum of 38 graduate credit 
hours. No more than 13 credit hours may be taken at the 400 level. 

M.A. students may take the six credit hour thesis or non-thesis, two paper option. 
Students specializing in remote sensing-cartography-geographic information systems- 
spatial analysis are expected to take the non-thesis, two paper option. The non-thesis 
option involves the preparation of two substantial research papers. All M.A. students 
take an oral examination defense of a research proposal and a final oral examination 
based either on the thesis or the first of the two research papers. 

The Ph.D. program provides for individual student specialization. Doctoral applicants 
must submit a written statement of study that is used to solicit faculty sponsors. Because 
of the degree of specialization inherent in Ph.D. study, the Department only considers 
applicants whose interests coincide with departmental faculty competence. 

For admission to the doctoral program, the Department normally requires a grade point 



Geography Program (GEOG) 121 



average higher than 3.0 and an M.A. degree from a recognized geography department, 
or competence in terms of fields of study and level of achievement comparable to the 
M.A. degree of the Department. A non M.A., direct Ph.D. program is possible by peti- 
tion from the student and upon approval of a faculty committee appointed by the Depart- 
ment Chair. 

After completion of formal course work requirements for the Ph.D., there is a two- 
part qualifying examination. Part one is a written examination in the student's two ma- 
jor fields of specialization. Part two is an oral examination evaluating the dissertation 
proposal. Upon satisfactory completion of the dissertation there is a final oral examination. 

Employment opportunities in applied geography, especially in the Washington, D.C. 
metropolitan area, while highly competitive, remain strong. Would-be practicing 
geographers should stress such marketable studies as remote sensing, cartography, com- 
puter cartography, geographic information services, international development, and loca- 
tional analysis. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

Departmental research facilities are contemporary and outstanding. They include car- 
tographic laboratories, a computer mapping and spatial analysis facility, a coastal geomor- 
phology laboratory, and remote sensing facilities. Numerous microcomputers are hous- 
ed in the Department. The Department publishes an Occasional Papers Series. 

Additional Information 

More detailed information on the M.A. and Ph.D. programs can be obtained from: 

Director of Graduate Studies 

Department of Geography 

1113 Lefrak Hall 

University of Maryland 

College Park, MD 20742 

Tel: (301) 454-2241 
For courses, see code GEOG. 

Dual Master's Degrees Programs in Geographic Information Systems 

This is a joint program of the College of Library and Information Services and the 
Department of Geography. It results in two master's degrees; the Master of Library Science 
(MLS) and the M.A. in Geography. The dual-degree program requires a minimum of 
56 graduate credit hours. For a full-time student, the program requires two years of in- 
tensive study. Admission to the program is competitive and students must apply separately 
and be admitted both to Library and Information Services and to Geography. Contact 
either the Department of Geography (301) 454-2241 or the College of Library and Infor- 
mation Services (301) 454-3016 for more information. 

Geology Program (GEOL) 

Professor and Chair: Chang 

Professor: 

Associate Professors: Candela, Ridky, Segovia, Siegrist, Stifel, Weidner, Wylie 

Assistant Professors: McLellan 

The Department of Geology offers graduate programs leading to the M.S. and Ph.D. 
degrees. Broad research interests among faculty members make study and research 



122 Geology Program (GEOL) 



available in all major fields of geological sciences with specialization in economic minerals, 
fuels, and deposits; engineering and environmental geology; experimental petrology and 
crystal chemistry; solution and trace element geochemistry; sedimentation; stratigraphy 
and paleontology; structural geology; and regional geology. 

Admission and Degree Information 

Qualified students with a major in geology as well as in physics, chemistry, biology 
and related sciences and engineering are invited to apply for admission to the graduate 
programs. There is no single prescribed curriculum for all graduate students. The entire 
course of study is individually developed for each student by his/her graduate program 
committee. All students are required to take an entrance examination, results from which 
are used to design their academic schedules. 

The M.S. degree is awarded following the successful completion of the course re- 
quirements and a satisfactory thesis. For the Ph.D. degree, requirements include satisfac- 
tory course work, a comprehensive examination, and completion of all dissertation and 
oral examination requirements. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

The Department has all standard laboratory equipment for rock, mineral, and fossil 
preparation and treatment. Special equipment includes a fully automated x-ray spec- 
trometer; an electron microprobe analyzer; x-ray diffractometers; atomic absorption spect- 
cophotometer research transmitted and reflected light microscopes; geophysical equip- 
ment of magnetic, seismic, resistivity and EM measurements; and a complete laboratory 
for mineral synthesis and phase equilibrium studies at high-temperatures and high-pressures 
including hydrothermal, internally-heated piston-cylinder, and Bridgman opposed-anvil 
systems. Extensive library, computer, and electron microscope facilities are available on 
campus for graduate research. 

The University of Maryland is located within the metropolitan area of Washington, 
D.C. and close to the city of Baltimore where a large number of outstanding institutions 
are located. These include the United States Geological Survey, Bureau of Mines, Depart- 
ment of Energy, Environmental Protection Agency, National Bureau of Standards, 
NASA's Goddard Space Flight Center, the Smithsonian Institution, the Carnegie Institute's 
Geophysical Laboratory and Department of Terrestrial Magnetism, and the Geological 
Survey of Maryland. Opportunities exist for programs of study in cooperation with many 
of these institutions. 

Financial Assistance 

Graduate students are eligible for Departmental teaching assistantships, Graduate School 
assistantships, and grant-supported fellowships and research assistantships. In addition, 
some curatorial, library, and other part-time work is available. 

Additional Information 

The Department's "Graduate Programs in Geology at Maryland" gives additional in- 
formation on the requirements, examinations, faculty research interests and publications, 
research facilities, and financial aids. Copies are available from: 
Department of Geology 
University of Maryland 
College Park, MD 20770 
For courses, see code GEOL. 



Germanic Language and Literature Program (GERS) 1 23 



Germanic Language and Literature Program (GERS) 

Professor and Chair: Davidson 

Professors: Beicken, Best, Jones (Emeritus), Oster, Pfister 
Associate Professors: Bilik, Fleck, Fredericksen 
Assistant Professors: Fagan, Strauch 

The Germanic Section of the Department of Germanic and Slavic Languages and 
Literatures offers programs of study leading to the M.A. and Ph.D. degrees. Specializa- 
tion includes the following areas: Language Pedagogy and Applied Linguistics; Germanic 
German Speaking Countries from the Renaissance to the Present. 

Admission and Degree Information 

In addition to the Graduate School requirements, candidates must have a bachelor's 
degree with an undergraduate major in German language and literature or the equivalent 
and fluency in the written and spoken language. Candidates for the doctorate must have 
a master's degree in Germanic Studies or in a related discipline, for example: German, 
Scandinavian Studies, Language Education, Medieval Studies, etc. 

Degree requirements for the M.A. (thesis option) are: 24 hours of course work, the 
thesis, and a written comprehensive examination. The M.A. (non-thesis option) requires 
30 hours of course work, a mini-thesis with oral defense, and a written comprehensive 
examination. For both options the comprehensives consist of four two-hour examina- 
tions based on the course work and the M.A. Reading List. 

Degree requirements for the Ph.D. are as follows: 1) completion of at least 30 hours 
of course work beyond the master's degree over a period of residency at the University 
of Maryland of at least one year, and a further 12 hours of dissertation research; 2) a 
reading skill examination in a language other than English or German, which may be 
another Germanic language or a language related to the candidate's research; 3) com- 
prehensive written examinations; 4) presentation of the dissertation topic to the Germanic 
Section graduate faculty before the topic is approved; and 5) the comprehensive 
examinations. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

In addition to its course offerings listed below, the Germanic Section of the Depart- 
ment of Germanic and Slavic Languages and Literatures sponsors the German Club, the 
University of Maryland Chapter of Delta Phil Alpha (the national German language 
honors society). Distinguished scholars and lecturers, as well as visiting professors, visit 
the metropolitan area and campus regularly. College Park's closeness to Washington, 
D.C. facilitates participation in the many cultural functions of the capital with its wealth 
of German and Scandinavian social groups and national societies. 

Financial Assistance 

The Germanic Section is able to contribute to the financial support of its graduate 
students in the form of teaching and non-teaching assistantships as well as several 
fellowship. 

Additional Information 

For further information write to: 
Director of Graduate Studies 
Department of Germanic and Slavic Languages and Literature 



124 Government and Politics Program (GVPT) 



University of Maryland 
College Park, MD 20742 
For courses, see code GERS. 

Government and Politics Program (GVPT) 

Professor and Chair: Quest er 

Professors: Azar, Butterworth, Claude, Davidson, Dawisha, Elkin, Glass, Hsueh, Maran- 

do, McNelly, Oppenheimer, Phillips, Piper, Piraqes, Reeves, Segal, Stone, Uslaner, 

Wilkenfeld 

Associate Professors: Alford, Glendening, Heisler, Mcintosh, Ranald, Soltan, Terchek 

Assistant Professors: Kaminski, Lalman, Lanning, McCarrick, Swistak 

The Department of Government and Politics offers programs leading to the degrees 
of Master of Arts and Doctor of Philosophy. Areas of specialization include American 
politics, comparative politics, international politics, political theory, political economy, 
public administration, public policy, public law, national security, and political 
development. 

Admission and Degree Information 

Master's degree candidates may select a thesis or a non-thesis option, both of which 
require six semester hours of political theory or political philosophy, six semester hours 
of methods courses, and a comprehensive examination in one field. Both options require 
a total 30 semester hours of credit. 

The doctoral program involves seminars, research, and opportunities for teaching ex- 
perience. Generally, students will be expected to complete 42 hours of graduate work 
including courses in political theory and methods which are required for all students. 
In consultation with an advisor, students will identify two fields of specialization and 
must pass comprehensive written examinations in both fields and complete a dissertation. 

Financial Assistance 

In addition to teaching assistantships, the Department also has a government intern- 
ship program for students interested in public administration and a limited and variable 
number of research positions with research grants. 

Additional Information 

Further information and a manual on graduate study can be secured from the Depart- 
ment's Office of the Director of Graduate Studies. 

For courses, see code GVPT. 
Health Education Program (HLTH) 

Professor and Chair: Gilbert 

Professors: Burt, Gold, Greenberg, Leviton, Wilson 

Associate Professors: Allen, Beck, Clearwater, Feldman, Miller 

Assistant Professors: Thomas 

Adjunct: Schaeffer, Valente 

Affliate: Bridwell 

The Department of Health Education offers a program designed to prepare students 
to enter health education and related health professions in teaching, research, consulting, 



Health Education Program (HLTH) 125 



and administrative roles. Graduates of the program have placement opportunities in pro- 
fessional education, research, health maintenance, public schools, community health agen- 
cies, health care delivery and promotion, and private and governmental consulting settings. 

Admission and Degree Information 

The Department offers courses of study leading to the degrees of Master of Arts and 
Doctor of Philosophy. The Masters program offers both thesis and non-thesis options. 

The Department offers fully developed tracks of study and some field experience in 
several areas including stress management, worksite health promotion, health behavior, 
safety education, school health education, sexuality, drug education, community health, 
and others. Advanced degree study is not limited to these areas. Each student, in con- 
sultation with the Director of Graduate Studies and the appropriate faculty, designs an 
individual program of study to meet his/her projected professional needs. 

Admission will be considered for students holding at least a bachelor's degree in areas 
related to the social, psychological, or biological basis of human health. Entrance re- 
quirements include an undergraduate GPA of at least 3.0 and a graduate GPA of 3.5, 
satisfactory GRE scores (quantitative and verbal sections), and letters of recommendation. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

The student may experience specific application of theory through numerous field studies 
and departmental service programs in the areas of controlling stress and tension, children's 
health and development, programs for the aged, weight control, women's health, and 
safety education. Special departmental facilities include the Psychophysiological Research 
Laboratory, the Minority Health Research Laboratory, the Interdisciplinary Health 
Research Laboratory, the Safety Education Center, and a college microcomputer 
laboratory. 

The proximity of the National Institutes of Health, the National Library of Medicine, 
and the Library of Congress render the University of Maryland unusually well suited for 
graduate work in health education. 

Financial Assistance 

A limited number of Graduate Teaching and Research Assistantships are available 
through the Department. University fellowships may also be obtained. 
Additional Information 

For any additional information and program specifics, write to: 

Dr. Robert S. Gold 

Director of Graduate Studies 

Department of Health Education 

University of Maryland 

College Park, MD 20742 
For courses, see code HLTH. 

Hearing and Speech Sciences Program (HESP) 

Professor and Acting Chair: McCall 

Professor: Yoni-Komshian 

Associate Professors: Baker, Dingwall, Gordon-Salant, Roth 

Assistant Professors: Ratner 



126 Hearing and Speech Sciences Program (HESP) 



Professor Emeritus: Newby 

Affiliate appointment with Department of Psychology 
Affiliate appointment with School of Denistry 
Admission and Degree Information 

The Department of Hearing and Speech Sciences offers the M.A. degree with either 
the thesis or the non-thesis option, and with major emphasis either in speech and language 
pathology or in audiology. The Master's degree is required for individuals preparing for 
positions as speech pathologists or audiologists in schools, in hospitals or rehabilitation 
facilities, in hearing and speech centers, or in other clinical settings. Academic course 
work is combined with supervised clinical practice in the University Speech and Hearing 
Clinic and in selected outside clinical facilities, so that the graduate will meet the academic 
requirements for clinical certification by the American Speech and Hearing Association 
and for licensing in the State of Maryland. The Master's degree program is accredited 
by the American Boards of Examiners in Speech Pathology and Audiology. 

Applicants for the M.A. degree with an undergraduate major in the hearing and speech 
sciences or a related field are considered for admission. The M.A. degree program usual- 
ly requires a full two years of graduate study. The program of study for individuals without 
a background in the hearing and speech sciences may need to be extended beyond two 
years. Only full-time students are admitted to the program. 

The Department also offers the Ph.D. with a major emphasis in speech, language, or 
hearing. Students with a Bachelor's degree or a Master's degree are considered for admis- 
sion to the doctoral program. Matriculated doctoral students will choose a special in- 
terest area within their major. Special interest areas may focus on the normal aspects 
of their major or disorders related to the major. A student must also select a minor area 
of study either from within or outside departmental offerings. There are no foreign 
language requirements for the degree. However, advanced courses in statistics and ex- 
perimental research design are required. Course programs for the doctorate are planned 
by the student and a committee of at least four faculty members. All doctoral students 
are expected to participate for academic credit in varied research activities within the 
Department. Written and oral comprehensive examinations for admission to candidacy 
are scheduled following completion of formal academic course work. Doctoral students 
must register for at least 12 semester hours of dissertation research credit before com- 
pleting the degree. 

In addition to the application materials required by the Graduate School, the Depart- 
ment requires applicants to furnish scores on the aptitude portions of the Graduate Record 
Examination. Prospective applicants should note that decisions on summer and fall ad- 
missions are made in early March, and on spring admission in early November. Early 
application is encouraged. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

The facilities of the Department include: (1) several modern research laboratories equip- 
ped to support research in the areas of language, acoustic phonetics, physiological 
phonetics, psychoacoustics, speech perception, neuropsychology, and brain stem evoked 
response audiometry; (2) an integrated audiovisual laboratory; (3) a departmental library; 
and (4) a hearing and speech clinic which includes several audiological test suites and 
diagnostic/therapy rooms equipped for observation. Additional research and clinical 
facilities are available in the Washington and Baltimore metropolitan areas. The Library 



Hearing and Speech Sciences Program 1 27 



of Congress, the National Library of Medicine, and the libraries of various medical schools 
in the Washington-Baltimore area supplement the University's libraries at College Park. 

Financial Assistance 

A limited number of graduate assistantships are available through the Department. 
Assistantships carrying teaching, research, or clinical responsibilities are awarded on a 
competitive basis. 

Additional Information 

Additional information about the M.A. and Ph.D. programs may be obtained by writing 
to the Chairman, Department of Hearing and Speech Sciences. 

For courses, see code HESP. 

History Program (HIST) 

Professor and Chair: Price 

Professors: Belz, Berlin, Brush , Callcott, Cockburn, Cole, Foust, Gilbert, Goodblatt, 
Haber, Harlan, Kent, Lampe, McCusker, A. Olson, K. Olson, Price, Smith, Sparks, War- 
ren, Yaney 

Associate Professors: Breslow, Darden, Farrell, Flack, Friedel, Eckstein, Grimsted, 
Gullickson, Harris, Hoffman, Kaufman, Holum, Majeska, Matossian, Mayo, Moss, 
Perinbaum, Ridgway, Rozenbilt, Spiegel, Stowasser, Wright, Zilfi 
Assistant Professors: Bradbury, Nicklason, Sumida, Thompson, Williams 

Joint appointment with Institute for Physical Sciences and Technology 

Joint appointment with Secondary Education 

Joint appointment with Philosophy 

The Department of History offers programs leading to the degrees of Master of Arts 
and Doctor of Philosophy. Areas of specialization include: United States, Ancient, 
Medieval, Early Modern European, Modern European, British, Russian, Latin American, 
African*, Middle Eastern*, East Asian, Diplomatic, Economic, Science, and Women's 
History 

Fields at M.A. level only. 

Admission and Degree Information 

The Master of Arts degree serves both as a firm grounding in a field of history for 
teaching purposes and as preparation for the pursuit of the doctorate. In addition to general 
Graduate School requirements, the aptitude parts of the GRE are required; it should be 
noted that an undergraduate major in history is not required for admission. Thirty credit 
hours are required for the degree. 

The Department offers both a thesis and a non-thesis program. Departmental re- 
quirements for the degree include one section of a general seminar (American, European, 
or Comparative World History) and two 800-level research seminars. A maximum of nine 
hours of credit may be taken in 400-level courses. For those students who select a thesis 
option, six hours in M.A. thesis research courses (HIST 799) are required. There will 
be a final oral examination confined to the thesis and the area in which it lies. Candidates 
selecting the non-thesis option must take 30 credits (15 in the major field, 9 in the minor 
field, and 6 hours of electives), submit two scholarly papers to their examining commit- 
tee, and pass a four hour comprehensive examination in their major area. 



1 28 History Program (HIST) 



Admission to the doctoral program will be decided by the student's M.A. examining 
committee on the basis of the student's record of achievement in course work, written 
examination (if required in the student's major area), and thesis and oral defense of the 
thesis or two submitted research papers. Students with M.A. degrees awarded at other 
institutions will be asked to submit substantial evidence of their written work when they 
apply for admission to the doctoral program. Doctoral candidates must complete three 
sections of the General Seminar. Within five semesters after entering the doctoral pro- 
gram, every student must pass a general oral and a special field written examination in 
his or her major area and one written field examination in a minor area. These examina- 
tions will test a broad, intelligent, and informed handling of the major historical pro- 
blems and literature of that field. An oral examination on the student's dissertation pro- 
spectus and a bibliography on the dissertatation prospectus and a bibliography on the 
dissertation field are required. The dissertation is to be understood as constituting the 
largest single portion of the doctoral program; it is expected to be a distinct contribution 
to historical knowledge and/or interpretation. 

All doctoral students must show a reading competence in one foreign language. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

In addition to the field concentrations described above, the Department of History 
offers several forms of specialized training. In the field of historical editing the Depart- 
ment has introduced a successful internship course in archival work in conjunction with 
the National Archives. Since 1970 the Department has sponsored a journal of history, 
The Maryland Historian, which features scholarly articles and reviews and which pro- 
vides practical experience for graduate students in the production of a journal. The jour- 
nal was founded and is managed and produced by graduate students in the Department 
of History. The Department also sponsors major editorial projects: the Brooker T. 
Washington Papers, The Samuel Gompers Papers, the Freedom in Southern Society pro- 
ject, and the Charles Carroll of Carrollton papers. A number of History Department 
graduate students have gained valuable research and editing experience on these projects 
which also receive support from the National Historical Publications and Records Com- 
mission. In conjunction with the Department of Philosophy, the Department of History 
sponsors and participates in the Folger Institute of Renaissance and Eighteenth-Century 
Studies. The Institute offers seminars for graduate students and faculty, workshops, con- 
ferences, colloquia, and lectures. The Institute awards fellowships to graduate students, 
and several of these awards have gone to doctoral candidates from the University of 
Maryland's History Department. Still another project in which the Department of History 
participates is the Caesarea excavations. This project provides a rich source of theses and 
dissertation topics for graduate students in Ancient History. 

Financial Assistance 

The Department offers financial assistance principally in the form of teaching assistant- 
ships to outstanding graduate students. These positions, vary in number according to 
the availability of funds, but generally number about 38 which are awarded to students 
working toward the Ph.D. or M.A. degree. Appointment as a teaching assistant pro- 
vides students an opportunity to work closely with faculty members in the teaching of 
undergraduate survey courses in history. Paid internships at regional historical institu- 
tions which carry tuition scholarships are also available. 



History Program (HIST) 129 



Additional Information 

Complete descriptions of programs and requirements may be obtained from the History 
Department. 
For courses, see code HIST. 

Concentration in the History and Philosophy of Science 

The Committee on the History and Philosophy of Science supervises graduate study 
leading to the M.A. and Ph.D. degrees in History or Philosophy. Courses are offered 
in a wide range of subjects in the history and philosophy of science and technology, and 
research facilities are available on the College Park campus and in the Washington area. 
For advanced research the emphasis is on the history and philosophy of physical and 
biological science in the 19th and 20th centuries; history of the philosophy of science and 
scientific ideas; genetics, computer science, geophysics and astronomy; and scientific in- 
stitutions in the United States. Integration of historical and philosophical interpretations 
of science is stressed in both teaching and research. 

While academia is the traditional employer of historians and philosophers of science, 
other opportunities exist with museums, government, and industry. Academic oppor- 
tunities for historians and philosophers of science recently have been more plentiful than 
for historians or philosophers in general. While the numbers are small, thus far the Com- 
mittee has successfully placed all its degree recipients. 

Students should apply for admission to either the History Department or the Philosophy 
Department, indicating History and Philosophy of Science as the field of specialization. 
Since people with diverse backgrounds can be successful in this field, there are no rigid 
requirements for admission; the quality of a student's work in science, history, and 
philosophy, as demonstrated not only by grades and test scores but also by papers and 
independent projects, is more important than the number of credit hours in these sub- 
jects. But prospective students should also be warned that the minimum requirement for 
doing research in the history and philosophy of science covers substantially more areas 
than normally expected of Ph.D.'s in any one of the traditional fields of history or 
philosophy or a science; it includes training in a science equivalent to a B.S. (preferably 
M.S.) degree, proficiency in both oral and written expression, and ability to read at least 
one foreign language (preferably both French and German). 

The Committee also encourages applications from students who do not intend to ob- 
tain a Ph.D. in history and philosophy of science but desire only the M.A. as prepara- 
tion for careers in science, teaching, government service, technical administration, museum 
work, etc., or who plan to proceed to the Ph.D. in another field. 

A few teaching assistantships are available in the History and Philosophy Departments 
for students who have adequate backgrounds in those subjects. 

Detailed information may be obtained by writing to: 

Chairperson 

Committee on the History and Philosophy of Science 

1131 Skinner Building 

University of Maryland 

College Park, MD 20742 
For courses, see code HIST. 



130 History Program (HIST) 



Studies Leading to the M.A. in History and the M.L.S. 

The Department of History and the College of Library and Information Services coor- 
dinate two master degree programs to meet the need for multi-disciplinary graduate training 
for archivists, records managers, manuscript curators, rare book librarians, bibliographers, 
conservation administrators, and those wishing to become subject and research specialists 
in academic, special, and/or research libraries. Because of the University's proximity to 
a variety of immensely rich research collections, students are able through internships 
to gain first-hand experiences that reinforce their classroom instruction. 

The aim of the sequence of courses leading to the two degrees is to prepare students 
to understand the intellectual approach of the research scholar through historic training 
and to meet those research needs through the information services offered in CLIS. The 
coordinated curricula provide four main options: 1) archives and records managements, 
2) curatorship of historical collections, 3) scholarly editing and publishing, and 4) reference 
research and bibliographic services. The fifty-four hours required for the degrees com- 
bine twenty-four hours in each component plus six elective courses. The M.A. -M.L.S. 
is a non-thesis plan, but students may choose to write a thesis when such research enhances 
their program. 

Admission and Degree Information 

Students may apply for admission under the rubric HILS (History-Library Science) 
either through the Department of History or CLIS. Each has a coordinator who serves 
as an advisor for students. Since many of these courses are offered in sequence, it is im- 
portant for students to work closely with these advisors. The two degrees are awarded 
simultaneously, and a student who fails to complete the special requirements for the coor- 
dinated degree programs may not receive either degree. If students subsequently wish 
to receive only one degree, they must transfer from HILS either to the graduate program 
in History (HIST) or to the College of Library and Information Services (LBSC) and 
fulfill the normal requirements for the separate M.L.S. 

Financial Assistance 

A few teaching assistantships are available in the Department of History, and the 
College of Library and Information Services has some fellowship aid for students in this 
course of directed study. These are awarded on a competitive basis in both components. 

Additional Information 

Detailed information may be obtained by writing to the HILS Coordinator, in either 
the Department of History or the College of Library and Information Services. 

For courses, see code HIST. 

Horticulture Program (HORT) 

Professor and Chair: Quebedeaux 

Professors: Gouin, Oliver, Solomos, Wiley 

Adjunct Professor: Galletta, Kretchmer, Krizek Professors Emeritus: Link, Scott, Shanks, 

Stark, Thompson, Twigg 

Associate Professors: Beste, Bouwkamp, Deitzer, Gould, Ng, Schales, Schlimme, Swartz, 

Walsh 

Assistant Professors: Graves, Hamed, Healy, Hershey, Scarfo, Stutte 

Lecturer: Mityga 



Horticulture Program (HORT) 131 



The Department of Horticulture offers graduate study leading to the Master of Science 
and Doctor of Philosophy degrees. The Master of Science degree is offered with both 
thesis and non-thesis options. Candidates place major emphasis in the areas of pomology, 
vegetable crops, floriculture, or ornamental horticulture. Within these commodity areas 
students may direct their studies and research efforts to mineral nutrition, postharvest 
physiology, genetics and breeding, genetic engineering, chemical growth regulation, water 
relations, tissue culture, plant propagation, histochemistry, photoperiodism, and other 
factors affecting production, postharvest handling, and preservation of horticultural crops. 
The research activities required for the thesis or dissertation are normally carried out in 
conjunction with the research programs of the Departmental staff. 

The candidate's program may be directed toward a career in research, teaching, exten- 
sion education, or industry. Many recent graduates are currently involved in programs 
at major universities; others are teaching at the vocational agriculture and community 
college level. Still others are employed as County Agents or specialists with the Cooperative 
Extension Service or work in research and development with the U.S. Government, private 
industry, or international agriculture. 

Admission and Degree Information 

Students seeking admission should present undergraduate preparation in horticulture, 
botany, chemistry, and supporting agricultural disciplines. Those without this background 
are advised to enroll as undergraduate students to correct these deficiencies. Students 
entering the doctoral program should have, or plan on completing, a Master of Science 
degree in Horticulture, although presentation of the M.S. in a related plant science field 
may be acceptable. The Graduate Record Examination Aptitude Test is required. 

Upon admission and arrival, a graduate student is assigned a temporary advisor. Dur- 
ing the first semester the student will select a major advisor and an advisory committee 
will be appointed. It is an early function of the committee to work with the candidate 
in developing a program of courses and research to meet the goals and aspirations of 
the student. A comprehensive, oral examination is given each candidate for the M.S.; 
candidates for the Ph.D. take an oral qualifying examination as well as a final oral exam 
covering the dissertation. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

Modern laboratory and greenhouse facilities are located at the College Park campus. 
Laboratory instrumentation provides for chromatography, spectrophotometry, elemen- 
tal analysis, histology, biotechnology, and other procedures. A system for automatically 
monitoring respiratory gases and volatiles is available in connection with controlled at- 
mosphere chambers. Controlled-temperature storage and growth chambers provide 
facilities for postharvest and environmental control studies. A large tissue culture lab 
has been approved for transformation research in plants. Greenhouse and plot areas are 
available for research with floricultural and ornamental plants. Orchards for research 
with fruits are located at the Wye and Western Maryland Research and Education Center; 
other research studies are conducted cooperatively with fruit growers in the western part 
of the state. Field research with vegetable crops is carried on at the Lower Eastern Shore 
Research and Education Center, Salisbury, and with fruit and vegetable crops at the Wye 
Research and Education Center, Queenstown, and the Central Maryland Research and 



132 Horticulture Program (HORT) 



Education Center, Queenstown, and the Central Maryland Research and Education 
Center, Upper Marlboro. 

The Beltsville Agricultural Research Center of the United States Department of 
Agriculture is located 3 miles from the campus. Opportunities to attend seminars, con- 
ferences, and workshops and to conduct cooperative research with the USDA Beltsville 
ARS Center scientists exist. In addition, the National Agricultural Library at the Research 
Center is available to graduate students and faculty. 

Financial Assistance 

Some graduate students are supported with financial aid. Research and teaching 
assistantships are offered on a competitive basis to students on full admission status, as 
available. All graduate assistants are expected to assist in the teaching program of the 
Department, and those in the M.S. program will follow the thesis option. 

For courses, see code HORT. 

Human Development Education Program (Institute for Child Study) 
(EDHD) 

Professor and Chair: Hardy 

Professors: Eliot, Porges, Seefeldt, Torney-Purta 

Professors Emeriti: Bowie, Dittman, Goering, Grambs, Hatfield, Morgan 

Associate Professors: Bennett, Flatter, Fox, Gardner, Huebner, Koopman, Marcus, 

Robertson-Tchabo, Tyler 

Assistant Professors: Byrnes, Green, Holloway, Hunt, Taylor, Wigfield 

The interdisciplinary programs of the Department of Human Development/Institute 
for Child Study attempt to collect, interpret, and synthesize the findings of the human 
sciences that are concerned with human growth, lifespan development, and learning, and 
to communicate this synthesis to persons who need such understandings as a basis for 
their practice and planning. Courses are psychological in nature and are intended to in- 
crease the student's understanding of learning theory and cognitive, social, and emotional 
development. Research thrusts are primarily concerned with the social aspects of human 
development. 

Admission and Degree Information 

The Department of Human Development/Institute for Child Study offers graduate pro- 
grams leading to Master of Education, Master of Arts with thesis, Master of Arts without 
thesis. Doctor of Philosophy, and Doctor of Education degrees, and Advanced Graduate 
Specialist Certificate (a planned program of 30 graduate hours beyond the master's degree). 
Admission requirements for the master's program requires a 3.0 undergraduate grade point 
average and the submission of the Miller Analogies Test or the Graduate Record Examina- 
tion test scores. Admission to an A.G.S. or Doctoral program requires a 3.5 grade point 
average in previous graduate studies and either a 3.0 undergraduate grade point average 
or at least a 40 percentile on the Miller Analogies Test or Graduate Record Examination. 
The research oriented M.A. and Ph.D. degree programs in human development are design- 
ed to develop student competencies in the theoretical areas of biological, psychological, 
learning, and sociocultural processes, and related research methods in human develop- 
ment. The practice oriented M.Ed., M.A. without thesis, and Ed.D. programs are designed 



Human Development Education Program (EDHD) 133 



to develop student competencies in identifying the implications of scientific knowledge 
for specific situations through training in program design, management, delivery, and 
evaluation of human services consistent with current scientific knowledge of human 
development. 

The primary thrust of Department/Institute Programs is focused upon educational in- 
stitutions and services and secondarily with other human services which might also draw 
upon scientific knowledge of human growth and development. The graduate program 
is intended to prepare educational psychologists for service in schools and other com- 
munity agencies dealing with individuals of all ages, to prepare teachers of human develop- 
ment in higher education, and to prepare research-oriented individuals for service in public 
(county, state, or federal) or private organizations. A student's program is individually 
developed through consultation with advisers and appropriate 

committees to meet the unique needs of the student consistent with the purposes and goals 
of the Institute for Child Study. A listing of graduate degree requirements is available 
from the EDHD office. 
Facilities and Special Resources 

The Washington, D.C. area and the University of Maryland are particularly rich in 
resources for graduate study in human development. The faculty of the Institute is uni- 
quely multi-disciplinary, representing the broad range of the human sciences and related 
applied fields. The Institute has ongoing in-service field programs in child and youth study, 
and opportunities for participating in research. Internship experiences are available through 
cooperation with various agencies and schools in the area. Resources of the College of 
Education include a Center for Young Children, a Curriculum Materials Center, an Educa- 
tional Technology Center, a Reading Center, Science Center, and financial and advisory 
support services for research and evaluation. In addition, the Institute has two major 
developmental assessment laboratories and a mobile developmental assessment laboratory 
through which the student can gain first-hand experience in making assessment of in- 
fants and young children. 

For courses, see code EDHD. 

Human Nutrition and Food Systems (HNFS) 

Professor and Chair: Read 

Professors: Ahrens, Beaton, Prather, Sims 

Associate Professors: Moser-Veillon, Williams, Castonguay 

Assistant Professors: Choi, Noble, Taylor 

Lecturers: Norton, Curtis 

Adjunct Associate Professors: Callaway, Goldberg, Reynolds, Szepesi 

Adjunct Professors: Hamosh, Kelsay, Reiser, Trout 

Adjunct Assistant Professors: Behall, Conway, Deuster, Hallfrisch, James, Michaelis, 

Miles, Monagan, Pao, Patterson, Raiten 

Affiliate Professors: Heald, Hansen 

Affiliate Assistant Professor: McKenna 

The Department offers programs of study leading to the Master of Science and Doctor 
of Philosophy degrees in each of the following major areas: food, nutrition, and foodser- 
vice administration. The area of food includes studies in experimental foods as well as 



134 Human Nutrition and Food Systems (HNFS) 



cultural, behavioral, and consumer aspects of food. Nutrition includes the science of nutri- 
tion as well as the broad areas of community and clinical nutrition. Foodservice administra- 
tion includes foodservice systems management. The Department also participates in an 
interdepartmental program for Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy degrees in 
nutritional science which is described under that title. 

Admission and Degree Information 

In addition to minimum Graduate School requirements, a satisfactory score on the 
aptitude portion of the Graduate Record Examination is required. A minimum combina- 
tion of 1000 with a minimum of 450 on both the verbal and quantitative is required for 
admission. 

Thesis and non-thesis options are available for the Master of Science degree in food, 
nutrition or foodservice administration. 

All Master of Science students are required to take seminar, research methods, and 
a statistics course. Other courses are selected with the guidance of an advisor and/or a 
committee. Non-thesis option students must prepare a research paper, present an addi- 
tional seminar, and take a written comprehensive examination in addition to an oral ex- 
amination. An average of three or four semesters is usually required to complete the M.S. 
thesis option and two or three semesters for the non-thesis option. 

Students with bachelor degrees may apply for the doctoral program, although they 
are encouraged to complete requirements for the M.S. degree. Applicants holding a 
master's degree with appropriate background courses may be admitted directly into the 
doctoral program. Previous graduate work will be evaluated on an individual basis. Written 
and oral comprehensive examinations are given upon completion of all course work. A 
final oral examination is held for the student to defend the dissertation. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

The Department has well-equipped laboratories for research in all areas of specialization. 

The Department also has special arrangements and cooperative agreements with 
laboratories at the Beltsville Human Nutrition Center, A.R.S., U.S.D.A. the University 
Affiliated Program in Child Development at Georgetown University Hospital Clinic, and 
University of Maryland Hospital in Baltimore for students in nutrition and foods. There 
are faculty members who have advanced degrees in the areas of experimental foods and 
food chemistry, food-related behavior, community nutrition, clinical nutrition, human 
and animal nutrition, and foodservice systems. Adjunct faculty extend these capabilities 
and resources to laboratories and clinics throughout the Washington-Baltimore area. 

Financial Assistance 

There are a limited number of graduate teaching assistantships, traineeships, and 
research assistantships available. 

Additional Information 

Copies of a Department mimeograph with additional information concerning admis- 
sion requirements, courses, faculty, facilities, etc. are available from the Department 
Chairman. 

For courses, see code FOOD, FSAD, NUTR. 



Industrial, Technology and Occupational Education (EDIT) 135 

Industrial, Technological and Occupational Education (EDIT) 

Associate Professor and Chair: Beatty 

Professors: Hornbake (Emeritus), Maley (Emeritus) Luetkemeyer 

Associate Professors: Anderson, Herschbach, Hultgren, Mietus, Peters, Stough, Sullivan 

Assistant Professor: Boyce, Elkins, 

The graduate programs in Industrial Technological and Occupational Education are 
designed to prepare specialized 

personnel in a variety of fields related to positions in education as well as government, 
business, industry and labor. Programs related to education prepare personnel for teaching, 
administration, research, and supervisory positions in secondary, post-secondary, and 
higher education as well as education assignments in government and military agencies. 
Programs designed for business and industry are in such fields as training, human resource 
development, production, supervision, safety and fire science. 

The specific teaching and education majors in the Department include Business Educa- 
tion, Marketing Education, Home Economics Education, Industrial Arts Education, and 
Vocational-Industrial Education. The Industrial Technology program is directed towards 
the preparation of personnel for the business, industry, and labor segments of society. 
The programs in the Department enjoy a national and international reputation. 

Admission and Degree Information 

Admission requirements for the master's program require a 3.0 undergraduate grade 
point average and the submission of the Miller Analogies Test or the Graduate Record 
Examination test scores. Admission to an A.G.S. or Doctoral program requires a 3.5 
grade point average in previous graduate studies and either a 3.0 undergraduate grade 
point average or at least a 40 percentile on the Miller Analogies Test or Graduate Record 
Examination. 

Programs are offered at the master's degree level in seven different areas: Business 
Education, Marketing Education, Home Economics Education, Industrial 
Arts/Technology Education, Industrial Technology, Technical Education, and Vocational- 
Industrial Education. The M.A. and M.Ed, degrees are offered in each of these program 
areas. 

The Ed.D. and Ph.D. degrees, as well as an Advanced Graduate Specialist certificate 
may be earned in the following areas: Business Education, Marketing Education, Home 
Economics, Industrial Arts/Technology Education and Vocational-Industrial Education. 

Every graduate program in the Department is developed on an individual basis to meet 
the particular needs of the person. At the same time, the graduate student is expected 
to have achieved certain specified objectives upon completion of his/her program. The 
student should exhibit competence in a major field in the Department; analyze, conduct, 
and report research activities; and attain a broad understanding of the relationships of 
his/her field of study to education and society in a technological culture. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

The Department is housed in a large three-story structure fully accessible to the han- 
dicapped. The building includes an auditorium, research center, learning center, curriculum 
research center, seventeen laboratories, faculty and staff offices, seminar and class rooms. 

In addition to the extensive library and computer facilities available on the College 
Park Campus, there are numerous other institutions located in the Washington-Baltimore 



136 Industrial, Technology and Occupational Education (EDIT) 

area to enrich the scholarly and research potential for the student. These institutions in- 
clude the Library of Congress, Smithsonian Institution, U.S. Department of Education, 
International Technology Education Association, American Home Economics Associa- 
tion, American Vocational Association, and the National Business Education Association. 

Financial Assistance 

A number of graduate assistantships are available to qualified graduate students. 

Additional Information 

For information and a Departmental brochure, please write to the Chairperson of the 
Department. 

For courses, see code EDIT. 

Journalism Program (JOUR) 

Professor and Dean: Cleghorn 

Professor and Associate Dean: Levy 

Professors: Beasley, Blumler, Franklin, J. Grunig, Gurevitch, Hiebert, Holman 

Associate Professors: Barkin, Zanot, Stepp 

Assistant Professor: L. Grunig, McAdams, Paterson, Roche, Smith, Zerbinos 

Lecturer: Green f eld 

Professors Emeritus: Crowell, Martin 

The College of Journalism offers a Master of Arts degree in Journalism and, with the 
Department of Communication Arts and Theatre, the Ph.D. in Public Communication. 
The master's degree is designed for students who wish to deepen their understanding of 
the communication professions and their preparation for those professions. It thus in- 
cludes advanced practical courses and courses in communication theory and research. 
M.A. students specialize in public affairs reporting, public relations, international com- 
munication, science communication, broadcast journalism, advertising, opinion and 
evaluative research, political communication, or education and journalism. 

The Ph.D. in Public Communication is an interdisciplinary program embracing the 
College of Journalism and the three divisions of Communication Arts and Theatre: 
RadioTelevision-Film, Speech Communication, and Theatre. The Ph.D. prepares students 
for creative scholarship and research. It emphasizes both the necessary techniques and 
skills to conduct research and the ability to think innovatively about problems of public 
communication. Within this Ph.D. program, the College of Journalism stresses five fields: 
political and governmental communication, public relations and organizational com- 
munication, international communication, mass communication history, and science and 
medical communication. Other areas of emphasis in the Public Communication program 
include rhetoric and public address, broadcast communication, theatrical theory and 
aesthetics, theatre history, and cinema history and aesthetics. For complete information 
on admission and degree requirements, see the "Public Communication Program" entry. 

Admission and Degree Information 

The master's degree is a 30-credit program with the typical student taking 12 hours 
of graduate work in the fall, 12 hours in the spring, and 6 hours of thesis or non-thesis 
option seminars in the summer or during an additional semester. Work on the degree 
may be started at any time. JOUR 600 and JOUR 601 are required for the M.A. in 
Journalism. 



Journalism Program (JOUR) 137 



Applicants seeking admission to the master's program should hold a bachelor's degree 
from a recognized institution of higher learning. Undergraduate study of journalism and 
professional experience in journalistic fields are helpful but not required. Students who 
have majored in some other field as undergraduates are required to make up professional 
deficiencies by taking up to five selected courses in journalism without graduate credit. 
Completion of the general aptitude portion of the Graduate Record Examination is re- 
quired, and three letters of recommendation must be submitted. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

The University of Maryland is in an advantageous location for the study of journalism. 
It is within easy reach of five of the nation's top newspapers: The Sun and Evening Sun 
of Baltimore, The Washington Post, The Washington Times, and USA Today. It is also 
near the Washington press corps, the large Washington bureaus of the Associated Press 
and United Press International, the New York Times, and most important American and 
foreign newspapers; NBC, CBS, ABC, and other broadcasting news bureaus; and news 
magazines and major book publishing offices public relations departments in corpora- 
tions, government agencies, associations, and scientific organizations, public relations 
and advertising agencies. It is at the doorstep of the nation's major news makers in the 
executive, legislative, and judicial branches of the Federal Government. The College also 
publishes the Washington Journalism Review, a highly respected, national media magazine 
with a circulation of 30,000. 

Special facilities include photographic, electronic, broadcasting, news editing, and adver- 
tising laboratories as well as a reading room with daily and weekly newspapers, magazines, 
clippings and bulletin files. The College's Center for Research in Public Communication 
engages in and supports a variety of research projects on topics of interest to the faculty 
and the Center's research associates. 

Knight Center for Specialized Journalism: Director: Howard Bray. The Knight Center 
was established in 1987 in the College of Journalism with a three-year grant from the 
Knight Foundation. The Center awards fellowships to experienced reporters and editors 
for intensive, specially-designed courses to enhance their understanding of complex sub- 
jects such as finance and economics, science, medicine and health, and the law. By 
mid-1989 the Center awarded 104 fellowships to newspaper, magazine and broadcast jour- 
nalists for four non-credit courses. A National Advisory Board of senior news executives 
and journalists provides guidance to the Center. 

Financial Assistance 

The College of Journalism offers a limited number of assistantships in exchange for 
teaching or research assistance in journalism of up to 20 hours per week. Internships in 
various offices both on and off campus also are available to journalism graduate students 
as are some fellowships and scholarships. 

For courses, see code JOUR. 

Library and Information Services Program (LBSC) 

Professors: Burke, Kidd, Liesener, MacLeod, Soergel, Walston, Wasserman 
Associate Professors: White 

Assistant Professors: Aversa, Choi, Jeng, Marchionini, Neuman, Williamsl 
Lecturer: Cunningham, Wilson (librarian/lecturer) 
Joint appointment with Curriculum and Instruction 



138 Library and Information Services Program (LBSC) 



The College offers programs leading to the Master of Library Science (M.L.S.) degree 
and the Ph.D. in Library Science; a joint degree of an M.A. in History and the M.L.S. 
for students desiring advanced studies in the field of archives, manuscripts, and historical 
collections (for details see the entry in this catalog following History); and a joint degree 
of an M.A. in Geography and the M.L.S. (for details see the entry in this catalog under 
Geography). The College is fully accredited by the American Library Association. The 
College also provides courses, seminars, and workshops for those who are not degree 
seeking candidates and are seeking continuing education and professional development 
opportunities. 

The degree programs are academic in nature. They emphasize the theoretical and con- 
ceptual foundations of the field. Thus the application of the results of scholarly research 
are related to current practices and are analyzed with the goal of advancing the quality 
and scope of services in a variety of information settings. 

Specialized study opportunities are offered in such information organizations as public, 
academic, special, and school libraries, and/or in sub-fields such as automated applica- 
tions, reference services (conventional and online), archival and records management, 
the organization of knowledge, and information storage and retrieval. Students who com- 
plete the school media specialization usually obtain Maryland State certification as Educa- 
tional Media Generalists, Level II. 

The Academic program can be augmented by a Field Study in Library Service option 
in which the student may obtain professional, supervised experience. Over 160 field study 
sites have been approved including such federal agencies as the Library of Congress, the 
National Library of Medicine, the National Gallery of Art, corporations, and profes- 
sional associations. 

Admission and Degree Information 

Admission and degree requirements specific to library and information services are 
described in a brochure available through the College's Admissions Office. 

Applicants must exhibit the capacity and motivation for graduate study and the poten- 
tial to contribute to the library and information services profession. Accordingly, in ad- 
dition to the Graduate School requirements, the Graduate Record Examination and let- 
ters of recommendation are required. These, with the undergraduate record, major 
discipline, work experience, and applicant's statement of purpose form the basis for the 
admission decision. The College's Committee on Admissions and Academic Standards 
may request a personal interview and will consider requests for exceptions in unusual 
cases. Programs for Master's candidates are planned individually, and faculty advisors 
recommend courses they consider most appropriate for each student. All students are 
required to register for the Proseminar and introductory courses in the organization of 
knowledge and reference upon entry into the program. These three core courses introduce 
the student to the broad range of disciplines fundamental to library and information ser- 
vices. The remaining 27 credit hours are chosen, with the assistance of the student's assigned 
advisor, to fulfill the individual student's academic and professional goals. The student 
may, with the consent of his/her advisor, take courses in other departments of the Univer- 
sity and may pursue in-depth study in an area of particular interest as an independent 
study under the supervision of a member of the faculty. 

The Master of Library Science degree is awarded to the student who successfully com- 
pletes a program of 36 hours with an average of 3.0 within three years from first registra- 



Library and Information Services Program (LBSC) 1 39 



tion in the program. A full-time student can complete the necessary course work within 
12 months. While it is possible to begin the program in any semester, the faculty recom- 
mends that students who wish to complete the program within a calendar year start in 
the Summer Session with two required courses, take four courses in the fall and spring 
semesters, and finish the program by taking two courses in the next Summer Session. 
Part-time students are also admitted to the program. All M.L.S. courses except some 
very specialized ones with small enrollments are offered at night on a regular rotation. 

No thesis or comprehensive examination is required for the M.L.S. 

The doctoral program is interdisciplinary in nature and utilizes the resources not only 
of the College, but of the entire campus. The student and advisor design a program of 
study and research particular to the student's professional objectives. Approximately three 
years of full-time study are required, normally divided into two years of formal course 
work (60 semester hours, or 36 beyond the master's) and noe year of work on the disser- 
tation. At least one year, usually the first, must be spent in full-time residence. 

A doctoral qualifying examination is required at the conclusion of the first year to deter- 
mine the student's ability to complete the program. After completion of the required course 
credits, and prior to admission to candidacy, the student must pass written comprehen- 
sive examinations in five aresa. An oral defense of the dissertation is scheduled prior to 
the awarding of the degree. 

The College has no language requirements unless the individual student's specializa- 
tion or dissertation requires it. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

The College maintains its own library, organized to afford faculty, students, and 
research staff the kind of modern support service provided by other forward-looking agen- 
cies. Students have access to the University of Maryland's excellent Computer Science 
facility. In addition, the College has an Information Processing Laboratory which serves 
as a resource for instruction in the areas of library automation and information process- 
ing, as well as for faculty and student research. Thus students have access not only to 
the University's large-scale computer systems, but to microcomputers housed within the 
College. The Instructional Development and Support Center is yet another support ser- 
vice. This non-print media facility provides equipment and materials, workshops, and 
individual assistance to students, faculty, and staff in all areas of audiovisual production. 

Financial Assistance 

The College and University offer a limited number of scholarships, fellowships, and 
teaching and research assistantships. Other sources of aid include work-study (through 
the University and outside agencies), federally insured loans, and grants from local and 
national agencies and organizations. 

The M.L.S. degree program has been accepted by the Southern Regional Educational 
Board Academic Market, thus making residents of Virginia and West Virginia eligible 
for in-state tuition fees. In-state tuition fees are available for those in the CLIS Ph.D. 
program from the states of Alabama, Mississippi, South Carolina, Virginia, and West 
Virginia. 

Information on the availability of financial aid may be requested from the Director 
of Admissions, College of Library and Information Services. 
For courses, see code LBSC. 



140 Library and Information Services Program (LBSC) 



M.A. in Geography and the M.L.S. Course of Study 

(See entry after Geography Program) 

M.A. in History and the M.L.S. Course of Study 

(See entry after History Program) 

Linguistics Programs (LING) 

Professor and Director: Lightfoot 

Professor: 

Associate Professor: Hornstein 

Assistant Professor: Gorrell, Lebeaux, Uriapereka, Weinberg, 

The Linguistics Program offers M.A. and Ph.D. degrees. The goal is to expose students 
to a research enterprise which seeks to discover what a person's linguistic capacity con- 
sists of; how it arises in children; how it functions in speaking, listening, etc.; how it 
relates to other cognitive capacities; and how it can be investigated by various methods 
including those of experimental psychology and computer sciences. 

The program has some distinctive emphases: 

1. A requirement that students develop a minor area of specialization. 

2. Heavy emphasis on the psychological embedding of linguistic theories and 
on cross-language work. 

3. Special provisions for students who start graduate work with a thorough 
background in linguistics and clear ideas about their research plans. 

4. Desire to attract students who are native speakers of a language which 
has not been extensively analyzed and who wish to work on a grammar 
of that language. 

5. The Linguistics Research Laboratory for work in experimental psychol- 
inguistics and computational linguistics. 

Admission and Degree Information 

Applications are invited from students with a strong undergraduate background in such 
areas as: linguistics, mathematics, psychology, computer science, philosophy, an- 
thropology, English, and foreign languages. Students must have a background equivalent 
to what is covered in the core of the B. A. degree in Linguistics (essentially two semesters 
of generative syntax and two semesters of phonology). Students lacking this background 
may be admitted with "Provisional Graduate Status"; such students take undergraduate 
courses in syntax and phonology alongside those graduate-level courses for which they 
meet the prerequisites. 

M.A. students take a total of 36 credits: 21 credits are in LING and 9 credits are in 
an area such as biology, computer science, language pathology, philosophy, psychology 
or a particular language, making up a minor area of specialization. In addition, either 
a thesis or two comprehensive papers in distinct areas of language study will be written. 

Ph.D. students will normally satisfy the requirements for the M.A., although the 
thesis/two comprehensive papers may be waived for students who have clear research 
plans and who apply successfully to proceed directly to the Ph.D. Students must com- 
plete twelve LING credits at the 800-level and six 600-level credits in non-LING courses. 
After completing course requirements, students write a research paper. This paper will 



Linguistics Program (LING) 141 



demonstrate a capacity for productive research and make an original contribution, nor- 
mally forming the basis for the dissertation research. After satisfactory completion of 
the research paper, students write a dissertation. 

Financial Assistance 

The Linguistics Program administers a number of teaching and research assistantships. 
Students may also express an interest in teaching assistantships in other departments; our 
students often compete successfully for such teaching assistantships. 

Additional Information 

Application materials and a brochure outlining further details of the program can be 
obtained from the Linguistics Program. 

For courses, see code LING. 

Marine-Estuarine-Environmental Sciences Program (MEES) 

Program Committee Director : Menzer (ENTM) 
Assistant Director: Rebach (UMES) 

Assistant Director: Bonar (ZOOL); Cronin (UMBC); Genys (Appalachian Environmen- 
tal Lab); Gupta (UMES); Helz (CHEM); Brooks (UMES); Kennedy (Horn Point En- 
vironmental Lab); Naumann (UMAB); Roesijadi (Chesapeake Biological Lab); Strand 
(AREC) 

The university-wide graduate program in Marine-Estuarine-Environmental Sciences 
(MEES) offers work leading to the M.S. (with thesis) and Ph.D. degrees and is designed 
to meet the needs of students who wish to pursue studies on the interactions of biological 
systems with physico-chemical systems. Appropriate areas of emphasis will involve 
organisms living in marine, estuarine, or terrestrial environments in their interactions with 
chemical and physical influences. Possible areas of specialization might include estuarine 
and marine science, environmental chemistry, environmental microbiology, environmental 
toxicology, environmental and resource economics, environmental management, marine 
and environmental technology, and fisheries and wildlife management. 

Graduates of the program find employment in the various federal and state agencies 
concerned with the environment. In addition, academic and private research institutions 
and commercial interests concerned with the development and use of coastal, estuarine, 
and ocean resources find graduates of the Program well prepared for a variety of positions. 

Admission and Degree Information 

In addition to meeting the regular requirements of the Graduate School for admission, 
applicants are required to submit scores from the GRE Aptitude Test. The applicant's 
written statement of personal goals is most important in the admissions process. Degree 
work may be pursued on a part-time basis. 

The program is interdisciplinary, and the course of study will be tailored to the needs 
of the individual student as determined by that student's advisory committee. There are 
several specific prerequisites, but these may be satisfied through course work after the 
student is admitted to the program. Statistics is required of all degree candidates. In ad- 
dition, each student must complete an approved graduate level course in each of the four 
distribution areas: biology, chemistry, physical sciences, and management. Course credit 
requirements and research are not in excess of general Graduate School requirements for 
the M.S. and Ph.D. 



142 Marine-Estuarine-Environmental Sciences Program (MEES) 

Facilities and Special Resources 

The facilities and faculty anywhere within the state-wide university system are available 
for use and involvement in the program. The degree candidate may take courses on any 
campus and may have an advisory committee composed of participating MEES faculty 
from several locations, including laboratories of the University's Center for Environmental 
and Estuarine Studies and the Center of Marine Biotechnology. Research programs may 
also be conducted at off-campus sites, including the laboratories of CEES (Chesapeake 
Biological Laboratory and Horn Point and Appalachian Environmental Laboratories) 
and COMB. Campus facilities include well-equipped laboratories for research in most 
areas of environmental sciences. Maryland has a very active Sea Grant research program, 
and students in marine and estuarine work will have access to laboratory-equipped research 
vessels for work on the Chesapeake Bay and on other waters. 

In addition, students will find their work greatly enhanced by the special ties most faculty 
members maintain to the many government laboratories and agencies in the Washington- 
Baltimore areas. Library resources are among the best in the nation due to the proximity 
of the National Agricultural Library and the Library of Congress, along with several other 
specialized libraries unique to the area. 

Financial Assistance 

Financial assistance in the form of teaching and research assistantships (through par- 
ticipating departments and the CEES laboratories) as well as some fellowships may be 
available to qualified candidates. 

Additional Information 

For additional information, contact: 

Dr. Robert E. Menzer, Director 

MEES Program 

0313 Symons Hall 

University of Maryland 

College Park, MD 20742 
For courses, see code MEES. 

Mathematical Statistics Program (STAT) 
Director: Smith 

Professors: Freidlin, Mikulski, Syski, Wei, Yang 
Associate Professors: Kedem, Slud, Smith 
Assistant Professor: Fakhre-Zakeri 

The Mathematical Statistics Program offers the degree of Master of Arts and Doctor 
of Philosophy for graduate study and research in statistics and probability. Areas of faculty 
research activity include statistical decision theory, biostatistics, stochastic modeling, robust 
and nonparametric inference, analysis of variance, markov processes, stochastic analysis 
and time series. Students may specialize in applied or theoretical statistics by selecting 
an appropriate sequence of courses and a research area to form an individual plan of 
study. The Program has been designed with sufficient flexibility to accommodate the stu- 
dent's background and interests. Moreover, the Program offers students from other 
disciplines an opportunity to select a variety of statistics courses to supplement their own 
study. 



Mathematical Statistics Program (STAT) 1 43 



The Program is administratively affiliated with the Department of Mathematics. The 
Department maintains the records of all students in the Mathematical Statistics Program 
and handles correspondence with those applying for admission. However, it is important 
that any application for admission indicates clearly that the student wishes to enter the 
Statistics (STAT) Program. 

Employment prospects for statisticians are extremely bright, as they have been for the 
past several years. A recent National Science Foundation survey predicts that in the period 
1978-90 there will be 19,000 job openings in statistics and only 8,000 new graduates to 
fill them. All of the recent M.A. and Ph.D. graduates of Maryland's STAT Program 
have found jobs in universities, government, or private industry. 

Admission and Degree Information 

In addition to the general requirements of the Graduate School, applicants for admis- 
sion should have completed, with at least a B average (3.0 on a 4.0 scale), an undergraduate 
program of study which includes a strong emphasis on mathematics or statistics. 
Mathematical preparation at least through the level of advanced calculus will normally 
be considered sufficient demonstration of the expected mathematical background. In 
special cases students may be provisionally admitted without having fulfilled the general 
admission requirements if there is evidence on the basis of other criteria of potential suc- 
cess in the Program. The Graduate Record Examination is not required for admission, 
but applicants for admission who have taken this examination are required to supply their 
score. 

The M.A. degree can be earned by exercising either of two options. To earn an M.A. 
degree by non-thesis option, a student must have 30 credit hours with at least a B average, 
and at least 18 of these credits must be at the graduate level (600/700 level). Of the re- 
quired 30 credits, at least 12 of the graduate credits must be in statistics. The student 
must also pass the Mathematics Department written examination in probability, 
mathematical statistics, applied statistics or any field of mathematics. The student has 
the choice of taking either the separate M.A. written examination or the Ph.D. written 
examination and being scored at a lower level. These examinations can be taken only 
twice except that any attempt during the first two years of graduate work is considered 
a "free try." The student must also submit a satisfactory scholarly paper. 

To earn an M.A. degree by the thesis option, a student must have: a) 24 credit hours 
with at least 15 at the 600/700 level (of these 15 hours, at least 12 hours must be in 
statistics), b) maintained an average grade of B or better, c) taken 6 hours of STAT 799 
(Research) in addition to (a), d) written a satisfactory thesis, and e) passed a final oral 
examination. 

There is no foreign language requirement for M.A. students. 

The M.A. degree is not required for admission to the Ph.D. program. A student in 
the doctoral program must have a minimum of 36 hours of formal courses (at least 27 
at the 600/700 level) with an average of B or better; at least 18 of the graduate credits 
must be taken in statistics. In addition, there is a University requirement of at least 12 
hours of STAT 899 (Doctoral Research). 

The Ph.D. aspirant must take a written examination in probability, statistics, and any 
third field of mathematics. The written examination can be taken only twice except that, 
as in the case of the M.A. degree, any attempt during the first two years of graduate 
work is considered a "free try." The written examination is given by the Mathematics 



144 Mathematical Statistics Program (STAT) 



Department twice a year in January and August. 

If successful in this written examination, the student must pass an oral examination. 
The oral examination, given by the statistics faculty, usually takes place a year after the 
student passes the written examination. This examination serves as a test of the in-depth 
preparation of the student in the area of specialization and of his or her research poten- 
tial. Successful completion of the oral exam indicates that the student is ready to begin 
writing the doctoral dissertation. In addition to the above, there is a requirement of reading 
competence in two foreign languages for the Ph.D. The student may select any two of 
the three languages: French, German, or Russian. The language examination, given and 
graded by the Mathematics Department, consists of translating foreign mathematical texts 
into competent English. 

To be admitted to candidacy, the Ph.D. aspirant must pass the written examination, 
the oral examination, and at least one of the two language examinations. The second 
language examination must be completed before the candidate's final oral examination 
on the dissertation. 

For courses, see code STAT. 

Mathematics Program (MATH) 

Professor and Chair: Markley 

Professors: W. Adams, Alexander, Antman, Auslander, Babuska', Benedetto, Berens- 
tein, Brin, Chu, Cohen, Cook, Cooper, Correl, Edmundson 2 . Ehrlich, Evans, Fey 3 , Fitz- 
patrick, Freidlin, Goldberg, Goldhaber, Gray, Greenberg, Grove, Gulick, Herb, Hor- 
vath, Hubbard', Hummel, Johnson, Kellogg', King, Kirwan, Kleppner, Kudla, Kueker, 
Lay, Lehner, Lipsman, Liu, Lopez-Escobar, Markley, Mikulski, Neri, Olver', Osborn, 
Owings, Pearl, Rosenberg, Rudolph, Schafer, Sweet, Syski, Washington, Wei, Wolfe, 
Wolpert, Yang, Yorke , Zagier, Zedek 
Adjunct Professors: Goldstein, Shanks 

Associate Professors: Arnold, Berg, Dancis, Ellis, Glaz, Goldman, Green, Hamilton, 
Helzer, Jones, Kedem, Sather, Schneider, Slud, Smith, Vogelius, Warner, Winkelnkemper 
Assistant Professors: J. Adams, Boyle, Chang, Currier, Fakhre-Zakeri, Grillaris, Mad- 
docks, Nochettol, Stuck, Wang 

'Joint appointment with the Institute for Physical Science and Technology 

2 Joint appointment with Computer Science 

3 Joint appointment with Secondary Education 

There are three programs that come under the cognizance of the Mathematics Depart- 
ment: the Mathematics Program proper (MATH), the Mathematical Statistics Program 
(STAT), and the Interdisciplinary Applied Mathematics Program (MAPL). Students ap- 
plying for admission should indicate the program of interest to them by employing the 
appropriate symbol. The Statistics Program is concerned with mathematical statistics and 
probability. The Interdisciplinary Applied Mathematics Programs is described in detail 
elsewhere in this catalog, but, as its name implies, is concerned with the interaction bet- 
ween mathematics and applied areas; it is directed by the Graduate Applied Mathematics 
Committee but administered by the Mathematics Department. 

M.A. and Ph.D. degrees can be earned in each of these three programs. The Master's 
degree is not required for entrance to the Ph.D. program. 



Mathematics Program (MATH) 1 45 



The Department offers graduate programs in algebra, complex analysis, geometry, 
mathematic logic, number theory, numerical analysis, ordinary differential equations, 
partial differential equations, probability, real and functional analysis, statistics, and 
topology. 

Graduates in both Ph.D. and M.A. programs continue to face a favorable employ- 
ment market. It is true that the academic opportunities are becoming more encouraging; 
in fact our Ph.D.s have done very well, in some cases securing prestigious academic posts 
(MIT, Yale, NYU). Those in the applied programs face a very encouraging employment 
environment and have secured good positions in government and industry. The fact is 
that some academic institutions are facing competition from the private sector. 

Admission and Degree Information 

Admission is granted to applicants who show promise in mathematics as demonstrated 
by their collegiate mathematics record. Unless courses in advanced calculus and 
(undergraduate) abstract algebra have been taken, admission may be on a provisional 
basis (passing MATH 410 and/or 403 with a grade of B). The Graduate Record Examina- 
tion is not required for admission, but applicants for admission who have taken this ex- 
amination are required to supply their score. 

The M.A. degree can be earned by exercising either the thesis option (general Universi- 
ty regulations prevail) or the non-thesis option; the great majority are choosing the lat- 
ter. For this option, students must have 30 credit hours with an average of at least B 
of which at least 18 are at the 600/700 level including at least 12 hours in mathematics. 
They must complete two full-year sequences at the 600/700 level and must pass the Depart- 
mental written examinations in three mathematical fields. In addition, the University now 
requires a scholarly paper. 

The student has the choice of taking the separate M.A. battery of written examina- 
tions or taking the Ph.D. version and being scored at a lower level. These examinations 
can be taken only twice, except that any attempt during the first two years of graduate 
work is considered a "free try." There is no foreign language requirement for the M.A- 
degree. It generally takes from two to three years to earn the M.A. and almost 25-30 
are granted each year in mathematics (MATH, STAT, and MAPL combined). 

The M.A. degree is not required for admission to the Ph.D. program, but applicants 
who are accepted should show, on the basis of their undergraduate record and recom- 
mendations, that they possess not only marked promise in mathematical activities but 
the potential to perform on a creative level. Again, as in the M.A. case, admission may 
be granted on a provisional basis. 

The Departmental course requirements for the Ph.D. are a minimum of 36 hours of 
formal course work (at least 27 at the 600/700 level) with an average grade of B or better; 
at least 18 hours must be taken in the Department of Mathematics. In addition, there 
is a University requirement of at least 12 hours of MATH 899 (Doctoral Research). 

The Ph.D. aspirant must take a set of three written examinations in three mathematical 
fields; these examinations can be taken any time except that an attempt during the first 
two years of graduate study constitutes a "free try." These examinations are given twice 
a year in January and August. If successful in these written examinations, students must 
satisfy the particular requirements of the field committee governing their special area of 
interest before they can be admitted to candidacy and engage in thesis research. The disser- 
tation must represent an original contribution to mathematical knowledge and will usually 



146 Mathematics Program (MATH) 



be published in a mathematical journal. 

The average Ph.D. aspirant will spend five years of graduate study before obtaining 
the degree. From 5 to 10 Ph.D.s are awarded each year in the Department. 

There are two foreign language requirements for the Ph.D. Before the aspirant can 
be admitted to candidacy, he or she must pass a written examination in either French, 
German, or Russian, translating mathematical texts into competent English. The second 
language examination must be completed before the candidate's final oral examination 
on the dissertation. Both language examinations are composed and graded within the 
Department. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

The Department is very strong in a number of areas, and the addition of the comple- 
ment of mathematicians from the Institute for Physical Science and Technology adds 
further strength. There is a very active research atmosphere, and the Department fosters 
a lively program of seminars and colloquia of which about half are talks by outside 
specialists. Normally each year is devoted to a special mathematical field with a number 
of outside mathematicians in residence; the special year for 1987-88 was in Numerical 
Analysis, and in 1989-90 it will be in Geometry and Topology. 

The Engineering and Physical Sciences Library is located on the ground floor of the 
Mathematics Building and contains more than 95,000 volumes in mathematics, physics, 
and engineering; more than 280 journals in pure and applied mathematics are received. 
The Library of Congress, with its extensive collection of books and technical reports, 
is only a half hour away from the campus. 

The Department cooperates closely with the Institute for Physical Science and 
Technology and with the Department of Computer Science. Faculty members of both 
groups offer courses in the Department, and the facilities of the computer center are 
available to serve the research needs of both faculty and graduate students. Members 
of the Department participate actively in the interdisciplinary Applied Mathematics Pro- 
gram and staff the Mathematical Statistics Program. 

Financial Assistance 

The Department is able to offer graduate assistantships to approximately 1 10 graduate 
students. Generally these graduate assistants conduct recitation and quiz sections associated 
with a large lecture class taught by a faculty member. The teaching load is six hours each 
semester plus the attendant duties of meeting with students and grading papers. There 
are a number of fellowships and research assistantships available. 

Additional Information 

Special brochures and publications offered by the Department are: "Mathematics at 
Maryland, the Graduate Program," "Departmental Policies Concerning Graduate 
Students," and "Graduate Course Descriptions." 

Ms. Janet Cooper, the Administrator of the Graduate Committee of the Department, 
can be contacted regarding Departmental programs, admission procedures, and finan- 
cial aid. Call (301) 454-4900. 

For courses, see code MATH. 



Measurement, Statistics, and Evaluation Program (EDMS) 147 

Measurement, Statistics, and Evaluation Program (EDMS) 

Professor and Chair: Lissitz 
Professors: Dayton, Stunkard, Macready 
Associate Professors: Benson, Johnson, Schafer 
Assistant Professor: DeAyala 

In the Department of Measurement, Statistics, and Evaluation, programs are available 
at both the master's (M.A.) and doctoral (Ph.D.) levels for persons desiring a major in 
measurement, statistics, or program evaluation. In addition, a doctoral minor is offered 
for students majoring in other areas. 

Graduates have been very successful in finding employment. One of the advantages of 
the measurement, statistics, and evaluation areas is that degree holders are equipped to 
make contributions in a wide variety of fields. This means that, as the employment poten- 
tial of one area tightens, the student has the requisite skills to move into another area 
that is more open. 

Admission and Degree Information 

Admission requirements for the master's program requires a 3.0 undergraduate grade 
point average and the submission of the Graduate Record Examination test score. Ad- 
mission to a doctoral program requires a 3.5 grade point average in previous graduate 
studies and either a 3.0 undergraduate grade point average or at least a 40 percentile on 
the Graduate Record Examination. The GRE aptitude test scores are utilized along with 
other application information in reaching a decision about each applicant. 

The doctoral major program is primarily intended to produce individuals qualified to 
teach courses at the college level in program evaluation, measurement, and statistics; con- 
duct research studies; advise in the conduct of research studies; and serve as applied 
statistics, measurement, and evaluation specialists in school systems, industry, and govern- 
ment. The master's level program is designed to produce qualified individuals to work 
in schools, industry, and government. Both the thesis and the non-thesis option are of- 
fered. A program for an individual student is planned to take into account his/her own 
background and future aims. About half the work within the major is selected to meet 
the needs and interests of the individual student. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

Persons planning a college teaching career will have opportunities to engage in super- 
vised activities appropriate for future faculty members whose specialization will be in 
these areas. Research experience utilizing both mainframe and micro computer equip- 
ment will be obtained. 

The faculty are actively engaged in a large variety of research projects. Students are 
encouraged to become involved as well, and gain experience from these activities. The 
Washington and Baltimore areas have a large number of organizations that provide ready 
opportunity to become involved in projects that have national importance. 

Financial Assistance 

Some graduate assistantships and other funds are available. Once students have the 
equivalent of the first year of course work, they can easily secure good part-time employ- 
ment as support for the continuation of the degree. In many cases, this work becomes 
the career employment for the student after he or she finishes the degree objective. In 
other cases, students wait until the degree is obtained before seeking employment outside 



148 Measurement, Statistics, and Evaluation Program (EDMS) 



the University. In either case, students in the Department have easily found good, degree- 
relevant jobs. 
Additional Information 

For information and a Departmental brochure, please write to: 

Dr. Robert W. Lissitz, Chairperson 

Measurement, Statistics, and Evaluation 

College of Education 

University of Maryland 

College Park, MD 20742 
For courses, see code EDMS. 

Mechanical Engineering Program (ENME) 

Professor and Chairman: Fourney 

Professors: Allen, Anand, Armstrong, Berger, Buckley, Cunniff, Dally, Dieter, Durelli, 
Gupta, Holloway, Irwin, Kirk, Koh, Magrab, Marcinkowski, Marks, Sallet, Sanford, 
Sayre, Shreeve, Talaat, Wallace, Wockenfuss, Weske (Emeritus), Yang 
Associate Professors: Barker, Bernard, Dick, Duncan, diMarzo, Krayterman, McCaf- 
frey, Pecht, Shih, Tsai, von Kerczek, Walston 

Assistant Professors: Abdelhamid, Anjanappa, Azarm, Bigio, Chen, Dasgupta, Gore, 
Hammar, Harhalakis, Haslach, Herold, Humphrey, Minis, Pandelidis, Piomelli, Rader- 
macher, Ssemakula, Tsui, Wilner 
Lecturers: Berman, Case, Coder, Cook, Der, Ethridge, Rangarajan, Werneth 

The Mechanical Engineering Department offers a broad-based program leading to a 
Master of Science degree with courses drawn from four different areas of specialization: 
energy, fluid mechanics, solid mechanics and computer integrated manufacturing and 
design. In certain cases students may wish to concentrate their studies early in their graduate 
work, and M.S. programs in each of the four areas of specialty are available. For the 
Ph.D. program, which stresses research capabilities, an area of specialization should be 
selected early so that the student can establish the depth of understanding in a given 
technical area necessary to begin thesis research. 
Program Specialties 

1 . Energy. This area of specialization treats the transformation, transporta- 
tion, storage, and utilization of all types of energy. The area encompasses: 
combustion, energy conversion, heat and mass transfer, and ther- 
modynamics. Combustion deals with the efficient combustion of petroleum 
and of alternative and future low grade fuels without adverse effects on 
the emission of undesirable trace pollutants. Included in the energy con- 
version coverage are gas turbines, internal combustion engines, furnaces, 
combustors, heat pumps, thermoelectrics, thermionics, photovoltaics, fuel 
cells and magnetohydrodynamics. Analytical, empirical, and experimen- 
tal solutions are developed in solving heat and mass transfer problems. 
The coverage in thermodynamics includes macroscopic and microscopic 
considerations, statistical methods, and irreversible processes. 

2. Fluid Mechanics. This area of specialization prepares students for study 
in advanced analytical and experimental methods in fluid mechanics. Areas 
of study include ground vehicle aerodynamics, hydrodynamics, two-phase 
flow, boundary layers and jets, vortex dynamics, fluid-structure interac- 
tion, turbulence, turbulence closure modeling, and combustor flows. 



Mechanical Engineering Program (ENME) 149 



Laboratory facilities are available for research in turbulence, vehicle 
aerodynamics, two-phase flow, vortex motions, and hydromechanics. 

3. Solid Mechanics. This area of specialization emphasizes exposure to fun- 
damental concepts in analytical and experimental methods of solid 
mechanics. Areas of study include theoretical and applied elasticity, frac- 
ture mechanics, experimental mechanics, noise and vibration control, 
acoustics, numerical modeling, and linear and nonlinear mechanics. 
Laboratory facilities are available for research in stress analysis, fracture, 
vibrations, photoelasticity, and holography. 

4. Computer Integrated Manufacturing and Design. This area of specializa- 
tion combines the disciplines of controls, mechanical design, manufac- 
turing processes, and robotics with a strong emphasis on computer ap- 
plication throughout the areas. A wide variety of courses and research 
topics are available which are supported by dedicated laboratories in 
microprocessors and interfaces, manufacturing processes, robotics, and 
computer-aided design/computer-aided manufacturing. Typical research 
topics include the use of microprocessors for smart product design; the 
integration of a flexible manufacturing cell into the factory of the future; 
circuit board design; integration of CAD, CAM, and manufacturing 
resource planning; and systems analysis, control, and automation. 

Graduates with an M.S. or Ph.D. in mechanical engineering are in high demand by 
a wide variety of industries and the federal government. Jobs are more plentiful than 
ever. Also, career opportunities in academia are excellent for Ph.D. graduates due to 
the shortage of qualified persons in mechanical engineering. 

Admission and Degree Requirements 

The programs leading to the M.S. and Ph.D. degrees are open to qualified students 
holding the B.S. degree in mechanical engineering. Admission may be granted to students 
with degrees from closely allied areas such as other branches of engineering and physics. 
In some cases it may be necessary to require undergraduate courses to complete the stu- 
dent's background. The GRE General (Aptitude) Test is required. The general regula- 
tions of the Graduate School apply in reviewing applications. 

The candidate for the M.S. degree has the choice between the thesis option or the non- 
thesis option. The equivalent of at least three years of full-time study beyond the B.S. 
degree is required for the Ph.D. degree. Ph.D. students must take a qualifying examina- 
tion upon entering into the program. In addition to the general rules of the Graduate 
School, certain special degree requirements are set forth by the Department in its Depart- 
mental publications. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

The Department maintains laboratory facilities for graduate research. Air guns, im- 
pact testers, vibration shaker tables, and acoustic analysis equipment are available for 
studies in dynamic stress analysis and vibration. Static and dynamic stress analysis are 
conducted by photoelastic and holographic techniques. Experimental fluid dynamics 
studies are carried out in wind tunnels, on a water table, and in a two-phase flow loop. 
Research in engineering materials is supported by a large complement of departmental 
mechanical testing equipment and by an electron microscope facility, an x-ray diffrac- 
tion facility, and crystal growing equipment available from the Institute for Physical 



150 Mechanical Engineering Program (ENME) 



Science and Technology. Combustion research facilities include various types of com- 
bustors, heat exchangers, droplet generators, and a fouling and particulate deposition 
apparatus. Research in computer integrated manufacturing and design is carried out in 
CAD/CAM, robotics, manufacturing processes, and microprocessor laboratories. Depart- 
mental computational equipment consists of more than 100 modern microcomputers. This 
includes a selection of PC's, AT's and PS2's. The Departmental CAD laboratory is DEC 
based and has two VAX-servers, seven DEC based VAXSTATION II Workstations, 8 
VAX-Stations III workstation two TEKTRONIX 4115B's and a selection of dumb ter- 
minals which are used to access the various pieces of software located on the VAX cluster. 

Financial Assistance 

Financial assistance is available to outstanding students in the form of fellowships, 
teaching assistantships and research assistantships. Preference is given to U.S. applicants. 

Additional Information 

Additional information may be obtained from the Graduate Advisor, Department of 
Mechanical Engineering. 

For courses, see code ENME. 

Meteorology Program (METO) 

Professor and Chair: Goldenbaum (Acting) 

Professors: Baer, Shukla, Thompson, Vernekar 

Research Professor: Faller 

Associate Professors: Dickerson, Ellingson, Pinker, Robock 

Associate Research Scientists: Schneider, Sellers, Straus, van den Dool 

Assistant Professors: Carton 

Assistant Research Scientists: Kinter, Nigam 

Research Associates: Bloom, Canfield, Doddridge, Fritz, Gandin, Goswami, Gutman, 

Holland, Kaufman, Klein, Krishnamurthy, Laszlo, Mintz, Nobre, Oh, Rasmusson, Saha, 

Semazzi, Shaffer, Wang, Winston, Yang, Xue 

The Meteorology Department offers a full course of study leading to the degrees of 
Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy specializing in the atmospheric sciences. 
Additionally, a full complement of course work in meteorology is offered at the upper 
division and graduate level as a service to other campus graduate programs. 

The educational program in the atmospheric sciences is broadly based involving many 
of the applications of the mathematical, physical and applied sciences that characterize 
modern meteorology. Areas of research specialization presently receiving the most con- 
centrated attention are atmospheric dynamics, atmospheric radiative transfer, remote sen- 
sing of the atmosphere, climate dynamics, numerical weather prediction, atmospheric 
chemistry, synoptic meteorology, micrometeorology, tropical ocean circulation and ocean- 
atmosphere interaction. 

Within the Meteorology Department, the Center for Ocean-Land- Atmosphere Interac- 
tion (COLA), under the direction of Professor Shukla, conducts a coordinated research 
program on the predictability of the coupled atmosphere-ocean-biosphere global climate 
system, especially towards establishing a physical basis for dynamical extended range 
forecasting. The Cooperative Institute for Climate Studies, operated jointly with NOAA, 
also conducts research in long-range forecasting and satellite remote sensing. The Depart- 



Meteorology Program (METO) 151 



ment maintains close research and teaching associations with the College's Institute for 
Physical Science and Technology. 

The Department's close association with federal agencies in the Washington area pro- 
vides graduates with good job potential in the atmospheric sciences. As a research assis- 
tant the student often has the opportunity to develop a close working relationship with 
one or more of the scientific agencies. This can put the student in a good position to 
contend for jobs as they become available. 

The Meteorology Department is in the College of Computer, Mathematical and Physical 
Sciences. 

Admission and Degree Information 

The advanced degree programs in meteorology are open to students holding the 
bachelor's degree in meteorology, physics, chemistry, mathematics, astronomy, engineering 
or other programs with suitable emphasis in the sciences. Comprehensive, undergraduate 
level courses in meteorology are provided for students from disciplines other than 
meteorology. 

To qualify for the Master of Science degree in meteorology, the candidate is required 
to complete the following graduate level core course work: METO 610, Dynamic 
Meteorology 1 (3 credits); METO 612, Atmospheric Turbulence and Diffusion (3 credits); 
METO 620, Atmospheric Radiation (3 credits). METO 640, Micrometeorology may be 
substituted for METO 612 at the advisor's discretion. 

A minimum of 21 additional hours of credit, including research, is required. At least 
12 credits must be in meteorology at the 600 level or above, and generally no more than 
6 credits of 400 level meteorology courses can be applied toward the degree. The pro- 
gram may include up to nine credits or course work at the 400 level or above in other 
departments. 

The Master's degree program will consist of a coherent program chosen in consulta- 
tion with the student's advisor. Students may elect either a thesis option or a non-thesis 
option; the latter requires one scholarly review paper and a comprehensive examination 
instead of a thesis. A final oral examination is administered prior to the awarding of 
the degree. Full-time students with an appropriate background in meteorology can com- 
plete the M.S. program in one calendar year, but typically take one and one-half to two 
years. Additional time may be necessary for students entering from other disciplines. 

To qualify for the Ph.D. degree, the candidate must select a major and an ancillary 
course work program. Ancillary course work programs are individually tailored to the 
needs and interests of the student. Each student is expected to develop a major course 
work program with his or her advisor which will provide adequate preparation for the 
candidacy exams and adequate background for a successful research program leading 
to a Ph.D. dissertation. Students who satisfy minimum requirements on the written ex- 
amination will be admitted to oral examinations. A single pass-fail outcome of the ex- 
aminations will be determined from a combination of written and oral grades with stan- 
dards in each category set to assure an adequate professional level of performance. 

There is no special language requirement for the Ph.D. degree program in meteorology. 
Ability to do independent research must be shown by a written dissertation which em- 
bodies an original contribution to knowledge on some topic connected with meteorology. 
Departmental requirements for the dissertation are essentially the same as Graduate School 



152 Meteorology Program (METO) 



requirements. Typically, Ph.D. programs in meteorology require from three to five years 
of study beyond the bachelor's degree depending on the prior education and training of 
the candidate. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

The Department of Meteorology is located in the Computer and Space Sciences Building 
on campus. Special facilities supporting the teaching and research activities of the Depart- 
ment include equipment for receiving facsimile maps and digital alphanumeric data from 
the National Weather Service, an instrumented weather station (a NOAA cooperative 
observing station), a laboratory for atmospheric chemistry, a mobile air pollution 
laboratory, and a special laboratory facility for fluid dynamics experimentation in rotating 
systems. 

Special data collections supporting the teaching and research activities include Nor- 
thern Hemisphere meteorological data tabulations on microfilm, a unique historical dai- 
ly weather map series dating back to 1899, a complete set of climatological data for the 
United States dating back to 1917, a Geosynchronomous Operational Environmental 
Satellite data archive including visible and infrared photography, a meteorological data 
archive for four out-lying weather stations on University farms, and files of the State 
Climatologist for Maryland. 

The Department of Meteorology has a modern teaching laboratory in which educa- 
tional color video tapes and 16 mm films may be produced and replayed. Sufficient equip- 
ment is installed to allow students and faculty to produce their own educational materials 
for classroom and seminar use as well as to record special experiments, field trials, or 
lecture events for permanent use. 

The Department maintains a specialized library with several hundred text and reference 
books in meteorology and allied sciences, many specialized series of research reports, 
and many current journals. In addition to the main campus library, there are libraries 
in chemistry, astronomy, and engineering. Finally, there are several excellent government 
libraries in the area providing a resource which is unsurpassed. 

The Department has installed a UNIDATA computer graphics animation system which 
ingests, manages, and displays current weather satellite, weather radar, and weather map 
data in color for research, instruction, and the preparation of videotape or film materials. 

The Department of Meteorology has access to a wide spectrum of computer resources. 
The Department has developed its own Apollo supermicrocomputer network, part of which 
supports Unidata activities. The University's Computer Science Center (CSC), which is 
located in the same building as the department, operates a IBM 4381, an IBM 3081, and 
a Unisys 1 100/92. Access to CSC is via high-speed terminals, Ethernet, and the Remote 
Job Entry emulator. Departmental personnel can communicate with various remote super- 
computers at high speed through CSC, including the Cray XMP at San Diego Supercom- 
puter Center (a satellite link), the Crays at NCAR (satellite link), the Amdahls and Cyber 
205 at Goddard Space Flight Center (9600 baud terminal line), and the many computers 
attached to GSFC campus network (56 kilobaud land line). 

The University of Maryland is located in an area which is rich in a variety of profes- 
sional resources which are beneficial to students and faculty in the Department of 
Meteorology. Because of its location in the metropolitan community of the Nation's 
Capital, the University of Maryland is able to interact closely with the many governmen- 
tal groups interested in various aspects of the atmospheric sciences. Guest seminar speakers 



Meteorology Program 1 53 



and visiting lecturers at the University of Maryland frequently are scientists invited from 
local government laboratories and the Department faculty often attend and participate 
in the seminars, colloquia and scientific workshops being held at these neighboring 
institutions. 

A wide spectrum of meteorological interests are represented in the local scientific com- 
munity. For example studies of air pollution calibration standards and analytical techni- 
ques and studies of the effect of weather and climate on energy supplies and agricultural 
productivity are being conducted. There are several groups devoted to climate analysis 
and simulation, new technique development for long-range forecasting, and studies in 
fluid dynamics. Studies of satellite applications to meteorology, solar, and wind energy 
analyses and prediction of atmospheric diffusion and transport processes are also 
represented. 

The Washington, D.C. chapter of the American Meteorological Society consists of about 
400 members who hold professional meetings each month. Washington, D.C. is frequently 
the site of national and international conferences, most notably of the American Associa- 
tion for the Advancement of Science and the American Geophysical Union. Although 
the University of Maryland is the only school in the region which offers degrees in 
meteorology, there are professional and library resources at several other major univer- 
sities which are located close to College Park. In addition to the various government and 
academic institutions, the Washington metropolitan area contains numerous well-known 
private contractors and consulting companies involved in meteorology which provide 
employment opportunities for students both before and after graduation. 

The Department of Meteorology maintains professional interactions with scientists of 
major federal agencies in the atmospheric, oceanographic, and hydrologic sciences. For 
example, a formal Memorandum of Agreement with the National Oceanic and At- 
mospheric Administration provides for the development of special courses by visiting facul- 
ty from NOAA as well as opportunities for faculty and students to work on-site at NOAA 
facilities. Opportunities are provided through existing channels for interactions with the 
National Weather Service, the National Environmental Satellite and Data Information 
Service, the Naval Research Laboratory, the National Bureau of Standards, and the NASA 
Goddard Space Flight Center, among others, all located convenient to the University of 
Maryland. 

Through membership in the University Corporation for Atmospheric Research, the 
Department enjoys the common facilities offered by the National Center for Atmospheric 
Research. 
Financial Assistance 

Graduate Assistantships are available to qualified graduate students. Research Assistants 
carry on research in the general areas of synoptic and dynamic meteorology, satellite 
meteorology, climate dynamics, micrometeorology and air pollution, theoretical or ex- 
perimental fluid dynamics, atmospheric radiation, and general circulation. Stipends are 
maintained at a competitive level. 
Additional Information 

Application material or additional information may be obtained by writing: 
Chair 

Department of Meteorology 
University of Maryland 
College Park, MD 20742 

For courses, see code METO. 3 



154 Microbiology Program (MICB) 



Microbiology Program (MICB) 

Professor and Chair: Joseph 

Professors: Colwell, Cook, Hetrick, Roberson, Weiner, Yuan 

Professors Emeritus: Doetsch, Faber, Pelczar 

Associate Professors: MacQuillan, Voll 

Assistant Professor: Benson, Capage, Stein 

Instructors: Smith 

The Department of Microbiology offers programs leading to the degrees of Master 
of Science and Doctor of Philosophy with special emphasis on three major areas: 
biomedical, environmental, and biotechnology. In the biomedical area, a student may 
specialize in virology, immunology or medical bacteriology. Environmentally related 
research projects are being conducted in microbial ecology, marine microbiology, diseases 
of finfish and shellfish, microbial food webs, biodegradation of pollutants, and radia- 
tion effects. In addition, graduate students carry out research in microbial systematics 
and industrial fermentations. Biotechnology involves bacterial and yeast genetics, genetic 
engineering, cellular immunology, immunochemistry, molecular biology and ecology of 
plasmids, DNA repair systems and the control of bacterial morphogenesis. The Depart- 
ment maintains a basic science orientation with affiliations with federal and industrial 
laboratories of the greater Washington area. 

Advanced degree graduates in microbiology are in demand, particularly in specialties 
involving recombinant DNA technology, immunology, virology-tissue culture, ecology, 
fermentation and medical microbiology. Positions become available in both the public 
and private sector and may involve research, quality control, and/or product development. 

Admission and Degree Information 

Qualified students are accepted in either the M.S. or Ph.D. programs. Applicants for 
the M.S. program must have acquired a thorough foundation in biological and physical 
sciences. A strong background in microbiology is desirable but not essential. However, 
lack of specific courses may lengthen the time required for earning a degree. Scores on 
the Graduate Record Examinations (GRE), both the General Test and the Subject Test 
in Biology, must accompany applications. 

Advanced degree graduates in microbiology are in demand, particularly in specialties 
involving recombinant DNA technology, immunology, virology-tissue culture, ecology, 
fermentation and medical microbiology. Positions become available in both the public 
and private sector and may involve research, quality control, and/or product development. 

Financial Assistance 

A limited number of graduate teaching assistantships are available. There are also op- 
portunities for research assistantships and scholarships contingent upon current research 
funding. 



Microbiology Program (MICB) 1 55 



Additional Information 

Interested individuals may request an information brochure describing in detail the pro- 
gram of graduate study in microbiology. For information write to: 

Chair, Graduate Program Committee 

Department of Microbiology 

University of Maryland 

College Park, MD 20742 
For courses, code MICB. 

Music Program (MUSC) 

Professor and Chair: Cohen 

Associate Chair: Cooper 

Professors: Bernstein, Cohen, Cossa, Fischbach, Folstrom, Garvey, Guarneri String 
Quartet (Dally, Soyer, Steinhardt, Tree), Head, Heim, Heifitz, Helm, Hudson, Johnson, 
Koscrelny, McDonald, Montgomery, Moss, Schumacher, Serwer, Traver, Troth 

Associate Professors: Barnett, Davis, DeLio, Elliston, Elsing, Fanos, Fleming, Gibson, 

Gowen, Mabbs, McClelland, Olson, Robertson, Rodriquez, Ross, Wakefield, Wexler, 

Wilson 

Assistant Professors: Balthrop, McCoy, Payerle, Saunders, Sparks 

Lecturers: Beicken, Gratto 

Instructor: Walters 

The Department of Music offers programs of study leading to the Master of Music 
degree with specializations in performance, conducting, historical musicology, 
ethnomusicology, music theory, music education, and composition; to the Doctor of 
Philosophy degree with specializations in historical musicology, ethnomusicology, and 
music theory; and to the Doctor of Musical Arts degree with specializations in 
performance-literature and in composition. Additional programs in music education, of- 
fered cooperatively with the College of Education, lead to Master of Arts, Master of 
Education, Doctor of Education, and Doctor of Philosophy degrees. 

Admission and Degree Information 

Admission to all graduate degree programs in musicology requires both the General 
and Advanced Tests of the Graduate Record Examination; music education applicants 
complete either the Graduate Record Examination or the Miller Analogies Test. Applicants 
in music performance present an audition covering representative repertory from the 
various historical periods and submit a complete list of all works studied and performed, 
as well as copies of recital programs; applicants in choral conducting present an audition 
with a University of Maryland ensemble as well as submit evidence of performance of 
standard choral repertory; applicants in composition present a portfolio of original works. 
A personal interview is sometimes requested of applicants for any program. 

Requirements for the Master of Music degree in solo performance and in conducting 
include satisfactory completion of a minimum of 30 semester hours of course work elected 
in consultation with a graduate academic advisor, satisfactory completion of a comprehen- 
sive examination taken near or at the end of course work, a culminating recital, and an 



156 Music Program (MUSC) 



oral examination. In addition, each performance division may have individual re- 
quirements, e.g., voice majors must have completed one year each of French and German. 

Requirements for the Master of Music degree in music education include satisfactory 
completion of a minimum of 30 semester hours of course work elected in consultation 
with a graduate academic advisor, satisfactory completion of a comprehensive examina- 
tion taken near or at the end of course work, and an approved final project in a student's 
area of emphasis in music education, i.e., performance, conducting, or pedagogy. 

Requirements for the Master of Music degree in historical musicology, ethnomusicoloy, 
music theory, and composition include satisfactory completion of a minimum of 24 
semester hours of course work elected in consultation with a graduate academic advisor, 
satisfactory completion of a comprehensive examination taken near or at the end of course 
work, submission of an approved thesis (a minimum of 6 semester hours is required in 
thesis research), and a final oral examination on the thesis. Moreover, requirements in 
historical musicology and ethnomusicology include a reading knowledge of one perti- 
nent foreign language, preferably demonstrated upon entrance to the program but at least 
prior to the second semester of study. 

Requirements for the Doctor of Musical Arts degree in performance-literature and in 
composition include satisfactory completion of a body of course work (no fixed number 
of credits) that in the judgement of the student and the graduate academic advisor ade- 
quately prepares the student for the preliminary examination, satisfactory completion 
of the preliminary examination itself, admission to candidacy for the degree (conferred 
by the Graduate School), submission of an approved dissertation (a minimum of 12 
semester hours is required in dissertation research), and a final oral defense of the disser- 
tation. The composition dissertation is a large-scale original composition. Performance- 
literature majors also present a lecture-recital and two full-length recitals; they may app- 
ly for approval of a Performance-Tape Project as an alternative to the traditional disser- 
tation. In addition, each performance division may have individual requirements, e.g., 
voice majors must have completed one year each of French, German, and Italian. Re- 
quirements for the Doctor of Philosophy degree in historical musicology, ethnomusicology, 
and music theory include satisfactory completion of a body of course work (no fixed 
number of credits) that in the judgement of the student and the graduate advisor ade- 
quately prepares the student for the preliminary examination, satisfactory completion 
of the preliminary examination itself, admission to candidacy for the degree (conferred 
by the Graduate School), submission of an approved dissertation (a minimum of 12 
semester hours is required in dissertation research), and a final oral defense of the disser- 
tation. Additionally, students in historical musicology and ethnomusicology must 
demonstrate a reading knowledge of German and at least one other pertinent foreign 
language either upon entrance to the program or within one semester for the first language 
and two semesters for the second; students in music theory must demonstrate a reading 
knowledge of German prior to beginning the dissertation. 

Libraries and Special Research Resources 

The University of Maryland, College Park offers musical scholars a variety of libraries, 
archives, special collections, and other research resources that few universities equal. 

The music library in Hornbake Library is maintained as a separate branch within the 
University's library system. Its main collection consists of approximately 22,000 books, 



Music Program (MUSC) 157 



70,000 scores, 2,200 microfilms, 3,500 microfiches, 45,000 phonodiscs, 3,000 tapes, and 
2,400 piano rolls along with readers for all microforms, listening facilities for discs and 
tapes, and equipment for making photographic, microfilm, microfiche, or xerographic 
copies. 

Special collections of particular musical interest are (1) the Jacob M. Coopersmith Col- 
lection consisting of his working library and rich in Handel materials (books, music, jour- 
nals, reprints of articles, etc.); (2) microfilms of all Handel autographs at the British 
Library and the Fitzwilliam Museum, and of almost all other known autograph fragments 
of Handel's music; (3) the Alfred Wallenstein Collection, donated by the violoncellist 
and conductor, comprising the performance library (about 28,000 titles) of radio station 
WOR in New York City and dating through the early 1950s; (4) Andre Kostelanetz's own 
working collection of orchestral scores and parts in manuscript, about 4,000 titles be- 
queathed by the conductor; (5) the archives of the American Bandmasters Association, 
the Music Educators National Conference, the National Association of College Wind 
and Percussion Instructors, the International Clarinet Society, the College Band Direc- 
tors National Association, and the Music Library Association — among which is the oral 
history collection; the press books of Edwin Franko Goldman; extensive gathering of 
clippings, programs, photographs, and historic recordings relating to the history of the 
American band movement; the Contemporary Music Project Library of the Music 
Educators National Conference; the Pillsbury Foundation School archives; the Frances 
Elliott Clark papers; the Luther Whiting Mason Collection; and the music education text- 
book collection; and (6) the International Piano Archives at Maryland (formerly the In- 
ternational Piano Library of New York City), which is a unique collection of tapes, 
phonodiscs, piano rolls, music scores, cylinders, record catalogues, and manuscripts 
documenting the entire history of recorded piano literature and its performance. 

Also located at The University of Maryland is The Center for Studies in Nineteenth- 
Century Music which oversees the publications of Le Repertoire international de la presse 
musicale, the First Edition of The Music Criticism of Hector Berlioz, the Musical Life 
in 19th Century France Series, and Periodica Musica. Research activities centered in the 
Music Department include the C.P.E. Bach Edition and the American Handel Society. 

Within a few minutes of the College Park campus are unparalleled research oppor- 
tunities offered by the Library of Congress, the Folger Shakespeare Library, Dumbarton 
Oaks, the National Archives, the Smithsonian Institution, the Enoch Pratt Free Library 
of Baltimore, and about 500 specialized libraries. 

Special Resources 

The Department of Music programs a wide variety of student and faculty solo and 
ensemble recitals and concerts, including those of the internationally recognized Guarneri 
Quartet, in residence at College Park. The Department also cooperates with the campus 
in a year-long series of University Community concerts and in the summer International 
Piano Festival and William Kapell Competition. The University also sponsors an annual 
three-day Handel Festival that features the University of Maryland Chorus and scholars 
and performers from around the world. The musical environment of the entire 
Washington-Baltimore area is unusually varied and rewarding in performances at the John 
F. Kennedy Center for the Performing Arts, Constitution Hall, National Gallery of Art, 
Phillips Collection, Library of Congress, Wolf Trap Farms Park, Smithsonian Institu- 
tion, Corcoran Gallery of Art, and Joseph Meyerhoff Symphony Hall in Baltimore. 



158 Music Program (MUSC) 



Financial Assistance 

A number of competitive fellowships, tuition waivers, and assistantships are available. 
Preference may be given to those who have filed application for admission to the Univer- 
sity and have been officially admitted by February 1. 

Additional Information 

Applications, program brochures, audition schedules, and further information may 
be obtained from: 

Director of Graduate Studies 

Department of Music 

Tawes Fine Arts Building 

The University of Maryland 

College Park, Maryland 20742 
For courses, see code MUSC. 

Nuclear Engineering Program (ENNU) 

Professor and Director: Munno 

Professor and Department Chair: Roush 

Professors: Hsu, Silverman 

Associate Professors: Almenas, Modarres, Pertmer 

Assistant Professor: Mosleh 

Lecturers: Lee, Marksberry, Rahejah, Graves, A. Munno, Ebert, White 

The Nuclear Engineering Program is in the Department of Chemical and Nuclear 
Engineering. It has as its primary objective the maintenance and extension of the ever 
increasing degree of engineering sophistication. The courses and research programs strive 
to create an atmosphere of originality and creativity which prepares the student for the 
engineering leadership of tomorrow. 

An individual plan of graduate study compatible with the student's interests and 
background is established by the student, his or her advisor, and the department head. 
General areas of concentration include reactor safety, reactor thermal hydraulics, transport 
theory, activation analysis, probalistic risk assessment, reliability analysis, reactor physics, 
radiation engineering, integrated thermal hydraulic effects and nuclear core design. The 
general nuclear engineering program is focused toward energy conversion and power 
engineering with additional specialties in radiation and polymer science and reliability 
analysis. 

Admission and Degree Information 

The programs leading to the M.S. and Ph.D. degrees are open to qualified students 
holding the B.S. degree. Full admission may be granted to students with degrees in any 
of the engineering and science areas from accredited programs. In some cases it may be 
necessary to require courses to fulfill the background. The general regulations of the 
Graduate School apply in reviewing applications. 

The candidate for the M.S. degree has the choice of following a plan of study with 
thesis or without thesis. The equivalent of at least three years of full-time study beyond 
the B.S. degree is required for the Ph.D. degree. All students seeking graduate degrees 
in Nuclear Engineering must enroll in ENNU 620, 630, 655 and 440. Many of these courses 
are offered in the late afternoon and evening. In addition to the general rules of the 



Nuclear Engineering Program (ENNU) 159 



Graduate School certain special degree requirements are set forth by the Department in 

its publications. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

Special facilities available for graduate study in Nuclear Engineering include the nuclear 
reactor, a large scale integral thermal hydraulic facility a large gamma source, an 8 MeV 
Electron Linear Accelerator, and various analyzers and detectors. The nuclear reactor 
is a 250 KW swimming pool type using enriched uranium. In addition, there are con- 
siderable computer and graphics facilities available, including Sun Workstations. 

For courses, see code ENNU. 

Nutritional Sciences Program (NUSC) 

Professor and Chair: Soares 

Professors: Ahrens, Beaton, Doerr, Heald, Holmlund, Kuenzel, Mather, Munn, Prather, 

Read, Thomas, Tildon, Vandersall, Vijay, Westoff, Young 

Professor Emeritus: Keeney 

Associate Professors: Castonguay, DeBarthe, Douglass, Erdman, Hansen, Ottinger, Max, 

McKenna, Roeder, Russek-Cohen, Sampugna, Moser-Veillon 

Assistant Professors: Alston-Mills, Cassel, Mench, Taylor 

The Graduate Program in Nutritional Sciences offers study leading to the Master of 
Science and the Doctor of Philosophy degrees. It is an interdepartmental program in- 
volving faculty in the Department of Animal Sciences, Chemistry, Human Nutrition and 
Food Systems, and Poultry Science on the College Park Campus; Pediatrics at the Univer- 
sity of Maryland, Baltimore City Campus; and Human Ecology at the University of 
Maryland, Eastern Shore Campus. In addition, there are affiliated scientists interacting 
with the program at federal laboratories in the USDA and the NIH. 

For courses, see code NUSC. 
Philosophy Program (PHIL) 

Professor and Chair: Slote 

Professors: Bub, Devitt, Lesher, Pasch, Suppe, Svenonius 
Professor Emeritus: Schlaretzki 

Associate Professors: Brown, Celarier, Cherniak, Darden, Greenspan, Johnson, Levin- 
son, Martin, Odell, Rey, Stairs 
Assistant Professors: Horty, Taylor 
Affiliate Associate Professor: Hornstein 

The Department of Philosophy offers graduate programs leading to the M.A. and Ph.D. 
degrees with emphasis on contemporary Anglo-American philosophy and the bearing of 
philosophy on other disciplines. A person seeking the Ph.D. normally enters that pro- 
gram directly, without first pursuing the M.A. degree (although the M.A. may be earned 
on the way to the Ph.D.). Whereas the Ph.D. program is suitable primarily for persons 
who wish to enter a career in teaching and research at the college or university level, the 
M.A. program is appropriate for persons who desire to deepen and expand the knowledge 
they gained as undergraduates or to develop competence in philosophy for the sake of 
its applications in some other professional field. 
A special interdisciplinary curriculum in the history and philosophy of science, in coopera- 



160 Philosophy Program (PHIL) 



tion with the Department of History and under the supervision of the Committee on the 
History and Philosophy of Science, is also offered at the M.A. and Ph.D. levels. 

In cooperation with the Department of Computer Science, the Department of 
Linguistics, and the Department of Psychology, the Department of Philosophy also of- 
fers a specialized curriculum in cognitive studies at the M.A. and PhD levels under the 
supervision of the Committee for Cognitive Studies in Philosophy. 

The Institute for Philosophy and Public Policy, operating under the auspices of the 
School of Public Affairs, engages in research, teaching, and curriculum development in 
the ethical and conceptual issues in public policy formation. The Center offers graduate 
students opportunities for course work and research. 

The Department sponsors a series of colloquia by visiting and local speakers throughout 
the academic year. 

Admission and Degree Information 

The Department admits to the Ph.D. program only students intending to undertake 
full-time study toward that degree. 

Students seeking admission to the Ph.D. program in philosophy should normally have 
completed, with a high grade point average, at least eighteen semester hours (or the 
equivalent) of philosophy, including one course in logic, two courses in the history of 
philosophy, and two courses from among the following areas: ethics, episternology, or 
metaphysics. The Graduate Record Examination Aptitude Test is required. Applications 
must be supported by three letters of recommendation from previous instructors, at least 
one of whom is familiar with the applicant's work in philosophy. Applicants are required 
also to submit a sample of their written work on a philosophical topic. The letters and 
paper, as well as the GRE test scores, should be sent directly to the Department of 
Philosophy. 

Students may be admitted to the curriculum in the History and Philosophy of Science, 
or in Cognitive Studies, with fewer than eighteen hours in philosophy provided that this 
is compensated for by a strong background in science, or in a cognate discipline in cognitive 
studies, respectively. For details, consult the Chairperson of the Committee on the History 
and Philosophy of Science or of the Committee for Cognitive Studies in Philosophy. 

Qualitative criteria for M.A. admission are less stringent than for Ph.D. admission, 
but the same supporting documents must be provided. 

The M.A. program may be pursued through either of two options: with thesis or without 
thesis. Candidates pursuing either option demonstrate competence in symbolic logic and 
knowledge of modern philosophy. There are no specific course requirements beyond the 
Graduate School requirements applicable to all M.A. degrees. Foreign language skills 
are required insofar as demanded by the individual student's research. To earn the M.A. 
without thesis a student must pass a written comprehensive examination and must sub- 
mit a collection of papers demonstrating competence in philosophical research and writing. 

In addition to satisfying Graduate School requirements applicable to all Ph.D. pro- 
grams, students in the regular philosophy program are required to demonstrate competence 
in three philosophical fields selected from the following four broad philosophical areas: 
History of Philosophy, Episternology and Metaphysics, Logic and Philosophy of Science, 
and Value Theory. Such demonstration is to be accomplished by the writing of papers 
of substantial breadth and scope indicating the student's grasp of some important pro- 



Philosophy Program (PHIL) 161 



blems in the field and connections to other issues in that field. These demonstrations must 
be completed within six semesters of full-time study. Other requirements are: qualifica- 
tion in symbolic logic, course distribution with respect to the above four philosophical 
areas, and presentation of a research paper at a Departmental colloquium in the latter 
stages of dissertation research. All Ph.D. students are required also to gain two semesters 
experience in teaching undergraduates at an institution of higher learning, normally by 
way of the Department's teaching assistantship program. 

Foreign language skills are required insofar as demanded by the individual student's 
research. 

Partial credit toward the requirements of the Ph.D. program in Philosophy will be 
accorded to relevant work done at other graduate institutions. Specific determination in 
each case will be made by the committee on Graduate Admissions. 

Philosophy students pursuing the Ph.D. curriculum in the History and Philosophy of 
Science are subject to certain special requirements. They must demonstrate competence 
by examination and written papers, in (a) the history of science and the contemporaneous 
philosophies of science, and (b) the philosophy of science and related metaphysical and 
epistemological problems. The third area for demonstration of competence is either a 
field of science (for students not possessing an undergraduate science degree) or an area 
of philosophy. Course work must include courses in the history of science and technology, 
the philosophy of science, graduate-level courses in an area of science, a course on research 
methods in history and philosophy of science, and either Philosophy 471 or 478. In addi- 
tion the student must demonstrate reading competency in a foreign language, normally 
French or German. 

Students taking the Cognitive Studies Specialization are subject to certain special re- 
quirements. For the PhD, one of the three fields of competence shall be an interdisciplinary 
one in the area of cognitive studies. For the PhD and the MA, course work must include 
philosophy courses concerned with issues related to cognitive studies and courses in a 
secondary area of cognitive studies outside philosophy. 

Financial Assistance 

The Department administers a number of graduate assistantships. Well-prepared enter- 
ing students have a good chance of receiving financial support in the first year, and there 
is presumption in favor of reappointment through the fourth year. 

Additional Information 

Brochures describing the regular M.A. and Ph.D. programs in philosophy may be ob- 
tained by writing to the Committee on Graduate Admissions and Awards, Department 
of Philosophy. 

Information concerning the curriculum in the History and Philosophy of Science may 
be obtained from the Chairperson, Committee on the History and Philosophy of Science. 
Information concerning the curriculum in Cognitive Studies may be obtained from the 
Chairperson, Committee for Cognitive Studies in Philosophy. 

For courses, see code PHIL. 

Physical Education Program (PHED) 

Professor and Chair: Clarke 

Professors: Dotson, Ingram, Kelley, Sloan, Steel, Vaccaro 



162 Physical Education Program (PHED) 



Associate Professors: Clark, Hult, Phillips, Santa Maria, Wrenn 

Assistant Professors: Arrighi, Caldwell, Chalip, DiRocco, Hatfield, Hurley, Ryder, Scott, 

Struna, Tyler, VanderVelden 

The graduate student majoring in Physical Education may pursue the degrees of Master 
of Arts (thesis and non-thesis options) or Doctor of Philosophy. The two major objec- 
tives of these programs are: (1) to study the discipline of physical education by examin- 
ing the effects of physical activity on individuals from a physiological, kinesiological, 
psychological, social and historical point of view; and (2) to acquaint the student with 
curricular aspects of physical education, to improve the quality of teaching, and to offer 
the student ways of improving the administration and supervision of programs in schools 
and colleges. 

The graduate program is organized into three divisions offering major emphasis as 
follows: (1) Division of Sport Studies including history of sport, psychology of sport, 
and sociology of sport; (2) Division of Biophysical Studies with specialties in physiology 
of exercise, motor learning, (M. A. only) motor development and biomechanics; and (3) 
Division of Professional Studies with emphasis on curriculum/instruction, administra- 
tion/supervision (M.A. only), and sports management (M.A. only). 

Admission and Degree Information 

The basic minimum guideline for admission to the M.A. program in Physical Educa- 
tion is a B average or a 3.0 average for the last two years of undergraduate study both 
in the major and related subject fields. Students not quite meeting these qualifications 
may be admitted provisionally. Undergraduate prerequisites for advanced study in physical 
education include physiology of exercise, kinesiology, statistics, and two courses from 
a discretionary pool. Students without these necessary courses may register as special 
students or be admitted provisionally with limited course deficiencies. The Graduate 
Record Examination (GRE) is required for admission. 

Admission to the Ph.D. program is secured upon the basis of satisfactory preparation 
for advanced graduate work and demonstrated potential for scholarly achievement. A 
B grade point average (3.5 on a 4.0 point scale) in previous graduate work, with at least 
a 3.0 overall average in the final two years of undergraduate study, is the scholastic stan- 
dard for admission. The GRE is required for admission. In those cases where special 
qualifications are apparent from letters of recommendation and documentation of special 
backgrounds, but where the scholastic standards stated above are not met in their entire- 
ty, a student may be admitted on a provisional basis. 

The requirements for the M.A. in Physical Education (thesis option) are a minimum 
of 24 semester hours, exclusive of the thesis. Six are required in the PHED specialty area 
(Sport Psychology, Exercise Physiology, etc.) with six additional PHED hours required. 
PHED 610, Methods and Techniques of Research (3 credits) and another research pro- 
cesses course (3 credits) are required of all M.A. students. Twelve credits are elective in 
nature and may be taken within or outside the major department to supplement and sup- 
port the specialization work. The student is also required to register for six semester hours 
of thesis credits (PHED 799). Thus the total number of credit hours required for the degree 
is 30. Two years of full-time graduate study are usually required for completion of the 
master's degree. 

The requirements for the M.A. in Physical Education (non-thesis option) are a minimum 
of 30 semester hours. Required courses include PHED 610 and a three hour research pro- 



Physical Education Program (PHED) 163 



cesses course which supports the major subject matter area. A minimum of six credit 
hours must be taken in the PHED major specialty. Fifteen credits are elective in nature 
and may be taken within or outside the major department. Three credits must be taken 
in PHED 689, Special Problems in Physical Education, involving an independent investiga- 
tion project under the direction of a graduate faculty member. The student must also 
pass a final comprehensive examination. 

The requirements for the Ph.D. degree consist of course work in the following areas: 
(1) a minimum of 12 credits in the area of specialization, (2) a minimum of 6 credits in 
an additional area within the graduate program to serve as a support area, and (3) a 
minimum of 15 credits in a related studies area selected from outside the Department. 
In some instances more credits may be required for completion of this requirement which 
must consist of subject matter essential to support the dissertation topic. Courses com- 
pleted may be taken within a single department or from several departments. 

Students within all divisions of the Department must demonstrate competency in 
research. Commensurate with this competency is a basic understanding of the scientific 
method including the ability to apply logic and objectivity to the understanding of 
phenomena and the ability to formulate and test relevant hypotheses. Normally, com- 
petency in the scientific method includes demonstrating and understanding of (1) the 
research processes in physical education, (2) the quantitative methods of analysis employed 
in physical education research, and (3) the principles underlying the statistical aspects 
of experimental and non-experimental designs employed in physical education research. 

Twelve hours is the minimum and eighteen the maximum allotted for the Ph.D. disser- 
tation (PHED 899). 

No foreign language is formally required for the Ph.D. degree, although in certain 
situations it may be required by the advisor of students who are doing extensive reading 
in German, Spanish, French, Russian or some other language. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

The Department maintains a modern research laboratory for physical education in- 
cluding, but not limited to, cinematographic and biomechanical motion analysis, car- 
diovascular measurement, strength and other motor fitness assessments, body composi- 
tion, and motor learning and motor development research. In addition, the new Physical 
Education, Recreation, and Health building complex offers the graduate student access 
to research facilities including a small animal laboratory and minicomputer and 
microcomputer-based data acquisition systems for real-time laboratory application which 
interface with the University Computer Science Center. 
Financial Assistance 

Each year a number of graduate assistantships are offered to men and women. Specific 
responsibilities include teaching in the activity program or assisting in the research 
laboratory. 
Additional Information 

For further information and application, contact: 

David L. Kelley 

Director of Graduate Studies 

Department of Physical Education 

University of Maryland 

College Park, MD 20742 
For courses, see code PHED. 



164 Physics Program (PHYS) 



Physics Program (PHYS) 

Professor and Chair: Liu 

Professors and Associate Chairs: Bardasis, Boyd 

Professors Emeriti: Glover III, Myers 

Professors: Alley, Anderson, Banerjee, Bhagat, Brill, C.C. Chang, C.Y. Chang, Chant, 

Chen, Currie, Das Sarma, DeSilva, Dorfman, Dragt, Drew, Earl, Einstein, Falk, Fer- 

rell, Glick, Gloeckler, Gluckstern, Goldenbaum, Greenberg, Griem, Griffin, Holmgren, 

Hornyak, Howarth, Hu, Korenman, Layman, Lee, Lynn, MacDonald, Misner, 

Mohapatra, Oneda, Ott, Papadopoulos, Park, Pati, Prange, Redish, Richard, Roos, 

Siegel, Snow, Sucher, Toll, Wallace, Weber, Woo, Zorn 

Affiliate Professor: Fisher 

Professors (part-time): Z. Slawsky, J. Wilson 

Visiting Professors: Franklin, Orzalesi 

Adjunct Professors: Boldt, ramaty, Ripin 

Associate Professors: Antonsen, Drake, Ellis, Fivel, Gates, Goodman, Hadley, Hassam, 

Kacser, Kim, Kirkpatrick, Mason, Paik, Skuja, Wang, Williams 

Assistant Professors: Cohen, Hamilton, Jacobson, Jawahery, Kelly, Skiff 

Lectures: Beach, Carlson, Frey, Holt, Kirshner, Rapport, M. Slawsky, Solow, Stern, 

Swank 

The Department of Physics and Astronomy has active programs in many areas of cur- 
rent research interest. Those in astronomy are listed under the heading of Astronomy. 
Those in the Physics Program include: astrophysics, atomic physics, chemical physics, 
condensed matter physics, dynamical systems, elementary particle theory, fluid dynamics, 
general relativity, high energy physics, many-body theory, molecular physics, nuclear 
physics, particle accelerator research, plasma physics, quantum electronics and optics, 
quantum field theory, space physics, and statistical mechanics. 

Admission and Degree Information 

Because of the large number of qualified applicants, the Department of Physics and 
Astronomy has had to restrict formal admission to the Graduate School to those who 
have shown particularly outstanding work in their undergraduate records or who have 
already done satisfactory work in key senior-level courses at the University of Maryland. 
Students who have less outstanding records, but who, because of exceptional cir- 
cumstances, show special promise may be given provisional admission, with regular ad- 
mission pending the satisfactory completion of existing deficiencies. Each student so ad- 
mitted will be informed by an assigned Departmental advisor what background is lack- 
ing and what must be accomplished to achieve regular admission. The University of 
Maryland hopes in this way to offer an opportunity for advanced study in physics to 
all qualified students. 

Entering graduate students are normally expected to have strong backgrounds in physics, 
including courses in the intermediate level in mechanics, electricity and magnetism, ther- 
modynamics, physical optics, and modern physics. A student with deficiencies in one 
or more of these areas may be admitted, but will be expected to remedy such deficiencies 



Physics Program (PHYS) 1 65 



as soon as possible. 

The Graduate Record Examination (GRE), including the Advanced Physics test, is re- 
quired for admission. In rare instances, for example if a student is unable for geographical 
reasons to take the test, this requirement may be waived. The average GRE Advanced 
Physics test score of entering students is 700. A minimum overall score of 550 on the 
Test of English as a Foreign Language is required of applicants from non-English speak- 
ing countries. 

The Department offers both thesis and non-thesis M.S. programs. The Departmental 
requirements for the non-thesis option include at least four courses of the general physic 
sequence: PHYS 601, 602, 603 or 604, 606, 622 and 623 plus the graduate lab PHYS 
621, unless specifically exempted; a paper as evidence of ability to organize and present 
a written scholarly report on contemporary research; the passing at the master's level of 
one section of the Ph.D. qualifying exam; and the passing of a final oral examination. 

The requirements for the Master of Science degree with thesis include at least four 
courses of the general physics sequence, the graduate laboratory unless specially exemp- 
ted, and the passing of an oral examination including a defense of thesis. 

The requirements for the Ph.D. in physics are set in general terms to allow the individual 
student as much freedom as possible in preparing a course of study suited to individual 
needs. These requirements are: competence in basic physics indicated by satisfactory per- 
formance on a Qualifying Examination and in the Graduate Laboratory; a paper as 
evidence of ability to organize and present a written scholarly report on contemporary 
research prior to candidacy; advanced course study outside the student's field of specializa- 
tion consisting of at least two courses (6 credits) in physics at the 700 or 800 level and 
two courses (6 credits) recognized for graduate credit given outside the physics program 
(this may include astronomy); PHYS 624 or 625 for students with theoretical theses; and 
research competence through active participation in at least two hours of seminar, 12 
hours of thesis research, and the presentation and defense of an original dissertation. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

The current research in the Department spans an immense range of theoretical and 
experimental work on the forefront of knowledge, far too large to describe here. For 
details of the work in the various fields, the faculty, and the facilities involved, the Depart- 
ment biannually puts out a booklet entitled "Research in Physics " which may be obtain- 
ed upon request. 

To give some idea of the magnitude of the program we note that of the professional 
faculty of 77, there are 66 engaged in separately budgeted research; faculty members at 
other ranks likewise engaged in research number 111. In 1987-88, 107 graduate students 
also participated in research under stipends. The current federal support for research 
amounts to approximately 15,555,000.00 million dollars annually, attesting to both the 
size and the quality of the program. 

The Department houses the Center for Theoretical Physics which provides a means 
for outstanding theoretical physicists to visit the Department as postdoctoral fellows and 
visiting faculty members. 

There are close academic ties with the Institute of Physical Science and Technology 
on the campus; members of the Institute supervise graduate research and share in the 
teaching of physics courses. The Department also has close ties with the University's Com- 



166 Physics Program (PHYS) 



puter Science Center which provides outstanding computer facilities for the University. 

In addition to using College Park campus facilities, graduate students can, under cer- 
tain conditions, utilize resources of nearby federal laboratories. 

The University of Maryland is located within the metropolitan area of Washington, 
D.C. where it enjoys the proximity of a large number of outstanding institutions such 
as NASA's Goddard Space Flight Center, the Naval Research Laboratory, the Naval Sur- 
face Weapons Center, the National Bureau of Standards, the Johns Hopkins Applied 
Physics Laboratory, the Department of Energy, the National Institutes of Health, the 
Library of Congress, and other federal institutions. The Department has close ties with 
certain research groups at some of these institutions. In order to facilitate graduate study 
in the Washington area, the Department of Physics and Astronomy has part-time pro- 
fessors in certain government laboratories. 

Students desiring to do graduate work in physics at a government agency should contact 
a member of the graduate faculty in the Department. 

Financial Assistance 

The Department offers both teaching and research assistantships. 

In 1986-87 there were approximately 85 teaching assistants and 107 research assistants. 
Summer research stipends for advanced graduate students are customary, and a few sum- 
mer teaching assistantships are available. 

The deadline for applications for financial support is February 1 for assistantships and 
fellowships. 

Graduate students also can seek full-time or part-time employment in the many govern- 
ment and industry laboratories located within a few miles of the campus. 

Additional Information 

A booklet is available regarding the graduate program in physics. "Graduate Study 
in Physics" is a guidebook to procedural requirements and rules concerning the acquisi- 
tion of higher degrees. "Research in Physics" describes the graduate research activities 
and lists the personnel involved, group by group. It gives the names of faculty and graduate 
students involved in various research projects, together with brief descriptions of those 
projects. Regarding admission or for further information write: 

Mrs. Jean Clement, Secretary 

Graduate Entrance Committee 

Department of Physics 

University of Maryland 

College Park, MD 20742 
For courses, see code PHYS. 

Poultry Science Program (POUL) 

Associate Professor and Chair: Doerr 
Professors: Heath, Kuenzel, Soares, Thomas 
Associate Professors: Murphy, Ottinger, Wabeck 
Adjunct Associate Professor: Failla, Kotula 
Assistant Professor: Mench 

Course work and research activities leading to the Master of Science and the Doctor 



Poultry Science Program (POUL) 167 



of Philosophy degrees are offered by the Department of Poultry Science. The student 
may pursue work with major emphasis in biotechnology, ethology, nutrition, physiology, 
technology of eggs and poultry, or toxicology. 

Recently the demand for graduates has exceeded the supply. Graduates may pursue 
a career in government research, industry, or academia, and opportunities are good. 

Admission and Degree Information 

Departmental requirements, supplementary to those of the Graduate School, have been 
formulated for the guidance of candidates for graduate degrees. Copies of these re- 
quirements may be obtained from the Department of Poultry Science. Although not a 
requirement for admission, the department strongly encourages submission of results of 
the Graduate Record Examination (GRE). 

Courses in these programs are listed elsewhere under the headings Animal Sciences, 
Nutritional Sciences, and Food Science as appropriate. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

The Department has excellent facilities for broilers, layers, quail, and mice (for 
hybridoma research). Laboratories are modern and well instrumented (amino acid 
analyzer, atomic absorption spectrophotometer, scintillation counters, gas 
chromatographs, HPLCs, Instron food analyzer, Grass polygraph, EIA reader, 
fluorescence and light microscopes, etc.) Specialized laboratories for microbiology, 
molecular biology, nutrition, physiology, and tissue culture, and an on-campus poultry 
farm provide major research capability. In addition, a new off-campus research facility 
in the heart of Maryland's poultry industry permits field studies and interaction with 
industry-based research. 

Financial Assistance 

Graduate research assistantships and teaching assistantships are available in the 
Department. 

For courses, see code ANSC and others. 

Psychology Program (PSYC) 

Professor and Chair: Goldstein 

Professors: Anderson, Dies, Dooling, Fretz, Gelso, Gollub, Hall, Hill, Hodos, Horton, 

Kruglanski, Lorion, Locke, Magoon', Martin, Mclntire, J. Mills, Penner, Pumroy, 

Schneider, Scholnick, Sigall, B. Smith, Steinman, Sternheim, Trickett, Tyler 

Associate Professors: Allen, Brauth, R. Brown, Coursey, Freeman , Larkin, Norman, 

Steele 

Assistant Professors: Hanges, Helms, Johnson, Klein, O'Grady, Plude, Stangor 

Joint appointment with Business and Management 

Joint appointment with Counseling and Personnel Services 

The Department of Psychology offers training leading to the degree of Doctor of 
Philosophy. By Departmental ruling, the number of graduate students is limited to a ratio 
of four resident students per member of the Graduate faculty, insuring close and intimate 
contact in research and seminars. 

Programs leading to the Doctor of Philosophy degree are offered in the areas of clinical, 
counseling, experimental, industrial, applied developmental psychology, and social 



1 68 Psychology Program (PSYC) 



psychology. The experimental area is further subdivided into three fields of study: biop- 
sychology, cognitive and psycholinguistics, and sensory and perceptual processes. Many 
fields have a range of subspecialties (e.g., engineering psychology) in which the student 
may concentrate. The Department's doctoral programs in both Clinical and Counseling 
Psychology have been approved by the American Psychological Association. 

Admission and Degree Information 

The Department accepts as graduate students only those who have demonstrated 
superior aptitude and appear capable of completing the requirements for the doctoral 
degree. All of the specialty areas offer doctoral level programs; they do not accept students 
who are interested in terminal M.A. degrees. The average scores of students admitted 
for the 1987-88 academic year were: GRE VQ 1300, GRE Psychology 600, GPA 3.7, 
Psychology GPA 3.8. The Department of Psychology encourages applications from 
minority groups and women. 

Applicants must submit applications by February 1 (preferably January 1) of each year 
for entrance in the fall as the available spaces are usually filled early. 

For a doctoral degree a minimum of 72 hours beyond the B. A. is required. All students 
entering with a B.A. are required to take two courses in statistics and five courses in areas 
outside their specialty program. These five courses must be core courses chosen from 
a group of available courses designed to provide basic information in a variety of specialty 
areas. 

The remaining credit hours (approximately 50 hours) are devoted to research and course 
work in the participant's specialty program. If the student chooses to have a second special- 
ty, two advanced courses along with one core course may be taken in one coherent area 
to provide a second specialty. 

While the course of study in the Department of Psychology is at the doctoral level, 
most students choose to earn the M.A. or M.S. degree en route to the Ph.D. The M.A. 
or M.S. degree requirements are thirty hours of course work including the two courses 
in statistics and three core courses. A research thesis is also required. Advancement to 
the third and the fourth year of doctoral level work is based upon satisfactory comple- 
tion of core courses, work in the student's specialty area, and completion of a research 
requirement. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

The Department housed in a large modern building with facilities designed by the faculty 
of the Department of Psychology for the training of graduate students. In addition, its 
geographic location in a suburb of Washington, D.C. makes accessible a wide variety 
of laboratory and training facilities in governmental and other agencies, as well as many 
psychologists prominent in the profession. 

Financial Assistance 

The Department gives financial aid to almost all incoming students. The Department 
of Psychology does not offer a part-time program. Students are required to attend classes, 
take part in research, and teach as graduate assistants. Each of these assignments is con- 
sidered a critical part of the graduate training program. It is not possible to obtain this 
type of education on a part-time basis. Thus, students are not permitted to hold off-campus 
jobs unless they are under the direct supervision of the faculty. 



Psychology Program (PSYC) 169 



Additional Information 

Additional information concerning the graduate program including specific program 
brochures and application materials may be obtained by writing: 

Graduate Secretary 

Department of Psychology 

University of Maryland 

College Park, MD 20742-4411 
For courses, see code PSYC. 

School of Public Affairs (Public Management and Public Policy Pro- 
grams) (PUAF) 

Professor and Dean: Nacht 

Professors: Baily, Brown, Destler, Galston, Kelleher, Levy, Schick, Young 

Assistant Professors: Cohen, Cronin, Fetter 

Lecturers: Ards, Hedman, Slater 

The School of Public Affairs provides graduate-level, professional education to men 
and women of distinction of mind and character. Five disciplines are emphasized: ac- 
counting, statistics, economics, politics, and ethics. Students specialize in issues of govern- 
ment/private sector interaction, international security, environmental policy, or public 
sector financial management. The program is open to pre-career and mid-career graduate 
students and builds on the School's location in the Baltimore/Washington corridor. 

Admission and Degree Information 

The School offers three degrees: the Master of Public Management (MPM) the Mid- 
Career Master of Public Policy (MPP) and a small Ph.D. program in policy studies. The 
School also offers joint degree programs with the School of Business (MPM/MBA) and 
the Law School (MPM/JD). In addition, several non-degree certificates are available. 

Master of Public Management 

The MPM is a two-year, 51 credit, full-time professional degree combining a rigorous 
applied course of study with practical hands-on experience. 

About forty students enter the program each fall. Although this number is small, the 
candidates come from a wide variety of undergraduate schools and majors. The average 
undergraduate GPA of the entering class is approximately 3.4 and the average GRE score 
is 620. All students are required to have successfully completed college level math before 
they enter the School. 

During the first year, students fulfill the core requirements which emphasize the tools 
of policy analysis: financial management, statistics, economics, politics, and ethics. In 
addition they are introduced to the policy making process and national, state, and local 
policy makers. In addition to these core courses, first year students take two elective courses 
during the second semester. 

During the summer between the first and second year, students obtain employment 
in federal, state, or local government agencies or in private firms that deal extensively 
with government agencies. In addition to practical experience and the opportunity to use 
the skills acquired during the first year, this opportunity provides contacts and relation- 
ships useful for future projects and job placement. 

During the second year students specialize in one of four concentrations: Public Policy 



1 70 School of Public Affairs (PUAF) 



and Private Enterprise, Public Sector Financial Management, Environmental Policy, or 
National Security Policy. 

Each concentration requires participation in a project course. Students, working in- 
dividually or in small groups, conduct research on problems of interest to the sponsor 
and themselves at sponsoring government agencies or private firms. 

Master of Public Policy 

The MPP is a 36 credit degree program designed for mid-career students. This pro- 
gram helps individuals in the middle stages of their careers to update their understanding 
of today's complex public issues and to move into positions of greater authority and 
responsibility. 

The typical MPP candidate has worked in the public or publicrelated sector for a 
minimum of three years and is capable of handling a rigorous academic program as well 
as excelling in his/her professional career. Candidates enter the School with varied 
academic and professional backgrounds. Most had at least a 3.0 GPA as undergraduates 
and have completed some college level math and economics. (If candidates do not have 
these courses in their background, admission may be contingent upon the successful com- 
pletion of appropriate course work). 

The MPP degree consists of two components: the core curriculum in Methods of Policy 
Analysis and a selected area of concentration in Public Sector Financial Management, 
Public Policy and Private Enterprise, Environmental Policy, or National Security Policy. 

Courses are offered throughout the day and late evening. It is expected that the pro- 
gram will be completed in a maximum of three years with all students taking two courses 
each fall and spring semester. 

Master of Public Policy candidates may also be considered for the Mid-Career 
Fellowship Program. Under the joint auspices of the School and various federal agencies 
and state and local governments, this program recognizes high potential employees for 
accelerated career development and education. Fellows participate in the Master of Public 
Policy degree program as well as a professional development series which includes special 
seminars, guest speakers, and a management development retreat. 

Ph.D. in Policy Studies 

The School of Public Affairs Ph.D. in Policy Studies is directed at individuals who 
have received a Master of Public Management or Master of Public Policy degree from 
the School of Public Affairs, or a similar degree from a program similar in content and 
quality to the program at the School of Public Affairs. In addition individuals with a 
distinguished academic record who are in their final year or have completed a master's 
degree program in a public policy related subject such as economics, political science, 
statistics, physics or philosophy are also eligible for admission. 

Ph.D. candidates are expected to maintain full-time student status until they have passed 
the core exams and the draft dissertation prospectus has been approved. This process 
is expected to take between one and two full years. 

Ph.D. candidates are expected to complete six examinations: 

(a) three core examinations designed to test a candidate's knowledge at the masters 
level in the School's core currimulum; 

(b) two specialized field examinations containing both oral and written components; 



School of Public Affairs (PUAF) 1 71 



(c) a final examination on the candidate's dissertation prospectus. 

A faculty member at the School must agree to serve as the Ph.D. applicant's academic 
sponsor in the program. To facilitate the selection of a sponsor, applicants should in- 
clude as part of their application a description of the general areas in which they want 
to study and write their dissertation. 

Certificate Programs 

The School offers 18 credit (6 courses) Certificate Programs in four areas: Methods 
of Policy Analysis, Public Policy and Private Enterprise, Public Sector Financial Manage- 
ment, Public Management, and National Security Policy. Twelve credit (4 courses) cer- 
tificates are offered in all of the areas listed above as well as in Normaltive Analysis. 

MBA/MPM Joint Program 

The College of Business and Management and the School of Public Affairs, both of 
the College Park Campus, offer a joint program of studies leading to MBA and MPM 
degrees. Under the terms of the joint program, a student may earn both degrees in ap- 
proximately five to six semesters. The accelerated program is possible because some courses 
can be credited toward both degrees. Candidates must be admitted to both programs. 

Under the joint program, 66 credits are required for graduation, split roughly equally 
between the programs. Grade point averages in each program will be computed separate- 
ly and students must maintain minimum standards in each school to continue in the pro- 
gram. A student must complete both programs satisfactorily in order to receive both 
degrees. A student whose enrollment in either program is terminated may elect to com- 
plete work for the degree in which he or she remains enrolled, but such completion must 
be upon the same conditions as required of regular (nonjoint program) degree candidates. 
Student programs must be approved by the Assistant Dean of the School of Public Af- 
fairs and the MBA Program Director. For further discussion of admission and degree 
requirements, students should see the admissions requirements for each program. 

MPM/JD Joint Program 

The School of Public Affairs and the School of Law (located on the University of 
Maryland at Baltimore campus) offer a joint program of studies leading to MPM and 
JD degrees. Under the terms of the joint program, a student may earn both degrees in 
four academic years. The accelerated program is possible because some courses can be 
credited toward both degrees. Candidates must apply for admission to the Law School 
as well as the Graduate School at College Park and must be admitted to both programs. 

Under the joint program, 75 credits in the Law School coupled with 39 credits in the 
School of Public Affairs are required for graduation. Grade point averages in each pro- 
gram will be computed separately and students must maintain minimum standards in each 
school to continue in the program. A student must complete both programs satisfactori- 
ly in order to receive both degrees. A student whose enrollment in either program is ter- 
minated may elect to complete work for the degree in which he or she remains enrolled, 
but such completion must be upon the same conditions as required of regular (non-joint 
program) degree candidates. Student programs must be approved by the deans of each 
school. For further discussion of admission and degree requirements, students should 
see the above and consult the entry in the University of Maryland School of Law catalog. 

Financial Assistance 

The School has substantial financial aid available in the form of fellowships and graduate 



172 School of Public Affairs (PUAF) 



assistantships. All qualified applicants are considered. 
Additional Information 

For additional information, contact: 

The Assistant Dean for Student Affairs 

School of Public Affairs 

2106 Morrill Hall 

University of Maryland 

College Park, MD 20742 

Telephone: (301) 454-7238 
For courses, see code PUAF. 

Public Communication Program (PCOM) 

Associate Professor and Director: Klumpp 

Professors: (JOUR) Beasley, Blumler, Cleghorn (Dean, College of Journalism), J. Grunig, 
Gurevitch, Hiebert, Levy, Martin (Emeritus) Associate Professors: Barkin, Zanot Assis- 
tant Professor: (JOUR) L. Grunig 

Professors: (RTVF) Aylward, Ferguson, Gomery, Kolker Associate Professors: (RTVF) 
Kirkley, Weiss 

Professors: (SPCH) Fink, Solomon, Wolvin Associate Professors: Falcione, Freimuth, 
Gaines, Klumpp, McCaleb 
Professors: (THET) Bentley, Gillespie, Meersman, Pugliese (Emeritus) 

The program in Public Communication provides disciplinary or cross-disciplinary doc- 
toral study in Radio-Television-Film, Speech Communication, theatre, and Journalism. 
(Masters work in these disciplines is offered through the CMRT, THET, and JOUR 
graduate programs). The program prepares students through training in the necessary 
techniques and skills for rigorous research, and instruction in ways to think innovatively 
about problems in public communication. 

Most students concentrate their studies in one of the disciplines associated with the 
program. Other students range across the disciplines, creatively combining perspectives. 
Resulting programs focus on a number of specific research areas: audience behavior; adver- 
tising; organizational communication; public relations; mass media theory; political com- 
munication; health communication; instructional communication; rhetorical theory and 
criticism; international and cross-cultural communication; communication law and press 
freedom broadcasting history, criticism, and theory; documentary film and television; 
theatre history and criticism; public affairs; persuasion, cognition, and communication; 
research methods; or visual communication. Combinations of specialties are frequent in 
students' programs, such as political and governmental communication, public relations 
and organizational communication, science and health communication, cross-cultural and 
international propaganda, international communication and comparative media systems, 
communications law, and critical studies of communication. The range of choices reflects 
the flexibility available within the public communication program. 

Employment opportunities for the research degree in public communication range from 
communication specialists in business, industry, or governmental; to professional careers 
in journalism, theatre, or the media; to academic positions in each of the disciplines. 
Historical, theoretical, experimental, practical, and critical study of communication is 
among the fastest growing inquiries of the late twentieth century. 



Public Communication Program (PCOM) 173 



Admission and Degree Information 

A Master's degree — generally in speech communication, radio-television-film, theatre, 
journalism, public relations, mass communication, or related areas — is required for ad- 
mission. Students with degrees in other areas may complete deficiencies to prepare for 
study. Students are admitted only for Fall semester. GRE scores, samples of scholarly 
writing, and letters of recommendation supplement general information required for ap- 
plication. Students applying for the program should write the director for more com- 
plete descriptions of requirements and procedures for admission. 

An individualized program of study (within a general framework required of all students 
in the program), approved by a committee of PCOM faculty, guides preparation for a 
twelve hour (minimum) preliminary examination. Typical approved programs for those 
with prior degrees in communication involve 36-45 hours beyond the master's degree. 
Following successful completion of the examination, students must complete a major 
dissertation project contributing significant new knowledge to the study of human 
communication. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

The Washington area is among America's outstanding environments for communica- 
tion research. Students in health communication and science journalism have access to 
many of the world's leading health professionals at the National Institutes of Health. 
Students working with historical collections call upon the resources of the world's most 
extensive library — the Library of Congress — the world renowned Folger Shakespeare 
Library, and the extensive archival collections of the National Archives. Students of 
governmental and political communication draw upon the aural and visual collections 
of the Library of Congress, the National Archives, and the Smithsonian Institution to 
supplement the constant resource of the executive, congressional and judicial branches 
of the national government. Students in theatre have the laboratory of the Kennedy Center, 
the Folger, and other classical, mainstream, and experimental theatres including the Arena 
Stage, National Theatre, and Fords Theatre. Our faculty and graduate students perform 
in many theatres throughout the Washington area in addition to our own Tawes and 
Puliese Theaters. Those interested in organizational communication and public relations 
will find that many commercial and nonprofit organizations have corporate headquarters 
in Washington, providing opportunities for contact and research with communication 
professionals. Students of the journalism and the media arts find Washington a hub for 
both national and world media. 

Among the special support facilities for research on the College Park campus are com- 
puter software support in content analysis and experimental statistics, the collection of 
the Media Resources Center, the Maryland-in-Europe-in-Maryland program, a state of 
the art television post-production facility, and three fine theatres. 

Financial Assistance 

Students may apply for graduate assistantships in the various disciplines. Outstanding 
students may be nominated for appropriate fellowships. Other university financial aid 
is also available. 

Additional Information 

For information on the Ph.D. in Public Communication contact: 



174 Public Communication Program (PCOM) 



Director 

Ph.D. Program in Public Communication 

1 146 Tawes Theatre 

University of Maryland 

College Park, MD 20742 

For courses, see code PCOM. 

Recreation Program (RECR) 

Professor and Chair: Humphrey 

Professor: Iso-Ahola 

Associate Professors: Churchill, Kuss, Strobell, Verhoven 

Lecturers: Annand, Kauffman, Ward 

The Department of Recreation offers the M.A. degree, with either a thesis or project 
track, and the Ph.D. degree. Special areas of concentration include: administration, 
therapeutic recreation, program planning, natural and historical interpretation, resource 
planning and management, employee services, military, tourism and commercial recrea- 
tion, and others. The program of advanced studies is designed to assist professional prac- 
titioners in the leisure services field and to prepare those who wish to enter the teaching 
profession, government or institutional service, and community services and research. 

Admission and Degree Information 

The Department strongly encourages both master's and doctoral students to have had 
full time work experience in leisure services prior to applying for admission. All Ph.D. 
applicants are required to complete an interview with at least one faculty member. Doc- 
toral students must complete core course work in recreation/leisure studies as well as 
research methods, statistics and computer science. A project or thesis is required of master's 
students and a dissertation of doctoral students. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

Recreation students have access to the University's McKeldin Library, the College's 
Research Laboratory and statistical resources, the Computer Science Center, the almost 
unlimited facilities and programs of the metropolitan areas of Baltimore and Washington, 
D.C., and the headquarters and offices of appropriate national organizations, agencies 
and federal governmental units in the nation's Capital. 

The Department sponsors a Leisure Research Unit that develops, supports, and coor- 
dinates a broad based research effort on the part of both faculty and students which ad- 
dresses existing and evolving societal issues relevant to the leisure behavior of individuals 
and groups. A Department Field Service Unit has been established to develop and coor- 
dinate the professional service activities of the Department in response to needs iden- 
tified in cooperation with the leisure services agencies/institutions of the metropolitan 
area, state, and region. The Department also works cooperatively with the Center on 
Aging in promoting research, course offerings, and training programs. 

Financial Assistance 

A limited number of teaching and research assistantships are available to qualified 
graduate students. 



Recreation Program (RECR) 1 75 



Additional Information 

For additional information about specific requirements, please contact: 

Dr. Adah P. Strobell, Graduate Coordinator 

Department of Recreation 

The University of Maryland 

College Park, Maryland 20742 
For courses, see code RECR. 

Sociology Program (SOCY) 

Professor and Chair: Falk i 

Professors: Clignet, Dager, Hage, Janes (Emeritus), Kammeyer, Lejins (Emeritus), H. 
Presser, Ritzer, Rosenberg, Robinson, D. Segal, Teachman 

Associate Professors: R. Brown, Finterbusch, Henkel, Hirzel, J. Hunt, L. Hunt, Lan- 
dry, Lengermann, Mclntyre, Meeker, Pease, M. Segal, Vanneman 
Assistant Professors: Canjar, Harper, Kahn, Neustadtl 

Affilliate Professors: Altman, Billingsley, Favero, Fink, Gonzalez, Gurevitch, Levy, Lof- 
tin, Longest, Wilson 

The Graduate Program in Sociology offers course work leading to M.A. and Ph.D. 
degrees. Areas of emphasis in the department include: Demography; Gender, Work and 
the Family; Military Sociology, Political Sociology (economic development; organiza- 
tions, occupations, and markets; social stratification within political economy); Social 
Psychology; Theory (Classical and Contemporary, Metatheory and Theory Construction 
within Theory). 

Other areas of specialization may be developed by individual students working with 
one or more faculty members. Each specialty area has at least one basic course at the 
600 level, one or more specialized or supporting course at the 600 level, and an advanced 
special topics seminar at the 700 level. Several of the 600 level courses can apply to more 
than one area. Highly specialized courses are offered once every four semesters, while 
basic courses and the more specialized courses that are in high demand are offered once 
a year. 

Within the last three years, about half the students finishing Ph.D. degrees in the 
Sociology Department have found employment doing college-level teaching, and about 
half in research, administration, and consulting in federal, state, or private organizations. 
We anticipate that an increasing proportion of students completing graduate work in the 
near future will be engaged in either research administration or applied research in govern- 
ment or private organizations. 

Admission and Degree Information 

Admission to the graduate program is based upon the student's prior academic record, 
GRE scores, letters of recommendation, and other information relevant to the applicant's 
chances of successfully completing the program. Although a previous major in sociology 
is not required, students entering the master's degree program should have had the follow- 
ing in undergraduate courses: mathematics through college algebra, elementary statistics, 
sociological theory, and sociological research methods. Students entering the Ph.D. pro- 
gram should have had at least one graduate level course each in sociological theory, 
sociological research methods, and statistics. Students deficient in any of these areas may 
be admitted to the program provisionally, but must satisfy the requirements their first 



1 76 Sociology Program (SOCY) 



year in the program. 

A minimum of 30 hours is required for the master's degree, including one course each 
in statistics, sociological theory, and two courses in research methods. A master's thesis 
is required. Usually, this phase of the program can be completed in two years. 

Ph.D. candidates should have met all the master's degree requirements. In addition, 
there are four required courses; one each in sociological theory, statistics, research 
methods, and one course that integrates theory and methods. It is possible to take some 
of the Ph.D. courses at the master's level. A minimum of 24 hours of course work in 
addition to master's degree courses is required. PH.D. students must pass comprehen- 
sive examinations in three areas of specialization. The language requirement may be met 
by passing a language examination or making a B or better in one of a number of other 
research tool courses. These requirements plus the writing of a dissertation can be com- 
pleted in three years but additional time may often be required. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

The Sociology Department is located in a new building with ample office and research 
space. Facilities include data processing and computer capabilities, a small groups 
laboratory, a demography laboratory, and a Department library. The University has ex- 
cellent computer facilities and computer time is readily available to faculty and graduate 
students. 

Financial Assistance 

Financial assistance for graduate students is available through teaching and research 
assistantships, and for advanced students through part-time instructorships. All carry 
remission of tuition and fees. 

Additional Information 

For information and application forms, write or call: 

Director of Graduate Studies 

Sociology Department 

University of Maryland 

College Park, MD 20742-1315 

Phone (301) 454-5933 
For courses, see code SOCY. 

Spanish Language and Literature Program (SPAP) 

Professor and Chair: Sosnowski 

Professors: Martinez, Nemes, Pacheco 

Associate Professors: Aguilar-Mora (Director of Graduate Studies), Igel 

Affiliate Associate Professor: Cortes 

Assistant Professors: Benito Vessels, Lavine, Naharro-Calderon, Rabasa, Sanjines, 

Zappala 

The Department of Spanish and Portuguese offers graduate programs leading to the 
degrees of Master of Arts and Doctor of Philosophy in Spanish. The Department's of- 
ferings are designed to provide the required advanced training in language, literature, 
and linguistics for achieving professional excellence in high school and college teaching 
and for undertaking creative research in related fields of inquiry. 



Spanish Language and Literature Program (SPAP) 1 77 



Employment statistics show that opportunities for the M.A. and Ph.D. graduate of 
this Department have been excellent during the last ten years. All our M.A. graduates 
have found employment commensurate with their academic training. Most graduates 
entered teaching careers; several work in government agencies and international organiza- 
tions. During the same period, all of our Ph.D. graduates who wished to undertake a 
career in teaching and research have obtained satisfactory appointments at colleges and 
universities. The important role played in this country by Hispanics and the recognition 
of their cultural imprint bode well for future expansion in all areas related to this par- 
ticular field. 

The Department participates actively in the program of the Center of Renaissance and 
Baroque Studies of the College of Arts and Humanities, and offers regularly courses of 
an interdisciplinary nature with the cooperation of faculty members of other departments. 

New academic program: "DISCOVERING THE AMERICAS." 

Starting in the fall of 1987, the Department of Spanish and Portuguese and the Latin 
American Studies Center have been presenting a special six-year academic program titled 
"Discovering The Americas" which focues on the cultural encounter of the worlds that 
shaped our modern history. 

The project has been divided into three two-year cycles that encompass the following 
areas: 1) Precolumbian cultures, 2) Africa in the Americas, and 3) Spain in the Americas. 
Every year the Department holds symposia and offers lectures and graduate courses given 
by specialists in each area. Lectures are published in the "1992 Working Papers Series." 

For detailed information, please write to the Department Chair. 

Admission and Degree Information 

The degree of Master of Arts has two options: the non-thesis option and the thesis 
option. A total of 30 credit hours are required for the non-thesis option with 3 credits 
in linguistics; 3 credits in literary theory and/or criticism; 15 credits in either Spanish 
or Spanish-American literature, one of which is to be considered the candidate's "major" 
literature; and 9 credits in the other or "non-major" literature. Students must also submit 
a written scholarly paper in the final semester of their program which will be read and 
evaluated by at least two appropriate faculty members. 

The requirements for the thesis option are the same as for the non-thesis option with 
one exception; the course requirement in the "major" literature is reduced from 15 to 
9 credits with 6 hours of thesis research credit required. All M.A. candidates take com- 
prehensive examinations. 

The doctoral degree is a research and specialized degree and it does not require a fixed 
number of credit hours. Before admission to candidacy, the student must demonstrate: 
1) a thorough knowledge of the literary production in the chosen area (Spanish or Spanish- 
American Literature), 2) an in-depth knowledge of the field of specialization, 3) profi- 
ciency in a minimum of two fields of the other Hispanic literature, 4) a reading knowledge 
of a language other than Spanish and English, to be used as a research tool in the field 
of specialization, 5) one course in linguistics, such as "History of the Spanish Language", 
6) a minimum of one course in literary theory and/or criticism, 7) acquaintance with a 
third literature (e.g. Luso- Brazilian, French, English, etc.), and 8) a background in sup- 
porting fields to be used as research tools (e.g. history, philosophy, political science, 
sociology, art, etc). Students must pass both a preliminary and a comprehensive examina- 



178 Spanish Language and Literature Program (SPAP) 



tion for the Ph.D. in addition to presenting a dissertation. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

The Department maintains a special research and reference library for graduate students 
of Spanish in honor of one of its former instructors, the late Pedro F. Entenza. Dr. 
Sosnowski is the editor of the journal Hispamerica. 

Additional Information 

Financial assistance is available. For additional information please write to the Depart- 
ment Chair. 

For courses, see code SPAP. 

Special Education Program (EDSP) 

Professor and Chair: Burke 

Professors: Hebeler, Simms 

Associate Professors: Beckman, Egel, Graham, Kohl, Leone 

Assistant Professors: Cooper, Harris, Leiber, Maag, Neubert, Speece 

Instructor: Crowley 

Research Associates: Florian, MacArther, Malouf, McLaughlin, Powers, Kienas, Pilato, 

Teelucksingh 

Graduate studies in the Department of Special Education include programs leading 
to Master of Arts and Master of Education degrees, Advanced Graduate Specialist cer- 
tificates, and Doctor of Education and Doctor of Philosophy degrees. Areas of concen- 
tration may include: Learning Disabilities; Behavior Disorders; Severely Handicapped 
(including Autism); Early Childhood (including Infancy); Gifted and Talented; Educa- 
tionally Handicapped; and Secondary and Transition Special Education. Concentrations 
in Special Education Administration and Supervision and Policy Studies are also available 
at the doctoral level. 

The Ph.D. in special education is targeted primarily towards research, scholarship, and 
educational leadership. This overall goal is achieved in and through the selection of areas 
of emphasis or the major concentrations listed above. Graduate work at the doctoral 
level can also be done in educational administration and supervision, and policy develop- 
ment and implementation for the handicapped with a specialized national focus. The Ed.D. 
is focused on these same areas, but has an emphasis on applied research and programm- 
ing. A variety of minor specializations taken outside the Department are also possible. 
Content course work in the areas of administration and policy studies are developed in 
collaboration with other departments in the College and University. 

Special education graduates are eligible for a wide variety of professional opportunities. 
Students who graduate with a master's degree in special education may enter positions 
in the public schools as master teachers or in other positions of leadership. Opportunities 
also exist in private settings where graduates may find positions as coordinators, ad- 
ministrators, or other specialized support staff. Doctoral degree graduates have numerous 
options, such as university faculty positions, professional staff positions in state depart- 
ments of education, the federal government, and in the public schools. Private agencies 
and organizations may also seek doctoral graduates as directors or specialized support 
staff. Historically, employment opportunities for special education graduates have been 
excellent. 



Special Education Program (EDSP) 179 



Admission and Degree Information 

Admission requirements for the master's program require a 3.0 undergraduate grade 
point average and the submission of the Miller Analogies Test or the Graduate Record 
Examination test scores. Admission to an A.G.S. or doctoral program requires a 3.5 grade 
point average in previous graduate studies and either a 3.0 undergraduate grade point 
average or at least a 40 percentile on the Miller Analogies Test or Graduate Record 
Examination. 

Graduate programs are planned individually by the student and advisor. Each pro- 
gram reflects the individual student's background, goals, and the level of competency 
being sought. There is no one program of study which all graduate students follow. In- 
dividual programming by students and advisors allows wide latitude of career direction 
within the field of special education upon completion of graduate study. 

Graduate study in special education requires advanced competencies in the education 
of exceptional children. Students entering the program with special education certifica- 
tion are required to take a minimum of 36 credit hours. Additional course work is re- 
quired for students entering without academic preparation in education. For example, 
students entering without certification in education are required to take a minimum of 
60 credit hours; students entering with early childhood, elementary, or secondary educa- 
tion certification are required to take a minimum of 45 credit hours. Upon completion 
of their degree, students in each of these categories may qualify for Maryland State Cer- 
tification in Special Education. 

Students pursuing the master's degree program in special education may earn the Master 
of Arts degree or the Master of Education degree. Specific basic course requirements 
in special education are the same for either program with differentiation of thesis re- 
quirements. The student generally takes a minimum of 15 hours in special education. 
Specific programs and the number of credit hours required will be determined with the 
student's advisor according to the student's background and career plans. 

The Advanced Graduate Specialist certificate in special education is available to students 
wishing to take increased graduate work beyong the master's level. The minimum number 
of graduate hours for the A.G.S. is 60. The core of the program should be made up of 
special education courses and other work within the College of Education or other col- 
leges of the University as approved by the student's advisor and the special education 
graduate faculty. 

Students pursuing the doctoral program in special education must have completed the 
Master of Arts degree or the Master of Education degree and may elect to work for either 
the Ed.D. or Ph.D. degree. Students should consult the Department Statement on Graduate 
Programs. A student in the doctoral program will generally complete a minimum of 90 
hours of graduate study of which 30 to 40 hours will be in the major field. Candidates 
must develop doctoral level competencies in research and in any of the areas of specializa- 
tion (listed above) which fulfill their professional goals. 
Facilities and Special Resources 

Special strengths of the special education program include the focus on integrated field 
experiences, the utilization of special education research facilities, and the wide backgrounds 
of faculty members which enable the Department to maintain an integrated approach. 
Additional Information 

Prospective graduate students are requested to consult "Graduate Programs in 



180 Special Education Program (EDSP) 



Special Education," which is available in the Department Office, for additional specific 
information on Departmental programs, admissions procedures, and financial aid. 

For courses, see code EDSP. 

Textiles and Consumer Economics Program (TXCE) 

Professor and Chair: Smith 

Professors: Dardis, Hollies, Spivak, Yeh 

Associate Professors: Block, Brannigan, Paoletti 

Assistant Professors: Anderson, Ettenson, Hacklander, Pourdeyhimi, Soberon-Ferrer, 

Verma, Wagner 

Adjunct Assistant Professor: Basiotis 

Lecturer: Morris 

The Department of Textiles and Consumer Economics offers programs of study leading 
to the Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy degrees. Fields of specialization are 
textiles and/or consumer economics. In the field of textiles, students may concentrate 
in textile science, textile economics and marketing, textile evaluation or historic tex- 
tile/costume/conservation. In the field of consumer economics, students may concen- 
trate in consumer economics, consumer policy, consumer behavior, or consumption 
analysis. 

Students completing the M.S. or Ph.D. degrees in Textiles and Consumer Economics 
have strong employment opportunities with government, industry, and educational 
institutions. 
Admission and Degree Information 

There are no rigid course requirements for admission to the graduate program in Tex- 
tiles and Consumer Economics. A major in home economics, consumer economics, tex- 
tiles and clothing, textiles, or a relevant discipline such as chemistry, economics, or 
psychology is acceptable as background for study in this field. Preparation in the basic 
physical and social sciences (chemistry, mathematics, economics, psychology, and 
sociology) is highly recommended. Necessary course prerequisites (without graduate credit) 
can be completed after admission to the graduate program. All applicants are required 
to submit scores of the Graduate Record Examination Aptitude Test. 

Thesis and non-thesis options are available for the Master of Science degree. In the 
thesis option, students must complete a minimum of 24 hours of course work, a thesis, 
and pass a final oral examination on the thesis. In the non-thesis option, students must 
complete a minimum of 30 hours of course work, submit one scholarly paper, and pass 
a written comprehensive final examination. Students in both the thesis and non-thesis 
options must present one Departmental seminar. 

Students with bachelor's degrees may apply for the doctoral program, although they 
are encouraged to complete requirements for the M.S. degree. Applicants holding a 
master's degree in an equivalent field from an accredited institution may be admitted for 
immediate doctoral study. Previous graduate work will be evaluated on an individual 
basis, but a minimum of 18 hours of course work beyond the master's level is required 
for the Ph.D. degree in addition to 12 hours of dissertation research. Qualifying examina- 
tions are administered upon completion of basic course requirements in either textiles 
or consumer economics. Written and oral comprehensive examinations are given upon 



Textiles and Consumer Economics Program (TXCE) 181 



completion of all course work. A final oral examination is held for the student to defend 
the dissertation. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

The graduate program is multidisciplinary in nature with graduate faculty from 
chemistry, engineering, economics, behavioral sciences, and the arts. Departmental 
research facilities include the historic textiles and costume collection and a number of 
fully equipped specialized research laboratories. These include comfort research facilities, 
a textile conservation laboratory, several textile chemistry laboratories, a dark room for 
photomicroscopy, several temperature and humidity controlled textile evaluation 
laboratories, a flammability testing, and evaluation laboratory, a color and environmen- 
tal evaluation laboratory, a consumer behavior laboratory, and a resource room for 
reference materials frequently used by graduate students and faculty. In addition, the 
Department has a computer-aided design laboratory and a microcomputer/CRT 
laboratory interfaced with the University's central computing facility. To the graduate 
student, perhaps our most important resource is the Department itself and the people 
in it. The members of our graduate faculty are active in a variety of fields, from textiles 
science to law. These faculty members, together with our graduate students and adjunct 
faculty, form a lively and intellectually stimulating community. Access to federal agen- 
cies where decisions affecting consumers are made provide graduate students with a uni- 
que opportunity to conduct consumer related research. 

Financial Assistance 

Graduate teaching and/or research assistantships are offered to qualified applicants 
on the basis of past academic performance and experience. Work study/tuition waivers 
are awarded by the Financial Aid Office on the basis of need. Graduate fellowships award- 
ed on the basis of merit are available from the Graduate School. More than half of the 
full-time students in the Department hold assistantships or some form of financial aid. 
Part-time and summer work is often available for students not receiving financial aid. 

Additional Information 

Additional information on Departmental programs, admissions, procedures and finan- 
cial aid may be obtained by contacting: 
Chair, 

Department of Textiles and Consumer Economics 
Room 2100, Marie Mount Hall 
University of Maryland 
College Park, MD 20742 

Toxicology Program 

The program in Toxicology is University-wide, using faculty and resources at College 
Park, Baltimore City and County, Eastern Shore, and the Chesapeake Biological 
Laboratory of the Center for Environmental and Estuarine Studies. The Program's ob- 
jectives are to provide educational and professional training opportunities in fundamen- 
tal and applied fields of toxicology leading to M.S. and Ph.D. degrees. Graduates from 
this Program will be highly qualified to conduct research, teach, and provide services 
to federal, state, and local governments, industry, labor, and the public. 

Laboratory and lecture courses are offered in both basic and applied aspects of tox- 
icology (occupational, environmental, clinical, analytical, and regulatory) as well as in 



182 Toxicology Program (TOXI) 



biochemistry, chemistry, epidemiology, pharmacology, pathology, and biostatistics. Every 
effort is made to individualize the student's program and to encourage students to take 
advantage of appropriate graduate courses at all University of Maryland campuses. 

Specialization at the doctoral level will be available in various areas such as aquatic 
and marine toxicology, neurotoxicology, occupational toxicology, environmental tox- 
icology, regulatory toxicology, drug toxicology, and others depending on the interest of 
the student. 

For further information, please contact: 

Dr. Robert E. Menzer 

Room 0313, Symons Hall 

University of Maryland 

College Park, MD 20742 
For courses, see code TXCE. 

Institute for Urban Studies (URBS) 

Director and Professor: Corey 

Professors: Levin, Stone 

Associate Professor: Baum, Brower, Christian, Howland, Hula 

Assistant Professors: Chang 

Lecturer: Williams 

Affiliate and Adjunct Faculty: Chen, Dupuy, Fogle, Francescato, Laidlaw 

Plans are underway for the merger of the Community Planning Program of the Univer- 
sity of Maryland at Baltimore with the Institute for Urban Studies of the University of 
Maryland at College Park. This will result in a new "Department of Urban Studies & 
Planning." Also this will mean that the graduate curricula of the M.A. degree in Urban 
Studies and the Master of Community Planning will be revised to go into effect Fall 1990. 
The Institute for Urban Studies offers a program leading to the Master of Arts degree 
in Urban Studies. The program is interdisciplinary and professionally oriented to educate 
students in metropolitan area development through the use of program planning and 
management methods and functional urban-sector knowledge. A graduate of the pro- 
gram would be prepared to enter a career in metropolitan organizations from the non- 
profit and government sectors relating to urban affairs. The Institute's faculty specialize 
in: metropolitan and regional planning, public policy analysis and management, quan- 
titative planning methods, and economic-development planning. The Institute has a joint 
program with the professional, accredited Master of Community Planning (MCP) Pro- 
gram, University of Maryland at Baltimore. In combination with core courses, Institute 
students must develop concentrations through course work in other departments of the 
University offering courses related to the study of urbanization. Urban Studies students 
must meet all pre-requisites. Some of the departments providing such opportunities in- 
clude: Afro-American Studies, Architecture, Business and Management, Civil Engineer- 
ing, Computer Science, Criminal Justice and Criminology, Economics, Education, Family 
and Community Development, Geography, Government and Politics, Health, Housing 
and Design, Journalism, Recreation, Sociology, and Speech and Communications. The 
student's concentration is developed in consultation with the Director of Graduate Studies 
and is based on a plan of study. 

Employment opportunities for Institute graduates, though highly competitive, remain 



Institute for Urban Studies (URBS) 183 



strong. The Washington, D.C. metropolitan region offers diverse employment potential 
in urban analysis, program management and planning, and computer applications. 

Admission and Degree Information 

The Institute's admissions policy is designed to achieve a student mix of experienced 
practitioners and strong recent graduates. The aptitude test score of the Graduate Record 
Examination is required of recent graduates whose grade point averages are below 3.2. 
Applicants should provide three letters of recommendation and a resume indicating their 
education and employment history. Experienced applicants may be admitted provisionally 
(subject to successful completion of initial course work) if their undergraduate grade point 
average is below regular University requirements and if their employment experience in- 
dicates a high probability of success in the Program. To accommodate part-time students, 
all required courses are offered in the late afternoon and evening. 

The Institute for Urban Studies offers a 37 credit hour Master of Arts degree. Can- 
didates for this degree are required to meet these core requirements: (1) Methods courses 
(7 credit hours), GEOG 483 (or equivalent), URBS 601, and URBS 602; (2) Substantive 
courses (12 credit hours), URBS 630, URBS 640, URBS 660, URBS 670 and URBS 680 
(take 4 of 5 courses); (3) Procedural courses (3 credit hours); URBS 656 and URBS 666 
(take 1 of 2 courses); (4) concentration courses (15 credit hours). With the advice of an 
urban studies advisor, degree candidates must design a coherent concentration from courses 
in urban studies and from related departments. Concentrations might include: metropolitan 
planning, urban management, urban design, community development, urban geography, 
public management, international development, computer applications, urban history, 
and many other designs of a cross-disciplinary nature. An urban internship is optional. 
The concentration may include 6 credits of thesis. (5) Synthesis: these leanings are syn- 
thesized by means of a required set of written comprehensive examinations. 

Both a thesis and a non-thesis option are available. Each option requires 37 credit hours. 
Both options require successful completion of a written comprehensive examination cover- 
ing the synthesis of core course knowledge. Students are eligible to take the comprehen- 
sive examination after completing 24 credit hours, including core courses. 

No more than 13 credit hours at the 400-level may be applied towards the URBS M.A. 
degree. These may include: 13 credits from URBS 410, 438, 450, 460, 470, 480; GEOG 
483; and others as approved by the URBS graduate advisor. 

A degree in urban studies is not awarded solely on the basis of the accumulation of 
the minimum number of credit hours. If in the judgement of the faculty a degree can- 
didate needs to demonstrate additional academic performance, remedial work may be 
required before the degree will be awarded. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

In addition to its regular faculty, the Institute regularly draws on a number of outstan- 
ding adjunct faculty from the Washington Metropolitan Area to teach courses. 

Financial Assistance 

A limited number of graduate assistantships and fellowships is available and the In- 
stitute assists students in finding workstudy positions, internships, and part-time jobs 
in government agencies. USED Public Service Fellowships for under-represented groups 
have been available in a joint program with the School of Public Affairs. 



184 Institute for Urban Studies (URBS) 



Additional Information 

Further information and the graduate bulletin of the Institute for Urban Studies may 
be obtained from: 

The Director of Graduate Studies 
Institute for Urban Studies 
1113 Lefrak Hall 
College Park, MD 20742 
(301)454-2662 

For courses, see code URBS. 

Zoology Department (ZOOL) 

Professor and Chair: Popper 

Professors: Allan, Carter, Clark, Corliss, Gill, Highton, Levitan, Pierce 

Associate Professors: Ades, Barnett, Bonar, Borgia, Colombini, Goode, Higgins, Im- 

berski, Inouye, Linder, Reaka, Small 

Assistant Professors: Chao, Olek, Payne, Shapiro, Wilkinson 

Adjunct Professors: Kleiman, Manning, Morton, O'Brien, M. Potter, S. Smith-Gill 

Adjunct Associate Professors: Kelly, Piatt, Wemmer 

The Department of Zoology offers programs of study leading to the degrees of Master 
of Science (thesis and non-thesis) and Doctor of Philosophy with specialization in the 
following fields: behavior, cell biology, developmental biology, ecology, estuarine and 
marine biology, genetics, neurobiology, physiology, systematics and evolutionary biology. 

Admission and Degree Information 

Admission to graduate study in the Department of Zoology requires a baccalaureate 
degree from a recognized undergraduate institution. In addition, course work in calculus, 
physics, and organic chemistry is required. Able students who lack preparation in a par- 
ticular area may be admitted provided that the deficiency is corrected early in the graduate 
work. The department requires scores from the Graduate Record Examination, including 
the subject test, which should be taken in some area of biology. 

The thesis master's program enables a student to engage in advanced study and to under- 
take a research project. It may be a terminal degree or may demonstrate the student's 
research ability and lead to continuation of graduate work for the Ph.D. in the same 
or related area. There are no requirements in excess of the general requirements established 
by the Graduate School. All requirements for the master's degree are to be completed 
within a three year period. A final oral examination on the thesis is given whenever the 
student has completed all other requirements for the degree. 

The non-thesis master's program provides opportunity for advanced education and a 
terminal degree for those who are not research-oriented. All non-thesis master's students 
are required to complete at least 30 hours of course work, of which no fewer than 18 
must be at the 600 level or above in zoology or appropriate related fields. No fewer than 
16 hours of courses must be in zoology and three of these courses should be in a single 
area of specialization. In addition, at least one satisfactory scholarly paper must be writ- 
ten in an area approved by the student's advisor. A written comprehensive examination 
in three areas of zoology must be passed before the degree is awarded. All requirements 
must be completed within a three-year period. 



Zoology Department (ZOOL) 1 85 



The Ph.D. program in zoology is a research program providing maximal opportunity 
for the student to evolve and develop his or her capacity for scholarship and independent 
work. Opportunity is provided for in-depth study in an area of specialization. A doc- 
toral candidate must complete at least 30 credit hours of advanced course work, including 
a minimum of 12 semester hours of doctoral research. A formal preliminary examina- 
tion is given to all doctoral students within the first two years of enrollment in the Depart- 
ment. This is an oral examination focusing primarily on determination of whether the 
student has the proper motivation, intellectual capacity and curiosity, and educational 
background, and has or can develop the technical skills to successfully pursue the Ph.D. 
program. However, there is no formal restriction on the extent or the range of the ques- 
tions asked of the candidate. The doctoral dissertation must be completed and defended 
usually within three, preferably two, years after passing of prelims. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

The Zoology Department's share of the Zoo-Psych Building provides adequate space 
for graduate teaching and research. The research laboratories are well equipped with a 
wide variety of scientific instrumentation. In addition, the Department has special suites 
for both transmission and scanning electronmicroscopy, constant temperature rooms, 
four sound-proof rooms (one being an anechoic chamber designed specifically for 
sophisticated research in ethology), photographic dark rooms, sterile transfer rooms, and 
a histotechnology suite. Additional research opportunities are available to students through 
the Department's association with staff members of the National Institutes of Health, 
U.S. Department of Agriculture, Smithsonian Institution, National Zoo, and several 
marine laboratories. 

Although the Department maintains no library of its own, the University has a fine 
graduate library housing a Science and Technology Division. In addition, facilities such 
as the National Library of Medicine and the Department of Agriculture Library as well 
as the Library of Congress greatly expand the library material within relatively easy ac- 
cess to the Department. 

Additional Information 

Students are urged to communicate directly with the faculty in the area of their in- 
terest, but additional general information and a statement of particular Departmental 
requirements may be obtained by writing to the Director of Graduate Studies, Depart- 
ment of Zoology. 

For courses, see code ZOOL. 

Certificate Programs 

Historic Preservation 

Chair: Flack (History) 

Committee Members: Groves (Geography), Dent (Anthropology), Fogle (Architecture), 

Kelly (American Studies), Murtagh (History, Price (History), Sims (National Trust for 

Historic Preservation Library 

The Historic Preservation Graduate Certificate program augments the degree work of 
Master of Architecture, Master of Arts and Doctor of Philosophy students in the six 
cooperating academic units: American Studies, Anthropology, Architecture, Geography, 
History and Urban Studies. 



186 Certificate Programs 



Admission and Degree Information 

This 24 credit interdisciplinary program is designed to help prepare students for a range 
of careers in the planning, management and conservation of significant cultural, natural 
and historical resources. Through courses, seminars and internships, students develop 
the basic expertise to become researchers, interpreters, curators, restorationists, ar- 
chaeologists, planners, conservators and administrators in the multi-faceted field of historic 
preservation. 

Students seeking the Certificate must meet general Graduate School requirements and 
normally they must have been admitted into one of the participating degree programs. 
Application is in the form of letter to the Committee on Historic Preservation. The Com- 
mittee, in making its evaluation, will review relevant material in the Graduate School 
application. If appropriate, the applicant's record as a graduate student or resume 
generated through professional experience will be considered. Interested persons are ad- 
vised to consult in advance with the chair of the Committee. 

Certificate students, in conjunction with their degree programs, complete the required 
introductory seminar (HISP 600), a survey of preservation law, 15 credit hours of study 
focus courses and the final seminar (HISP 700). The total number of semester credit hours 
will vary according to the particular requirements of the specific degree program. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

The Certificate program is directly related to and substantially enhanced by the Na- 
tional Trust for Historic Preservation Library housed, since 1986, on the College Park 
Campus. The program is further strengthened by close working relationships with the 
National Park Service, the Maryland Historical Trust, the Maryland Hall of Records, 
the Maryland National Capital Park and Planning Commission, Historic Annapolis, Inc., 
Preservation Maryland, and Baltimore Commission for Historical and Architectural 
Preservation and the Prince George's County Historic Preservation Commission. Prac- 
tical experience can be gained through ongoing summer projects at the Chalfonte Hotel 
(Cape May, New Jersey) and at Kiplin Hall in North Yorkshire, England. 

Financial Assistance 

There are possibilities of paid internships with the National Park Service and the Historic 
American Building Survey/History American Engineering Record. Certificate students 
may be teaching assistants in related academic units. Also, students in the Certificate 
program are specially eligible for the annual Margaret Cook Award, a cash prize endow- 
ed by Prince George's Heritage, Inc. and the Prince George's County Historical and 
Cultural Trust. 

Additional Information 

Complete descriptions of academic offerings and requirements may be obtained from 
the Committee on Historic Preservation. 

For courses, see code HISP. 

Gerontology Certificate 

The Graduate Gerontology Certificate program trains students at the masters and doc- 
toral levels as specialists in aging and adult development. In order to be eligible a student 
must first be accepted into a masters or doctoral program at the University of Maryland 
or have already earned a masters or doctorate degree. The program consists of 18 hours 



Gerontology Certificate 187 



for a masters student and 21 hours for a doctoral student. Nine of these hours are selected 
from core areas including Physical Bases, Psychological Bases, and Social Bases of ag- 
ing. Three credits are taken to satisfy the internship requirement and the remaining credits 
may be chosen from either the core or complementary courses in gerontology. 



AASP— Afro-American Studies 1 89 



Course Descriptions 



AASP — Afro- American Studies 

AASP 400 Directed Readings in Afro-American Studies (3) 

The readings will be directed by the Director of Afro- American Studies. Topics to be covered: the 
topics will be chosen by the director to meet the needs and interests of individual students. 
AASP 402 Classic Readings in Afro-American Studies (3) 

Classic readings of the social, economic and political status of blacks and other minorities in the 
United States and the Americas. 
AASP 410 Contemporary African Ideologies (3) 

Analysis of contemporary African ideologies. Emphasis on philosophies of Nyerere, Nkrumah, 
Senghor, Sekou Toure, Kaunda, Cabral, et al. Discussion of the role of African ideologies on moder- 
nization and social change. 
AASP 411 Black Resistance Movements (3) 

A comparative study of the black resistance movements in Africa and America; analysis of their 
interrelationships as well as their impact on contemporary pan-Africanism. 
AASP 441 Science, Technology, and the Black Community (3) 

Prerequisite: AASP 100 or AASP 202 or HIST 255 or permission of department. Scientific knowledge 
and skills in solving technological and social problems, particularly those faced by the black com- 
munity. Examines the evolution and development of African and Afro-American contributions 
to science. Surveys the impact of technological changes on minority communities. 
AASP 443 Blacks and the Law (3) 

Prerequisite: AASP 100 or AASP 202 or HIST 255 or permission of department. The relationship 
between black Americans and the law, particularly criminal law, criminal institutions and the criminal 
justice system. Examines historical changes in the legal status of blacks and changes in the causes 
of racial disparities in criminal involvement and punishments. 
AASP 497 Policy Seminar in Afro-American Studies (3) 

Prerequisite: AASP 305 or permission of department. Application of public policy analysis to im- 
portant social problems and policy issues affecting black Americans. Policy research and analysis 
procedures through an in-depth study of a critical, national black policy issue. 
AASP 498 Special Topics in Black Culture (3) 

Prerequisite: AASP 100 or AASP 202. Repeatable to 6 credits if content differs. Advanced study 
of the cultural and historical antecedents of contemporary African and Afro-American society. 
Emphasis on the social, political, economic and behavioral factors affecting blacks and their com- 
munities. Topics vary. 

AASP 499 Advanced Topics in Public Policy and the Black Community (3) 
Prerequisite: AASP 301 or permission of department. Repeatable to 6 credits if content differs. 
Examination of specific areas of policy development and evaluation in black and other communities. 
Application of advanced tools of policy analysis, especially quantitative, statistical and micro- 
economic analysis. 

AEED— Agricultural and Extension Education 

AEED 423 Extension Communications (3) 

An introduction to communications in teaching and within an organization, including barriers to 
communication, the diffusion process and the application of communication principles person to 
person, with groups and through mass media. 



190 Course Descriptions 



AEED 426 Development and Management of Extension Youth Programs (3) 

Designed for present and prospective state leaders of extension youth programs. Program develop- 
ment, principles of program management, leadership development and counseling; science, career 
selection and citizenship in youth programs, field experience in working with youth from low in- 
come families, urban work. 

AEED 427 Group Dynamics in Continuing and Extension Education (3) 

Concepts involved in working with groups planning extension and continuing education programs. 
Analysis of group behavior and group dynamics related to small groups and development of a com- 
petence in the selection of appropriate methods and techniques. 
AEED 464 Rural Life in Modern Society (3) 

The historical and current nature of rural and agricultural areas and communities in the complex 
structure and culture of U.S. society. Basic structural, cultural, and functional concepts for analyses 
and contrasts of societies and the organizations and social systems within them. 
AEED 466 Rural Poverty in an Affluent Society (3) 

Factors giving rise to conditions of rural poverty. Problems faced by the rural poor. Programs 
designed to alleviate rural poverty. 
AEED 488 Critique in Rural Education (1) 
Current problems and trends in rural education. 
AEED 489 Field Experience (1-4) 

Prerequisite: permission of department. Repeatable to 4 credits. Planned field experience for both 
major and non-major students. 

AEED 499 Special Problems (1-3) Prerequisite: staff approval. 
AEED 606 Program Planning and Evaluation in Agricultural Education (2-3) 
Second semester. Analysis of community agricultural education needs, selection and organization 
of course content, criteria and procedures for evaluating programs. 
AEED 626 Program Development in Adult and Continuing Education (3) 
Concepts in program planning and development. Study and analysis of program design and im- 
plementation in adult and continuing education. 

AEED 627 Program Evaluation in Adult and Continuing Education (3) 

Prerequisite: AEED 626 or permission of instructor. An analysis of program evaluation concepts 
as they relate specifically to adult continuing education. Program evaluation concepts, issues and 
problems with emphasis on the use of evaluation procedures. 
AEED 628 Seminar in Program Planning (1-5) 

The student assists in the development of an educational program in an institutional or community 
setting. He also develops an individualized unit of study applicable to the program. Seminar ses- 
sions are based on the actual problems of diagnosing needs, planning, conducting, and evaluating 
programs. Repeatable to a maximum of five credits. 
AEED 630 Teaching- Learning in Adult and Continuing Education (3) 

The teaching/learning process in adult continuing education. Instructional techniques and 
methodologies appropriate for adults. The curriculum development process. Issues and priorities 
in adult continuing education. 
AEED 631 Seminar in Adult Basic Education (3) 

The social context of illiteracy. Problems and issues in literacy education. Existing strategies of 
adult basic education (ABE). 

AEED 632 International Extension/ Adult Education (3) 

The state of extension/adult education in other countries. The social context of extension/adult 
education in selected countries. Analysis of existing extension/adult education programs and the 
contributions of these systems to the field. 



AEED — Agricultural and Extension Education 191 



AEED 642 Continuing Education in Extension (3) 

Studies the process through which adults have and use opportunities to learn systematically under 
the guidance of an agent, teacher or leader. A variety of program areas will be reviewed giving 
the student an opportunity to plan, conduct and evaluate learning activities for adults. 
AEED 661 Rural Community Analysis (3) 

Communities as social systems composed of organizations which interact in a system of cultural 
institutions, norms, and values. Functional and structural linkages between organizations within 
as well as outside the community; rural vs. urban similarities and differences; and the role of the 
social processes such as competition, cooperation and conflict in the context of community power 
and leadership structure. 
AEED 663 Developing Rural Leadership (2-3) 

Leadership and leadership development in the context of formal organizations, and ecological units 
such as communities, counties, states and nations. Comparison and evaluation of theories of leader- 
ship for applicability and usefulness in the development and administration of organizations and 
communities. 

AEED 691 Research Methods in Adult and Continuing Education (3) 

The scientific method, problem identification, survey of research literature, preparing research plans, 
design of studies, experimentation, analysis of data and thesis writing. 
AEED 699 Special Problems ( 1-3) Prerequisite: permission of department. 
AEED 707 Supervision of Student Teaching (1) 

Summer session. Identification of experiences and activities in an effective student teaching pro- 
gram, responsibilities and duties of supervising teachers, and evaluation of student teaching. 
AEED 789 Special Topics (1-3) 

May be repeated to a maximum of nine credits provided content is different. 
AEED 798 Seminar in Rural Education (1-3) 

Problems in the organization, administration, and supervision of the several agencies of rural and/or 
vocational education. Repeatable to a maximum of eight credits. 
AEED 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) 
AEED 882 Agricultural College Instruction (1) 
AEED 888 Apprenticeship in Education (1-8) 

Prerequisites: experience, a master's degree, and at least six semester hours in education at the Univer- 
sity of Maryland. Apprenticeships in the major area of study are available to selected students whose 
application for an apprenticeship has been approved by the education faculty. Each apprentice 
is assigned to work for at least a semester full-time or the equivalent with an appropriate agency. 
The sponsor of the apprentice maintains a close working relationship with the apprentice and the 
other persons involved. 
AEED 889 Internship in Education (3-8) 

Prerequisite: consent of advisor. Internships in the major area of study for experienced students 
who are assigned to an appropriate school system, educational institution, or agency in a situation 
different than that in which the student is regularly employed. 
AEED 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8) 

AGRI — Agriculture 

AGRI 489 Special Topics in Agriculture (1-4) 

Credit according to time scheduled and organization of the course. A lecture series organized to 

study in depth a selected phase of agriculture not normally associated with one of the existing 

programs. 

AGRI 702 Experimental Procedures in the Agricultural Sciences (3) 

First semester. Prerequisite: permission of instructor. Organization of research projects and presen- 



192 Course Descriptions 



tation of experimental results in the field of agricultural science. Topics included will be: sources 
of research financing, project outline preparation, formal progress reports, public and industrial 
supported research programs, and popular presentation of research data. 

AGRO — Agronomy 

AGRO 403 Crop Breeding (3) 

Prerequisite: BOTN 414 or ZOOL 213. Principles and methods of breeding annual self and cross- 
pollinated plant and perennial forage species. 
AGRO 404 Tobacco Production (3) 

Prerequisite: BOTN 100. A study of the history, adaptation, distribution, culture, and improve- 
ment of various types of tobacco, with special emphasis on problems in Maryland tobacco produc- 
tion. Physical and chemical factors associated with yield and quality of tobacco will be stressed. 
AGRO 405 Turf Management (3) 

Two hours of lecture and three hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: BOTN 100. A study 
of principles and practices of managing turf for lawns, golf courses, athletic fields, playgrounds, 
airfields and highways for commercial sod production. 
AGRO 406 Forage Crop Production (3) 

Pre- or corequisites: BOTN 101 and AGRO 100. A general look at world grasslands; production 
and management requirements of major grasses and legumes for quality hay, silage and pasture 
for livestock feed; new cultivar development and release; seed production and distribution of im- 
proved cultivars. 

AGRO 407 Cereal and Oil Crops (3) 

Pre- or corequisites: BOTN 101 and AGRO 100. A study of principles and practices of corn, small 
grains, rice, millets, sorghums, and soybeans and other oil seed crops. A study of seed production, 
processing, distribution and federal and state seed control programs of corn, small grains and 
soybeans. 

AGRO 411 Soil Fertility Principles (3) 

Prerequisite: AGRO 302. A study of the chemical, physical, and biological characteristics of soils 
that are important in growing crops. Soil deficiencies of physical, chemical, or biological nature 
and their correction by the use of lime, fertilizers, and rotations are discussed and illustrated. 
AGRO 412 Commercial Fertilizers (3) 

Prerequisite: AGRO 302 or permission of department. A study of the manufacturing of commer- 
cial fertilizers and their use in soils for efficient crop production. 

AGRO 413 Soil and Water Conservation (3) 

Two hours of lecture and three hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: AGRO 302 or permis- 
sion of department. A study of the importance and causes of soil erosion, methods of soil erosion 
control, and the effect of conservation practices on soil-moisture supply. Special emphasis is plac- 
ed on farm planning for soil and water conservation. The laboratory period will be largely devoted 
to field trips. 

AGRO 414 Soil Classification and Geography (4) 

Three hours of lecture and three hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: AGRO 302 or permis- 
sion of department. Processes and factors of soil genesis. Taxonomy of soils of the world by U.S. 
System. Laboratory covers soil morphological characteristics, composition, classification, survey 
and field trips to examine and describe soils. 
AGRO 415 Soil Survey and Land Use (3) 

Two hours of lecture and three hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: AGRO 302. Evalua- 
tion of soils in the uses of land and the environmental implications of soil utilization. Interpreta- 
tion of soil information and soil surveys as applied to both agricultural and non-agricultural pro- 
blems. Incorporation of soil data into legislation, environmental standards and land use plans. 



AGRO— Agronomy 1 93 



AGRO 417 Soil Physics (3) 

Two hours of lecture and three hours of laboratory per week . Prerequisites: A GRO 302 and a course 
in physics; or permission of department. A study of physical properties of soils with special em- 
phasis on relationship to soil productivity. 
AGRO 421 Soil Chemistry (3) 

Two hours of lecture and three hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: AGRO 302 or permis- 
sion of department. A study of the chemical composition of soils; cation and anion exchange; acid, 
alkaline and saline soil conditions; and soil fixation of plant nutrients. Chemical methods of soil 
analysis will be studied with emphasis on their relation to fertilizer requirements. 
AGRO 422 Soil Biochemistry (3) 

Two hours of lecture and three hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: AGRO 302, CHEM 
104 or permission of department. A study of biochemical processes involved in the formation and 
decomposition of organic soil constitutents. Significance of soil-biochemical processes involved 
in plant nutrition will be considered. 
AGRO 423 Soil-Water Pollution (3) 

Prerequisites: AGRO 302 and CHEM 104 or permission of department. Reaction and fate of 
pesticides, agricultural fertilizers, industrial and animal wastes in soil and water with emphasis on 
their relation to the environment. 
AGRO 451 Cropping Systems (2) 

Prerequisite: AGRO 102 or equivalent. The coordination of information from various courses in 
the development of balanced cropping systems, appropriate to different objectives in various areas 
of the state and nation. 
AGRO 453 Weed Control (3) 

Two hours of lecture and three hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: AGRO 102 or equivalent. 
A study of the use of cultural practices and chemical herbicides in the control of weeds. 
AGRO 483 Plant Breeding Laboratory (2) 

Prerequisites: AGRO 403 and permission of department. Current plant breeding research being 
conducted at The University of Maryland and USDA at Beltsville. Discussion with plant breeders 
about pollination techniques, breeding methods, and program achievements and goals. Field trips 
to selected USDA laboratories. 
AGRO 499 Special Problems in Agronomy (1-3) 

Prerequisites: AGRO 302, AGRO 406, AGRO 407 or permission of department. A detailed study, 
including a written report of an important problem in agronomy. 
AGRO 601 Advanced Crop Breeding 1 (2) 

Prerequisite: AGRO 403 or equivalent. Genetic and cytogenetic theories as related to plant breeding 
including interspecific and intergeneric hybridization, polyploidy, and sterility mechanisms. 
AGRO 602 Advanced Crop Breeding II (2) 

Prerequisites: AGRO 601 and a graduate statistics course. Quantitative inheritance in plant breeding 
including genetic constitution of a population, continuous variation, estimation of genetic variances, 
heterosis and inbreeding, heritability, and population movement. 
AGRO 608 Research Methods (1-4) 

Prerequisite: permission of department. Repeatable to 4 credits. Development of research view- 
point by detailed study and report on crop and soil research of the Maryland Agriculture Experi- 
ment Station or review and discussion of literature on specific agricultural problems or new research 
techniques. 

AGRO 722 Advanced Soil Chemistry (3) 

Second semester, alternate years. (Offered 1972-73.) Prerequisites: AGRO 202 and permission of 
instructor. A continuation of AGRO 421 with emphasis on soil chemistry of minor elements necessary 
for plant growth. 



194 Course Descriptions 



AGRO 789 Advances in Agronomy Research (1-4) 

Prerequisite: permission of department. Repeatable to 4 credits. A study of recent advances in 
agronomy research. 
AGRO 798 Agronomy Seminar (1) 

First and second semesters. Total credit toward master of science degree, 2; toward Ph.D. degree, 
6. Prerequisite: permission of instructor. 
AGRO 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) 
AGRO 789 Advances in Agronomy Research (1-4) 

Prerequisite: permission of department. Repeatable to 4 credits. A study of recent advances in 
agronomy research. 
AGRO 798 Agronomy Seminar (1) 

First and second semesters. Total credit toward master of science degree, 2; toward Ph.D. degree, 
6. Prerequisite: permission of instructor. 
AGRO 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) 
AGRO 789 Advances in Agronomy Research (1-4) 

Prerequisite: permission of department. Repeatable to 4 credits. A study of recent advances in 
agronomy research. 
AGRO 798 Agronomy Seminar (1) 

First and second semesters. Total credit toward master of science degree, 2; toward Ph.D. degree, 
6. Prerequisite: permission of instructor. 
AGRO 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) 
AGRO 802 Breeding For Resistance to Plant Pests (3) 

Second semester, alternate years. (Offered 1972-73.) Prerequisites: ENTM 252, BOTN221, AGRO 
403 or permission of instructor. A study of the development of breeding techniques for selecting 
and utilizing resistance to insects and diseases in crop plants and the effect of resistance on the 
interrelationships of host and pest. 
AGRO 804 Design and Analysis of Crop Research (3) 

Field plot technique, application of statistcal of application of statistical analysis to agronomic 
data, and preparation of the research project. 
AGRO 805 Factors Affecting Crop Yields (2) 

Prerequisites: BOTN 441 or BOTN 641; plus advanced training in plant sciences. Major emphasis 
will be on physiological processes affecting yield and productivity of major food fiber and industrial 
crops of the world. Topics such as photosynthesis, respiration, photorespiration, nitrogen metabolism 
will be related to crop growth as affected by management decisions. Topics of discussion will also 
include growth analysis and the use of computer modeling of crop growth by plant scientists. 
AGRO 806 Herbicide Chemistry and Physiology (2) 

Second semester, alternate years. (Offered 1972-73.) Prerequisites: AGRO 453 and CHEM 104 or 
permission of instructor. The importance of chemical structure in relation to biologically signifi- 
cant reactions will be emphasized in more than 10 different herbicide groups. Recent advances in 
herbicidal metabolism, translocation, and mode of action will be reviewed. Adsorption, decom- 
position and movement in the soil will also be studied. 
AGRO 807 Advanced Forage Crops (2) 

First semester, alternate years. (Offered 1972-73.) Prerequisite: BOTN 441 or equivalent; or per- 
mission of instructor. A fundamental study of physiological and ecological responses of grasses 
and legumes to environmental factors, including fertilizer elements, soil moisture, soil temperature, 
humidity, length of day, quality and intensity of light, wind movement, and defoliation practices. 
Relationship of these factors to life history, production, chemical and botanical composition, quality, 
and persistence of forages will be considered. 



AGRO— Agronomy 1 95 



AGRO 821 Advanced Methods of Soil Investigation (3) 

First semester, alternate years. (Offered 1973-74.) Prerequisites: AGRO 202; and permission of 

instructor. An advanced study of the theory of the chemical methods of soil investigation with 

emphasis on problems involving application of physical chemistry. 

AGRO 831 Soil Mineralogy (4) 

Soil minerals, with emphasis on clay minerals, are studied from the viewpoint of soil genesis and 

physical chemistry. Mineralogical analyses by x-ray and chemical techniques. 

AGRO 832 Advanced Soil Physics (3) 

Second semester, alternate years. (Offered 1973-74.) Prerequisites: AGRO 202; and permission of 

instructor. An advanced study of physical properties of soils. 

AGRO 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (il-8) 

AMST— American Studies 

AMST 418 Cultural Themes in America 

Examination of structure and development of American culture through themes such as "the 
dynamics of change and conflict," "culture an mental disorders," "ethnicity," "regionalism," "land- 
scape," "humor." Repeatable to a maximum to six credits. 
AMST 426 Culture and the Arts in America (3) 

Analysis of development of American cultural institutions and artifacts. Emphasis on relationship 
between intellectual and esthetic climate and the institutions and artifacts. 
AMST 428 American Cultural Eras (3) 

Investigation of a decade period, or generation as a case study in significant social change within 
an American context. Case studies include "Puritan dynamics in American culture, 1630-1700," 
"Antebellum America, 1840-1860," "American culture in the Great Depression." Repeatable to a 
maximum of six credits. 

AMST 429 Perspectives on Popular Culture (3) 

Topics in popular culture studies, including the examination of particular genres, themes, and issues. 
Repeatable to a maximum of six credits. 
AMST 432 Literature and American Society (3) 

Examination of the relationship between literature and society: including literature as cultural com- 
munication and the institutional framework governing its production, distribution, conservation 
and evaluation. 

AMST 450 Seminar in American Studies (3) 

Prerequisite: permission of instructor. Developments in theories and methods of American studies 
scholarship, with emphasis upon interaction between the humanities and the social sciences in the 
process of cultural analysis and evaluation. 
AMST 498 Special Topics in American Studies (3) 

Prerequisite: a course in A merican history, literature, or government, or consent of the instructor. 
Topics of special interest. Repeatable to a maximum of 6 credits when topics differ. 
AMST 618 Introductory Seminar in American Studies (3) 
AMST 628 Seminar in American Studies (3) 
AMST 629 Seminar in American Studies (3) 

AMST 638 Orientation Seminar: Material Aspects of American Civilization (3) 
Class meets at the Smithsonian. 

AMST 639 Reading Course in Selected Aspects of American Civilization (3) 
Class meets at the Smithsonian. 

AMST 698 Directed Readings in American Studies (3) 
This course is designed to provide students with the opportunity to pursue independent, inter- 



196 Course Descriptions 



disciplinary research and reading in specific aspects of American culture under the supervision of 

a faculty member. Repeatable to a maximum of six credits. 

AMST 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) 

AMST 828 Research Seminar in American Studies (3) 

Research and writing in American studies. Repeatable to six credits, provided topics are different. 

AMST 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8) 

ANSC— Animal Science 

ANSC 401 Fundamentals of Nutrition (3) 

Prerequisite: CHEM 104; ANSC 212 and BCHM 261 recommended. A study of the fundamental 
role of all nutrients in the body including their digestion, absorption and metabolism. Dietary re- 
quirements and nutritional deficiency syndromes of laboratory and farm animals and man. 
ANSC 402 Applied Animal Nutrition (3) 
Two lectures and one laboratory period per week. 

Prerequisites: MA TH 110, ANSC 401 or permission of instructor. A critical study of those factors 
which influence the nutritional requirements of ruminants, swine and poultry. Practical feeding 
methods and procedures used in formulation of economically efficient rations will be presented. 
ANSC 406 Environmental Physiology (3) 

Prerequisites: anatomy and physiology. The specific anatomical and physiological modifications 
employed by animals adapted to certain stressful environments will be considered. Particular em- 
phasis will be placed on the problems of temperature regulation and water balance. Specific areas 
for consideration will include: animals in cold (including hibernation), animals in dry heat, diving 
animals and animals in high altitudes. 
ANSC 407 Advanced Dairy Production (1) 

An advanced course primarily designed for teachers of vocational agriculture and county agents. 
It includes a study of the newer discoveries in dairy cattle nutrition, breeding and management. 
ANSC 412 Introduction to Diseases of Animals (3) 

Two lectures and one laboratory period per week. Prerequisite: MICB 200 and ZOOL 101. This 
course gives basic instruction in the nature of disease: including causation, immunity, methods 
of diagnosis, economic importance, public health aspects and prevention and control of the com- 
mon diseases of sheep, cattle, swine, horses and poultry. 
ANSC 413 Laboratory Animal Management (3) 

A comprehensive course in care and management of laboratory animals. Emphasis will be placed 
on physiology, anatomy and special uses for the different species. Disease prevention and regula- 
tions for maintaining animal colonies will be covered. Field trips will be required. 
ANSC 415 Parasitic Diseases of Domestic Animals (3) 

Two lectures and one laboratory per week . Prerequisite: ANSC 412 or equivalent. A study of parasitic 
diseases resulting from protozoan and Helminth infection and arthropod infestation. Emphasis 
on parasites of veterinary importance: their identification; life cycles, pathological effects and control 
by management. 

ANSC 416 Wildlife Management (3) 

Two lectures and one laboratory. An introduction to the interrelationships of game birds and mam- 
mals with their environment, population dynamics and the principles of wildlife management. 
ANSC 421 Swine Production (3) 

Two hours of lecture and four hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisites: ANSC 101, 221, and 
ANSC 203 or 401. A study of swine production systems including the principles of animal science 
for the efficient and economical management of swine breeding, feeding, reproduction and 
marketing. 



ANSC— Animal Science 197 



ANSC 422 Meals (3) 

Two lectures and one laboratory period per week. 

Prerequisite: ANSC 221. A course designed to give the basic facts about meat as a food and the 
factors influencing acceptability, marketing, and quality of fresh meats. It includes comparisons 
of characteristics of live animals with their carcasses, grading and evaluating carcasses as well as 
wholesale cuts, and the distribution and merchandising of the nation's meat supply. Laboratory 
periods are conducted in packing houses, meat distribution centers, retail outlets and University 
Meats Laboratory. 
ANSC 423 Beef Production (3) 

One lecture and two laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite: ANSC 401. Application of various 
phases of animal science to the management and production of beef cattle, sheep and swine. 
ANSC 424 Sheep Production (3) 

Two hours of lecture and four hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisites: ANSC 101, ANSC 
221, and ANSC 203 or 401. A study of sheep production systems including the principles of animal 
science for the efficient and economical management of sheep breeding, feeding, reproduction and 
marketing. 

ANSC 425 Herpetology (3) 

Two hours of lecture and four hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisites: ANSC 101, ANSC 
221, and ANSC 203 or 401. A study of beef production systems including the principles of animal 
science for the efficient and economical management of beef breeding, feeding, reproduction and 
marketing. 

ANSC 427 Principles of Breeding II (3) 

Prerequisites: ANSC 327 and BIOM 401 or permission of instructor. Advanced theory of quan- 
titive and population genetics applicable to the artificial evolution of domestic livestock. 
ANSC 430 Topics in Equine Science (4) 

Three lectures and one two-hour discussion period per week. Prerequisites: ANSC 211, 212, 230. 
Pre- or corequisite, ANSC 401. Specific problems of importance to the equine industry, including 
such areas as nutrition, physiology, anatomy, genetics and pathology. 
ANSC 431 Horse Production (2) 

One lecture and one two-hour laboratory per week. Laboratory and assigned project to be per- 
formed at University of Maryland Horse Farm, Ellicott City, Md. Prerequisite: ANSC 101, 210, 
211, 230 and consent of department. Field trips. Application of equine science principles to the 
management and production of horses. 
ANSC 432 Breeding Farm Management (2) 
One lecture and one two-hour laboratory per week. 

Prerequisite: ANSC 211, 212, 230 and consent of department. Animal equine science principles 
in the management of equine breeding establishments. Field trips. 
ANSC 443 Physiology and Biochemistry of Lactation (3) 

Prerequisites: ANSC 212 or equivalent and CHEM 261 or CHEM 461. Three lectures per week. 
The physiology and biochemistry of milk production in domestic animals, particularly cattle. Mam- 
mary gland development and maintenance from the embryo to the fully developed lactating gland. 
Abnormalities of the mammary gland. 
ANSC 444 Analysis of Dairy Production Systems (3) 

Prerequisites: AREC 406 and ANSC 203 or 214, or permission of instructor. The business aspects 
of dairy farming including an evaluation of the costs and returns associated with each segment. 
The economic impact of pertinent management decisions is studied. Recent developments in animal 
nutrition and genetics, agricultural economics, agricultural engineering, and agronomic practices 
are discussed as they apply to management of a dairy herd. 



198 Course Descriptions 



ANSC 446 Physiology of Mammalian Reproduction (3) 

Prerequisite: ZOOL 422 or ANSC 212. Anatomy and physiology of reproductive processes in 
domesticated and wild mammals. 

ANSC 447 Physiology of Mammalian Reproduction Laboratory (1) 

Pre- or corequisites: ANSC 446. One three-hour laboratory per week. Animal handling, artificial 
insemination procedures and analytical techniques useful in animal management and reproductive 
research. Not open to students who have credit for ANSC 446 prior to fall 1976. 
ANSC 452 Avian Physiology (2) 

(Alternate even years) one three-hour laboratory period per week. Prerequisites: a basic course 
in animal physiology. The basic physiology of the bird is discussed, excluding the reproductive 
system. Special emphasis is given to physiological differences between birds and other vertebrates. 
ANSC 462 Physiology of Hatchability (1) 

Two lectures and one laboratory period per week. Prerequisite: ZOOL 421 or 422. The physiology 
of embryonic development as related to principles of hatchability and problems of incubation en- 
countered in the hatchery industry are discussed. 
ANSC 463 Nutrition Laboratory (2) 

Prerequisite: ANSC 40I/NUSC 402 or concurrent registration. Six hours of laboratory per week. 
Digestibility studies with ruminant and monogastric animals, proximate analysis of various food 
products, and feeding trials demonstrating classical nutritional deficiencies in laboratory animals. 
ANSC 464 Poultry Hygiene (3) 

Two lectures and one laboratory period per week. Prerequisites: MICB 200 and ANSC 101. Virus, 
bacterial and protozoan diseases, parasitic diseases, prevention, control and eradication. 
ANSC 466 Avian Anatomy (3) 

Two lectures and one laboratory period per week. Prerequisite: ZOOL 210. Gross and microscopic 
structure, dissection and demonstration. 
ANSC 467 Poultry Breeding and Feeding (1) 

This course is designed primarily for teachers of vocational agriculture and extension service workers. 
The first half will be devoted to problems concerning breeding and the development of breeding 
stock. The second half will be devoted to nutrition. 
ANSC 477 Poultry Products and Marketing (1) 

This course is designed primarily for teachers of vocational agriculture and county agents. It deals 
with the factors affecting the quality of poultry products and with hatchery management problems, 
egg and poultry grading, preservation problems and market outlets for Maryland poultry. 
ANSC 480 Special Topics in Fish and Wildlife Management (3) 

Three lectures. Analysis of various state and federal programs related to fish and wildlife manage- 
ment. This would include: fish stocking programs, Maryland deer management program, warm 
water fish management, acid drainage problems, water quality, water fowl management, wild turkey 
management and regulations relative to the administration of these programs. 
ANSC 487 Special Topics in Animal Science (1) 

Prerequisite: permission of instructor. This course is designed primarily for teachers of vocational 
agriculture and extension service personnel. One primary topic to be selected mutually by the in- 
structor and students will be presented each session. 
ANSC 601 Advanced Ruminant Nutrition (2) 

First semester. One one-hour lecture and one-three hour laboratory per week. Prerequisite: per- 
mission of instructor. Physiological, microbiological and biochemical aspects of the nutrition of 
ruminants as compared to other animals. 
ANSC 603 Mineral Metabolism (3) 
Second semester. Two lectures per week. Prerequisites: CHEM 481 and 463. The role of minerals 



ANSC— Animal Science 1 99 



in metabolism of animals and man. Topics to be covered include the role of minerals in energy 
metabolism, bone structure, electrolyte balance, and as catalysts. 
ANSC 604 Vitamin Nutrition (3) 

Prerequisites: ANSC 401 and CHEM 461. Two one-hour lectures and one two-hour discussion 
period per week. Advanced study of the fundamental role of vitamins and vitamin-like cofactors 
in nutrition including chemical properties, absorption, metabolism, excretion and deficiency syn- 
dromes. A critical study of the biochemical basis of vitamin function, interrelationship of vitamins 
with other substances and of certain laboratory techniques. 
ANSC 610 Electron Microscopy (4) 

First and second semesters. Two lectures and two laboratory periods per week. Prerequisites: per- 
mission of instructor. Theory of electron microscopy, electron optics, specimen preparation and 
techniques, operation of electron photography, interpretation of electron images, related instruments 
and techniques. 

ANSC 612 Energy Nutrition (2) 

Second semester. Prerequisites: ANSC 402 or NUSC 450, CHEM 461, or consent of instructor. 
One lecture, one 2 hour laboratory per week. Basic concepts of animal energetics with quantitative 
descriptions of energy requirements and utilization. 
ANSC 614 Proteins (2) 

Second semester. One lecture and one 2 hour laboratory per week. Prerequisites: ANSC 402 and 
CHEM 461 or consent of instructor. Advanced study of the roles of amino acids in nutrition and 
metabolism. Protein digestion, absorption, anabolism, catabolism and amino acid balance. 
ANSC 626 Advanced Animal Breeding (3) 

Prerequisites: ANSC 426, MATH 400, BIOM 603 or permission of instructor. Application of linear 
models to genetic evaluation of domestic livestock. Introduction to estimation of components of 
variance in mixed linear models. 
ANSC 641 Expermental Mammalian Surgery I (2) 

First semester. Prerequisite: permission of instructor. A course presenting the fundamentals of 
anesthesia and the art of experimental surgery, especially to obtain research preparations. 
ANSC 642 Experimental Mammalian Surgery II (3) 

Second semester. Prerequisites: ANSC 641, permission of instructor. A course emphasizing ad- 
vanced surgical practices to obtain research preparations, cardiovascular surgery and chronic 
vascularly isolated organ techniques, experience with pump oxygenator systems, profound hypother- 
mia, hemodialysis, infusion systems, implantation and transplantation procedures are taught. 
ANSC 643 Research Methods (3) 

First semester. One lecture and two laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite: permission of in- 
structor. The application of biochemical, physio-chemical and statistical methods to problems in 
biological research. 
ANSC 660 Poultry Literature (1-4) 

First and second semesters. Readings on individual topics are assigned. Written reports required. 
Methods of analysis and presentation of scientific material are discussed. 
ANSC 661 Physiology of Reproduction (3) 

Reproductive endocrinology of vertebrate species with attention to function of the male and female 
reproductive systems, neuroendocrine regulation of reproduction and cellular mechanisms. 
ANSC 663 Advanced Nutrition Laboratory (3) 

Prerequisite: ANSC/NUSC 401; and either CHEM 462 or NUSC 670. One hour of lecture and 
six hours of laboratory per week. Basic instrumentation and techniques desired for advanced nutri- 
tional research. The effect of various nutritional parameters upon intermediary metabolism, en- 
zyme kinetics, endocrinology, and nutrient absorption in laboratory animals. 



200 Course Descriptions 



ANSC 665 Physiological Genetics of Domestic Animals (2) 

Second semester. Two lectures per week. Prerequisites: a course in basic genetics and biochemistry. 
The underlying physiological basis for genetic differences in production traits and selected mor- 
phological traits will be discussed. Inheritance of enzymes, protein polymorphisms and physiological 
traits will be studied. 

ANSC 677 Advanced Animal Adaptations to the Environment (2) 

First semester. Two lectures or discussions per week. Prerequisites: ANSC 406, or permission of 
instructor. A detailed consideration of certain anatomical and physiological modifications employed 
by mammals adapted to cold, dry heat or altitude. Each student will submit for discussion a library 
paper concerning a specific adaptation to an environmental stress. 
ANSC 686 Veterinary Bacteriology and Mycology (3) 

Prerequisite-ANSC 412. The characteristics and role of pathogenic bacteria and fungi in diseases 
of domestic animals with emphasis upon their pathogenic properties, pathogenesis and types of 
disease, epizootiology, modes of transmission and prophylaxis. 
ANSC 687 Veterinary Virology (3) 

Prerequisite: MICB 460. A detailed study of virus and rickettsial diseases of domestic and laboratory 
animals. Emphasis on viruses of veterinary importance along with techniques for their propaga- 
tion, characterization and identification. 

ANSC 690 Seminar in Population Genetics of Domestic Animals (3) 

Second semester. Prerequisites: ZOOL 246 and AGRI 401 or their equivalents. Current literature 
and research dealing with the principles of population genetics as they apply to breeding and selec- 
tion programs for the genetic improvement of domestic animals, population structure, estimation 
of genetic parameters, correlated characters, principles and methods of selection, relationship and 
systems of mating. 
ANSC 698 Seminar (1) 

First and second semesters. Students are required to prepare papers based upon current scientific 
publications relating to animal science, or upon their research work, for presentation before and 
discussion by the class; (1) recent advances; (2) nutrition; (3) physiology; (4) biochemistry. 
ANSC 699 Special Problems in Animal Science (1-2) 

First and second semesters. Work assigned in proportion to amount of credit. Prerequisite: ap- 
proval of staff . Problems will be assigned which relate specifically to the character of work the 
student is pursuing. 

ANSC 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) 
ANSC 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8) 

ANTH — Anthropology 

ANTH 401 Cultural Anthropology: Principles and Processes (3) 

Prerequisite: ANTH 101, 102, or 221. An examination of the nature of human culture and its pro- 
cesses, both historical and functional. The approach will be topical and theoretical rather than 
descriptive. 

ANTH 402 Cultural Anthropology: World Ethnography (3) 

Prerequisite: ANTH 101, 102, or 221. A descriptive survey of the culture areas of the world through 
an examination of the ways of selected representative societies. 
ANTH 412 Peoples and Cultures of Oceania (3) 

A survey of the cultures of Polynesia, Micronesia, Melanesia and Australia. Theoretical and cultural- 
historical problems will be emphasized. 
ANTH 414 Ethnology of Africa (3) 

Prerequisites: ANTH 101 and 102. The native peoples and cultures of Africa and their historical 
relationships, with emphasis on that portion of the continent south of the Sahara. 



ANTH— Anthropology 201 



ANTH 417 Peoples and Cultures of the Far East (3) 

A survey of the major sociopolitical systems of China, Korea and Japan. Major anthropological 
questions will be dealt with in presenting this material. 
ANTH 423 Ethnology of the Southwest (3) 

Prerequisites: ANTH 101 and 102. Culture history, economic and social institutions, religion, and 
mythology of the Indians of the southwest United States. 
ANTH 424 Ethnology of North America (3) 

Prerequisites. ANTH 101 and 102. The native people and cultures of North America north of Mexico 
and their historical relationships, including the effects of contact with European-derived populations. 
ANTH 426 Ethnology of Middle America (3) 

Prerequisites: ANTH 101 and 102. Cultural background and modern social, economic and religious 
life of Indian and Mesitzo groups in Mexico and central America; processes of acculturation and 
currents in cultural development. 

ANTH 431 Social Organization of Primitive Peoples (3) 

Prerequisites: ANTH 101 and 102. A comparative survey of the structures of non-literate and folk 
societies, covering both general principles and special regional developments. 
ANTH 434 Religion of Primitive Peoples (3) 

Prerequisites: ANTH 101 and 102. A survey of the religious systems of primitive and folk societies, 
with emphasis on the relation of religion to other aspects of culture. 
ANTH 436 Primitive Technology and Economy (3) 

A survey of technology, food economy and general economic processes in non-industrial societies. 
ANTH 437 Politics and Government in Primitive Society (3) 

A combined survey of politics in human societies and of important anthropological theories con- 
cerning this aspect of society. 
ANTH 441 Archaeology of the Old World (3) 

Prerequisite: ANTH 101 or 241. A survey of the archaeological materials of Europe, Asia and 
Africa, with emphasis on chronological and regional interrelationships. 
ANTH 451 Archaeology of the New World (3) 

Prerequisite: ANTH 101 or 241. A survey of the archaeological materials of North and South 
America with emphasis on chronological and regional interrelationships. 
ANTH 461 Human Osteology Laboratory (3) 

Prerequisite: ANTH 101. A laboratory study of the human skeleton, its morphology, measure- 
ment, and anatomic relationships. 
ANTH 462 Primate Anatomy Laboratory (3) 

Prerequisite: ANTH 101. The gross anatomy of non-human primates. Laboratory dissection of 
various primate cadavers under supervision. Occasional lectures. 
ANTH 463 Primate Studies (3) 

Prerequisite: ANTH 101. A combination lecture and laboratory examination of non-human primates. 
Major studies of various types that have been undertaken in the laboratory and in the field. 
ANTH 465 Human Growth and Constitution (3) 

Prerequisite: ANTH 101. A laboratory study of the growth, development and age changes in the 
human body from conception through old age, including gross photographic, radiographic, and 
microscopic study of growth and variation. 
ANTH 466 Forensic Anthropology Laboratory (3) 

Prerequisite: ANTH 461 or permission of the instructor. A laboratory study of the methods used 
to identify human remains by anthropological techniques and discussion of the role of the an- 
thropologist in medico-legal investigation. 



202 Course Descriptions 



ANTH 467 Human Population Biology Laboratory (3) 

Prerequisite: ANTH 101. A laboratory study of human population genetics, dynamics and varia- 
tion, including anthropological seriology, biochemistry, dermatoglyphics and hair microscopy. 
ANTH 498 Field Methods in Ethnology (1-6) 
Field training in the collection and recording of ethnological data. 
ANTH 499 Field Methods in Archaeology (1-6) 

Field training in the techniques of archaeological survey and excavation. 
ANTH 601 Applied Anthropology (3) 

History and theory of applied anthropology. The relationship between applied anthropology and 
other major subfields of the profession; the interdisciplinary and public context of application; pro- 
blems of significance and utility in applied work. 
ANTH 605 Theory of Cultural Anthropology (3) 

History and current trends of cultural anthropological theory, as a basic orientation for graduate 
studies and research. 

ANTH 606 Methods of Cultural Analysis I (3) 

Objectives of cultural analysis and their relationship to policy and decision making. An introduction 
to problem formulation, qualitative and quantative research design, and the conduct of research; 
problems of reliability and validity in social research. 
ANTH 607 Methods of Cultural Analysis II (3) 

Advanced preparation in the analysis and review of social research. Case studies of the uses of cultural 
analysis in applied contexts (i.e., social indicators, evaluation, impact assessment, forecasting). 
ANTH 611 Management and Cultural Process (3) 

Basic principles of managing cultural and human resources, decision-making in public and private 
contexts. The diversity and types of cultural resources (archeological, historical, folk and sociocultural), 
and their recognition and value in contemporary society; introduction to the identification, protec- 
tion and professional management of cultural resources. 
ANTH 620 Strategies for Cultural Understanding (3) 

The political, scientific, bureaucratic, and ideological background to decision making in the public 
and private sectors. 
ANTH 621 Cultural Ecology (3) 

Prerequisite: permission of instructor. An examination of the nature of the interrelationships bet- 
ween human cultures and the natural environmentals in which they exist. 
ANTH 630 Quantitative Approaches to Applied Anthropology (3) 

Introduction to variety of statistical techniques applied to problems in policy and decision making. 
Practical experience in computer applications for problems in cultural analysis and management. 
The use of existing statistical data sources. 
ANTH 641 Method and Theory in Archaeology (3) 

Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. An examination of the principles and purposes involved 
in the gathering and interpretation of archaeological data. 
ANTH 681 Processes of Culture Change (3) 

Change in culture due to contact, diffusion, innovation, fusion, integration, and cultural evolution. 
ANTH 688 Current Developments in Anthropology (3) 

Detailed investigation of a current problem or research technique, the topic to be chosen in accor- 
dance with faculty interests and student needs. May be repeated, as content varies, for a total of 
not more than nine semester hours. 
ANTH 689 Special Problems in Anthropology (1-6) 
ANTH 698 Advanced Field Training in Ethnology (1-6) 
Offered in the summer session only. 



ANTH— Anthropology 203 



ANTH 699 Advanced Field Training in Archaeology (1-6) 

Offered in the summer session only. 
ANTH 701 Internship Preparation (3) 

Preparation for internship includes practicum training in development, presentation and evalua- 
tion of position papers, proposals and work plans; literature search and use of secondary data sources 
in decision making affecting cultural analysis and management. Ethics and professional develop- 
ment for work in non-academic settings. 
ANTH 705 Internship (6-12) 

Prerequisite: ANTH 701. Problem-oriented internship with an appropriate public agency or private 
institution under the direction of a faculty and agency supervisor. 
ANTH 712 Internship Analysis (3) 

Prerequisite: ANTH 705. The preparation and presentation of internship reports; development of 
skills in report writing and presentation. The completion of a professional quality report based 
on the internship experience. Review of problems in ethics and professional development. 

APDS- Applied Design 400 

APDS 430 Advanced Problems in Advertising Design (3) 

Two studio periods. Prerequisite: APDS 331. Advanced problems in design and layout planned 

for developing competency in one or more areas of advertising design. 

APDS 431 Advanced Problems in Advertising Design (3) 

Two studio periods. Prerequisite: APDS 430. Advanced problems in design and layout planned 

for developing competency in one or more areas of advertising design. 

APDS 437 Advanced Photography (3) 

Three studio periods. Continuation of APDS 337. 

APDS 499 Individual Problems in Applied Design (3-4) 

Written consent of instructor. Open only to advanced students who, with guidance, can work 

independently. 

ARCH -Architecture 

ARCH 400 Architecture Studio I (6) 

Three hours of lecture and nine hours of studio per week. Introduction to the processes of visual 
and architectural design including field problems. For architecture majors only. 
ARCH 401 Architecture Studio II (6) 

Three hours of lecture and nine hours of studio per week. Prerequisite: ARCH 400 with a grade 
of C or better. Continuation of ARCH 400. For architecture majors only. 
ARCH 402 Architecture Studio III (6) 

Three hours of lecture and nine hours of studio per week. Prerequisite: ARCH 401 with a grade 
of C or better. Design projects involving the elements of environmental control, basic structural 
systems, building processes and materials. For architecture majors only. 
ARCH 403 Architecture Studio IV (6) 

Three hours of lecture and nine hours of studio per week. Prerequisite: ARCH 402 with a grade 
of Cor better. Design projects involving forms generated by different structural systems, environmen- 
tal controls and methods of construction. For architecture majors only. 
ARCH 408 Selected Topics in Architecture Studio (1-6) 

Prerequisite: ARCH 403, or equivalent, and permission of instructor. Topical problems in architec- 
ture and urban design. Repeatable to a maximum of 6 credits provided the content is different. 
ARCH 412 Architectural Structures II (3) 

Prerequisites: ARCH 312, ARCH 400. For majors only. Design of steel, timber, and reinforced 
concrete elements, and subsystems; analysis of architectural building systems. Introduction to design 



204 Course Descriptions 



for both natural and man-made hazards. 

ARCH 414 Solar Energy Applications For Buildings (3) 

Prerequisite: ARCH 313 or permission of instructor. Methods of utilizing solar energy to provide 
heating, cooling, hot water, and electricity for buildings and related techniques for reducing energy 
consumption. 

ARCH 415 Environmental Control and Systems II (3) 

Prerequisites: ARCH 313, ARCH 402. For majors only. Theory, quantification, and architectural 
design applications for water systems, fire protection, electrical systems, illumination, signal equip- 
ment, and transportation systems. 
ARCH 418 Selected Topics in Architectural Science (1-4) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Repeatable to a maximum of 7 credits, provided content is 
different. 

ARCH 419 Independent Studies in Architectural Science (1-4) 

Proposed work must have a faculty sponsor and receive approval of the curriculum committee. 
Repeatable to a maximum of 7 credits. 
ARCH 420 History of American Architecture (3) 

Prerequisite: ARCH 221 or permission of instructor. American architecture from the late 17th to 
the 20th century. 

ARCH 421 Seminar in the History of American Architecture (3) 

Prerequisite: ARCH 420 or permission of instructor. Advanced investigation of historical problems 
in American architecture. 
ARCH 422 History of Greek Architecture (3) 

Prerequisite: ARCH 222 or permission of the instructor. Survey of Greek architecture from 750-100 
B.C. 

ARCH 423 History of Roman Architecture (3) 

Prerequisite: ARCH 222 or permission of the instructor. Survey of Roman architecture from 500 
B.C. To A.D. 325. 

ARCH 427 Theories of Architecture (3) 

Prerequisite: ARCH 221, or permission of instructor. Selected historical and modern theories of 
architectural design. For architecture majors only. 
ARCH 428 Selected Topics in Architectural History (1-3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Repeatable to a maximum of 7 credits, provided the content 
is different. 

ARCH 429 Independent Studies in Architectural History (1-4) 

Proposed work must have a faculty sponsor and receive approval of the curriculum committee. 
Repeatable to a maximum of 6 credits. 
ARCH 432 History of Medieval Architecture (3) 

Prerequisite: ARCH 221, or permission of instructor. Architecture of western Europe from the 
early Christian and Byzantine periods through the late Gothic, with consideration of parallel 
developments in the eastern world. 
ARCH 433 History of Renaissance Architecture (3) 

Prerequisite: ARCH 221, or permission of instructor. Renaisssance architectural principles and 
trends in the 15th and 16th centuries and their modifications in the Baroque period. 
ARCH 434 History of Modern Architecture (3) 

Prerequisite: ARCH 221, or permission of instructor. Architectural trends and principles from 1750 
to the present, with emphasis on developments since the mid-19th century. 
ARCH 435 Seminar in the History of Modern Architecture (3) 
Prerequisite: ARCH 434 or permission of instructor. Advanced investigation of historical problems 



ARCH— Architecture 205 



in modern architecture. 

ARCH 436 History of Islamic Architecture (3) 

Survey of Islamic architecture from the seventh through the eighteenth century. 
ARCH 437 History of Pre-Columbian Architecture (3) 

Architecture of Pre-Columbian Mexico and Central America from the Pre-Classic Period through 
the Spanish conquest. 
ARCH 442 Studies in Visual Design (3) 

Prerequisite: ARCH 401. Studio work in visual design independent of architectural problem solving. 
ARCH 443 The Photography of Architecture (3) 

One and one-half hours lecture and four hours laboratory per week. Prerequisite: ARCH 344. Ex- 
amination of the meaning of documentation and the use of photography in the evaluation of ar- 
chitecture. Architecture students only, except by permission of the instructor. 
ARCH 445 Visual Analysis of Architecture (3) 

Two hours of lecture and two hours of studio per week. Prerequisites: ARCH 401 and ARCH 
343, or permission of the instructor. Visual principles of architectural design through graphic analysis. 
ARCH 447 Advanced Seminar in Photography (3) 

Prerequisites: ARCH 340 or APDS 33 7 or JOUR 351; and consent of instructor. Advanced study 
of photographic criticism through empirical methods, for students proficient in photographic skills. 
Photographic assignments, laboratory, seminar, 3 hours per week. 
ARCH 448 Selected Topics in Visual Studies (1-4) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Repeatable to a maximum of 7 credits, provided the content 
is different. 

ARCH 449 Independent Studies in Visual Studies (1-4) 

Proposed work must have a faculty sponsor and receive approval of the curriculum committee. 
Repeatable to a maximum of 6 credits. 
ARCH 450 Introduction to Urban Planning (3) 

Introduction to city planning theory, methodology and techniques, dealing with normative, ur- 
ban, structural, economic, social aspects of the city; urban planning as a process. Architectural 
majors or by permission of the instructor. Lecture, seminar, 3 hours per week. 
ARCH 451 Urban Design Seminar (3) 

Prerequisite: ARCH 350 or permission of the instructor. Advanced investigation into problems 
of analysis and evaluation of the design of urban areas, spaces and complexes with emphasis on 
physical and social considerations, effects of public policies, through case studies. Field observations. 
ARCH 453 Urban Problems Seminar (3) 

Prerequisite: permission of instructor. A case study of urban development issues, dealing primari- 
ly with socio-economic aspects of changes in the built environment. 
ARCH 454 Theories of Urban Form (3) 

Theories of planning and design of urban spaces, building complexes, and new communities. 
ARCH 458 Selected Topics in Urban Planning (1-4) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Repeatable to a maximum of 7 credits, provided the content 
is different. 

ARCH 459 Independent Studies in Urban Planning (1-4) 

Proposed work must have a faculty sponsor and receive approval of the curriculum committee. 
Repeatable to a maximum of 6 credits. 
ARCH 460 Site Analysis and Design (3) 

Principles and methods of site analysis; the influence of natural and man-made site factors on site 
design and architectural form. For architecture majors only, or by permission of instructor. 



206 Course Descriptions 



ARCH 461 Design and Energy (3) 

Prerequisite: ARCH 402 and ARCH 415. Two hours of seminar, two hours of laboratory each 
week. Energy strategies in building related to the broader context of architectural problem solving. 
ARCH 470 Computer Applications in Architecture (3) 

Prerequisite: ARCH 400 or permission of instructor. Introduction to computer programming and 
utilization, with emphasis on architectural applications. 
ARCH 472 Economic Determinants in Architecture (3) 

Introduction to economic factors influencing architectural form and design, including land 
economics, real estate, financing, project development, financial planning, construction and cost 
control. 

ARCH 478 Selected Topics in Architecture (1-4) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Repeatable to a maximum of 7 credits, provided the content 
is different. 

ARCH 479 Independent Studies in Architecture (1-4) 

Proposed work must have a faculty sponsor and receive approval of the curriculum committee. 
Repeatable to a maximum of 6 credits. 

ARCH 480 Problems and Methods of Architectural Preservation (3) 

Prerequisite: ARCH 420 or permission of instructor. Theory and practice of preservation in America, 
with emphasis on the problems and techniques of community preservation. 
ARCH 481 The Architect in Archaeology (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. The role of the architect in field archaeology and the analysis 
of excavating, recording, and publishing selected archaeological expeditions. 
ARCH 482 The Archaeology of Roman and Byzantine Palestine (3) 

Archaeological sites in Palestine (Isreal and Jordan) from the reign of Herod the Great to the Moslem 
conquest. 

ARCH 483 Field Archaeology (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of the instructor. Participation in field archaeology with an excavation of- 
ficially recognized by proper authorities of local government. 
ARCH 488 Selected Topics in Architectural Preservation (1-4) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Repeatable to a maximum of seven credits, provided the con- 
tent is different. 

ARCH 489 Independent Studies in Architectural Preservation (1-4) 

Proposed work must have a faculty sponsor and receive approval of the curriculum committee. 
Repeatable to a maximum of 6 credits. 
ARCH 600 Architecture Studio V (6) 
Three hours of lecture and nine hours of studio per week. 

Prerequisite: ARCH 403, or equivalent. Comprehensive building and urban design; studio options 
in advanced topical problems. 
ARCH 601 Architecture Studio VI (6) 
Three hours of lecture and nine hours of studio per week. 
Prerequisite: ARCH 600. Continuation of ARCH 600. 
ARCH 610 Appropriate Technologies in Architecture (3) 

Historical and current theories, practices and attitudes regarding the application of technologies 
to design and construction of buildings, civil structures and other infrastructures in rural and ur- 
ban environments. 

ARCH 612 Advanced Structural Analysis in Architecture (3) 

Prerequisite: ARCH 416. Qualitative and quantitative analysis and design of selected complex struc- 
tural systems. 



ARCH— Architecture 207 



ARCH 613 Structural Systems in Architecture (3) 

Prerequisite: ARCH 416 or permission of instructor. Theory and application of selected complex 
structural systems as they relate to architectural decisions. 
ARCH 614 Environmental Systems in Architecture (3) 

Prerequisite: ARCH 415 AND 41 7 or permission of instructor. Qualitative analysis of selected en- 
vironmental systems and design determinants. 
ARCH 616 Advanced Architectural Structures (3) 

Prerequisites: ARCH 375, ARCH 403, ARCH 412, ARCH 415 or equivalent. For majors only. 
Analysis of structural issues in architectural design; structure as an architectural form determi- 
nant; integration of architectural, structural and other technical disciplines in building design. 
ARCH 617 Advanced Environmental Control and Systems (3) 

Prerequisites: ARCH 375, ARCH 403, ARCH 412, ARCH 415 or equivalent. For majors only. 
Analysis, computer applications, and integration of environmental control and systems in architec- 
tural design. 

ARCH 621 Seminar in History of American Architecture (3) 

Prerequisite: ARCH 221 or ARCH 222 or permission of department. Advanced investigation of 
historical problems in American architecture. 
ARCH 628 Selected Topics in Architectural History (1-3) 

Prerequisite: permission of department. Special topics in the history of architecture. Repeatable 
to a maximum of seven credits if content differs. 
ARCH 629 Independent Studies in Architectural History (1-3) 

Proposed work must have faculty sponsor and receive approval of the Educational Policy Com- 
mittee. Repeatable to a maximum of seven credits if content differs. 
ARCH 635 Seminar in the History of Modern Architecture (3) 

Prerequisite: ARCH 434 or permission of department. Advanced investigation of historical pro- 
blems in modern architecture. 

ARCH 654 Urban Development and Design Theory (3) 

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Advanced investigation into planning, development, and 
urban design theory and practice. 
ARCH 674 Seminar in Regionalism (3) 

Prerequisite: permission of department. Regional characteristics of culture, climate, and landscape 
as determinants of vernacular architecture, especially in Third World countries. 
ARCH 675 Advanced Architectural Construction and Materials (3) 

Prerequisites: ARCH 375, ARCH 403, ARCH 412, ARCH 415. For majors only. Processes of 
construction, assembly, integration, and coordination of architectural, mechanical, electrical, and 
structural aspects of building; special attention to design development of building details. 
ARCH 676 Field Research in Architecture (3) 

Prerequisite: permission of department. Recording and analysis of significant architectural com- 
plexes in situ. 

ARCH 678 Selected Topics in Architecture (1-6) 

Prerequisite: permission of instructor. Repeatable to a maximum of six credits provided the sub- 
ject matter is different. 

ARCH 679 Independent Studies in Architecture (1-6) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Repeatable to a maximum of six credits. 
ARCH 700 Architecture Studio VII (6) 
Three hours of lecture and nine hours of studio per week. 
Prerequisite: ARCH 601. Continuation of ARCH 601. 



208 Course Descriptions 



ARCH 770 Professional Practice (3) 

Prerequisite: ARCH 601. Project management, organizational, legal, economic and ethical aspects 

of architecture. 

ARCH 797 Thesis Proseminar (3) 

Prerequisite: ARCH 601. Directed research and preparation of thesis program. 

ARCH 798 Thesis in Architecture (1-6) 

Prerequisites: ARCH 700 AND 797. 

ARCH 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) 

AREC— Agriculture and Resource Economics 

AREC 404 Prices of Agricultural Products (3) 

Prerequisite: ECON 403. An introduction to agricultural price behavior. The use of price informa- 
tion in the decision-making process, the relation of supply and demand in determining agricultural 
prices, and the relation of prices to grade, time, location, and stages of processing in the marketing 
system. Elementary methods of price analysis, the concept of parity and the role of price support 
programs in agricultural decisions. 
AREC 405 Economics of Agricultural Production (3) 

Prerequisites: ECON 403 and MA TH 220. The use and application of production economics in 
agriculture and resource industries through graphical and mathematical approaches. Production 
functions, cost functions, multiple product and joint production, and production processes through 
time. 

AREC 407 Agricultural Finance (3) 

Prerequisite: AREC 250. Application of economic principles to develop criteria for a sound farm 
business, including credit source and use, preparing and filing income tax returns, methods of ap- 
praising farm properties, the summary and analysis of farm records, leading to effective control 
and profitable operation of the farm business. 
AREC 414 Agricultural Business Management (3) 

Prerequisite: AREC 250. The different forms of businesses. Management functions, business in- 
dicators, measures of performance, and operational analysis. Case studies are used to show ap- 
plications of management techniques. 

AREC 427 Economics of Agricultural Marketing Systems (3) 

Prerequisite: AREC 250. Basic economic theory as applied to the marketing of agricultural pro- 
ducts, including price, cost, and financial analysis. Current developments affecting market struc- 
ture including effects of contractual arrangement, vertical integration, governmental policies and 
regulation. 

AREC 432 Introduction to Natural Resources Policy (3) 

Development of natural resource policy and analysis of the evolution of public intervention in the 
use of natural resources. Examination of present policies and of conflicts between private individuals, 
public interest groups, and government agencies. 
AREC 433 Food and Agricultural Policy (3) 

Prerequisite: AREC 250. Economic and political context of governmental involvement in the farm 
and food sector. Historical programs and current policy issues. Analysis of economic effects of 
agricultural programs, their benefits and costs, and comparison of policy alternatives. Analyzes 
the interrelationship among international development, agricultural trade and general economic 
and domestic agricultural policies. 

AREC 445 Agricultural Development in the Third World (3) 
Prerequisite: ECON 203 or ECON 205 or AREC 250. 

Development theories, the role of agriculture in economic development, the agricultural policy environ- 
ment, policies impacting on rural income and equity, environmental impacts of agricultural development. 



AREC — Agriculture and Economic Resources 209 



AREC 453 Natural Resources and Public Policy (3) 

Prerequisites: AREC 250 or ECON 203. Rational use and reuse of natural resources. Theory, 
methodology, and policies concerned with the allocation of natural resources among alternative 
uses. Optimum state of conservation, market failure, safe minimum standard, and cost-benefit 
analysis. 

AREC 484 Introduction to Econometrics in Agriculture (3) 

An introduction to the application of econometric techniques to agricultural problems with em- 
phasis on the assumptions and computational techniques necessary to derive statistical estimates, 
test hypotheses, and make predictions with the use of single equation models. Includes linear and 
non-linear regression models, internal least squares, discriminant analysis and factor analysis. 
AREC 489 Special Topics in Agricultural and Resources Economics (3) 
Repeatable to a maximum of 9 credits. 

AREC 495 Honors Reading Course in Agricultural and Resource Economics I (3) 
Selected readings in political and economic theory from 1700 to 1850. This course develops a basic 
understanding of the development of economic and political thought as a foundation for understan- 
ding our present society and its cultural heritage. Prerequisite: acceptance in the honors program 
of the department of agricultural and resource economics. 

AREC 496 Honors Reading Course in Agricultural and Resource Economics II (3) 
Selected readings in political and economic theory from 1850 to the present. This couse continues 
the development of a basic understanding of economic and political thought begun in AREC 495 
by the examination of modern problems in agricultural and resource economics in the light of the 
material read and discussed in AREC 495 and AREC 496. Prerequisite: successful completion of 
AREC 495 and registration in the honors program of the department and resource economics. 
AREC 610 Microeconomic Applications in Agricultural and Resource Markets (3) 
Prerequisite: ECON 603. Applications of graduate level microeconomic analysis to the problems 
of agricultural and natural resource production and distribution including demand for agricultural 
output, the nature of agricultural supply decisions, farm labor issues, land rental and aquisition, 
and exploitation of natural resources. Spring semester. 
AREC 615 Agricultural and Resource Economics Research Techniques (3) 
Philosophy and basic objectives of research in the field of agricultural and resource economics. 
Topics include definition of research problems, logical procedures for executing research in the 
social sciences, techniques and tools available to agricultural and resource economists, and appraisal 
of research documents from the standpoint of procedures and evaluation of research. Spring semester. 
AREC 620 Optimization in Agricultural and Resource Economics (3) 

Prerequisites: differential calculus and one course in matrix or linear algebra. Mathematical theory 
of optimization as it is used in agricultural and resource economics. Topics include necessary and 
sufficient conditions for nonlinear programming and related Kuhn-Tucker and saddle point theory, 
convexity and concavity, existence and uniqueness, duality and the envelope theorem, the discrete 
maximum principle, and control theory and dynamic optimization. Fall semester. 
AREC 625 Economic Welfare Analysis (3) 

The measurement of economic well-being for producers, consumers, and resource owners. Topics 
include competitive equilibrium, Pareto optimality, market failure, public goods and nonmarket 
welfare measurement, multimarket considerations, existing distortions, and second best. Applica- 
tions in economic welfare analysis of agricultural and resource policies are discussed. Fall semester, 
alternate years. Credit will not be granted for both AREC 625 and AREC 825. 
AREC 632 Agricultural Policy Analysis (3) 

The economics of agricultural policies. Methods for analyzing costs and benefits of price supports, 
import restraints, and other policies for producers, consumers, and taxpayers. Farm programs of 
the U.S., other industrial countries and developing countries including interventions in both domestic 



210 Course Descriptions 



markets and international are covered along with their consequences for factor owners and related 
commodity markets. Theories of the farm problem and possible remedies are offered. Fall semester, 
alternate years. Credit will not be granted for both AREC 632 and AREC 832. 
AREC 644 International Agricultural and Resource Trade (3) 

An introduction to trade in agricultural products and natural resources. Partial and general 
equilibrium models as applied to problems in agricultural and and natural resource trade and in 
analyzing related trade policies of various countries to understand the impact of macroeconomic 
policy on international agricultural and resource markets through exchange rates, interest rates 
and inflation. Spring semester, alternate years. Credit will not be granted for both AREC 644 and 
AREC 844. 

AREC 645 International Agricultural Development (3) 

Microeconomic foundations of agricultural development, the behavior of the farm household as 
an economic unit, and the functioning of the agricultural product, input, and labor markets in 
developing economies. The role of agriculture in economic development is discussed with emphasis 
on the basic linkages between agriculture and the rest of the economy. Spring semester, alternate 
years. Credit will not be granted for both AREC 645 and AREC 845. 

AREC 685 Applications of Mathematical Programming in Agriculture Business and Analysis (3) 
Prerequisite: ECON 403 or permission of department. Application of mathematical programming 
to problems in agriculture and resource economics. Emphasis on modeling large-scale systems and 
interpreting results in economic terms. Spring semester, alternate years. 
AREC 689 Special Topics in Agricultural and Resource Economics (3) 

First and second semester. Subject matter taught will be varied and will depend on the persons 
available for teaching unique and specialized phases of agricultural and resource economics. The 
course will be taught by the staff or visiting agricultural and resource economists who may be secured 
on lectureship or visiting professor basis. 

AREC 699 Special Problems in Agricultural and Resource Economics (1-2) 
First and second semesters and summer. Intensive study and analysis of specific problems in the 
field of agricultural and resource economics, which provide information in depth in areas of special 
interest to the student. 

AREC 753 Economics of Renewable Natural Resources (3) 

Prerequisites: AREC 610; and AREC 620; or consent of department. Basic models of renewable 
natural resources. Current research issues concerning natural resources with emphasis on problems 
in commercial and recreational fisheries, forestry, water, fugitive wildlife, and agriculture. Policies 
to correct related market failures. Spring semester, alternate years. 
AREC 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) 

AREC 804 Advanced Agricultural Price and Demand Analysis (3) 

Prerequisites: ECON 603 and AREC 610. Theories of household behavior and mechanisms of price 
determination. Static as well as intertemporal optimization problems arising from the simultaneous 
determination of savings and commodity demand with habit formation. Role of inventories in price 
formation, factors determining the degree of price flexibility, and price formation in noncompetitive 
industries. Spring semester. 

AREC 806 Economics of Agricultural Production (3) 

Prerequisites: ECON 603 and AREC 610. Theory and methods of applied production analysis. 
Use of dual methods in the analysis of agricultural production problems, cost and profit func- 
tions, separability, technical change, aggregation, index numbers, and dynamic decision making. 
Fall semester. 

AREC 825 Advanced Economic Welfare Analysis (3) 

Theory of economic welfare measurement, problems of path dependence in evaluating multiple 
price changes, welfare measurement under risk, general equilibrium welfare measurement with multi- 



AREC — Agriculture and Economic Resources 211 



pie distortions, and applications in evaluation of agricultural and resource policies. Fall semester, 
alternate years. Credit will not be granted for both AREC 625 and AREC 825. 
AREC 832 Advanced Agricultural Policy Analysis (3) 

Research problems in agricultural policy that include models and methods for explaining the con- 
sequences and causes of intervention in agricultural commodity markets. Quantitative, market level 
analysis of the implications of uncertainty, strategic behavior in international trade, second-best 
policies, the general equilibrium analysis of intervention, and the political economy of collective 
action in farm policy. Fall semester, alternate years. Credit will not be granted for both AREC 
632 and AREC 832. 

AREC 844 Advanced International Agricultural and Resource Trade (3) 

Issues and problems of current interest in agricultural trade policy and research. Use of dual methods 
in international trade, the effect of international financial markets on agricultural trade and 
agriculture in general, the efficient design of agricultural trade policy, trade in resources, and measur- 
ing the gains from trade in any economy distorted by sectoral policies. Spring semester, alternate 
years. Credit will not be granted for both AREC 644 and AREC 844. Spring semester, alternate years. 
AREC 845 Advanced International Agricultural Development (3) 

Economic inequalities and market forces in economic development along with strategies and policies 
for economic development. Export oriented versus import substitution strategies, the role of foreign 
capital and debt accumulation in the agricultural sector, and the effects of government interven- 
tion on agricultural development. Case studies of selected Latin American, Asian and African coun- 
tries. Spring semester, alternate years. Credit will not be granted for both AREC 645 and AREC 845. 
AREC 859 Advanced Topics in Natural Resource Economics (1-3) 

Intertemporal considerations in natural resource problems including irreversibility and stochastic 
control. Nonmarket welfare measurement and nonconsumptive values, option/quasi-option and 
existence values, applications to extinction and uncertainty, and alternative expectations in com- 
mon property resource problems. Spring semester. Repeatable to a maximum of nine credits if 
content differs. 

AREC 869 Advanced Topics in Agricultural Economics (1-3) 

Frontiers of research in agricultural policy, agricultural production, international trade, and 
agricultural development. Decision making under risk and related market institutions, principal 
agent analysis, optimal policy design, technology adoption, market structure, land and credit markets, 
information markets, and income distribution. Fall semester. Repeatable to a maximum of nine 
credits if content differs. 
AREC 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8) 

ARTE— Art Education 

ARTE 600 Advanced Problems in Art Education (3) 
ARTE 601 Advanced Problems in Art Education (3) 
ARTE 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) 

ARTH-Art History 

ARTH 400 Egyptian Art and Archaeology (3) 

Formerly ARTH 404. 

Sites and monuments of painting, sculpture, architecture, and the minor arts of ancient Egypt from 

earliest times through the Roman conquest. Emphasis on the pharaonic period. 

ARTH 401 Aegean Art and Archaeology (3) 

Formerly ARTH 404. 

Sites and monuments of painting, sculpture, architecture, and the minor arts of Crete, the Cycladic 

islands, and the Greek mainland from the earliest times to the downfall of the Mycenaean. 



212 Course Descriptions 



ARTH 402 Greek Art and Archaeology (3) 

Sites and monuments of painting, sculpture, architecture, and the minor arts from the Geometric 
through the Hellenistic period with emphasis on mainland Greece in the Archaic and Classical periods. 
ARTH 403 Roman Art and Archaeology (3) 

Sites and monuments of painting, sculpture, architecture, and the minor arts from the earliest times 
through the third century A.D. with emphasis on the Italian peninsula from the Etruscan period 
through that of Imperial Rome. 
ARTH 405 Late Roman and Early Christian Art (3) 

Formerly ARTH 410. Painting, sculpture, architecture, and the minor arts from the early third 
century through the sixth century A.D. 
ARTH 406 Byzantine Art (3) 

Formerly ARTH 411. Painting, sculpture, architecture, and the minor arts from the seventh cen- 
tury to 1453 A.D. 
ARTH 410 Early Medieval Art (3) 

Formerly ARTH 412. Painting, sculpture and architecture in Western Europe, ca. 500-1150. 
ARTH 411 Gothic Art (3) 

Formerly ARTH 413. Painting, sculpture and architecture in Western Europe, ca. 1150-1400. 
ARTH 415 Italian Renaissance Art (3) 

Formerly ARTH 424. Painting, sculpture and architecture of the fifteenth and sixteenth centuries. 
ARTH 418 Special Problems in Italian Renaissance Art (3) 

Repeatable to 6 credits if content differs. Focus upon Aspects of painting, sculpture, and architec- 
ture of Renaissance. 

ARTH 420 Fourteenth and Fifteenth-Century Northern European Art (3) 
Formerly AR TH 416. The art of northern Europe with an emphasis on painting in the Netherlands 
and France. 

ARTH 425 Sixteenth-Century Northern European Painting (3) 

Formerly ARTH 417. Painting in France, Germany, England, and the Low Countries during the 
Renaissance and Reformation. 

ARTH 426 Renaissance and Baroque Sculpture in Northern Europe (3) 

Sculpture in France, Germany, England, and the Low Countries from the fourteenth to the seven- 
teenth century. 

ARTH 430 Seventeenth-Century European Art (3) 

Painting, sculpture and architecture of the major southern European centers from 1600 to 1750. 
ARTH 435 Seventeenth-Century Art in the Netherlands (3) 

Formerly ARTH 431. Painting, sculpture and architecture in seventeenth Netherlands. 
ARTH 443 Eighteenth-Century European Art (3) 

From the Rococo to Neo-classicism, major developments in painting, architecture, sculpture, and 
the landscape garden in eighteenth-century France, England, Italy, Spain, and Germany. 
ARTH 444 British Painting, Hogarth to the Pre-Raphaelites (3) 

A survey of British painting focusing on the establishment of a strong native school in the genres 
of history painting, narrative subjects, portraiture, sporting art, and landscape. 
ARTH 445 Nineteenth-Century European Art to 1850 (3) 

Formerly ARTH 440. The major trends from Neo-Classicism to Romanticism in painting, sculpture 
and architecture in Europe. 

ARTH 446 Nineteenth-Century European Art from 1850 (3) 

Formerly ARTH 441. The major trends from Realism through Impressionism to Symbolism and 
Art Nouveau, in painting, sculpture, and architecture. 



ARTH— Art History 213 



ARTH 452 Nineteenth-Century Black American Art (3) 

Formerly ARTH 473. The visual arts of Black Americans from the Colonial period through the 

nineteenth century, including crafts and decorative arts. 

ARTH 454 Nineteenth and Twentieth Century Sculpture (3) 

Trends in sculpture from Neo-Classicism to the present. 

ARTH 455 Twentieth-Century Art to 1945 (3) 

Formerly ARTH 450. Painting, sculpture and architecture in Europe and America from the late 

nineteenth century to the end of World War II. 

ARTH 456 Twentieth-Century Art from 1945 (3) 

Formerly ARTH 451. Painting, sculpture and architecture in Europe and America from 1945 to 

the present. 

ARTH 457 History of Photography (3) 

Formerly ARTH 452. History of photography as art from its inception in 1839 to the present. 

ARTH 460 American Art Since 1876 (3) 

Formerly ARTH 477. Painting, sculpture, architecture, and the decorative arts in North America 

after 1876. 

ARTH 462 Twentieth-Century Black American Art (3) 

Formerly ARTH 474. The visual arts of Black Americans in the twentieth century, including crafts 

and decorative arts. 

ARTH 466 Feminist Perspectives on Women in Art (3) 

Principal focus on European and American women artists of the 19th and 20th centuries, in the 

context of the new scholarship on women. 

ARTH 470 Latin American Art and Archaeology before 1500 (3) 

Pre-Hispanic painting, sculpture, and architecture, with a focus on the major archaeological 

monuments of Mexico. 

ARTH 471 Latin American Art and Archaeology after 1500 (3) 

The effect of mingling European visual ideas with pre-Hispanic traditions. The formation of Latin 

American colonial art. How native American people transformed European ideas and forms. 

ARTH 475 Ancient Art of Africa (3) 

Formerly ARTH 462. Art of the African continent from rock art through the nineteenth century. 

The cultural meaning of painting, sculpture, architecture, and artifacts from major archeological 

sites. 

ARTH 476 Living Art of Africa (3) 

Formerly ARTH 463. Art styles among the segmentary, centralised and nomadic people of Africa. 

The iconography and function of their art and its relationship to their various societies, cults and 

ceremonies. 

ARTH 483 Structure and Analysis of Art (3) 

Basic concepts of structuralism applied to the analysis of art. Visual examples, including photography, 

cartoons, painting, and sculpture, emphasize the underlying logic of narrative themes in Western 

art ranging from the time of Giotto to the present. 

ARTH 489 Special Topics in Art History (3) 

Prerequisite: permission of department. Repeatable to 6 credits. 

ARTH 490 Chinese Painting (3) 

Chinese painting history from the second century B.C. through the twentieth century, covering 

cultural, stylistic and theoretical aspects. 

ARTH 495 Japanese Painting (3) 

Formerly ARTH 405. Japanese painting from the sixth through the nineteenth century, including 

Buddhist icon painting, narrative scrolls, and Zen-related ink painting. 



214 Course Descriptions 



ARTH 498 Directed Studies in Art History 1 (2-3) 

Prerequisite: permission of department. Repeatable if content differs. Junior standing. 

ARTH 499 Directed Studies in Art History II (2-3) 

ARTH 608 Studies in Ancient Art and Archaeology (3) 

Repeatable to 6 credits each in the Master's and Ph.D. programs. 

ARTH 609 Studies in Late Roman, Early Christian, and Byzantine Art (3) 

Repeatable to 6 credits each in the Master's and Ph.D. programs. 

ARTH 618 Studies in Medieval Art (3) 

Repeatable to 6 credits each in the Master's and Ph.D. programs. 

ARTH 619 Studies in Italian Renaissance Art (3) 

Repeatable to 6 credits each in the Master's and Ph.D. programs. 

ARTH 628 Studies in Fourteenth and Fifteenth Century Northern European Art (3) 

Repeatable to 6 credits each in the Master's and Ph.D. programs. 

ARTH 629 Studies in Sixteenth-Century Northern European Art (3) 

Repeatable to 6 credits each in the Master's and Ph.D. programs. 

ARTH 638 Studies in Seventeenth-Century Italian Art (3) 

Repeatable to 6 credits each in the Master's and Ph.D. programs. 

ARTH 639 Studies in Seventeenth-Century Northern Art (3) 

Repeatable to 6 credits each in the Master's and Ph.D. programs. 

ARTH 648 Studies in Eighteenth-Century European Art (3) 

Repeatable to 6 credits each in the Master's and Ph.D. programs. 

ARTH 649 Studies in Nineteenth-Century European Art (0) 

Repeatable to 6 credits each in the Master's and Ph.D. programs. 

ARTH 658 Studies in American Art (3) 

Repeatable to 6 credits each in the Master's and Ph.D. programs. 

ARTH 659 Studies in Twentieth-Century Art (3) 

Repeatable to 6 credits each in the Master's and Ph.D. programs. 

ARTH 668 Studies in Latin American Art and Archaeology (3) 

Repeatable to 6 credits each in the Master's and Ph.D. programs. 

ARTH 669 Studies in African Art (3) 

Repeatable to 6 credits each in the Master's and Ph.D. programs. 

ARTH 678 Studies in Chinese Art (3) 

Repeatable to 6 credits each in the Master's and Ph.D. programs. 

ARTH 679 Studies in Japanese Art (3) 

Repeatable to 6 credits each in the Master's and Ph.D. programs. 

ARTH 689 Selected Topics in Art History (3) 

Repeatable to 6 credits each in the Master's and Ph.D. programs. 

ARTH 692 Methods of Art History (3) 

Methods of research and criticism applied to typical art-historical problems; bibliography and other 

research tools. May be taken for credit one or two semesters. 

ARTH 695 Museum Training Program (3) 

ARTH 698 Museum Studies (3) 

Repeatable to 6 credits each in the Master's and Ph.D. programs. 

ARTH 699 Special Topics in Art History (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of department head or instructor. 

ARTH 708 Seminar in Ancient Art and Archaeology (3) 

Repeatable to 6 credits each in the Master's and Ph.D. programs. 



ARTH— Art History 215 



ARTH 709 Seminar in Late Roman, Early Christian, and Byzantine Art (3) 

Repeatable to 6 credits each in the Master's and Ph.D. programs. 

ARTH 718 Seminar in Medieval Art (3) 

Repeatable to 6 credits each in the Master's and Ph.D. programs. 

ARTH 719 Seminar in Italian Renaissance Art (3) 

Repeatable to 6 credits each in the Master's and Ph.D. programs. 

ARTH 728 Seminar in Fourteenth and Fifteenth-Century Northern European Art (3) 

Repeatable to 6 credits each in the Master's and Ph.D. programs. 

ARTH 729 Seminar in Sixteenth-Century Northern European Art (3) 

Repeatable to 6 credits each in the Master's and Ph.D. programs. 

ARTH 738 Seminar in Seventeenth-Century Baroque Italian Art (3) 

Repeatable to 6 credits each in the Master's and Ph.D. programs. 

ARTH 739 Seminar in Seventeenth-Century Northern Baroque Art (3) 

Repeatable to 6 credits each in the Master's and Ph.D. programs. 

ARTH 748 Seminar in Eighteenth-Century European Art (3) 

Repeatable to 6 credits each in the Master's and Ph.D. programs. 

ARTH 749 Seminar in Nineteenth-Century European Art (3) 

Repeatable to 6 credits each in the Master's and Ph.D. programs. 

ARTH 758 Seminar in American Art (3) 

Repeatable to 6 credits each in the Master's and Ph.D. programs. 

ARTH 759 Seminar in Twentieth-Century Art (3) 

Repeatable to 6 credits each in the Master's and Ph.D. programs. 

ARTH 768 Seminar in Latin American Art and Archaeology (3) 

Repeatable to 6 credits each in the Master's and Ph.D. programs. 

ARTH 769 Seminar in African Art (3) 

Repeatable to 6 credits each in the Master's and Ph.D. programs. 

ARTH 778 Seminar in Chinese Art (3) 

Repeatable to 6 credits each in the Master's and Ph.D. programs. 

ARTH 779 Seminar in Japanese Art (3) 

Repeatable to 6 credits each in the Master's and Ph.D. programs. 

ARTH 789 Selected Topics in Art History (3) 

Repeatable to 6 credits each in the Master's and Ph.D. programs. 

ARTH 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) 

ARTH 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8) 

ARTT-Art Studio 

ARTT 404 Experiments in Visual Processes (3) 

Six hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: ARTT 220 or ARTT 330 or ARTT 340. Formerly 

ARTS 404. 

Investigation and execution of process oriented art. Group and individual experimental projects. 

ARTT 418 Drawing (3) 

Six hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: ARTT 210. Repeatable to 12 credits. Formerly ARTS 418. 

Original compositions from the figure and nature, supplemented by problems of personal and expressive 

drawing. 

ARTT 428 Painting (3) 

Six hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: ARTT 320. Repeatable to 12 credits. Formerly ARTS 428. 

Original compositions based upon nature, figure, still life and expressive painting emphasizing develop- 



216 Course Descriptions 



ment of personal directions. 
ARTT 438 Sculpture (3) 

Six hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisites: one 300-level sculpture course; and permission 
of department. Repeatable to 12 credits. Formerly ARTS 438. 

Continuation of 300-level elements of sculpture courses with emphasis on developing personal direc- 
tions in chosen media. 
ARTT 448 Prinlmaking (3) 

Six hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisites: one 300-level prinlmaking course; and permission 
of department. Repeatable to 12 credits. Formerly ARTS 448. 

Continuation of 300-level elements of printmaking courses with emphasis on developing personal 
directions in chosen media. 
ARTT 468 Advanced Seminar in Studio Art (3) 

Three hours of laboratory and three hours of discussion/recitation per week. Prerequisite: permis- 
sion of department. Repeatable to 6 credits. Formerly ARTS 468. 
Relationship of student's work to historical and contemporary context. 
ARTT 489 Special Problems in Studio Arts (3) 

Prerequisite: permission of department. Repeatable to 6 credits. Formerly ARTS 489. 
ARTT 498 Directed Studies in Studio Art (2-3) 

Prerequisite: permission of department. For advanced students. Repeatable if content differs. 
Formerly ARTS 498. 
ARTT 610 Drawing (3) 
Formerly ARTS 610. 

Sustained treatment of a theme chosen by student. Wide variety of media. 
ARTT 614 Drawing (3) 
Formerly ARTS 614. 

Traditional materials and methods including oriental, sumi ink drawing and techniques of classical 
european masters. 
ARTT 616 Drawing (3) 
Formerly ARTS 616. 

Detailed anatomical study of the human figure and preparation of large scale mural compositions. 
ARTT 620 Painting (3) 
Formerly ARTS 620. 
ARTT 624 Painting (3) 
Formerly ARTS 624. 
ARTT 626 Painting (3) 
Formerly ARTS 626. 
ARTT 627 Painting (3) 
Formerly ARTS 627. 

ARTT 630 Experimentation in Sculpture (3) 
Formerly ARTS 630. 

ARTT 634 Experimentation in Sculpture (3) 
Formerly ARTS 634. 

ARTT 636 Materials and Techniques in Sculpture (3) 
For advanced students. Formerly ARTS 636. 

Methods of armature building, and the use of a variety of stone, wood, metal and plastic materials. 
ARTT 637 Sculpture: Casting and Foundry (3) 
Formerly ARTS 637. 
The traditional methods of plaster casting and the complicated types involving metal, cire perdue, 



ARTT— Art Studio 217 



sand-casting and newer methods, such as cold metal process. 

ARTT 640 Printmaking (3) 

Formerly ARTS 640. 

Advanced problems. Relief process. 

ARTT 644 Printmaking (3) 

Formerly ARTS 644. 

Advanced problems. Intaglio process. 

ARTT 646 Printmaking (3) 

Formerly ARTS 646. 

Advanced problems. Lithographic process. 

ARTT 647 Seminar in Printmaking (3) 

Formerly ARTS 647. 

ARTT 689 Special Problems in Studio Art (3) 

Prerequisite: permission of instructor. Repeatable to 6 credits. Formerly ARTS 689. 

ARTT 690 Drawing and Painting (3) 

Formerly ARTS 690. 

Preparation and execution of a wall decoration. 

ARTT 698 Directed Graduate Studies in Studio Art (3) 

Prerequisites: for advanced graduate students by permission of department head. Course may be 

repeated for credit if content differs. Formerly ARTS 698. 

ARTT 798 Directed Graduate Studies in Studio Art (3) 

Formerly ARTS 798. 

ARTT 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) 

Formerly ARTS 799. 

ASTR— Astronomy 

ASTR 400 Stellar Astrophysics (3) 

Prerequisite: ASTR 350. Corequisite: PHYS 420 or 421. Radiation processes in stars and interstellar 
space, stellar atmospheres, stellar structure and evolution. 

ASTR 410 Observational Astronomy I (3) 

Prerequisites: PHYS 294 or 263, and 3 credits in astronomy. An introduction to current methods 

of obtaining astronomical information. Emphasis on optical and radio techniques, with brief coverage 

of X-ray, ultraviolet, and infrared techniques. Emphasis on understanding how instruments affect 

the data. 

ASTR 411 Observational Astronomy II (3) 

Prerequisite: ASTR 410. Laboratory work with photographic and photoelectric techniques and with 

components of radio telescopes. Two longer individual projects involving observations with various 

instruments. Often requires all-night observing sessions. 

ASTR 420 Introduction to Galactic Research (3) 

Prerequisite: PHYS 272 and ASTR 350 or equivalent, or permission of department. Methods of 

galactic research, stellar motions, clusters of stars, evolution of the galaxy, study of our own and 

nearby galaxies. 

ASTR 430 The Solar System (3) 

Prerequisite: MA TH 246 and either PHYS 263 or PHYS 273, or permission of department. The 

structure of planetary atmospheres, radiative transfer in planetary atmospheres, remote sensing 

of planetary surfaces, interior structure of planets. Structure of comets. Brief discussions of asteroids, 

satellite systems, and solar system evolution. Intended for students majoring in any of the physical 

sciences. 



218 Course Descriptions 



ASTR 440 Introduction to Extra-Galactic Astronomy (3) 

Prerequisites: PHYS 272 and ASTR 350 or equivalent, or permission of department. Properties 
of normal and peculiar galaxies, including radio galaxies and quasars; expansion of the universe 
and cosmology. 

ASTR 450 Celestial Mechanics (3) 

Three lectures a week. Prerequisite: PHYS 410 or consent of instructor. Celestial mechanics, orbit 
theory, equations of motion. 

ASTR 498 Special Problems in Astronomy (1-6) 

Prerequisite: major in physics or astronomy and/or consent of advisor. Research or special study. 
Credit according to work done. 

ASTR 600 Stellar Atmospheres (3) 

Prerequisite: ASTR 422 or permission of department. Structure of stellar atmospheres, survey of 
atomic and molecular physics, absorption coefficients and radiative transfer, numerical techniques, 
calculation of model atmospheres and comparison with observations, discussion of line profiles, 
stellar winds and coronae. 

ASTR 605 Stellar Interiors and Evolution (3) 

Prerequisite: PHYS 410, 422 or equivalent. Energy transfer and generation in the interior of a star, 
evolution of stars, nucleosynthesis, variable stars, explosive stars, neutron stars and black holes. 

ASTR 610 Astronomical Instrumentation and Techniques (3) 

Prerequisite: PHYS 405 or permission of department. Review of Maxwell's equations; designs of 
telescopes, spectrographs, modern detectors; basic concepts for radio detectors and telescopes; in- 
terferometry and data processing. 

ASTR 620 Galaxies (3) 

Prerequisites: ASTR 400 or permission of department. Galaxy classifications; Milky way: basic 
data, distribution of stars, gas, dust and relativistic particles, large-scale structure and rotation; 
Spiral galaxies: stellar dynamics and stability, density waves, star bursts, galactic center; Elliptical 
galaxies: stellar dynamics, cannabalism; galaxy formation. 

ASTR 625 Dynamics of Stellar Systems (3) 

Three lectures per week. Prerequisite: PHYS 601 or ASTR 420. Study of the structure and evolu- 
tion of dynamical systems encountered in astronomy. Stellar encounters viewed as a two-body pro- 
blem, statistical treatment of encounters, study of dynamical problems in connection with star 
clusters, ellipsoidal galaxies, nuclei of galaxies, high-velocity stars. 

ASTR 630 Physics of the Solar System (3) 

Three lectures per week. Prerequisite: PHYS 422. A survey of the problems of interplanetary space, 
the solar wind, comets and meteors, planetary structure and atmospheres, motions of particles in 
the earth's magnetic field. 

ASTR 640 Radiation and Plasma Processes (3) 

Corequisite: PHYS 606 or permission of department. Radiation processes with emphasis on radia- 
tion from energetic electrons, synchrotron and inverse-Compton radiation, bremsstrahlung and 
astrophysical applications. The plasma dielectric and the "zoo" of plasma waves. Use of kinetic 
theory to derive fluid dynamics; discussion of MHD in its various limits of astrophysical use; some 
instabilities. 

ASTR 670 Interstellar Matter (3) 

Prerequisite: PHYS 422 or permission of department. Photo-ionization processes, classical 
diagnostics of the interstellar medium, physics of supernova remnants, molecules, dynamics of the 
formation of clouds and stars, cosmic rays and their acceleration. 



ASTR— Astronomy 219 



ASTR 688 Special Topics in Modern Astronomy (1-3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Special topics such as extragalactic radio sources, plasma 

astrophysics, the H.R. diagram, chemistry of the interstellar medium, radiophysics of the sun. 

ASTR 690 Research Project I (3) 

ASTR 691 Research Project II (3) 

ASTR 698 Seminar (1) 

Seminars on various topics in advanced astronomy are held each semester, with the contents varied 

each year. One credit for each semester. There are weekly colloquia by staff, astronomers from 

the Washington area, and visiting astronomers, usually on topics related to their own work. 

ASTR 699 Special Problems in Advanced Astronomy (1-6) 

ASTR 760 Solar Physics (3) 

Prerequisite: PHYS 606; corequisite: ASTR 640 or PHYS 761, or permission of department. The 

structure of the solar atmosphere, observations and theoretical interpretation of the solar corona, 

solar flares, solar cycles and oscillations, and their relationship to other stars. 

ASTR 788 Selected Topics in Modern Astronomy (1-3) 

ASTR 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) 

ASTR 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research ( 1-8) 

BCHM- Biochemistry 

BCHM 461 Biochemistry I (3) 

Prerequisites: CHEM 243 or 245; or permission of instructor. A comprehensive introduction to 
general biochemistry. The chemistry and metabolism of carbohydrates, lipids, nucleic acids, and 
proteins. 

BCHM 462 Biochemistry II (3) 

Prerequisite: BCHM 461. A continuation of BCHM 461. 
BCHM 463 Biochemistry Laboratory I (2) 

Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Pre or corerequisite: BCHM 461. 
BCHM 464 Biochemistry Laboratory II (2) 

Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite: CHEM 483 or BCHM 463, pre or core- 
quisite: BCHM 462. 
BCHM 666 Biophysical Chemistry (2) 

Prerequisite: BCHM 461 and CHEM 482, or consent of instructor. 
BCHM 668 Special Problems in Biochemistry (2-4) 
Two to four three-hour laboratory periods per week. 
Prerequisite: BCHM 464 or equivalent. 
BCHM 669 Special Topics in Biochemistry (2) 
Prerequisite: BCHM 462 or equivalent. 
BCHM 671 Protein Chemistry and Enzymic Catalysis (3) 

Principles of protein structure and function, characterization of active sites, enzyme mechanisms 
and kinetics, antibody structure. 
BCHM 672 Bioloical Membranes (3) 

Organization of biological membranes, metabolism of membrane lipids, membrane proteins, in- 
cluding receptors, membrane functions including bioenergetics and transport, assembly of 
membranes. 

BCHM 673 Regulation of Metabolism (3) 

Intracellular milieu, compartmentation, metabolic and enzymic approaches to identifying control 
points, regulation by covalent modification of enzymes, metabolic disorders. 



220 Course Descriptions 



BCHM 674 Nucleic Acids (3) 

Chemistry of nucleotides and polynucleotides, organization of cells and genome from viruses to 
eukaryotes, dna replication, rna synthesis, ribosome biogenesis, regulation of protein synthesis. 

BCHM 699 Special Problems in Biochemistry (1-6) 

Prerequisite: one semester of graduate study in biochemistry. Laboratory experience in a research 
environment. Restricted to students in the non-thesis M.S. option. Repeatable for a maximum of 
6 credits. 

BCHM 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) 

BCHM 898 Seminar (1) 

BCHM 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8) 

BIOL- Biology 

BIOL 501 Life Science for Middle School Teachers I (4) 

Three lectures and three hours of laboratory per week. An introductory lecture/laboratory course 
for teachers emphasizing the process and interdependence of living organisms, their general organiza- 
tion and association with humans in natural ecosystems. Discussion of the genetic and evolutionary 
process involved in the continuity of life. 

BIOL 502 Life Science for Middle School Teachers II (4) 

Three lectures and three hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: BIOL 501. A second-level 
lecture/laboratory course that provides a general introduction to the classification, anatomy and 
physiology of plants and animals, with a special emphasis on humans. 

BIOL 503 Life Science for Middle School Teachers III (4) 

Three lectures and three hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: BIOL 502. A third-level 
laboratory/field course that investigates the ecology and natural history of the Chesapeake Bay 
and man's relationship to it. 

BIOM — Biometrics 

BIOM 401 Biostatistics I (4) 

Three lectures and one discussion per week. Prerequisite: MATH 115, BIOM 301, or permission 
of the instructor. Descriptive statistics, probability models useful in biology, expectations, hypothesis 
testing, sign test, goodness of fit tests, central limit theorem, point and interval estimates, analysis 
of variance, regression, correlation, sampling, rank tests. Emphasis on the uses and the limitations 
of these methods in biology. 

BIOM 405 Computer Applications in Biometrics (1) 

One, 2-hour laboratory per week. Prerequisite: BIOM 401 or equivalent. An introduction to com- 
puter usage in statistical analyses. Topics include file manipulation, formating data, transforma- 
tions, descriptive statistics, graphical displays of data, and several introductory inferential statistical 
procedures. 

BIOM 405 Computer Applications in Biometrics (3) 

One, 2-hour laboratory per week. Prerequisite: BIOM 401 or equivalent. An introduction to com- 
puter usage in statistical analyses. Topics include file manipulation, formating data, transforma- 
tions, descriptive statistics, graphical displays of data, and several introductory inferential statistical 
procedures. 

BIOM 420 Sampling Techniques in Biometrics (3) 

Prerequisite: BIOM 401 or permission of the instructor. Methods of sampling: probability, ran- 
dom, cluster, stratified, inverse; ratio estimates; methods in field surveys; mark recapture studies, 
line transect sampling; surveys, design of collection forms; sample size calculations. Emphasis on 



BIOM— Biometrics 221 



the use of these methods in biological reseach. 
BIOM 602 Biostatistics II (3) 

Prerequisite: BIOM 401 or equivalent. The principles of experimental design and analysis of variance 
and covariance. 
BIOM 603 Biostatistics III (3) 

Two hours of laboratory per week. Corequisite: BIOM 603. Prerequisite: BIOM 405. Implementa- 
tion of linear model analyses common to the life sciences. 
BIOM 688 Topics in Biometrics (1-3) 

Prerequisite: consent of the instructor. Advanced topics of current interest in various areas of 
biometrics. Credit assigned will depend on lecture and/or laboratory time scheduled and organiza- 
tion of the course. 

BIOM 698 Special Problems in Biometrics (1-3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Individual study of a particular topic in biostatistics or 
biomathematics. 
BIOM 699 Seminar in Biometrics (1) 

BMGT— Business and Management 

BMGT 402 Database and Data Communication Systems (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 302. Introduction to database and data communication systems. Modeling 
and database construction using the three data models: network, relational and hierarchical. Im- 
plementation project using DMS 1 100 database system. Data communications protocols and com- 
munications support software. Analysis of distributed systems and computer networks. Emphasis 
on new technologies. 
BGMT 403 Systems Analysis (3) 

Prerequisite: BGMT 402. Techniques and tools applicable to the analysis and design of computer 
based information systems. System life cycle, requirements analysis, logical design of data bases, 
performance evaluation. Emphasis on case studies, project required that involves the design, analysis 
and implementation of an information system. 
BGMT 404 Seminar in Decision Support Systems (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 301. Design of computer systems to solve business problems and to support 
decision making. Human and organizational factors are considered. Emphasis on case studies. 
BGMT 410 Fund Accounting (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 310. An introduction to the fund-based theory and practice of accounting 
as applied to governmental entities and not-for-profit associations. 
BMGT 417 Advanced Tax Accounting (3) 

Prerequisites: BMGT 311 and 323. Federal taxation of corporations, partnerships, fiduciaries, and 
gratuitous transfers. Tools and techniques of tax research for compliance and planning. 
BMGT 420 Undergraduate Accounting Seminar (3) 

Prerequisite: senior standing as an accounting major or consent of instructor. Enrollment limited 
to upper one-third of senior class. Seminar coverage of outstanding current non-text literature, 
current problems and case studies in accounting. 
BMGT 421 Undergraduate Accounting Seminar (3) 

Prerequisite: Senior standing as an accounting major or consent of instructor. Enrollment limited 
to upper one-third of senior class. Seminar coverage of outstanding current non-text literature, 
current problems and case studies in accounting. 
BMGT 422 Auditing Theory and Practice (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 31 1. A study of the independent accountant's attest function, generally ac- 
cepted auditing standards, compliance and substantive tests, and report forms and opinions. 



222 Course Descriptions 



BMGT 424 Advanced Accounting (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 311. Advanced accounting theory applied to specialized topics and current 
problems. Emphasis on consolidated statements and partnership accounting. 
BMGT 426 Advanced Cost Accounting (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 321. Advanced cost accounting with emphasis on managerial aspects of inter- 
nal record-keeping and control systems. 
BMGT 427 Advanced Auditing Theory and Practice (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 422. An examination and in-depth study of special auditing topics such as 
statistical sampling, professional ethics, EDP auditing, legal liability, and SEC accounting. 
BMGT 430 Linear Statistical Models in Business (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 230 or BMGT 231 or permission of department. Model building involving 
an intensive study of the general linear stochastic model and the applications of this model to business 
problems. The model is derived in matrix form and this form is used to analyze both the regression 
and ANOVA formulations of the general linear model. 
BMGT 431 Design of Statistical Experiments in Business (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 230 or BMGT 231. Surveys ANOVA models, basic and advanced experimen- 
tal design concepts. Non-parametric tests and correlations are emphasized. Applications of these 
techniques to business problems in primarily the marketing and behavioral sciences are stressed. 
BMGT 432 Sample Survey Design For Business and Economics (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 230; or BMGT 231. Design of probability samples. Simple random sampling, 
stratified radom sampling, systematic sampling, and cluster sampling designs are developed and 
compared for efficiency under varying assumptions about the population sampled. Advanced designs 
such as multistage cluster sampling and replicated sampling are surveyed. Implementing these techni- 
ques in estimating parameters of business models is stressed. 
BMGT 433 Statistical Decision Theory in Business (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 231; or permission of department. Bayesian approach to the use of sample 
information in decision-making. Concepts of loss, risk, decision criteria, expected returns, and ex- 
pected utility are examined. Application of these concepts to decision-making in the firm in various 
contexts are considered. 

BMGT 434 Introduction to Optimization Theory (3) Prerequisite: MATH 220; or permission of 
department. Primarily for students majoring in management science and statistics. Linear program- 
ming, postoptimality analysis, network algorithms, dynamic programming, nonlinear programm- 
ing and single variable minimization. 

BMGT 435 Introduction to Applied Probability Models (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 231 or permission of department. Statistical models in management. Review 
of probability theory, Monte Carlo methods, discrete event simulation, Markov chains, queueing 
analysis, other topics depending upon time. Guass, a higher-level computer language, will be in- 
troduced in the class and the students will carry out various exercises using this language. 
BMGT 436 Applications of Mathematical Programming in Management Science (3) 
Prerequisite: BMGT 434; or permission of department. Theory and applications of linear, integer, 
and nonlinear programming models to management decisions. Topics covered include the basic 
theorems of linear programming; the matrix formulation of the simplex, and dual simplex algorithms; 
decomposition, cutting plane, branch and bound, and implicit enumeration algorithms; gradient 
based algorithms; and quadratic programming. Special emphasis is placed upon model formula- 
tion and solution using prepared computer algorithms. 
BMGT 438 Topics in Statistical Analysis For Business Management (3) 

Prerequisites: [BMGT 430; and MA TH 240]; or permission of department. Repeatable to 6 credits 
if content differs. Selected topics in statistical analysis which are relevant to management for students 
with knowledge of basic statistical methods. Topics include evolutionary operation and response 



BMGT— Business and Management 223 



surface analysis, forecasting techniques, pathologies of the linear model and their remedies, 
multivariate statistical models, and non-parametric models. 
BMGT 440 Financial Management (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 340. Analysis and discussion of cases and readings relating to financial deci- 
sions of the firm. The application of finance concepts to the solution of financial problems is 
emphasized. 

BMGT 443 Security Analysis and Valuation (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 343. Study and application of the concepts, methods, models, and empirical 
findings to the analysis, valuation, and selection of securities, especially common stock. 
BMGT 444 Futures Contracts and Options (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 343. The institutional features and economic rationale underlying markets 
in futures and options. Hedging, speculation, structure of futures prices, interest rate futures, effi- 
ciency in futures markets, and stock and commodity options. 
BMGT 445 Commercial Bank Management (3) 

Prerequisites: BMGT 340; and ECON 430. Analysis and discussion of cases and readings in com- 
mercial bank management. The loan function is emphasized; also the management of liquidity 
reserves, investments for income, and source of funds. Bank objectives, functions, policies, organiza- 
tion, structure, services, and regulation are considered. 
BMGT 451 Consumer Analysis (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 350. Recommended: PSYC 100; and PSYC 221. 60 semester hours. Junior 
standing. Not open to students who have completed CNEC 437. Credit will be granted for only 
one of the following: BMGT 451 or CNEC 437. American consumers in the marketing system. 
Underlying consumer behavior such as economic, social, psychological and cultural factors. Analysis 
of consumers in marketing situations — as a buyer and user of products and services — and in rela- 
tion to the various individual social and marketing factors affecting their behavior. The influence 
of marketing communications is also considered. 
BMGT 452 Marketing Research Methods (3) 

Prerequisites: BMGT 230; and BMGT 451. Formerly BMGT 450. Develops skills in the use of scien- 
tific methods in the acquisition, analysis and interpretation of marketing data. It covers the specialized 
fields of marketing research; the planning of survey projects, sample design, tabulation procedure 
and report preparation. 
BMGT 453 Industrial Marketing (3) 

Prerequisites: BMGT 350 plus one other marketing course. The industrial and business sector of 
the marketing system is considered rather than the household or ultimate consumer sector. Industrial 
products range from raw materials and supplies to the major equipment in a plant, business office, 
or institution, of basic statistical methods. Topics include evolutionary operation and response surface 
analysis, forecasting techniques, pathologies of the linear model and their remedies, multivariate 
statistical models, and non-parametric models. 
BMGT 454 International Marketing (3) 

Prerequisites: BMGT 350 plus one other marketing course. Marketing functions from the interna- 
tional executive's viewpoint, including coverage of international marketing policies relating to pro- 
duct adaptation, data collection and analysis, channels of distribution, pricing, communications, 
and cost analysis. Consideration is given to the cultural, legal, financial, and organizational aspects 
of international marketing. 
BMGT 455 Sales Management (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 350. The role of the sales manager, both at headquarters and in the field, 
in the management of people, resources and marketing functions. An analysis of the problems in- 
volved in sales organization, forecasting, planning, communicating, evaluating and controlling. 
The application of quantitative techniques and pertinent behavioral science concepts in the manage- 
ment of the sales effort and sales force. 
BMGT 456 Advertising (3) 
Prerequisite: BMGT 350. 60 semester hours. Junior standing. The role of advertising in the American 



224 Course Descriptions 



economy; the impact of advertising on our economic and social life, the methods and techniques 
currently applied by advertising practitioners; the role of the newspaper, magazine, and other media 
in the development of an advertising campaign, modern research methods to improve the effec- 
tiveness of advertising and the organization of the advertising business. 
BMGT 457 Marketing Policies and Strategies (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 452. Integrative decision making in marketing. Emphasis on consumer and 
market analysis and the appropriate decision models. Case studies are included. 
BMGT 460 Personnel Management: Analysis and Problems (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 360. Recommended: BMGT 230. Research findings, special readings, case 
analysis, simulation, and field investigations are used to develop a better understanding of person- 
nel problems, alternative solutions and their practical ramifications. 
BMGT 462 Labor Legislation (3) 

Case method analysis of the modern law of industrial relations. Cases include the decisions of ad- 
ministrative agencies, courts and arbitration tribunals. 
BMGT 463 Public Sector Labor Relations (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 362; or permission of department. Development and structure of labor rela- 
tions in public sector employment; federal, state, and local government responses to unionization 
and collective bargaining. 
BMGT 464 Organizational Behavior (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 364. An examination of research and theory concerning the forces which con- 
tribute to the behavior of organizational members. Topics covered include: work group behavior, 
supervisory behavior, intergroup relations, employee goals and attitudes, communication problems, 
organizational change, and organizational goals and design. 
BMGT 467 Undergraduate Seminar in Personnel Management (3) 

Prerequisite: permission of department. This course is open only to the top one-third of 
undergraduate majors in personnel and labor relations and is offered during the fall semester of 
each year. Highlights major developments. Guest lecturers make periodic presentations. 
BMGT 470 Carrier Management (3) 

Prerequisites: BMGT 370; and BMGT 372. Integration of the functions available to managers in 
transportation companies including planning, directing and implemention of policies. Emphasis 
on the changing environment in which managers of transportation carriers function. 
BMGT 473 Advanced Transportation Problems (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 370. A critical examination of current government transportation policy and 
proposed solutions. Urban and intercity managerial transport problems are also considered. 
BMGT 474 Urban Transport and Urban Development (3) 

Prerequisite: ECON 203; or ECON 205. An analysis of the role of urban transportation in present 
and future urban development. The interaction of transport pricing and service, urban planning, 
institutional restraints, and public land uses is studied. 
BMGT 475 Advanced Logistics Management (3) 

Prerequisites: BMGT 370; and BMGT 372. Application of the concepts of BMGT 372 to problem 
solving and special projects in logistics management. Case analysis is stressed. 
BMGT 476 Applied Computer Models in Transportation and Logistics (3) 
Prerequisites: BMGT 370; and BMGT 372. Introduction to the expanding base of computer soft- 
ware in the transportation and logistics fields. Applications of particular relevance to carrier and 
shipper issues in a deregulated environment. 
BMGT 477 International Transportation and Logistics (3) 

Prerequisites: BMGT 370; and BMGT 372. Analysis of the structure, service, pricing and com- 
petitive relationship of U.S. international carriers and transport intermediaries. Examination of 
the role of foreign competitors, managerial and economic factors and politically imposed restric- 
tions. Business and public policy implications of transportation in developing countries and their 
interface with international trade and development. 



BMGT — Business and Management 225 



BMGT 480 Legal Environment of Business (3) 

Junior standing. Principal ideas in law stressing those relevant for the modern business executive 
with focus on legal reasoning as it has evolved in this country. Leading antitrust cases illustrating 
the reasoning process as well as the interplay of business, philosophy, and the various conceptions 
of the nature of law which give direction to the process. Examination of contemporary legal pro- 
blems and proposed solutions, especiall those most likely to affect the business community. 
BMGT 481 Public Utilities (3) 

Prerequisite: ECON 203; orECON205. Using the regulated industries as specific examples, atten- 
tion is focused on broad and general problems in such diverse fields as constitutional law, ad- 
ministrative law, public administration, government control of business, advanced economic theory, 
accounting, valuation and depreciation, taxation, finance, engineering, and management. 
BMGT 482 Business and Government (3) 

Prerequisite: ECON 203; or ECON 205. A study of the role of government in modern economic 
life. Social control of business as a remedy for the abuses of business enterprise arising from the 
decline of competition. Criteria of limitations on government regulation of private enterprise. 
BMGT 485 Advanced Production Management (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 385. A study of typical problems encountered by the factory manager. The 
objective is to develop the ability to analyze and solve problems in management control of produc- 
tion and in the formulation of production policies. Among the topics covered are plant location, 
production planning and control, methods analysis, and time study. 
BMGT 490 Urban Land Management (3) 

Covers the managerial and decision making aspects of urban land and property. Included are such 
subjects as land use and valuation matters. 
BMGT 493 Honors Study (3) 

Prerequisite: permission of department. First semester of the senior year. The course is designed 
for honors students who have elected to conduct intensive study (independent or group). The stu- 
dent will work under the direct guidance of a faculty advisor and the Director of Undergraduate 
Studies. They shall determine that the area of study is of a scope and intensity deserving of a can- 
didate's attention. Formal written and/or oral reports on the study may be required by the faculty 
advisor. 

BMGT 494 Honors Study (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 493, and continued candidacy for honors in Business and Management. Se- 
cond semester of the senior year. The student shall continue and complete the research initiated 
in BMGT 493, additional reports may be required at the discretion of the faculty advisor and Director 
of Undergraduate Studies. 
BMGT 495 Business Policies (3) 

Prerequisites: BMGT 340; and BMGT 350; and BMGT 364. Senior standing. A case study course 
where students apply what they have learned of general management principles and their specializ- 
ed functional applications to the overall management function in the enterprise. 
BMGT 496 Business and Society (3) 

Prerequisite: One course in BMGT; or permission of department. Normative role of business in 
society; consideration of the sometimes conflicting interests and claims on the firm and its objectives. 
BMGT 498 Special Topics in Business and Management (3) 

Prerequisite: permission of department. Repeatable to 6 credits if content differs. Special topics 
in business and management designed to meet the changing needs and interests of students and 
faculty. 

BMGT 501 Business Functions (4) 

Intensive review of marketing and finance functions in the business enterprise. Credit not applicable 
to graduate degrees. 



226 Course Descriptions 



BMGT 505 Organizational Behavior and Strategic Management (3) 

Intensive review of organizational behavior theory, and administrative processes and policy in the 
business enterprise. Credit not applicable to graduate degrees. 
BMGT 610 Financial Accounting (3) 

Intensive review of the technical and conceptual aspects of financial accounting and accounting 
information systems as they apply to the business enterprise. 
BMGT 611 Managerial Accounting I (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 610. The use of accounting data for corporate financial planning and control. 
Organization for control, profit planning, budgeting, relevant costing, return on investment, and 
administration of the controllership function in smaller organizations. 
BMGT 620 Management Information Systems (3) 

The concepts, theory and techniques of information systems. The system life cycle. The role of 
information systems in the management and control of the organization. Effectiveness measures 
of information systems. Case studies of information systems as developed by industry and govern- 
ment. Societal impact. 
BMGT 630 Managerial Statistics I (3) 

Application of statistical concepts to solution of business problems; laboratory use of computer 
packages. 

BMGT 631 Operations Research and Management (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 630. Application of operations research and operations management concepts 
to solution of business problems. Emphasis on integrated approach to management decision making. 
BMGT 640 Financial Management (3) 

Prerequisites: BMGT 610; and BMGT 630. The role of financial management in the firm. Valua- 
tion and leverage, capital budgeting, cost of capital, dividend policy, long-term financing, work- 
ing capital management, short-term financing, intermediate-term financing and leasing, mergers 
and international financial management topics. 
BMGT 650 Marketing Management (3) 

Analysis of marketing problems and evaluation of specific marketing efforts regarding the organiza- 
tion's products and services, pricing activities, channel selection, and promotion strategies in both 
domestic and international markets. 
BMGT 660 Management and Organizational Behavior (3) 

The influence of the behavioral sciences on the theory and practice of management. Motivation, 
leadership, and international styles of management. 
BMGT 661 Human Resources Management (3) 

The human resource function in organizations. Human resource planning, procurement and selec- 
tion, training and development, performance appraisal, wage and salary administration, and equal 
employment opportunity. 
BMGT 670 Economic Environment (3) 

The macroeconomic environment and its impact on the business enterprise. Nature of economic 
fluctuations, analysis of consumer spending, theory and analysis of investment spending, supply 
and demand for money and capital, modern macroeconomic theory, international problems, 
forecasting and an analysis of economic conditions. 
BMGT 671 Managerial Economics (3) 

The application of economic theory to the business enterprise in respect to the determination of 
policy and the handling of management problems with particular reference to the firm producing 
a complex line of products, nature of competition, pricing policy, interrelationship of production 
and marketing problems, basic types of cost, control systems, theories of depreciation and invest- 
ment and the impact of each upon costs. 



BMGT— Business and Management 227 



BMGT 672 Physical Distribution Management (3) 

Managerial practices required to fulfil the physical movement needs of extractive, manufacturing, 
and merchandising firms. The total cost approach to physical distribution. Interrelations among 
purchased transport services, privately-supplied transport services, warehousing, inventory con- 
trol, materials handling, packaging, and plant location. The communications network to support 
physical distribution. The problems of coordination between the physical movement management 
function and other functional areas within the business firm, such as accounting, finance, marketing, 
and production. 

BMGT 680 Business and Public Policy (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 670. Survey of conceptual and legal aspects of the business-environment rela- 
tionship; nature of public policy; major historic and current policy issues; business role in the policy 
process; developing and managing corporate social policy and impact; special problems of the 
multinational corporation. 
BMGT 690 Strategic Management (3) 

Prerequisites: permission of department; and completion of all other MBA core courses before 
registering for this course. Case studies and research in the identification of management problems, 
the evaluation of alternative solutions, and the recommendation for management implementation. 
BMGT 702 Applied Security Analysis and Portfolio Management (3) 

Prerequisites: BMGT 640; and BMGT 743; and permission of department. Applications in defini- 
tion of investment objectives, security analysis, portfolio analysis, portfolio selection, and port- 
folio management as they relate to the MBA Educational Investment Fund. Emphasis on analysis 
and recommendations. 

BMGT 710 Advanced Accounting Theory (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 610. Contemporary issues in financial accounting. The nature of income, the 
relationship between asset valuation and income determination, and various approaches to accounting 
for inflation. The accounting standards setting process. The measurement and valuation of assets 
(e.g., foreign investments) and liabilities (e.g., leases and pensions). 
BMGT 711 Advanced Managerial Accounting (3) 

Prerequisites: permission of department; and completion of all first year MBA courses before register- 
ing for this course. Study of advanced topics such as residual income, transfer pricing, informa- 
tion inductance, break-even analysis under uncertainty, statistical significance of standard cost 
variance, cost analysis and pricing decisions, distribution cost accounting, accounting data and 
managerial incentive contracts, and decision support systems for capital budgeting. 
BMGT 712 Accounting in Regulated Industries (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 611. Study of the unique accounting problems of industrial regulation by govern- 
mental agencies. 

BMGT 713 The Impact of Taxation On Business Decisions (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 611. The impact of tax law and regulations on alternative strategies with par- 
ticular emphasis on the large, multidivisional firm. Problems of acquisitions, mergers, spinoffs, 
and other divestitures from the viewpoint of profit planning, cash flow, and tax deferment. 
BMGT 715 International Accounting (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 611. International accounting, its problems and organization with the study 
of the issues involved; international standards of accounting and auditing; national differences in 
accounting thought and practice. 
BMGT 721 File Processing and Database Systems (3) 

Prerequisite: permission of department. Concepts and techniques for structuring data on secon- 
dary storage devices. Experience in the use of these techniques. The basic data structures necessary 
for these techniques. Typical file processing applications. 



228 Course Descriptions 



BMGT 724 Economics of Information Systems (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 620; or BMGT 721. Methods for the economic construction and operation 
of computer systems. Techniques for sizing and costing system components and for optimizing 
system design. Methods for efficient utilization of computer resources with particular considera- 
tion of relevant economic topics such as transfer pricing, joint costs, peak load pricing problems 
and public goods problems. 

BMGT 725 Information Systems Analysis and Design (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 620; or BMGT 721. Introduction to practical techniques for information systems 
and design. Design requirements for information processing systems. Models and tools for require- 
ment analysis. Case studies for actual systems and applications. 
BMGT 726 Distributed Data Processing (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 620; or BMGT 721. Introduction to distributed data processing concepts. The 
building blocks of distributed systems: computers, terminals, and communications; the interface 
and protocols that allow them to function as an integrated system. Major categories of distributed 
systems; resource-sharing networks, multiple-processor networks, and tightly coupled 
multiprocessors. 

BMGT 727 Security and Control of Information Systems (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 620; or BMGT 721. The information control risks faced by corporations. 
Techniques for enhancing the security and integrity of corporate information resources. The auditing 
and control procedures for corporate information systems. Actual case studies. 
BMGT 731 Theory of Survey Design (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 630. The usefulness of statistical principles in survey design. The nature of 
statistical estimation, the differential attributes of different estimators, the merits and weaknesses 
of available sampling methods and designs, the distinctive aspects of simple random samples, 
stratified random samples, and cluster samples, ratio estimates and the problems posed by biases 
and non-sampling errors. 
BMGT 733 Managerial Statistics II (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 630 or equivalent. Covers simple and multiple regression, including polynomial 
regression, residual analysis, multicollinearity, autocorrelation, model selection techniques, analysis 
of variance and experimental design. 
BMGT 735 Application of Management Science (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 631. Selected topics and case studies in the application of management science 
to decision making in various functional fields. 
BMGT 736 Philosophy and Practice of Management Science (3) 

Prerequisites: BMGT 630; and BMGT 632. Critical examination of the philosophy underlining the 
techniques and methodology of management science from a systems analysis point of view. 
BMGT 737 Management Simulation (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 631. Methodology of systems simulation, Monte Carlo simulation, and discrete 
simulation. Verification and validation of simulation models with computer applications. 
BMGT 741 Advanced Financial Management (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 640. Concepts underlying financial decision making in the firm. Case studies, 
model building and applications in financial theory and management. 
BMGT 742 Financial Planning and Strategy (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 640. Integration and extension of financial theory to financial planning and 
strategy. Financial decision making through case analysis and financial planning models. 
BMGT 743 Investment Management (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 640. Methods of security selection and portfolio management in the debt and 
equity markets. Investment alternatives, securities markets, bond and common stock valuation, 
options, portfolio theory, and behavior of stock prices. 



BMGT — Business and Management 229 



BMGT 744 Futures Contracts and Options Management (3) 

Prerequisites: BMGT 640. The institutional features and economic rationale underlying markets 
in futures and options. Hedging, speculation, structure of futures prices, interest rate futures, effi- 
ciency in futures markets, and stock and commodity options. Current journal literature. 
BMGT 745 Financial Institutions Management (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 640. The role of financial management in financial institutions. The economic 
role and regulation of financial institutions, analysis of risks and returns on financial assets and 
liabilities, and the structure of assets, liabilities and capital. 
BMGT 746 International Financial Management (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 640. The role of financial management in the multinational firm. The financ- 
ing and managing of foreign investments, assets, currencies, imports and exports. National and 
international financial institutions and markets. 
BMGT 751 Marketing Communications Management (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 650. The role of advertising, promotion, public relations and related efforts 
in the accomplishment of a firm's total marketing objectives. The development of competence in 
the formulation of mass communications, objectives in budget optimization, media appraisal, theme 
selection, program implementation and management, and results measurement. 
BMGT 752 Marketing Research Methods (3) 

Prerequisites: BMGT 630; and BMGT 650. The process of acquiring, classifying and interpreting 
primary and secondary marketing data needed for intelligent, profitable marketing decisions. Evalua- 
tion of the appropriateness of alternative methodologies such as the inductive, deductive, survey, 
observational, and experimental. Recent developments in the systematic recording and use of in- 
ternal and external data needed for marketing decisions. 
BMGT 753 International Marketing (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 650. Environmental, organizational, and financial aspects of international 
marketing as well as problems of marketing research, pricing, channels of distribution, product 
policy, and communications which face U.S. firms trading with foreign firms or which face foreign 
firms in their operations. 
BMGT 754 Buyer Behavior Analysis (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 650. A systematic examination and evaluation of the literature, research tradition 
and theory of buyer behavior in the market place from a fundamental and applied perspective. 
The cognitive and behavioral bases underlying the buying process of individuals and institutions. 
BMGT 756 Business-to-Business Marketing (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 650. Problems and processes in marketing to organizational customers rather 
than final consumers. Basic marketing strategies and behavioral models adjusted to accommodate 
the unique requirements of marketing to business and governmental customers. 
BMGT 761 Problems and Applications in Personnel Administration (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 661. Applications in the design, implementation, and evaluation of human 
resource management programs. Experiential learning activities and simulations. 
BMGT 762 Problems and Issues in Collective Bargaining (3) 

Current problems and issues in collective bargaining, including methods of handling industrial 
disputes, legal restrictions on various collective bargaining activities, theory and philosophy of col- 
lective bargaining, and internal union problems. 
BMGT 763 Administration of Labor Relations (3) 

Analysis of labor relations at the plant level with emphasis on the negotiation and administration 
of labor contracts. Union policy and influence on personnel management activities. 
BMGT 765 Application of Behaviorial Science to Business (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 660. Case analysis of behavioral knowledge applied to management problems. 
Analysis of modes for introducing change, group versus organizational goals, organizational bar- 



230 Course Descriptions 



riers to personal growth, the effect of authority systems on behavior, and the relationship between 
technology and social structure. 

BMGT 766 Management Planning and Control Systems (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 660. Analysis of planning and control systems as they relate to the fulfillment 
of organizational objectives. Identification of organizational 

objectives, responsibility centers, information needs, and information networks. Case studies of 
integrated planning and control systems. 
BMGT 770 Transportation Theory and Analysis (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 672. The transportation system and its components. The development and 
present form of transportation in both the United States and other countries. Theoretical concepts 
employed in the analysis of transport problems. 
BMGT 771 Transportation and Public Policy (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 672. The nature and consequences of relations between governments and agen- 
cies thereof, carriers in the various modes, and users of transport. The control of transport firms 
by regulatory bodies, taxation of carriers, methods employed in the allocation of funds to the con- 
struction, operation, and maintenance of publicly-provided transport facilities, and the direct sub- 
sidization of services supplied by privately-owned entities. Labor and safety. Comparative interna- 
tional transport policies and problems. 
BMGT 773 Transportation Strategies (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 672. Organization structure, policies, and procedures employed in the ad- 
ministration of inter- and intraurban transport firms. Managerial development, operational and 
financial planning and control, demand analysis, pricing, promotional policies, intraand intermodal 
competitive and complementary relationships, and methods for accommodating public policies 
designed to delimit the managerial discretion of carrier executives. Administrative problems peculiar 
to publicly-owned and operated transport entities. 

BMGT 776 Management of High Technology, Research and Development (3) 
The creation of competitive advantages through the use of new technology. The integration of 
technological strategy with business strategy within the internal corporate culture. Research and 
development in the context of this strategy-structure of the firm. The nature of R & D, the manage- 
ment of creativity, and new product development are also discussed. 
BMGT 777 Policy Issues in Public Utilities: Energy and the Environment (3) 
Prerequisite: BMGT 671. Current developments in regulatory policy and issues arising among public 
utilities, regulatory agencies, and the general public. Emphasis on the electric, gas, water, and com- 
munications industries in both the public and private sectors of the economy. Changing and emerging 
problems such as cost analysis, depreciation, finance, taxes, rate of return, the rate base, differen- 
tial rate-making, and labor. The growing importance of technological developments and their im- 
pact on state and federal regulatory agencies. 
BMGT 791 MBA Field Project (3) 

Prerequisite: permission of department. Experiental research project in the identification of manage- 
ment problems, the evaluation of alternative solutions, and the recommendation for management. 
BMGT 794 The Environment of International Business (3) 

The international business environment as it affects company policy and procedures. In-depth analysis 
and comprehensive case studies of the business functions undertaken in international operations. 
BMGT 795 Management of the Multinational Firm (3) 

The problems and policies of international business enterprise at the management level. Manage- 
ment of a multinational enterprise as well as management within foreign units. The multinational 
firm as a socio-econometric institution. Cases in comparative management. 
BMGT 798 Special Topics in Business and Management (3) 
Prerequisite: permission of department. Repeatable to 6 credits if content differs. Selected advanced 



BMGT— Business and Management 231 



topics in the various fields of graduate study in business and management. 
BMGT 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) 
BMGT 808 Doctoral Seminar (3) 

Prerequisite: admission to the D.B.A. Program or permission of department. Repeatable if con- 
tent differs. 

Selected advanced topics in the various fields of doctoral study in business and management. 
BMGT 811 Seminar in Accounting Theory (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 710 or equivalent. Seminar inthe continuing development of the fundamental 
theoretical framework of accounting. 
BMGT 814 Current Problems of Professional Practice (3) 

Generally accepted auditing standards, auditing practices, legal and ethical responsibilities, and 
the accounting and reporting requirements of the securities and exchange commission. 
BMGT 821 Seminar in Management Accounting (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 711 or equivalent. Design and use of accounting information systems for 
managerial planning and controllership. 
BMGT 823 Data Base Design (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 721. The problem of database design in the development of information systems. 
An integrated database design methodology. Techniques for different phases of database design. 
Computer-aided tools for data base design. 
BMGT 824 Database Systems Architecture (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 721. The important design issues in the software architecture of a database 
management system. Group projects for the purpose of designing and implementing subsystems 
of a simple relational database system. Database types and applications. 
BMGT 825 Knowledge- Based Systems (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 721. For BMGT majors only. Use of artificial intelligence techniques in develop- 
ing knowledge-based systems in Management Inormation Systems and Decision Support Systems. 
Knowledge representation formalisms, inference and control mechanisms for data intensive ap- 
plications, object-oriented systems, expert database systems, intelligent user interfaces for DSS, 
and special problems (eg. plausible reasoning, non-monotonic reasoning, heterogeneous knowledge 
bases and explanation support). 

BMGT 828 Independent Study in Business and Management (1-9) 
BMGT 830 Operations Research: Linear Programming (3) 

Prerequisites: MATH 240 or equivalent; or permission of department. Concepts and applications 
of linear programming models, theoretical development of the simplex algorithm, and primal-dual 
problems and theory. 

BMGT 831 Operations Research: Extension of Linear Programming and Network Analysis (3) 
Prerequisite: BMGT 830 or equivalent; or permission of department. Concepts and applications 
of network and graph theory in linear and combinatorial models with emphasis on computational 
algorithms. 

BMGT 832 Operations Research: Optimization and Nonlinear Programming (3) 
Prerequisites: {BMGT 830; and MATH 241; or equivalent]; or permission of department. Theory 
and applications of algorithmic approaches to solving unconstrained and constrained non-linear 
optimization problems. The Kuhn Tucker conditions, Lagrangian and Duality Theory, types of 
convexity, and convergence criteria. Feasible direction procedures, penalty and barrier techniques, 
and cutting plane procedures. 

BMGT 833 Operations Research: Integer Programming (3) 

Prerequisites: (BMGT 830; and MA TH 241 or equivalent]; or permission of department. Theory, 
applications, and computational methods of integer optimization. Zero-one implicit enumeration, 



232 Course Descriptions 



branch and bound methods, and cutting plane methods. 
BMGT 834 Operations Research: Probabilistic Models (3) 

Prerequisites: [MATH 241; and STAT 400 or equivalent] or permission of department. Theoretical 
foundations for the construction, optimization, and applications of probabilistic models. Queuing 
theory, inventory theory, Markov processes, renewal theory, and stochastic linear programming. 
BMGT 835 Simulation and Design of Experiments (3) 

Prerequisites: [BMGT 630; and BMGT 631 or equivalent] or permission of department. Students 
expected to have knowledge of Fortran programming prior to registering for this course. Statistical 
design and analysis of simulation experiments. 
BMGT 840 Seminar in Financial Theory (3) 

Prerequisite: permission of department. Seminar in selected classic and current theoretical and em- 
pirical research in the foundations of finance. 
BMGT 841 Seminar in Corporate Finance (3) 

Prerequisite: permission of department. Seminar in selected classic and current theoretical and em- 
pirical research in corporate finance. 
BMGT 843 Seminar in Portfolio Theory (3) 

Prerequisite: permission of department. Seminar in selected classic and current theoretical and em- 
pirical research in portfolio theory. 

BMGT 845 Seminar in Financial Institutions and Markets (3) 

Prerequisite: permission of department. Seminar in selected classic and current theoretical and em- 
pirical research in financial institutions and markets. 
BMGT 850 Marketing Channels Analysis (3) 

Prerequisites: permission of department. MBA candidates only. Focuses on the fundamental alter- 
native channels of distribution, the roles played by various intermediaries, evolution of business 
structures in marketing, reasons for change, and projected marketing scenarios. 
BMGT 851 Quantitative Methods in Marketing: Demand and Cost Analysis (3) 
Quantitative methods in the analysis and prediction of market demand and marketing costs. De- 
mand related topics include estimating market potential, sales forecasting methods, buyer analysis, 
promotional and pricing impacts, and related issues. Cost analysis focuses on allocation of costs 
by marketing functions, products, territories, customers and marketing personnel. Statistical techni- 
ques, models and other quantitative methods are utilized to solve various marketing problems. 
M.B.A. candidates may register with permission of department. 
BMGT 852 Theory in Marketing (3) 

An inquiry into the problems and elements of theory development in general with specific reference 
to the field of marketing. A critical analysis and evaluation of past and contemporary efforts to 
formulate theories of marketing and to integrate theories from the social sciences into a marketing 
framework. Attention is given to the development of concepts in all areas of marketing thought 
and to their potential application in the business firm. 
BMGT 860 Seminar in Human Resource Planning and Selection (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 760 or permission of department. Seminar in selected theoretical and empirical 
literature in human resource planning, forecasting, and staffing. 
BMGT 861 Seminar in Performance Appraisal and Training (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 760 or permission of department. Seminar in selected theoretical and empirical 
literature in performance appraisal and training. 
BMGT 862 Seminar in Compensation Administration (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 760 or permission of department. Seminar in selected theoretical and empirical 
literature in the compensation of human resources. 



BMGT— Business and Management 233 



BMGT 863 Seminar: The Organization and the Individual (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 764 or equivalent; or permission of department. Seminar in the literature on 
the relationship between individual and organizational characteristics, with emphasis on work motiva- 
tion theories. 

BMGT 864 Seminar in Interpersonal Relations and the Group Process in Organization (3) 
Prerequisite: BMGT 764 or equivalent; or permission of department. Examines the literature of 
small group behavior relevant to industrial work groups, white-collar work groups, professional 
staff, and managerial units. Includes group structure and process variables, as well as the leader- 
ship function. 

BMGT 865 Seminar in Comparative Theories of Organization (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 764 or equivalent; or permission of department. Emphasis on the inter- 
disciplinary literature on classical management, systems, and contingency theories of organization. 
BMGT 866 Seminar in Organizational Conflict and Change (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 764 or equivalent; or permission of department. Emphasis on the introduc- 
tion of planned and systematic changes in small work groups, organizational subsystems, and the 
entire organization through the use of behavioral science techniques and theories of intra- and inter- 
group conflict. 

BMGT 872 Business Logistics (3) 

Concentrates on the design and application of methods for the solution of advanced physical move- 
ment problems of business firms. Provides thorough coverage of a variety of analytical techniques 
relevant to the solution of these problems. Where appropriate, experience will be provided in the 
utilization of computers to assist in managerial logistical decision-making. 
BMGT 873 Transportation Science (3) 

Focuses on the application of quantitative and qualitative techniques of analysis to managerial pro- 
blems drawn from firms in each of the various modes of transport. Included is the application 
of simulation to areas such as the control of equipment selection and terminal and line operations. 
The application of advanced analytical techniques to problems involving resource use efficiency 
within the transportation industry and between transportation and other sectors of the economy 
is an integral part of the course. 
BMGT 880 Business Research Methodology (3) 

Covers the nature, scope, and application of research methodology. The identification and for- 
mulation of research designs applicable to business and related fields. Required of D.B.A. students. 
BMGT 882 Applied Multivariate Analysis I (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 733 or equivalent. Topics include elementary properties of matrices, multivariate 
distributions, the multivariate linear model, path analysis. The examination of business data using 
existing computer programs is an integral part of the course. 
BMGT 883 Applied Multivariate Analysis II (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 882. Topics include discriminant analysis, cluster analysis, principal compo- 
nent analysis, canonical analysis, factor analysis and other current multivariate statistical methods. 
BMGT 884 Univariate Forecasting Models (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 630 or equivalent. Traditional approaches to forecasting such as trend models 
and smoothing techniques. Models for stationary and nonstationary time series, their identifica- 
tion, estimation, forecasts and use in a business environment. All students are required to do a 
project utilizing these models in the analysis of business data. 
BMGT 885 Multiple Time Series Model Building (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 884. Recommended: BMGT 882. Identification, estimation, and forecasting 
of dynamic systems, the application of intervention techniques to business problems, and the pro- 
perties and fitting of multiple time series models to business data. All students are required to do 
a project using these techniques in analyzing business data. 



234 Course Descriptions 



BMGT 886 Statistical Quality Control (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 733 or equivalent. Lot acceptance sampling plans, rectifying inspection, con- 
trol charts, reliability, dependence fitting, parameter estimation, false and incomplete inspection 
models, and model verification based on actual data. 
BMGT 887 Bayesian Inference and Decision Theory (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 733 or equivalent. Bayesian Methodologies in statistical inference and deci- 
sion theory. Includes discussion of subjective probability and coherence, elicitation of distribu- 
tions conjugate distributions, estimation, testing, preposterior analysis and regression analysis. Ap- 
plications are drawn from the functional business areas. 
BMGT 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8) 

BOTN- Botany 

BOTN 401 Origins of Modern Botany (1) 

Prerequisite: 20 credit hours in biological sciences including BOTN 101 or permission of instruc- 
tor. History of botany as a science, from ancient Greece through the 18th century; emphasis on 
botany as an intellectual and cultural pursuit. 
BOTN 403 Medicinal and Poisonous Plants (2) 

Prerequisites: BOTN 101 and CHEM 104. A study of plants important to man that have medicinal 
or poisonous properties. Emphasis on plant source, plant description, the active agent and its 
beneficial or detrimental physiological action and effects. 
BOTN 405 Advanced Plant Taxonomy (3) 

Two lectures and one laboratory period per week. Prerequisites: BOTN 202 and BOTN 212, or 
equivalents. A review of the history and principles of plant taxonomy with emphasis on monographic 
and floristic research. A detailed laboratory review of the families of flowering plants. 
BOTN 407 Teaching Methods in Botany (2) 

Four two-hour laboratory demonstration periods per week, for eight weeks. Prerequisite: BOTN 
101 or permission of instructor. A study of the biological principles of common plants, and 
demonstrations, projects, and visual aids suitable for teaching in primary and secondary schools. 
BOTN 410 Grass Systematics (3) 

Two lectures and one two-hour laboratory period per week. Prerequisite: BOTN 212 or AGRO 
405 or permission of the instructor. A study of the grass family including the structure, classifica- 
tion, identification, and economic importance of members of this diverse family. Grass identification. 
BOTN 411 Evolutionary Biology of Plants (3) 

Prerequisite: BOTN 202 or equivalent. Evolution of basic plant biological systems, major struc- 
tural adaptations of plant organs, and origins of vascular plant groups. The pace, patterns and 
mechanisms of evolution, discussed within a genetic, systematic and paleontological framework. 
BOTN 412 Vascular Plant Morphology (4) 

Two lectures and two two-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisites: BOTN 202 or 416, or 
equivalents. Comparative studies of structural adaptations, reproductive biology, and phylogenetic 
relationships of bryophytes, fern "allies," ferns, gymnosperms and angiosperms. 
BOTN 413 Plant Geography (2) 

Prerequisite: BOTN 101 or permission of instructor. A study of plant distribution throughout the 
world and the factors generally associated with such distribution. 
BOTN 414 Plant Genetics (3) 

Prerequisite: BOTN 101 or permission of instructor. The basic principles of plant genetics are 
presented; the mechanics of transmission of the hereditary factors in relation to the life cycle of 
seed plants, the genetics of specialized organs and tissues, spontaneous and induced mutations of 
basic and economic significance gene action, genetic maps, the fundamentals of polyploidy, and 
genetics in relation to methods of plant breeding are the topics considered. 



BOTN— Botany 235 



BOTN 416 Plant Structure (4) 

Two lectures and two 2-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite: BOTN 101. A survey of 
the basic structural features of vascular plants, including subcellular organelles, cells, tissues, and 
organs. Emphasis on structural phenomena as they relate to physiological processes of agricultural 
importance. 

BOTN 417 Field Botany and Taxonomy (2) 

Four two-hour laboratory periods a week for eight weeks. Prerequisite: BOTN 101 or permission 
of instructor. The identification of trees, shrubs, and herbs, emphasizing the native plants of 
Maryland. Manuals, keys, and other techniques will be used. Numerous short field trips will be 
taken. Each student will make an individual collection. 
BOTN 420 Plant Cell Biology (3) 

Prerequisites: organic chemistry and two years of botany, or permission of the instructor. A study 
of eucaryotic cell organization, integrating structure with function and concentrating on subcellular 
organelles and the mechanisms of physiological regulation at the cellular level. 
BOTN 421 Principles of Plant Disease Management (3) 

Two lectures and one two-hour laboratory period per week. Prerequisite: BOTN 221, or equivalent. 
A logical, holistic approach to understanding and planning disease control using multiple strategies 
and tactics to prevent crop losses from exceeding economic damage levels. 
BOTN 423 Diseases of Agronomic Crops and Turf (2) 

Prerequisite: BOTN 221. Practical experience in recognition and control of diseases affecting field 
crops such as corn, soybeans, small grains, tobacco and turf. Symptoms of ecomomic importance 
and control measures for the important diseases of these crops. 
BOTN 426 Mycology (4) 

Two lectures and two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite: BOTANY 101 or per- 
mission of the instructor. An introductory course in the biology, morphology and taxonomy of 
the fungi. 

BOTN 427 Field Plant Pathology (1) 

Summer session: lecture and laboratory to be arranged. Prerequisite BOTN 221, or equivalent. 
The techniques of pesticide evaluation and the identification and control of diseases of Maryland 
crops are discussed. Offered in alternate years or more frequently with demand. 
BOTN 441 Plant Physiology (4) 

Two lectures and one four-hour laboratory period per week. Prerequisites: BOTN 101 and general 
chemistry. Organic chemistry strongly recommended. A survey of the general physiological activities 
of plants. 

BOTN 456 Principles of Microscopy (2) 

Prerequisite: BOTN 420 or its equivalent. An introduction to optical principles that underlie light 
and electron microscopic image formation. Brightfield, darkfield, phase contrast, differential in- 
terference contrast, fluorescence and polarized light microscopy. Comparison of light and electron 
microscopy. The application of these techniques to problems in biological research. 
BOTN 462 Plant Ecology (2) 

Prerequisite: BOTN 101 or permission of instructor. The dynamics of populations as affected by 
environmental factors with special emphasis on the structure and composition of natural plant com- 
munities, both terrestial and aquatic. 
BOTN 463 Ecology of Marsh and Dune Vegetation (2) 

Prerequisites: BOTN 101 or permission of instructor. An examination of the biology of higher plants 
in dune and marsh ecosystems. 
BOTN 464 Plant Ecology Laboratory (2) 

Prerequisite: BOTN 462 or its equivalent or concurrent enrollment therein. One three-hour laboratory 
period a week. Two or three field trips per semester. The application of field and experimental methods 



236 Course Descriptions 



to the qualitative and quantitative study of vegatation and ecosystems. 
BOTN 471 Marine and Estuarine Botany (3) 

Prerequisite: BOTN 441 or equivalent. An ecological discussion of plant life in the marine environ- 
ment of sea coasts, salt marshes, estuaries and open seas. 
BOTN 475 General Phycology (4) 

One lecture and two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisites: BOTN 101 and BOTN 
202, or permission of instructor. An introductory study of both macro- and micro-algae, including 
the taxonomy, morphology, and life cycles of both fresh water and marine forms. 
BOTN 476 Biology of Phyloplankton (4) 

Two lectures and two two-hour laboratories per week. Prerequisite: BOTN 101 and an introductory 
course in ecology (ZOOL 212 or equivalent) or permission of instructor. Collection, identification, culture, 
physical and chemical requirements, life cycles, community structure, specialized environments, blooms 
of phytoplankton. 
BOTN 484 Plant Biochemistry (3) 

Prerequisite: BOTN 441 and CHEM 233. 3 lectures per week. Biochemical processes characteristic of 
plants, including photosysnthesis, nitrogen fixation and biosynthesis of plant macromolecules. 
BOTN 611 Paleobotany (4) 

Two lectures and two laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite: BOTN 416, or equivalent. Form and 
evolution of selected fossil plant groups beginning with precambrian biota and finishing with flowering 
plants. Geological setting, with consideration of ecology and sedimentology of preservation. 
BOTN 620 Methods in Plant Tissue Culture (2) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. One lecture and one two-hour laboratory period a week. A 
methodology and techniques course designed to give the student background and experience in plant 
tissue culture. 

BOTN 621 Physiology of Fungi (2) 

Prerequisites: organic chemistry and BOTN 441 or equivalent in bacterial or animal physiology. A 
study of various aspects of fungal metabolism, nutrition, biochemical transformation, fungal products, 
and mechanism of fungicidal action. 
BOTN 623 Physiology of Fungi Laboratory (1) 

One laboratory period per week. Prerequisites: BOTN 621 or concurrent registration therein. Applica- 
tion of equipment and techniques in the study of fungal physiology. 
BOTN 624 Prokaryotic Plant Pathogens (2) 

Two one-hour lectures and one one-hour discussion session per week. Prerequisites: BOTN 221 and 
permission of instructor. A study of plant-pathogenic prokaryotes with emphasis on systematics, etiology, 
cytological and physiological characteristics of the plant-pathogen interaction, ecology, epidemiology, 
control, and genetics. 

BOTN 625 Prokaryotic Plant Pathogens Laboratory (2) 

One four hour laboratory and discussion period per week. Prerequisites: BOTN 221, BOTN 628 or 
concurrent registration therein, and permission of instructor. Emphasis on techniques and methods 
applicable to clinical studies and to research with prokaryotic plant pathogens. 
BOTN 632 Plant Virology (2) 

Second semester. Two lectures per week on the biological, biochemical, and biophysical aspects of viruses 
and virus diseases of plants. Prerequisites: bachelor's degree or equivalent in any biological science and 
permission of instructor. 
BOTN 634 Plant Virology Laboratory (2) 

Second semester. Two laboratories per week on the application and techniques for studying the biological, 
biochemical and biophysical aspects of plant viruses. Prerequisites: bachelor's degree or equivalent in 
any biological science and BOTN 632 or concurrent registration therein, and permission of the instructor. 



BOTN— Botany 237 



BOTN 636 Plant Nematology (4) 

Two lectures and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite: BOTN 221 or permission of instruc- 
tor. The study of plant-parasitic nematodes, their morphology, anatomy, taxonomy, genetics, 
physiology, ecology, host-parasite relations and control. Emphasis on recent advances. 
BOTN 640 Molecular Mechanisms of Plant Pathogenesis (2) 

Prerequisites: BCHM 461 and permission of the instructor. Evaluation of current evidence on the 
role in plant disease development of various molecules produced by hosts and parasites. Examina- 
tion of the molecular basis of microbial pathogenicity and plant disease resistance. 
BOTN 644 Plant Biochemistry Laboratory (2) 

Pre or corequisite BOTN 642. Use of apparutus and application of techniques in the study of the 
chemistry of plants and plant materials. 
BOTN 645 Growth and Development (2) 

Prerequisite: BOTN 441. Physiology of plant hormones, control of morphogenesis and regulation 
of biosynthesis, photomorphogenesis and photoperiodism. 
BOTN 646 Plant Morphogenesis (2) 

Prerequisite: BOTN 416 or equivalent. Biophysical aspects of plant development with particular 
focus on such structural phenomena as molecular self-assembly, polarity, cell division, cell expan- 
sion, meristem organization, phyllotaxis, and organ formation. 
BOTN 650 Nutrition and Transport in Plants (2) 

Prerequisite: BOTN 441 or permission of instructor. The uptake, partioning and utilization of the 
materials of the plant body. Transport of ions across cell membranes, fixation and metabolism 
of carbon and nitrogen, and long distance transport of inorganic chemicals and photosynthates 
in vascular plants. Special emphasis on control and regulatory mechanisms that are unique to plant 
systems. 

BOTN 652 Plant Biophysics (2) 

Prerequisite: MATH 220, BOTN 441 plus one year of college physics, or their equivalents. An 
advanced course dealing with physical and chemical phenomena associated with the study of plants, 
stress on problem solving. 
BOTN 654 Plant Biophysics Laboratory (2) 

Pre or corequisite: BOTN 652. Techniques in measurement of and utilization of light and other 
parameters associated with plants. 
BOTN 656 Techniques in Microscopy (3) 

Prerequisites: BOTN 456. Two three-hour laboratories per week and additional arranged time. 
Preparation and study of biological materials for light and electron microscopy. 
BOTN 661 Advanced Plant Ecology (3) 

Prerequisite: a working knowledge of elementary genetics and calculus, or permission of the in- 
structor. Population dynamics, evolutionary mechanisms, and quantitative aspects of the analysis 
of natural communities. Special emphasis will be given to recent theoretical developments. 
BOTN 662 Physiological Plant Ecology (2) 

Prerequisite: BOTN 462 or its equivalent. Environmental effects on plant ecophysiology. 
Microclimatology, leaf energy balance, plant responses to temperature and radiation, physiological 
adaptions, water relations, plant gas exchange and resistance. 
BOTN 672 Physiology of Algae (2) 

Prerequisite: BOTN 642 or equivalent, or permission of the instructor a study of the physiology 
of the algae. 

BOTN 684 Plant Membrane Physiology (2) 

Prerequisite: BOTN 441, 484 or equivalent. Biochemical and biophysical approaches to plant mem- 
brane structure and function. 



238 Course Descriptions 



BOTN 685 Advanced Plant Physiology Laboratory (2) 

Prerequisite: BOTN 44] or consent of instructor. One lecture and one four-hour laboratory period 
a week. Biochemical and biophysical approaches to the study of the physiological processes of plants. 
BOTN 686 Molecular Genetics of Plants (2) 

Prerequisites: BOTN 414, BOTN 441, BOTN 484 or equivalents. Current status of research on 
the structure, expression, and in vitro manipulation of plant nuclear genes and on the molecular 
genetics of plant organelles. 
BOTN 689 Special Topics in Botany (1-3) 

Credit according to time scheduled and organization of course. Maximum credit toward an ad- 
vanced degree for the individual student at the discretion of the department. This course is organized 
as lectures, discussions or literature surveys on specialized advanced topics under the direction of 
visiting lecturers or or resident faculty. 
BOTN 698 Seminar in Botany (1) 

Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. Discussion of special topics and current literature in all 
phases of botany. 

BOTN 699 Special Problems in Botany (1-3) 

Credit according to time and scheduled and organization of course. Maximum credit towards an 
advanced degree for the individual student at the discretion of the student's advisor. This course 
emphasizes research on a specialized advanced topic and may consist primarily of experimental 
procedures under the direction of visiting lecturers or resident faculty. 
BOTN 721 Clinical and Field Plant Pathology (1-2) 

Diagnosis of plant diseases under clinical conditions, observation of symtoms and disease patterns 
in the field, collecting specimens, and writing control recommendations. Student electing one credit 
hour may emphasize either field or clinical aspects. 
BOTN 799 Master's Thesis Research ( 1-6) 
BOTN 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8) 

CHEM- Chemistry 

CHEM 401 Inorganic Chemistry (3) 

Three lectures per week. Prerequisite: CHEM 481. 
CHEM 403 Radiochemistry (3) 

Three lectures per week. Prerequisite: one year of college chemistry and one year of college physics. 
Radioactive decay; introduction to properties of atomic nuclei; nuclear processes in cosmology; 
chemical, biomedical and environmental applications of radioactivity; nuclear processes as chemical 
tools; interaction of radiation with matter. 
CHEM 421 Advanced Quantitative Analysis (3) 

Pre or corequisite: CHEM 482 and CHEM 483. An examination of some advanced topics in quan- 
titative analysis including nonaqueous titrations, precipitation, phenomena, complex equilibria, 
and the analytical chemistry of the less familiar elements. 
CHEM 425 Instrumental Methods of Analysis (3) 

One lecture and two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite: CHEM 321. An introduc- 
tion to modern instrumentation in analytical chemistry. Electronics, spectroscopy, chromatography 
and electrochemistry. 
CHEM 433 Chemical Synthesis (3) 

One lecture and two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisites: CHEM 113 OR 115, 
AND 243 OR 245. 

CHEM 441 Advanced Organic Chemistry (3) 

Prerequisite: CHEM 481. An advanced study of the compounds of carbon, with special emphasis 
on molecular orbital theory and organic reaction mechanisms. 



CHEM— Chemistry 239 



CHEM 443 Qualitative Organic Analysis (3) 

One lecture and two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisites: CHEM 113 OR 115, 
AND 243 OR 245. The systematic identification of organic compounds. 
CHEM 473 Geochemistry of Solids (3) 

Three lectures per week. Prerequisite: CHEM 482 or GEOL 422. Principles of crystal chemistry 
applied to structures, properties and reactions of minerals and non-metallic solids. Emphasis is 
placed on the relation of structural stability to bonding, ionic size, charge, order-disorder, polymor- 
phism, and isomorphism. 
CHEM 474 Environmental Chemistry (3) 

Three lectures per week. Prerequisite: CHEM 481, or equivalent. The sources of various elements 
and chemical reactions between them in the atmosphere and hydrosphere are treated. Causes and 
biological effects of air and water pollution by certain elements are discussed. 
CHEM 481 Physical Chemistry I (3) 

Prerequisites: CHEM 113 or 115; CHEM 243 or 245; MA TH 141; PHYS 142 or PHYS 263 (PHYS 
263 may be taken concurrently); or consent of instructor. A course primarily for chemists and 
chemical engineers. 
CHEM 482 Physical Chemistry II (3) 

Three lectures per week. Prerequisite: CHEM 481, or consent of instructor. A course primarily 
for chemists and chemical engineers. 
CHEM 483 Physical Chemistry Laboratory 1 (2) 

One hour lecture-recitation and one-three hour laboratory period per week. Corequisite: CHEM 
481. An introduction to the principles and application of quantitative techniques in physical chemical 
measurements. Experiments will be coordinated with topics in CHEM 481. 
CHEM 484 Physical Chemistry Laboratory II (2) 

One hour lecture-recitation and one-three hour laboratory period per week. Prerequisite: CHEM 
481, 483; corequisite: CHEM 482. A continuation of CHEM 483. Advanced quantitative techni- 
ques necessary in physical chemical measurements. Experiments will be coordinated with topics 
in CHEM 482. 

CHEM 485 Advanced Physical Chemistry (2) 

Prerequisite: CHEM 482. Quantum chemistry and other selected topics. 
CHEM 486 Advanced Physical Chemistry Laboratory (2) 

Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisites: CHEM 482 and consent of instructor. 
CHEM 487 Computer Applications in the Biological and Chemical Sciences (4) 
Three lectures, one recitation, and one three-hour laboratory per week. Prerequisites: CHEM 113; 
CHEM 287 or equivalent; and knowledge of a scientific programming language (PASCAL, FOR- 
TRAN or "C"). The utilization of computers to solve chemical and biological problems, with em- 
phasis on the utilization of available software rather than "de novo" programming. 
CHEM 498 Special Topics in Chemistry (3) 

Three lectures or two lectures and one three-hour laboratory per week. Prerequisite varies with 
the nature of the topic being considered. Course may be repeated for credit if the subject matter 
is substantially different, but not more than three credits may be accepted in satisfaction of major 
supporting area requirements for chemistry majors. 

CHEM 503 Physical Science of Elementary/ Middle School Teachers III (4) 
Three lectures, one discussion and three hours of laboratory per week. A second-level survey of 
major chemistry concepts, with emphasis on the properties and behavior of common substances. 
Types of chemical reactions, the relationship between molecular structure and reactivity, periodicity, 
oxidation-reduction acids and bases, equilibrium, and practical applications of chemistry. The 
laboratory portion of the course supports skills/understandings needed to prepare teachers for this 
aspect of physical science education. 



240 Course Descriptions 



(HIM 504 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry and Biochemistry (4) 

Three lectures and three hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: CHEM 503 or equivalent. 
A one-semester survey of organic chemistry and biochemistry. The chemistry of carbon: aliphatic 
compounds, aromatic compounds, stereochemistry, halides, amines, amides, acids, esters, car- 
bohydrates, and natural products. The laboratory experiments deal with synthetic and analytical 
organic activities. 

CHEM 513 Principles of Chemistry II (4) 

Three lectures and three hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: CHEM 503 or equivalent. 
A continuation of the advanced survey of topics started in CHEM 503. Kinetics, thermodynamics, 
ionic equilibria, oxidation-reduction, electrochemistry, and the chemistry of common metals and 
nonmetals. Quantitative problem solving. Laboraory experiments, mostly quantitative in nature, 
support the topics developed in the lectures. 
CHEM 521 Quantitative Analysis (4) 

Two lectures and two three-hour laboratories per week. Prerequisite: CHEM 115 or equivalent. 
Volumetric, gravimetric, electrometric and colorimetric methods in analytical inorganic chemistry. 
CHEM 601 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry I (3) 

Prerequisite: CHEM 401 or equivalent. Three lectures per week. A survey of the fundamentals 
of modern inorganic chemistry which serves as a basis for more advanced work. 
CHEM 602 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry II (3) 

Prerequisite: CHEM 601. Three lectures per week. A continuation of CHEM 601 with more em- 
phasis on current work in inorganic chemistry. 
CHEM 603 Advanced Inorganic Laboratory (3) 

Prerequisite: CHEM 601 or concurrent registration therein. One lecture and two three-hour 
laboratories per week. Practice in synthesis and modern experimental techniques in inorganic 
chemistry. 

CHEM 605 Chemistry of Coordination Compounds (3) 

Prerequisite: CHEM 601 or consent of instructor. Three lectures per week. Structure and proper- 
ties of coordination compounds and the theoretical bases on which these are interpreted. 
CHEM 606 Chemistry of Organometallic Compounds (3) 

Prerequisite: CHEM 601 or consent of instructor. Three lectures per week. An in-depth treatment 
of the properties of compounds having metal-carbon bonds. 
CHEM 608 Selected Topics in Inorganic Chemistry (1-3) 

Prerequisite: CHEM 601 AND 602, or equivalent. One to three lectures per week. Topics of special 
interest and current importance. Course may be repeated to a maximum of six credits if topics 
are different. 

CHEM 621 Chemical Microscopy I (2) 

One lecture and one three hour laboratory period per week. Registration limited. Prerequisite: consent 
of instructor. A study of the use of the microscope in chemistry. 
CHEM 622 Chemical Microscopy II (2) 

One lecture and one three hour laboratory period per week. Prerequisite: CHEM 621. A study 
of the optical properties of crystals. 
CHEM 623 Optical Methods of Quantitative Analysis (3) 

Prerequisites: CHEM 421 and 482 or equivalent. The quantitative applications of various methods 
of optical spectroscopy. 

CHEM 624 Electrical Methods of Quantitative Analysis (3) 

Prerequisites: CHEM 421 and 482 or equivalent. The use of conductivity, potentiometry, 
polarography, voltammetry, amperometry, coulometry, and chronopotentiometry in quantitative 
analysis. 



CHEM— Chemistry 241 



CHEM 625 Separation Methods in Quantitative Analysis (3) 

Prerequisites: CHEM 421 and 482 or equivalent. The theory and application for quantitative analysis 
of various forms of chromatography, ion exchange, solvent extraction, distillation, and mass 
spectroscopy. 

CHEM 628 Modern Trends in Analytical Chemistry (2) 

Two lectures per week. Prerequisites: CHEM 421 AND 482. A study of advanced methods, in- 
cluding topics such as statistical treatment of analytical data, kinetic methods in analytical chemistry, 
analytical measurements based on radioactivity, and enzymatic techniques. 
CHEM 640 Problems in Organic Reaction Mechanisms (1) 

A tutorial type course dealing with the basic description of the fundamentals of writing organic 
reaction mechanisms. 

CHEM 641 Organic Reaction Mechanisms (3) 
Three lectures per week. 
CHEM 642 Physical Organic Chemistry (3) 
Three lectures per week. 

CHEM 643 Organic Chemistry of High Polymers (2) 

Two lectures per week. An advanced course covering the synthesis of monomers, mechanisms of 
polymerization, and the correlation between structure and properties in high polymers. 
CHEM 644 Molecular Orbital Theory (2) 

Two lectures per week. A partial quantitative application of molecular orbital theory and sym- 
metry to the chemical properties and reactions of organic molecules. Prerequisites: CHEM 441 
AND 482. 

CHEM 646 The Heterocyclics (2) 
Two lectures per week. 
CHEM 647 Organic Synthesis (3) 

The use of new reagents in organic reactions; multistep syntheses leading to natural products of 
biological interest; stereospecific and regiospecific reactions and their use in total synthesis. 
CHEM 648 Special Topics in Organic Chemistry (1-3) 

One to three lecture hours per week. Topics of special interest and current importance. Course 
may be repeated to a maximum of nine credits provided the topics are different. 
CHEM 650 Problems in Organic Synthesis (1) 

A tutorial type course dealing with mechanistic problems from the current literature of organic 
sysnthesis. 

CHEM 660 Spectral Methods (2) 

The use of infrared, ultraviolet-visible, proton and carbon- 1 3 nuclear magnetic resonance and mass 
spectroscopy for structure determination in organic chemistry. 
CHEM 664 The Chemistry of Natural Products (2) 

Two lectures per week. Prerequisite: CHEM 441. The chemistry and physiological action of natural 
products. Methods of isolation, determination of structure and synthesis. 
CHEM 678 Special Topics in Environmental Chemistry (3) 

Prerequisite: CHEM 474. In-depth treatment of environmental chemistry problem areas of cur- 
rent research interest. The topics will vary somewhat from year to year. Repeatable to maximum 
of 6 credits. Provided subject is different. 
CHEM 681 Infra-red and Raman Spectroscopy (2) 
Two lectures per week. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. 
CHEM 682 Reaction Kinetics (3) 
Three lectures per week. 



242 Course Descriptions 



CHEM 683 Electrochemistry (3) 

Three lectures per week. Prerequisite: CHEM 684 or equivalent. 
CHEM 684 Chemical Thermodynamics (3) 
Three lectures per week. Prerequisite: CHEM 482 or equivalent. 
CHEM 685 Molecular Structure (3) 
Three lectures per week. 
CHEM 686 Chemical Crystallography (3) 

Three lectures per week. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. A detailed treatment of single-crystal 
x-ray methods. 

CHEM 687 Statistical Mechanics and Chemistry (3) 
Three lectures per week. Prerequisite: CHEM 684 or equivalent. 
CHEM 688 Selected Topics in Physical Chemistry (2) 
Two lectures per week. 

CHEM 689 Special Topics in Physical Chemistry (3) 
Three lectures per week. 
CHEM 690 Quantum Chemistry I (3) 
Three lectures per week. Prerequisite: CHEM 485. 
CHEM 691 Quantum Chemistry II (3) 

Three lectures per week. Prerequisite: CHEM 690 or PHYS 622. 
CHEM 699 Special Problems in Chemistry (1-6) 

Prerequisite: one semester of graduate study in chemistry. Laboratory experience in a research en- 
vironment. Restricted to students in the non-thesis M.S. Option. Repeatable for a maximum of 
6 credits. 

CHEM 702 Radiochemistry Laboratory (1-2) 

One or two four-hour laboratory periods per week. Registration limited. Prerequisites: CHEM 403 
(or concurrent registration therein), and consent of instructor. 
CHEM 703 Advanced Radiochemistry (2) 

Two lectures per week. Prerequisites: CHEM 403 and BCHM 462. Utilization of radio isotopes 
with special emphasis on applications to problems in the life sciences. 
CHEM 704 Advanced Radiochemistry Laboratory (1-2) 

One or two four-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite: CHEM 702 and consent of in- 
structor. Laboratory training in the utilization of radioisotopes with special emphasis on applica- 
tions to problems in the life sciences. 
CHEM 705 Nuclear Chemistry (3) 

Nuclear structure models, radioactive decay processes, nuclear reactions in complex nuclei, fis- 
sion, nucleosynthesis and nuclear particle accelerators. 
CHEM 718 Special Topics in Nuclear Chemistry (1-3) 

One to three lectures per week. A discussion of current research problems. Subtitles will be given 
at each offering. Repeatable for credit to a maximum of six hours. 
CHEM 721 Organic Geochemistry (3) 

Three lectures per week. Prerequisite: CHEM 221 or equivalent. A discussion of the fate of natural 
organic products in the geological environment. The influence of diagenetic factors, such as 
hydrolysis, heat, pressure, etc., on such compounds as cellulose, lignin, proteins, and lipids. Detailed 
consideration of the origin of soil organic matter, carbonaceous shales, coal, and crude oil. 
CHEM 722 Cosmochemistry (3) 

Three lectures per week. Prerequisite: CHEM 482 or equivalent. Current theories of origin and 
evolution of the solar system with emphasis on the experimental data available to chemists from 
examination of meteorites, the moon, and the earth. 



CHEM— Chemistry 243 



CHEM 723 Marine Geochemistry (3) 

Three lectures per week. Prerequisite: CHEM 481 or equivalent. The geochemical evolution of the 
ocean; composition of sea water, density-chlorinity-salinity relationship and carbon dioxide system. 
The geochemistry of sedimentation with emphasis on the chemical stability and inorganic and 
biological production of carbonate, silicate and phosphate containing minerals. 

CHEM 727 Geochemical Differentiation (3) 

Distribution of the chemical elements in the earth and the mechanisms by which the distributions 

came about. 

CHEM 728 Selected Topics in Analytical Geochemistry (2-3) 

One or two lectures per week and one laboratory per week. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. 

This course will be subtitled each time it is offered to indicate the analytical method discussed. 

Repeatable for credit to a maximum of nine hours. Enrollment will be limited. 

CHEM 729 Special Topics in Geochemistry (1-3) 

One to three lectures per week. A discussion of current research problems. Subtitles will be given 

at each offering. Repeatable for credit to a maximum of six hours. 

CHEM 750 Chemical Evolution (3) 

Prerequisite: CHEM 441, BCHM 462, or CHEM 721; or ZOOL 446; or BOTN 616; or consent 

of instructor. The chemical processes leading to the appearances of life on earth. Theoretical and 

experimental considerations related to the geochemical, organic, and biochemical phenomena of 

chemical evolution. 

CHEM 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) 

CHEM 898 Seminar (1) 

CHEM 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8) 

CHIN- Chinese 

CHIN 401 Readings in Modern Chinese I (3) 

Prerequisite: CHIN 302 or equivalent. Readings in history, politics, economics, sociology, and 

literature. Emphasis on wide-ranging, rapid reading, reinforced by conversations and compositions. 

Not open to native speakers of Chinese. 

CHIN 402 Readings in Modern Chinese II (3) 

Prerequisite: CHIN 401 or equivalent. Continuation of CHIN 401 . Not open to native speakers. 

CHIN 403 Classical Chinese I (3) 

Prerequisite: CHIN 302. Introductory classical Chinese using literary and historical sources in the 

original language. 

CHIN 404 Classical Chinese II (3) 

Prerequisite: CHIN 302. Further classica studies by various writers from famous ancient philosophers 
to prominent scholars before the new culture movement. 
CHIN 405 Advanced Conversation and Composition (3) 

Prerequisite: CHIN 302 or permission of instructor. Practice in writing essays, letters, and reports 
on selected topics. Conversation directed toward everyday situations and topics related to life in 
china. Conducted in Chinese. Not open to native speakers. 
CHIN 415 Readings in Current Newspapers and Periodicals (3) 

Prerequisite: CHIN 402 or equivalent. Reading of periodical literature on selected topics with discus- 
sions and essays in Chinese. 

CHIN 421 Sounds and Transcriptions of Mandarin Chinese (3) 

Production and recognition of Mandarin speech sounds and tones, their phonological patterns, 
comparison with English, and representation by the various Romanization systems. 



244 Course Descriptions 



CHIN 422 Advanced Chinese Grammar (3) 

Chinese sentence patterns studied contrastively with English and in terms of current pedagogical 
as well as linguistic theories. 
CHIN 431 Translation and Interpretation I (3) 

Prerequisite: CHIN 202 or equivalent. Introduction to the history and theories of translation/in- 
terpretation; contrastive studies of the structures of English and Chinese; development of the four 
language skills. 

CHIN 432 Translation and Interpretation II (3) 
Prerequisite: CHIN 431 or equivalent. 
CHIN 441 Traditional Chinese Fiction (3) 

Prerequisite: CHIN 314 or permission of instructor. Major works of fiction from the 4th century 
tales of the marvelous through the 19th century Ching novel. Taught in Chinese. 
CHIN 442 Modern Chinese Fiction (3) 

Prerequisite: CHIN 315 or permission of instructor. Examination, through selected texts, of the 
writer's role as shaper and reflector of the republican and communist revolutions. Taught in Chinese. 
CHIN 499 Directed Study in Chinese (1-3) 

Prerequisite: permission of instructor. Readings in Chinese under faculty supervision. If content 
differs, repeatable to a maximum of six credits. 

CHPH- Chemical Physics 

CHPH 611 Fundamentals of Atomic and Molecular Spectroscopy (3) 

Prerequisite: PHYS 622 or equivalent. Atomic and molecular physics. Energy levels of multi-electron 
atoms and diatomic molecules; transition between energy levels. 
CHPH 612 Molecular Structure and Kinetics (3) 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. Molecular structure, atomic and molecular collisions and 
chemical kinetics including experimental techniques. 
CHPH 618 Special Projects in Chemical Physics (1-3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Independent reading and study covering chemical physics sub- 
ject areas not available in other courses. May be repeated to a maximum of six credits. 
CHPH 709 Seminar in Chemical Physics (1) 
Current research and developments in chemical physics. 
CHPH 718 Special Topics in Chemical Physics (1-3) 
A discussion of current research problems in chemical physics. 
CHPH 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) 
CHPH 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research ( 1-8) 

CJUS— Institute of Criminal Justice and Criminology 

CJUS 400 Criminal Courts (3) 

Prerequisites: CJUS 100 or consent of instructor. Criminal courts in the United States at all levels; 
judges, prosecutors, defenders, clerks, court administrators, and the nature of their jobs; problems 
facing courts and prosecutors today and problems of administration; reforms. 
CJUS 444 Advanced Law Enforcement Administration (3) 

Prerequisite: CJUS 340 or consent of instructor. The structuring of manpower, material, and systems 
to accomplish the major goals of social control. Personnel and systems management. Political con- 
trols and limitations on authority and jurisdiction. 
CJUS 455 Dynamics of Planned Change in Criminal Justice I (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. An examination of conceptual and practical issues related to 
planned change in criminal justice. Emphasis on the development of innovative ideas using a research 
and development approach to change. 



CJUS— Institute of Criminal Justice and Criminology 245 



CJUS 456 Dynamics of Planned Change in Criminal Justice II (3) 

Prerequisite: CJUS 455 or consent of instructor. An examination of conceptual and practical issues 
related to planned change in criminal justice. Emphasis on change strategies and tactics which are 
appropriate for criminal justice personnel in entry level positions. 
CJUS 462 Special Problems in Security Administration (3) 

Prerequisites: CJUS 360 and consent of instructor. An advanced course for students desiring to 
focus on specific concerns in the study of private security organizations; business intelligence and 
espionage; vulnerability and criticality analyses in physical security; transportation, banking, hospital 
and military security problems; uniformed security forces; national defense information; and others. 
CJUS 498 Selected Topics in Criminal Justice (1-6) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Supervised study of a selected topic to be announced in the 
field of criminal justice. Repeatable to a maximum of six credits. 
CJUS 600 Criminal Justice (3) 

Prerequisites: admission to the graduate program in criminal justice or consent of instructor. Cur- 
rent concept of criminal justice in relationship to other concepts in the field. Historical perspec- 
tive. Criminal justice and social control. Operational implications. Systemic aspects. Issues of 
evaluation. 

CJUS 630 Seminar in Criminal Law and Society (3) 

Prerequisite: CJUS 230 or its equivalent and a course in introductory criminology. The criminal 
law is studied in the context of general studies in the area of the sociology of law. The evolution 
and social and psychological factors affecting the formulation and admnistration of criminal laws 
are discussed. Also examined is the impact of criminal laws and their sanctions on behavior in 
the light of recent empirical evidence. 
CJUS 640 Seminar in Criminal Justice Administration (3) 

Prerequisites: one course in the theory of groups or organizations, one course in administration; 
or consent of instructor. Examination of external and internal factors that currently impact on 
police administration. Intra-organizational relationships and policy formulation; the conversion 
of inputs into decisions and policies. Strategies for formulating, implementing and assessing ad- 
ministrative decisions. 

CJUS 650 Research Seminar in Public Policy and Crime Control (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Analysis of the political and organizational process of policy 
development and implementation in criminal justice. Collection, analysis and interpretation of 
research data on current and ongoing efforts to form and implement policy. 
CJUS 699 Special Problems in Criminal Justice ( 1-3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Supervised study of a selected problem in the field of criminal 
justice. Repeatable to a maximum of six credits. 
CJUS 720 Criminal Justice System Planning (3) 

Prerequisites: one course in criminal justice and one course in research methodology. System theory 
and method; examination of planning methods and models based primarily on a systems approach 
to the operations of the criminal justice system. 
CJUS 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) 

CLAS — Classics 

CLAS 470 Advanced Greek and Roman Mythology (3) 

Prerequisites: CLAS 1 70 or permission of instructor. Selected themes and characters of Greek and 

Roman myth. History of the study of myth and research methods in mythology. 

CLAS 488 Independent Study in Classical Civilization (3) 

Prerequisite: permission of department. Repeatable to 6 credits if content differs. 



246 Course Descriptions 



CLAS 494 Senior Seminar in Classics (3) 

Limited to graduating classics majors. To be taken in the last year and preferably the last semester 
of the undergraduate program. Topics will vary each semester; most will be interdisciplinary or 
will cross historical periods. The course will provide a seminar experience in material or methodologies 
not otherwise available to the major. 
CLAS 495 Senior Thesis in Classics (3) 

Prerequisite: permission of department. Prior departmental approval of research topic is required. 
Available to all students who wish to pursue a specific research topic. 
CLAS 499 Independent Study in Classical Languages and Literatures (1-3) 
Prerequisite: permission of department. 
CLAS 601 Intro to Graduate Study in Classics (3) 

Introduction to the central problems and methods of investigation in the main fields of Classical 
studies. 

CLAS 620 Classical Epic (3) 

The nature of ancient epic, its development through a close reading of Homer's Iliad and Odyssey, 
the Argonautica of Apollonius of Rhodes, and Vergil's Aeneid. Selections from other examples 
of epic as a basis for further comparison of the techniques of composition, the poet's objectives, 
and the influence of historical context and literary precedent upon the poems. Comparison with 
Near Eastern epics such as the Gilgamesh poem, or with post-Classical texts. Epic conventions. 
CLAS 621 The Classical Tradition (3) 

The role which the classics have played in western thought, with particular attention to literature. 
CLAS 670 Classical Myth and Literature (3) 

The nature and function of myth in Greek culture. Consideration of a variety of theoretical ap- 
proaches to myth, beginning with those developed by the Greeks, allegory and euhemerism, and 
including Jungian and Freudian psychology, structuralism, and the myth-ritual school. 
CLAS 688 Special Topics in Classical Civilization (3) 
May be repeated if the content differs for a total of nine hours. 
CLAS 699 Independent Study in Classical Civilization (1-3) 
Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Repeatable to a maximum of six credits. 
CLAS 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) 

CMLT— Comparative Literature 

CMLT 401 Introductory Survey of Comparative Literature (3) 

Survey of the background of European literature through study of Greek and Latin literature in 
English translations, discussing the debt of modern literature to the ancients. 
CMLT 402 Introductory Survey of Comparative Literature (3) 
Study of the medieval and modern continental literature. 
CMLT 411 The Greek Drama (3) 

The chief works of Aeschylus, Sophocles, Euripides, and Aristophanes in English translations. Em- 
phasis on the historic background, on dramatic structure, and on the effect of the Attic drama 
upon the mind of the civilized world. 
CMLT 415 The Old Testament As Literature (3) 
A study of sources, development and literary types. 
CMLT 416 New Testament As Literature (3) 

A study of the books of the New Testament, with attention to the relevant historical background 
and to the transmission of the text. A knowledge of Greek is helpful, but not essential. 
CMLT 421 The Classical Tradition and Its Influence in the Middle Ages and the Renaissance (3) 
Emphasis on major writers. Reading knowledge of Greek or Latin required. 



CMLT — Comparative Literature 247 



(.'Mil 422 The Classical Tradition and Its Influence in the Middle Ages and the Renaissance (3) 

Emphasis on major writers. Reading knowledge of Greek or Latin required. 
CMLT 430 Literature of the Middle Ages (3) 

Narrative, dramatic and lyric literature of the middle ages studied in translation. 
CMLT 433 Dante and the Romance Tradition (3) 

A reading of the divine comedy to enlighten the discovery of reality in western literature. 
CMLT 461 Romanticism: Early Stages (3) 

Emphasis on England, France and Germany. Reading knowledge of French or German required. 
CMLT 462 Romanticism: Flowering and Influence (3) 

Emphasis on England, France and Germany. Reading knowledge of French or German required. 
CMLT 469 The Continental Novel (3) 

The novel in translation from Stendhal through the existentialists, selected from literatures of France, 
Germany, Italy, Russia, and Spain. 
CMLT 470 Ibsen and the Continental Drama (3) 

Emphasis on the major work of Ibsen, with some attention given to selected predecessors, contem- 
poraries and successors. 
CMLT 479 Major Contemporary Authors (3) 
CMLT 488 Genres (3) 

A study of a recognized literary form, such as tragedy, epic, satire, literary criticism, comedy, 
tragicomedy, etc. The course may be repeated for cumulative credit up to six hours when different 
material is presented. 
CMLT 489 Major Writers (3) 

Each semester two major writers from different cultures and languages will be studied. Authors 
will be chosen on the basis of significant relationships of cultural and aesthetic contexts, analogies 
between their respective works, and the importance of each writer to his literary tradition. 
CMLT 496 Conference Course in Comparative Literature (3) 

Second semester. A tutorial type discussion course, correlating the courses in various literatures 
which the student has previously taken with the primary themes and masterpieces of world literature. 
This course is required of undergraduate majors in comparative literature, but must not be taken 
until the final year of the student's program. 
CMLT 498 Selected Topics in Comparative Literature (3) 
CMLT 601 Problems in Comparative Literature (3) 
CMLT 610 Folklore in Literature (3) 
CMLT 631 The Medieval Epic (3) 
CMLT 632 The Medieval Romance (3) 
CMLT 639 Studies in the Renaissance (3) 
Repeatable to a maximum of nine hours. 
CMLT 640 The Italian Renaissance and Its Influence (3) 
CMLT 642 Problems of the Baroque in Literature (3) 
CMLT 649 Studies in Eighteenth Century Literature (3) 

Studies in eighteenth century literature: as announced. Repeatable to a maximum of 9 hours. 
CMLT 658 Studies in Romanticism (3) 

Studies in romanticism: as announced. Repeatable to a maximum of 9 hours. 
CMLT 679 Seminar in Modern and Contemporary Literature (3) 

Seminar in modern and contemporary literature: as announced. Repeatable to a maximum of 9 hours. 
CMLT 681 Literary Criticism: Ancient and Medieval (3) 
CMLT 682 Literary Criticism: Renaissance and Modern (3) 



248 Course Descriptions 



CMLT 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) 
CMLT 801 Seminar in Themes and Types (3) 
CMLT 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8) 

CMSC— Computer Science 

CMSC 400 Introduction to Computer Languages and Systems (3) 

Prerequisite: MATH 241 or equivalent. A terminal course suitable for non-CMSC majors with 
no programming background. Organization and characteristics of computers. Procedure oriented 
and assembly languages. Representation of data, characters and instructions. Introduction to logic 
design and systems organization. Macro definition and generation. Program segmentation and 
linkage. Extensive use of the computer to complete projects illustrating programming techniques 
and machine structure. (CMSC 400 may not be counted for credit in the graduate program in com- 
puter science.) 

CMSC 411 Computer System Architecture (3) 

Prerequisite: CMSC 311 or equivalent. Input/output processors and techniques. Intra-system com- 
munication, buses, caches. Addressing and memory hierarchies. Microprogramming, parallelism, 
and pipeling. 

CMSC 412 Operating Systems (3) 

Prerequisite: CMSC 311 or equivalent. An introduction to batch systems, spooling systems, and 
third-generation multiprogramming systems. Description of the parts of an operating system in 
terms of function, structure, and implementation. Basic resource allocation policies. 
CMSC 415 Systems Programming (3) 

Prerequisite: CMSC 412. Basic algorithms of operating system software. Memory management 
using linkage editors and loaders, dynamic relocation with base registers, paging. File systems and 
input/output control. Processor allocation for multiprogramming, timesharing. Emphasis on prac- 
tical systems programming, including projects such as a simple linkage editor, a stand-alone ex- 
ecutive, a file system, etc. 
CMSC 420 Data Structures (3) 

Prerequisite: CMSC 220 or equivalent. Description, properties, and storage allocation of data struc- 
tures including lists and trees. Algorithms for manipulating structures. Applications from areas 
such as data processing, information retrieval, symbol manipulation, and operating systems. 
CMSC 421 Introduction to Artificial Intelligence (3) 

Prerequisite: CMSC 330 and 420. Areas and issues in artificial intelligence, including search, in- 
ference, knowledge representation, learning, vision, natural languages, expert systems, robotics. 
Implementation and application of programming languages (e.g. LISP, PROLOG, SMALLTALK), 
programming techniques (e.g. pattern matching, discrimination networks) and control structures 
(e.g. agendas, data dependencies). 
CMSC 424 Database Design (3) 

Prerequisites: CMSC 220 and CMSC 420. (CMSC 450 recommended.) Motivation for the database 
approach as a mechanism for modelling the real world. Review of the three popular data models: 
relational, network, and hierarchical. Comparison of permissible structures, integrity constraints, 
storage strategies, and query facilities. Theory of database design logic. 
CMSC 426 Image Processing (3) 

Prerequisite: CMSC 420 or equivalent. An introduction to basic techniques of analysis and manipula- 
tion of pictorial data by computer. Image input/output devices, image processing software, enhance- 
ment, segmentation, property measurement, Fourier analysis. Computer encoding, processing, and 
analysis of curves. 

CMSC 430 Theory of Language Translation (3) 
Prerequisite: CMSC 330. Formal translation of programming languages, program syntax and seman- 



CMSC— Computer Science 249 



tics. Finite state grammars and recognizers. Context-free parsing techniques such as recursive des- 
cent, prededence, LL(K), LR(K) and SLR(K). Machine independent code improvement and genera- 
tion, syntax-directed translation schema. 
CMSC 432 Compiler Writing (3) 

Prerequisites: CMSC 220, 330, 430. A detailed examination of a compiler for an algebraic language 
designed around the writing of a compiler as the major part of the course. Scanning and parsing, 
code generation, optimization and error recovery, and compiler-writing techniques such as bootstrap- 
ping and translator writing systems. 

CMSC 434 Human Factors in Computer and Information Systems (3) 

Prerequisites: CMSC 330, PSYC 100, and STAT 400. Human factors issues in the development 
of software, the use of database systems, and the design of interactive computer systems. Experimen- 
tation on programming language control and data structures, programming style issues, documen- 
tation, program development strategies, debugging, and readability will be emphasized. Interac- 
tive system design issues such as response time, display rates, graphics, on-line assistance, com- 
mand language, menu selection, or speech input/output. 
CMSC 435 Software Design and Development (3) 

Prerequisite: CMSC 420 AND 430, or equivalent. State-of-the-art techniques in software design 
and development. Laboratory experience in applying the techniques covered. Structured design, 
structured programming, top-down design and development, segmentation and modularization 
techniques, iterative enhancement, design and code inspection techniques, correctness, and chief- 
programmer teams. The development of a large software project. 
CMSC 450 Elementary Logic and Algorithms (3) 

Prerequisite: MA TH 240 or consent of instructor. This is the same course as MATH 444. An elemen- 
tary development of propositional logic, predicate logic, set algebra, and Boolean algebra, with 
a discussion of Markov algorithms, turing machines and recursive functions. Topics include post 
productions, word problems, and formal languages. 
CMSC 451 Design and Analysis of Computer Algorithms (3) 

Prerequisites: CMSC 122 and CMSC 250. CMSC 420 recommended. Fundamental techniques for 
designing and analyzing computer algorithms. Basic methods include Greedy methods, divide-and- 
conquer techniques, search and traversal techniques, dynamic programming, backtracking methods, 
branch-and-bound methods, and algebraic transformations. 
CMSC 452 Elementary Theory of Computation (3) 

Prerequisites: CMSC 122 and 250. Introduction to alternative theoretical models of computation, 
types of automata, and their relations to formal grammars and languages. 
CMSC 456 Data Encryption and Security (3) 

Prerequisite: CMSC 420 and CMSC 45 1 . Methods of protecting computer data from unauthorized 
use and users by data encryption and by access and information controls. Classical cryptographic 
systems. Introduction to several modern systems such as Data Encryption Standard and public- 
key cryptosystems. 

CMSC 460 Computational Methods (3) 

Prerequisites: MA TH 240; and MA TH 241; and CMSC 110 or CMSC 1 13. Also offered as M APL 
460. Basic computational methods for interpolation, least squares, approximation, numerical 
quadrature, numerical solution of polynomial and transcendental equations, systems of linear equa- 
tions and initial value problems for ordinary differential equations. Emphasis is on methods and 
their computational properties rather than their analytic aspects. Intended primarily for students 
in the physical and engineering sciences. Credit will not be granted for both CMSC/MAPL 460 
and CMSC/MAPL 466. 

CMSC 466 Introduction to Numerical Analysis 1 (3) 
Prerequisites: MA TH 240; and MA TH 241; and CMSC 110 or equivalent. Also offered as M APL 466. 



250 Course Descriptions 



Floating point computations, direct methods for linear systems, interpolation, solution of nonlinear 
equations. Credit will not be granted for both CMSC/MAPL 460 and CMSC/MAPL 466. 
CMSC 467 Introduction to Numerical Analysis II (3) 

Prerequisite: MAPL/CMSC 466. Advanced interpolation, linear least squares, eigenvalue problems, 
ordinary differential equations, Fast Fourier Transforms (also listed as MAPL 467). 
CMSC 475 Combinatorics and Graph Theory (3) 

Prerequisite: MATH 240 and MATH 241. General enumeration methods, difference equations, 
generating functions. Elements of graph theory, matrix representations of graphs, applications of 
graph theory to transport networks, matching theory and graphical algorithms. (Also listed as MATH 
475.) 

CMSC 477 Optimization (3) 

Prerequisite: CMSC/MAPL 460, 466, or 467. Linear programming including the simplex algorithm 
and dual linear programs; convex sets and elements of convex programming; combinatorial op- 
timization, integer programming. Credit will not be granted for both CMSC 477 and MAPL 477. 
CMSC 498 Special Problems in Computer Science (1-3) 

Prerequisite: permission of instructor. An individualized course designed to allow a student or 
students to pursue a specialized topic or project under the supervision of the senior staff. Credit 
according to work done. 
CMSC 612 Computer Systems Theory (3) 

Prerequisite: CMSC 411, CMSC 412, CMSC 250, and STAT 400, or equivalent. Basic theoretical 
results in computer systems, including synthetic models of system structure, analytical (probabilistic) 
models of system structure, analysis of computer system mechanisms, analysis of operating system 
mechanisms, and analysis of resource allocation policies. 
CMSC 620 Problem Solving Methods in Artificial Intelligence (3) 

Prerequisites: CMSC 420 AND 450. Underlying theoretical concepts in solving problems by 
heuristically guided trial and error search methods. State-space problem reduction, and first-order 
predicate calculus representations for solving problems. Search algorithms and their "optimality" 
proofs. 

CMSC 624 Database Management Systems (3) 

Prerequisite: CMSC 424 or permission of instructor. Theoretical and implementation issues of 
database systems. Topics include: data semantics and models, deduction and expert database systems, 
implementation techniques of database management systems, advanced access methods and query 
optimization, distributed databases, and database machine architecture. 
CMSC 630 Theory of Programming Languages (3) 

Prerequisite: CMSC 430. Contemporary topics in the theory of programming languages. Formal 
specification and program correctness. Axiomatic proof systems (both Floyd-Hoare and Dijkstra's 
predicate transformers), Mills' functional correctness approach, abstract data types (both abstract 
model and algebraic specifications), and Scott-style denotational semantics based on least fixed 
points. 

CMSC 650 Theory of Computing (3) 

Prerequisite: CMSC 452. Formal treatment of theoretical models of computation, computable and 
uncomputable functions, unsolvable decision problems, and computational complexity. 
CMSC 651 Analysis of Algorithms (3) 

Prerequisite: CMSC 451 or consent of instructor. Efficiency of algorithms, orders of magnitude, 
recurrence relations, lower-bound techniques, time and space resources, NP-complete problems, 
polynomial hierarchies, and approximation algorithms. Sorting, searching, set manipulation, graph 
theory, matrix multiplication, fast Fourier transform, pattern matching, and integer and polynomial 
arithmetic. 



CMSC— Computer Science 251 



CMSC 660 Algorithmic Numerical Analysis (3) 

Prerequisites: MATH/CMSC 460 OR 470, and CMSC 110. Detailed study of problems arising 
in the implementation of numerical algorithms on a computer. Typical problems include rounding 
errors, their estimation and control; numerical stability considerations; stopping criteria for con- 
verging processes; parallel methods. Examples from linear algebra, differential equations, minimiza- 
tion. (Also listed as MATH 684). 
CMSC 666 Numerical Analysis I (3) 

Prerequisites: MAPL 466 and MATH 410. Iterative methods for linear systems, piecewise inter- 
polation, eigenvalue problems, numerical integration (also listed as MAPL 666). 
CMSC 667 Numerical Anlysis II (3) 

Prerequisite: CMSC 666. Nonlinear systems of equations, ordinary differential equations, boun- 
dry value problems (also listed as MAPL 667). 
CMSC 710 Performance Evaluation of Computer Systems (3) 

Prerequisites: CMSC 412, MA TH 141, and STA T 400 or equivalent. Performance evaluation 
methodologies. Methods for evaluating computer/communication systems. Analytical modeling 
using queueing theoretic approach. Simulation for performance evaluation. Applying theoretical 
methods by modeling computer system components. Case studies using analytical and simulation 
techniques. 

CMSC 711 Computer Networks (3) 

Prerequisites: CMSC 412 or equivalent. Priciples, design, and performance evaluation of computer 
networks. Network architectures including the ISO model and local area networks (LANs). Com- 
munication protocols and network topology. 
CMSC 712 Distributed Algorithms and Verification (3) 

Prerequisites: CMSC 612 or equivalent. Study of algorithms from the distributed and concurrent 
systems literature. Formal approach to specifying, verifying, and deriving such algorithms. Areas 
selected from mutual exclusion, resource allocation, quiescence detection, election, Byzantine 
agreements, routing, network protocols, and fault-tolerence. Formal approaches will handle system 
specification and verification of safety, liveness, and real-time properties. 
CMSC 720 Logic for Problem Solving (3) 

Prerequisite: CMSC 620. Logic programming and its use in problem solving, natural language 
recognition and parsing, and robotics. The PROLOG language. Meta-level and parallel logic pro- 
gramming. Expert systems. Term project in logic programming. 
CMSC 723 Computational Linguistics (3) 

Prerequisite: CMSC 420. Introductory course on applications of computational techniques to 
linguistics and natural-language processing. Research cycle of corpus selection, pre-editing, key- 
punching, processing, post-editing, and evaluation. General-purpose input, processing, and out- 
put routines. Special-purpose programs for sentence parsing and generation, segmentation, idiom 
recognition, paraphrasing, and stylistic and discourse analysis. Programs for dictionary, thesaurus, 
and concordnace compilation, and editing. Systems for automatic abstracting, translation, and 
question-answering. 
CMSC 730 Artificial Intelligence (3) 

Prerequisites: CMSC 620 and STAT 401. Heuristic programming; tree search procedures. Pro- 
grams for game playing, theorem finding and proving, problem solving; multiple-purpose programs. 
Conversation with computers; question-answering programs. Trainable pattern classifiers-linear, 
piecewise linear, quadratic, "o", and multilayer machines. Statistical decision theory, decision func- 
tions, likelihood ratios; mathematical taxonomy, cluster detection. Neural models, computational 
properties of neural nets, processing of sensory information, representative conceptual models of 
the brain. 



252 Course Descriptions 



CMSC 733 Computer Processing of Pictorial Information (3) 

Prerequisite: CMSC 420. Input, output, and storage of pictorial information. Pictures as informa- 
tion sources, efficient encoding, sampling, quantization, approximation. Position-invariant opera- 
tions on pictures, digital and optical implementations, the pax language, applications to matched 
and spatial frequency filtering. Picture quality, "image enhancement" and "image restoration". Picture 
properties and pictorial pattern recognition. Processing of complex pictures; "figure" extraction, 
properties of figures. Data structures for pictures description and manipulation; "picture languages". 
Graphics systems for alphanumeric and other symbols, line drawings of two- and three-dimensional 
objects, cartoons and movies. 

CMSC 735 A Quantitative Approach to Software Management and Engineering (3) 
Prerequisites: CMSC 435 and STA T 400 or consent of instructor. Introduction to the fundamental 
ideas for measuring and evaluating the software development process and product. Types of models 
and metrics currently in use. Paradigms for using practical measurement for managing and engineer- 
ing the software development and maintenance process; evaluating software methods and tools; 
and improving productivity, quality and the effective use of methodology. 
CMSC 737 Topics in Information Science (3) 

Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. This is the same course as LBSC 721 . Definition of in- 
formation science, relation to cybernetics and other sciences, systems analysis, information, basic 
constraints on information systems, processes of communication, classes and their use, optimalization 
and mechanization. 

CMSC 750 Advanced Theory of Computation (3) 

Prerequisite: CMSC 650. Continuation of CMSC 650. Relevant results and techniques from recur- 
sive function theory such as priority arguments. Current research topics in the foundation of com- 
puting, such as inductive inference and polynomial terseness. 
CMSC 751 Parallel Algorithms (3) 

Prerequisites: CMSC 451 or equivalent. Presentation of the theory of parallel computers and parallel 
processing. Models of parallel processing and the relationships between these models. Techniques 
for the design and analysis of efficient parallel algorithms including parallel prefix, searching, sor- 
ting, graph problems, and algebraic problems. Theoretical limits of parallelism, inherently sequen- 
tial problems, and the theory of P-completeness. 
CMSC 753 Mathematical Linguistics (3) 

Prerequisites: CMSC 640 and STA T 400. Introductory course on applications of mathematics to 
linguistics. Elementary ideas in phonology, grammar and semantics. Automata, formal grammars 
and languages. Chomsky's theory of transformational grammars, Yngve's depth hypothesis and 
syntactic complexity. Markov-chain models of word and sentence generation, Shannon's informa- 
tion theory Carnap and Bar-Hillel's semantic theory, lexicostatistics and stylostatistics, ZopPs law 
of frequency and Mandelbrot's rank hypothesis. Mathematical models as theoretical foundation 
for computational linguistics. 

CMSC 760 Advanced Linear Numerical Analysis (3) 

Prerequisite: CMSC/MAPL 666 or permission of instructor. Also offered as MAPL 600. Former- 
ly CMSC 770. Advanced topics in numerical linear algebra, such as dense eigenvalue problems, 
sparse elimination, iterative methods, and other topics. 
CMSC 762 Numerical Solution of Nonlinear Equations (3) 

Prerequisites: CMSC/MAPL 666; and CMSC/MAPL 667 or permission of instructor. Also of- 
fered as MAPL 604. Formerly CMSC 772. Numerical solution of nonlinear equations in one and 
several variables. Existence questions. Minimization methods. Selected applications. 
CMSC 782 Modeling and Simulation of Physical Systems (3) 

Prerequisites: CMSC 420 and STAT 400. Monte-Carlo and other methods of investigating models 
of interest to physical scientists. Generation and testing of random numbers. Probabilistic, deter- 



CMSC— Computer Science 253 



ministic and incomplete models. 

CMSC 798 Graduate Seminar in Computer Science (1-3) 

CMSC 799 Master's Thesis Research ( 1-6) 

CMSC 818 Advanced Topics in Computer Systems (1-3) 

Prerequisite: permission of instructor. Avanced topics selected by the faculty from the literature 

of computer systems to suit the interest and background of students. May be repeated for credit. 

CMSC 828 Advanced Topics in Information Processing (1-3) 

Prerequisite: permission of instructor. Advanced topics selected by the faculty from the literature 

of information processing to suit the interest and background of students. May be repeated for credit. 

CMSC 838 Advanced Topics in Programming Languages (1-3) 

Prerequisite: permission of instructor. Advanced topics selected by faculty from the literature of 

programming languages to suit the interest and background of students. May be repeated for credit. 

CMSC 858 Advanced Topics in Theory of Computing ( 1-3) 

Prerequisite: permission of instructor. Advanced topics selected by the faculty from the literature 

of theory of computing to suit the interest and background of students. May be repeated for credit. 

CMSC 878 Advanced Topics in Numerical Methods (1-3) 

Prerequisite: permission of instructor. Advanced topics selected by the faculty from the literature 

of numerical methods to suit the interest and background of students. May be repeated for credit. 

CMSC 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research ( 1-8) 

CNEC — Consumer Economics 

CNEC 400 Research Methods (3) 

Prerequisite: MATH 110 or MATH 115. Not open to students who have completed TEXT 400 
or BMGT 230. Research methodology in textiles and consumer economics, with particular em- 
phasis on the application of statistical concepts and techniques to the analysis of data from the 
areas of textiles and consumer economics. 
CNEC 410 Consumer Finance (3) 

Prerequisites: ECON 201; and ECON 203. Not open to students who have completed FMCD 441 . 
An economic approach to the problems of income allocation and consumer financial planning, 
including income maximization, principles of asset choice, financial management and risk manage- 
ment. The effects of fiscal and monetary policies on lifetime economic planning. 
CNEC 431 The Consumer and the Law (3) 

A study of legislation affecting consumer goods and services. Topics covered include product safe- 
ty and liability, packaging and labeling, deceptive advertising, and consumer credit. The implica- 
tions of such legislation for consumer welfare with particular emphasis on the disadvantaged groups 
in our society will be examined. 

CNEC 433 Consumer Law: Advertising and Solicitation (3) 

Prerequisite: CNEC 431 or permission of department. An advanced study of the legal consequences 
of inducing consumers to enter into commercial transactions. Individual consumer remedies, col- 
lective consumer remedies and government regulation. 
CNEC 435 Economics of Consumption (3) 

Prerequisites: [ECON 201; and ECON 203] or [ECON 205 for non-majors]. The application of 
economic theory to a study of consumer decision-making and its role in a market economy at both 
the individual and aggregate levels. Topics covered include empirical studies of consumer spending 
and saving, the consumer in the market and collective consumption. 
CNEC 437 Consumer Behavior (3) 

Prerequisites: PSYC 100; and SOCY 100. An application of the behavioral sciences to a study of 
consumer behavior. Current theories, models and empirical research findings are explored. 



254 Course Descriptions 



CNEC 455 Product Standards (3) 

Prerequisite: permission of department. The process of product standard development, and the 
significance of such standards to the consumer. History, procedures and uses of standards by in- 
dustry and government, including both voluntary and regulatory standardization; the impact of 
product standards, and mechanisms for obtaining consumer input in the standardization process. 
CNEC 456 Product Liability and Government Regulation (3) 

Prerequisite: CNEC 431 or permission of department. Legal concepts involved in society's deter- 
mination of consumer's rights to product safety. Litigation determining the obligation of manufac- 
turers and sellers to injured consumers. Government regulations defining the obligations of manufac- 
turers to design and construct products in accordance with government standards. 
CNEC 457 Product Safety (3) 

Prerequisite: permission of department. An interdisciplinary investigation of consumer product 
safety. Major statutes and agencies regulating safety. Alternative means of promoting consumer 
product safety. The application of product liability and cost benefit analysis to the economics of 
product safety. Consumer response to safety labeling, advertising and educational efforts. 
CNEC 488 Senior Honors Thesis (1-4) 

Limited to undergraduate students in the departmental honors program. An independent literary, 
laboratory or field study, conducted throughout the student's senior year. Student should register 
in both fall and spring. 
CNEC 498 Special Studies (2-4) 

Independent study by an individual student or by a group of students in advanced work not other- 
wise provided in the department. Students must prepare a description of the study they wish to 
undertake. The plan must be approved by the faculty directing the study and the department 
chairman. 

CRIM — Criminology 

CRIM 432 Law of Corrections (3) 

Prerequisite: LENF230 OR 234 and CRIM 220. A review of the law of criminal corrections from 
sentencing to final release or release on parole. Probation, punishments, special treatments for 
special offenders, parole and pardon, and the prisoner's civil rights are also examined. 
CRIM 450 Juvenile Delinquency (3) 

Prerequisite: SOCY 100. Juvenile delinquency in relation to the general problem of crime; analysis 
of factors underlying juvenile delinquency; treatment and prevention. 
CRIM 451 Crime and Delinquency Prevention (3) 

Prerequisites: CRIM 220 or CRIM 450 or consent of instructor. Methods and programs in preven- 
tion of crime and delinquency. 

CRIM 452 Treatment of Criminals and Delinquents in the Community (3) 
Prerequisite: CRIM 220 or CRIM 450 or consent of instructor. Analysis of the processes and methods 
in the modification of criminal patterns of behavior in a community setting. 
CRIM 453 Institutional Treatment of Criminals and Delinquents (3) 

Prerequisite: CRIM 220 or CRIM 450 or consent of instructor. History, organization and func- 
tions of penal and correctional institutions for adults and juveniles. 
CRIM 454 Contemporary Criminological Theory (3) 

Prerequisite: CRIM 220, CRIM 450, and CRIM 451 or CRIM 452 or CRIM 453. Brief historical 
overview of criminological theory up to the 50's. Deviance. Labeling. Typologies. Most recent 
research in criminalistic subcultures and middle class delinquency. Recent proposals for 
"decriminalization". 

CRIM 455 Psychology of Criminal Behavior (3) 
Prerequisites: CRIM 220 or equivalent and PSYC 331 or equivalent. Biological, environmental, and 



CRIM— Criminology 255 



personality factors which influence criminal behaviors. Biophysiology and crime, stress and crime, 
maladjustment patterns, psychoses, personality disorders, aggression and violent crime, sex-motivated 
crime and sexual deviations, alcohol and drug abuse, and criminal behavior. 
CRIM 498 Selected Topics in Criminology (3) 

Topics of special interest to advanced undergraduates in criminology. Such courses will be offered 
in response to student request and faculty interest. No more than six credits may be taken by a 
student in selected topics. 

CRIM 610 Research Methods in Criminal Justice and Criminology (3) 

Prerequisite: completion of research methods and statistics requirements for the M.A. Degree. Ex- 
amination of special research problems and techniques. 
CRIM 650 Advanced Criminology (3) 

First semester. Survey of the principal issues in contemporary criminological theory and research. 
CRIM 651 Seminar in Criminology (3) 
Second semester. 

CRIM 652 Seminar in Juvenile Delinquency (3) 
First semester. 

CRIM 653 Crime and Delinquency As A Community Problem (3) 

Second semester. An intensive study of selected problems in adult crime and juvenile delinquency 
in Maryland. 

CRIM 654 History of Criminological Thought (3) 

Prerequisite: CRIM 454 or its equivalent. A study of the development of criminological thought 
from antiquity to the present. 
CRIM 699 Special Criminological Problems (1-3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Supervised study of selected problems in the field of criminology. 
Repeatable to a maximum of six credits. 
CRIM 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) 
CRIM 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research ( 1-8) 
Doctoral dissertation research in criminal justice and criminology. 

DANC- Dance 

DANC 410 Dance Production: Design and Execution (3) 

Prerequisite: DANC 210 or equivalent. The theory and practice of advanced problems in technical 

theater for dance. 

DANC 411 Dance Management and Administration (3) 

Principles of dance management and administration, including organization of touring, bookings, 

budgets, public relations, grantsmanship and audience development. 

DANC 430 Dance Ethnology (3) 

Social and cultural aspects of dance in world cultures with emphasis on non-western peoples. 

DANC 448 Modern Dance V for Majors (3) 

Prerequisite: DANC 349 or audition. Complex phrases of modern dance movement with emphasis 

on articulation and expression. Repeatable to a maximum of six credits with permission of 

department. 

DANC 449 Modern Dance VI for Majors (3) 

Prerequisite: DANC 448 or audition. Continuation of DANC 448. Repeatable to a maximum of 

six credits with permission of department. 

DANC 466 Laban Movement Analysis (3) 

Introduction to Rudolf Laban's system of qualitative movement analysis in relation to understanding 

personal movement style. Application to dance performance, teaching, composition and research. 



256 Course Descriptions 



DANC 468 Modern Repertory (3) 

Prerequisite: DANC 349 or permission of department. Form, content, music, design and perfor- 
mance of modern dance works. Repeatable to a maximum of six credits if content differs. 
DANC 471 Movement Behavior (3) 

The social psychology of movement; reciprocity of physical and emotional behavior. 
DANC 479 Advanced Practicum in Dance (1-3) 

Advanced level performing experience for the student dancer who has developed an advanced pro- 
fessional level of competence. Repeatable to a maximum of six credits. 
DANC 482 History of Dance I (3) 

Prerequisite: DANC 200. The development of dance from primitive times to the Middle Ages and 
the relationship of dance forms to patterns of culture. 
DANC 483 History of Dance II (3) 

Prerequisite: DANC 200. The development of dance from the Renaissance period to the present 
time and the relationship of dance forms to patterns of culture. 
DANC 484 Philosophy of Dance (3) 

Prerequisite: DANC 200 or permission of instructor. Critical analysis of dance as a creative ex- 
perience and the role of professional, educational and recreational dance in our society. Selected 
approaches to current developments in dance. 
DANC 489 Special Topics in Dance (1-3) 

Prerequisite: permission of the department. Theoretical, choreographic, pedagogic, or performance 
study. Repeatable to a maximum of six credits if content differs. 
DANC 499 Practicum in Choreography, Production and Performance IV (1-6) 
Prerequisite: permission of the department chairman. Advanced workshop in dance presentation, 
including performing, production and planned field experiences. Repeatable to a maximum of six 
credits. 

ECON— Economics 

ECON 402 Macroeconomic Models and Forecasting (3) 

Prerequisite: ECON 305 or 405. Analysis of the fluctuations in economic activity and the formula- 
tion and use of forecasting models of the economy. Illustrations of computer macro models and 
forecasting problems. 

ECON 405 Advanced Intermediate Macroeconomic Theory (3) 

Prerequisites: ECON 201, 203 and MA TH 220 or its equivalent. Advanced treatment of the theory 
of national income determination, employment, prices and growth. Models of the role of money 
and expectations, the impact of fiscal and monetary policies, and exchange rates. Credit will be 
given for only one course: ECON 305 or 405. 
ECON 406 Advanced Intermediate Microeconomic Theory (3) 

Prerequisites: ECON 201, 203 and MA TH 220 or its equivalent. Advanced treatment of the theory 
of prices and markets. Analysis of the theory of the household and of the firm, concepts of general 
equilibrium and welfare economics and principles of efficient and equitable allocations. Credit will 
be given for only one course: ECON 306 or 406. 
ECON 407 Contemporary Economic Thought (3) 

Prerequisites: ECON 201, 203, and senior standing. Graduate students should take ECON 705. 
A survey of the development of economic thought since 1900 with special reference to Thorstein 
Veblen and other pre-1939 institutionalists and to post-1945 neo-institutionalist s such as J.K. 
Galbraith and Gunnar Myrdal. 
ECON 416 Theory of Economic Development (3) 

Prerequisite: ECON 305 or 405. Economic theory of the developing nations; role of innovation, 
capital formation, resources, institutions, trade and exchange rates, and governmental policies. 



ECON — Economics 257 



Credit will be given for only one course: ECON 315 or 416. 
ECON 418 Economic Developmenl of Selected Areas (3) 

Prerequisite: ECON 415. Institutional characteristics of a specific area are discussed and alternate 
strategies and policies for development are analyzed. 
ECON 422 Quantitative Methods in Economics I (3) 

Prerequisites: ECON 201, 203, and 321 (or BMGT 230); or permission of department. Emphasizes 
the interaction between economic problems and the assumptions employed in statistical theory. 
Formulation, estimation, and testing of economic models, including single variable and multiple 
variable regression techniques, theory of identification, and issues relating to inference. Indepen- 
dent work relating the material in the course to an economic problem chosen by the student is 
required. 

ECON 423 Quantitative Methods in Economics II (3) 

Prerequisite: ECON 422. Interaction between economic problems and specification and estima- 
tion of econometric models. Topics include issues of autocorrelation, heteroscedasticity, functional 
form, simultaneous equation models, and qualitative choice models. 
ECON 424 Computer Methods in Economics (3) 

Prerequisites: ECON 201, 203 and ECON 321 (or BMGT 230). Computer modelling of economic 
problems, including household and firm behavior, macroeconomic relationships, statistical models 
of economy, and simulation models. 
ECON 425 Mathematical Economics (3) 

Prerequisites: ECON 401 AND 403 and one year of college mathematics. A course designed to 
enable economics majors to understand the simpler aspects of mathematical economics. Those parts 
of the calculus and algebra required for economic analysis will be presented. 
ECON 430 Money and Banking (3) 

Prerequisite: ECON 201 and ECON 203. The structure of financial institutions and their role in 
the provision of money and near money. Analysis of the Federal Reserve System, the techniques 
of central banks, and the control of supply of financial assets in stabilization policy. Relationship 
of money and credit to economic activity and the price level. Credit will be given for only one 
course: ECON 430 or ECON 431. 

ECON 431 Theory of Money, Prices and Economic Activity (3) 

Prerequisite: ECON 401 or ECON 405. Monetary theory and the role of money, financial institu- 
tions and interest rates in macro models. Analysis of money demand and supply and of the 
Monetarist-Keynesia n debate as they affect inflation and stabilization policy. Credit will be given 
for only one course: ECON 430 or ECON 431. 
ECON 440 International Economics (3) 

Prerequisite: ECON 201 and ECON 203. A description of international trade and the analysis of 
international transactions, exchange rates, and balance of payments. Analysis of policies of pro- 
tection, devaluation, and exchange rate stabilization and their consequences. Credit will be given 
for only one course: ECON 440 or ECON 441. 
ECON 441 Theory of International Economics (3) 

Prerequisite: ECON 401 or ECON 405, and ECON 403 or ECON 406. Theoretical treatment of 
international trade and international finance. Includes Ricardian and Heckscher-Ohlin theories of 
comparative advantage, analysis of tariffs and other trade barriers, international factor mobility, 
balance of payments adjustments, exchange rate determination, and fiscal and monetary policy 
in an open economy. Credit will be given for only one course: ECON 440 or ECON 441. 
ECON 450 Introduction to Public Sector Economics (3) 

Prerequisite: ECON 201 and ECON 203; or ECON 205. The role of federal, state, and local govern- 
ments in meeting public wants. Analysis of theories of taxation, public expenditures, government 
budgeting, benefit-cost analysis and income redistribution, and their policy applications. Credit 



258 Course Descriptions 



will be given tor only one course: ECON 450 or ECON 454. 
ECON 451 Public Choice and Public Policy (3) 

Prerequisite: ECON 201, 203, OR 205. Analysis of collective decision making, economic models 
of government, program budgeting, and policy implementation; emphasis on models of public choice 
and institutions which affect decision making. 
ECON 454 Theory of Public Finance and Fiscal Federalism (3) 

Prerequisite: ECON 403 or ECON 406. Study of welfare economics and the theory of public goods, 
taxation, public expenditures, benefit-cost analysis, and state and local finance. Applications of 
theory to current policy issues. Credit will be given for only one course: ECON 450 or ECON 454. 
ECON 460 Industrial Organization (3) 

Prerequisite: ECON 403 and 406. Changing structure of the American economy; price policies in 
different industrial classifications of monopoly and competition in relation to problems of public 
policy. 

ECON 465 Health Care Economics (3) 

Prerequisite: ECON 203 or ECON 205. Analysis of the health care, the organization of its delivery 
and financing. Access to care; the role of insurance; regulation of hospitals, physicians, and the 
drug industry; role of technology; and limits on health care spending. 
ECON 470 Theory of Labor Economics (3) 

Prerequisite: ECON 403 or ECON 406. An analytical treatment of theories of labor markets. The 
theory of human capital and allocation of time in household labor supply models; marginal pro- 
ductivity theory of labor demand; market structure and the efficiency of labor markets; informa- 
tion theory and screening; discrimination; distribution of income; and unemployment. Credit will 
be given for only one course: ECON 370 or ECON 470. 
ECON 471 Current Problems in Labor Economics (3) 

Prerequisite: ECON 470. For students who wish to pursue, in depth, selected topics in the labor 
field. Issues and topics selected for detailed examination may include: manpower training and 
development, unemployment compensation and social security, race and sex discrimination in 
employment, wage theory, productivity analysis, the problems of collective bargaining in public 
employment, wage-price controls and incomes policy. 
ECON 482 Economics of the Soviet Union (3) 

Prerequisite: ECON 201 AND 203; OR 205. An analysis of the organization, operating principles 
and performance of the Soviet economy with attention to the historical and ideological background, 
planning, resources, industry, agriculture, domestic and foreign trade, finance, labor, and the struc- 
ture and growth of national income. 
ECON 484 The Economy of China (3) 

Prerequisite: ECON 201 AND 203; OR 205. Policies and performances of the Chinese economy 
since 1949. Will begin with a survey of modern China's economic history. Emphasizes the strategies 
and institutional innovations that the Chinese have adopted to overcome the problems of economic 
development. Some economic controversies raised during the "Cultural Revolution" will be covered 
in review of the problems and prospects of the present Chinese economy. 
ECON 486 The Economics of National Planning (3) 

Prerequisite: ECON 201 AND 203; OR 205. An analysis of the principles and practice of economic 
planning with special reference to the planning problems of West European countries and the United 
States. 

ECON 490 Survey of Urban Economic Problems and Policies (3) 

Prerequisites: ECON 201 AND 203; OR 205. An introduction to the study of urban economics 
through the examination of current policy issues. Topics may include suburbanization of jobs and 
residences, housing and urban renewal, urban transportation, development of new towns, ghetto 
economic development, problems in services such as education and police. 



ECON— Economics 259 



ECON 491 Economics and Control of Urban Growth (3) 

Prerequisite: ECON 490. An analysis of metropolitan development processes, the consequences 
of alternative growth patterns, and the evaluation of policies to control growth. 
ECON 492 Economics of Location and Regional Growth (3) 

Prerequisite: ECON 403, or consent of instructor. Study of the theories, problems, and policies 
of regional economic development and the location of economic activity for both rural and 
metropolitan regions. Methods of regional analysis. 
ECON 601 Macroeconomic Analysis (3) 

First semester of a two-semester sequence, 601 AND 602. Topics normally include general equilibrium 
theory in classical, Keynesian, and post-Keynesian treatments; the demand for money; theories 
of consumption behavior and of inflation. 
ECON 602 Economic Growth and Instability (3) 

Second semester. A continuation of ECON 601 . Major topics include growth and technological 
change, investment, business cycles, and large empirial macroeconomic models. Also included are 
material on wages and employment and on international and domestic stability. 
ECON 603 Microeconomic Analysis I (3) 

Prerequisite: a calculus course or concurrent registration in ECON 621. The first semester of a 
two-semester sequence which analyzes the usefulness and shortcomings of prices in solving the basic 
economic problem of allocating scarce resources among alternative uses. The central problem of 
welfare economics and general equilibrium as a framework for a detailed analysis of consumption 
and production theories including linear programming with decisions under uncertainty. 
ECON 604 Microeconomic Analysis II (3) 

Prerequisite: ECON 603. A continuation of ECON 603. Theory of capital, interest and wages. 
Qualifications of the basic welfare theorem caused by noncompetitive market structures, external 
economies and diseconomies and secondary constraints. Application of price theory to public ex- 
penditure decisions, investment in human capital, international trade, and other areas of economics. 

ECON 605 Welfare Economics (3) 

First semester. Prerequisite: ECON 603. The topics covered include Pareto optimality, social welfare 

funtions, indivisibilities, consumer surplus, output and price policy in public enterprise, and welfare 

aspects of the theory of public expenditures. 

ECON 606 History of Economic Thought (3) 

First semester. Prerequisite: ECON 403 or consent of the instructor. A study of the development 

of economic thought and theories including the Greeks, Romans, Canonists, Mercantilists, 

Physiocrats, Adam Smith, Malthus, Ricardo. Relation of ideas to economic policy. 

ECON 607 Economic Theory in the Nineteenth Century (3) 

Second semester. Prerequisite: ECON 606 or consent of the instructor. A study of nineteenth-century 

and twentieth-century schools of economic thought, particularly the Classicists, Neo-Classists, 

Austrians, German historical school, American economic thought, the Socialists, and Keynes. 

ECON 611 Seminar in American Economic Development (3) 

ECON 613 Origins and Development of Capitalism (3) 

Second semester. Studies the transition from feudalism to modern capitalistic economies in Western 
Europe. Whenever possible, this economic history is analyzed with the aid of tools of modern 
economics, and in the light of comparisons and contrasts with the less developed areas of the pre- 
sent day. 

ECON 615 Economic Development of Underdeveloped Areas (3) 

First semester. Prerequisite: ECON 401 AND 403. An analysis of the forces contributing to and 
retarding economic progress in underdeveloped areas. Macro and microeconomic aspects of develop- 
ment planning and strategy are emphasized. 



260 Course Descriptions 



ECON 616 Seminar in Economic Development (3) 

Second semester. Prerequisite: ECON 615 or consent of instructor. A continuation of ECON 615. 
Special emphasis is on the application of economic theory in the institutional setting of a country 
or area of particular interest to the student. 
ECON 617 Money and Finance in Economic Development (3) 

First semester. Economic theory, strategy and tactics for mobilizing real and financial resources 
to finance and accelerate economic development. Monetary, fiscal, and tax reform policy and practice 
by the government sector to design and implement national development plans. 
ECON 621 Quantitative Economics I (3) 

First semester. An introduction to the theory and practice of statistical inference. Elements of com- 
puter programming and a review of mathematics germane to this and other graduate economics 
courses are included. 

ECON 622 Quantitative Economics II (3) 

Second semester. Prerequisite: ECON 621. Techniques of estimating relationships among economic 
variables. Multiple regression, the analysis of variance and covariance, and techniques for dealing 
in time series. Further topics in mathematics. 
ECON 623 Econometrics I (3) 

Introduction to and development of aspects of mathematical statistics relevant for econometrics; 
distribution theory and inference. Topics considered include: random variables, density functions, 
moment generating functions, maximum likelihood estimators, sufficient statistics. 
ECON 624 Econometrics II (3) 

Prerequisite: ECON 623. Formal treatment of regression analysis; emphasis on formulation, 
specifications, and estimation of single equation models; elements of computer usage; experience 
with problems and examples. 
ECON 661 The Corporate Firm (3) 

Prerequisites: ECON 603, 622 OR 624. The modern firm; review of the theory of profit; neoclassical 
and managerial theories of the firm. Decisions of the firm: investment, research and development, 
advertising, mergers; analysis of determinants and effects of these decisions. Theoretical and em- 
pirical studies of the firm. 

ECON 662 Industry Structure, Conduct, and Performance (3) 

Prerequisites: ECON 603, 622 OR 624. Determinants of industry structures; structural effects on 
firm conduct and performance. Plant and firm economies of scale and their relation to concentra- 
tion levels. Industry entry barriers; competitive, oligopolistic, and monopolistic pricing. Impact 
of concentration, entry barriers, and other structure variables on prices and profits of the industry. 
Social cost of market power. 
ECON 663 Antitrust Policy and Regulation (3) 

Prerequisites: ECON 603, 622 OR 624. U.S. Antitrust policy after 1890; actual policies compared 
to theoretical policies to promote economic efficiency. Development of policy toward monopolies, 
cartels, mergers, and patents. Models of the regulatory process and empirical evidence. Studies 
of regulation of electricity, transportation, airlines, and other industries. Economics of product 
safety. Regulation of drugs, automobiles, food, and other products. 
ECON 670 The Economics of Labor Markets (3) 

Prerequisite: ECON 603 or consent of instructor. Economics of labor markets with trade unions 
and governmental control. Employer-employee relations in the public, voluntary, and private sec- 
tors. Nature of unions in bargaining and their impact on relative wages, wage levels, productivity, 
employment, inflation. Economic goals and consequences of public control, bargaining, and employ- 
ment conditions. 

ECON 681 Comparative Economic Systems and Economic Planning (3) 
Theory and practice of economic systems that differ markedly from competitive capitalist system; 



ECON— Economics 261 



command economies, in particular the Soviet Union; planned capitalist economies, including French 
and Dutch experience; self-managed systems (Yugoslavia); and market socialism (Hungary). Emphasis 
on the nature of institutions and on applying economic tools. 
ECON 682 Topics in Comparative Economic Systems (3) 

Prerequisite: ECON 681. Detailed analysis of planned economic systems; theoretical study of neoclassical, 
input-output, and development planning models; use of economic analysis to understand the behavior 
and development of the economies of Western Europe, the USSR, Eastern Europe, and China. 
ECON 684 Seminar in Economic Development of the Soviet Union (3) 

Measurement and evaluation of Soviet economic growth; interpretation and use of Soviet statistics; 
planning and economic administration; manpower and wage policies; foreign trade and aid. Selected 
topics in Bloc development and reform. 
ECON 698 Selected Topics in Economics (3) 
ECON 703 Advanced Economic Theory I (3) 

Prerequisite: background in calculus and matrix algebra such as provided by ECON 621 AND 622. 
Optimization techniques such as Lagrangian multipliers and linear programming. Mathematical treat- 
ment of general equilibrium, including interindustry analysis, the theory of production, consumption, 
and welfare. 

ECON 704 Advanced Economic Theory II (3) 

Prerequisite: ECON 703. Multi-sectoral growth models and questions of optimal growth. Last half 
of course consists of presentations of seminar papers. 
ECON 705 Seminar in Institutional Economic Theory (3) 

Second semester. A study of the recent developments in the field of institutional economic theory in 
the United States and abroad. 

ECON 706 Seminar in Institutional Economic Theory (3) 
ECON 721 Econometrics III (3) 

Prerequisite: ECON 624. Additional topics on the single equation model, including autocorrelation, 
heteroskedasticity, dummy variables, maximum likelihood estimation, and functional forms. Considera- 
tion of systems problems. 
ECON 722 Econometrics IV (3) 

Prerequisite: ECON 721. Nonlinear econometric systems, simulation, dynamic properties of models, 
disequilibrium systems, random parameter models, Bayesian analysis, Stochastic control, and other 
topics. Emphasis on applications to micro and macro models, to value-of-information problems, and 
to other problems. 

ECON 731 Monetary Theory and Policy (3) 

First semester. An adequate knowledge of micro and macroeconomics is assumed. Theory of money, 
financial assets, and economic activity; review of classical, neo-classical and Keynesian contribution; 
emphasis on post-Keynesian contributions, including those of Tobin, Patinkin, Gurley-Shaw, Fried- 
man, and others. 

ECON 732 Seminar in Monetary Theory and Policy (3) 

Second semester. Prerequisite: ECON 731 or consent of instructor. Theory of the mechanisms through 
which central banking affects economic activity and prices; formation and implementation of of monetary 
policy; theoretical topics in monetary policy. 
ECON 741 Advanced International Economics I (3) 

Prerequisite: ECON 601. The international mechanism of adjustment: price, exchange rate, and in- 
come changes. The flexible exchange rate system, international monetary reform and international in- 
vestment and capital flows. 

ECON 742 Advanced International Economics II (3) 
Prerequisite: ECON 603 and ECON 741. The pure theory of international trade. Comparative costs, 



262 Course Descriptions 



the Heckscher-Ohlin Theorem, and the effect of trade on factor prices. Tariff analysis, commer- 
cial policy and customs unions. The gains from trade and ranking of policy interventions. 
ECON 751 Advanced Theory of Public Finance (3) 

Review of utility analysis to include the theory of individual consumer resource allocation and ex- 
change and welfare implications. Effects of alternative tax and subsidy techniques upon alloca- 
tion, exchange, and welfare outcomes. Theories of public goods, their production, exchange and 
consumption. Principles of benefit-cost analysis for government decisions. 
ECON 752 Seminar in Public Finance (3) 

Second semester. Theory of taxation and tax policy, with particular emphasis on income taxation; 
empirical studies; the burden of the public debt. Research paper by each student to be presented 
to seminar. 

ECON 755 Theory of Public Choice I (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. An examination of rationality in individual and collective decision- 
making with particular reference to the theory of games. The reasons why nonmarket collective 
decision procedures are required, the properties of several voting rules, and their normative im- 
plications. Majority rule, the unanimity rule, the Borda rule, and the demand revealing process. 
The properties of various representative voting mechanisms. 
ECON 756 Theory of Public Choice II (3) 

Prerequisite: ECON 755 or consent of instructor. The normative properties of collective choice 
procedures. Specific reference to the theories of justice advanced by Rawls, Nozick and others; 
and the import of contractarian theories in general. The impossibility theorems of Arrow and Sen. 
Problems raised by voter ignorance and bounded rationality. The theory of bureaucracy. 
ECON 771 Advanced Labor Economics: Theory and Evidence (3) 

Prerequisites: ECON 603, 622, 624, or consent of instructor. Modern analytical and quantitative 
labor economics. Labor supply decisions of individuals and households; human capital model and 
distribution of income. Demand for labor; marginal productivity theory, imperfect information 
and screening. Interaction of labor demand and supply; unemployment; relative and absolute wages; 
macroeconomic aspects of the labor market. 
ECON 772 Government Policy and the Labor Market (3) 

Prerequisite: ECON 771 or consent of instructor. Impact of governmental programs on the labor 
market. Programs examined chosen from among: employment training and public employment 
programs; public assistance; unemployment insurance, social security, wage-setting policies such 
as fair labor standards act and Davis-Bacon act; policies toward unionization; anti-discrimination 
programs. 

ECON 781 Advanced Environmental Economics (3) 

Prerequisites: ECON 603 AND 621, or consent of instructor. Theory of externalities, microeconomic 
models of pollution damage functions, benefits and costs of alternative pollution control measures, 
macroeconomic models of material and energy balance, limits to economic growth and long-run 
problems of intergenerational and interregional efficiency and equity. 
ECON 785 Advanced Economics of Natural Resources (3) 

Prerequisites: ECON 603 AND 621, or consent of instructor. The rate of use of renewable and 
non-renewable resources from the normative and positive points of view; evaluation of alternative 
uses of natural environments; irreversibilities, discounting and intergenerational transfers. Discus- 
sion of natural resource problems and policies. 
ECON 790 Advanced Urban Economics (3) 

Market processes and public policies as related to urban problems and metropolitan change. Employ- 
ment, housing, discrimination, transportation and the local public sector. 
ECON 792 Regional and Urban Economics (3) 
Theoretical and empirical analysis of the location and spatial distribution of economic activity. 



ECON— Economics 263 



Analysis of regional growth and development. The study of analytical methods and forecasting 

models. 

ECON 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) 

ECON 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8) 

EDCI — Curriculum and Instruction 

EDCI 401 Student Teaching in Elementary School: Art (4-8) 

Prerequisite: EDCI 300. Fulfills elementary teaching requirements in K-12 art education program. 
EDCI 402 Student Teaching in Secondary Schools: Art (2-8) 
Prerequisite: EDCI 300. 

EDCI 403 Teaching of Art Criticism in Public Schools (3) 

Introduction to theories of art criticism. Trips to galleries and museums. Open to fine arts majors 
and students from other disciplines. 

EDCI 406 Practicum in Art Education: Two-Dimensional (3) 

Prerequisite: permission of department. Theory and practical experience in two-dimensional design 
in various art media; development of teaching procedures and presentation of materials in school 
settings. 

EDCI 407 Practicum in Art Education: Three-Dimensional (3) 

Prerequisite: permission of department. A lecture-studio course to develop skills, material resources, 
and educational strategies for three-dimensional projects in school settings. 
EDCI 410 The Child and the Curriculum: Early Childhood (3) 

Relationship of the nursery school curriculum to child growth and development. Recent trends 
in curriculum organization; the effect of environment on learning; readiness to learn; and adap- 
ting curriculum content and methods to maturity levels of children. Primarily for in-service teachers, 
nursery school through grade 3. 
EDCI 411 Student Teaching: Preschool (4) 
For EDCI majors only. 

EDCI 412 Student Teaching: Kindergarten (4) 
For EDCI majors only. 

EDCI 413 Student Teaching: Primary Grades (8) 
For EDCI majors only. 

EDCI 416 Mainstreaming in Early Childhood Educational Settings (3) 

Theoretical bases and applied practices for integrating handicapped children into regular early 
childhood programs. 

EDCI 420 Student Teaching Seminar in Secondary Education: Social Studies (3) 
Corequisite: EDCI 421 or EDCI 422. An analysis of teaching theory, strategies, and techniques 
in the student teaching experience. 

EDCI 421 Student Teaching in Secondary Schools: Social Studies/History (12) 
Prerequisite: EDCI 320. Corequisite: EDCI 420. 

EDCI 422 Student Teaching in Secondary Schools: Social Studies/ Geography (12) 
Prerequisite: EDCI 321. Corequisite: EDCI 420. 
EDCI 423 Social Studies in Early Childhood Education (3) 

Curriculum, organization and methods of teaching, evaluation of materials and utilization of en- 
vironmental resources. Emphasis on multicultural education. Primarily for in-service teachers, 
nursery school through grade 3. 

EDCI 424 Social Studies in the Elementary School (3) 

Curriculum, organization and methods of teaching, evaluation of materials and utilization of environmen- 
tal resources. Emphasis on multicultural education. Primarily for in-service teachers, grades 1-6. 



264 Course Descriptions 



EDCI 425 Social Studies and Multicultural Education (3) 

Seminar in general social science principles applicable to multicultural education. Cultural experiences 
arranged for each participant. 

I IK I 426 Methods of Teaching Social Studies in Secondary Schools (3) 

Prerequisites: EDHD 300; and EDCI 390. Objectives, selection and organization of subject mat- 
ter, appropriate methods, lesson plans, textbooks and other instructional materials, measurement 
and topics pertinent to social studies education. Includes emphasis on multicultural education. For 
in-service teachers. 

EDCI 430 Student Teaching Seminar in Secondary Education: Foreign Language (3) 
Prerequisite: EDCI 330. Corequisite: EDCI 431. An analysis of teaching theory, strategies and 
techniques in the student teaching experience. 

EDCI 431 Student Teaching in Secondary Schools: Foreign Language (12) 
Prerequisite: EDCI 330. Corequisite: EDCI 430. 
EDCI 432 Foreign Language Methods in the Elementary School (3) 

Prerequisite: permission of department. Methods and techniques for developmental approach to 
the teaching of modern foreign languages in elementary schools. Development of oral-aural skills 
in language development. 

EDCI 433 Introduction to Foreign Language Methods (3 

Prerequisites: EDHD 300; and EDCI 390; or permission of department. Objectives, selection and 
organization of subject matter, appropriate methods, lesson plans, textbooks and other instruc- 
tional materials, measurement and topics pertinent to foreign language education. For in-service 
teachers. 

EDCI 434 Methods of Teaching English to Speakers of Other Languages (3) 
Methods for teaching listening, speaking, reading and writing techniques and a review of research 
findings. 

EDCI 435 Teaching Reading in a Second Language (3) 

Prerequisite: permission of department. Analysis of selected theories and practices in first language 
reading applied to second language teaching/learning; diagnostic and prescriptive techniques and 
analysis of the student's cultural background as a factor in evaluating reading achievement in the 
second language. 

EDCI 436 Teaching for Multicultural Understanding (3) 

Prerequisite: permission of department. The techniques and content for teaching culture in foreign 
language classes and English as a Second Language (ESL) classes. Research and evaluation of selected 
aspects of a culture as basis for creating teaching materials. 
EDCI 437 Bilingual-Bicultural Education (3) 

Prerequisite: permission of department. Analysis of bilingual-bicultural education in the U.S. and 
abroad with emphasis on TESOL. Methods of teaching, goals, instructional materials and 
mainstreaming of bilingual students. 
EDCI 438 Field Experience in TESOL (3) 

Prerequisites: EDCI 434 or equivalent; and permission of department. Systematic observations, 
tutoring and teaching in a TESOL field setting. 

EDCI 440 Student Teaching Seminar in Secondary Education: English, Speech, Theatre (1) 
Prerequisite: EDCI 340. Corequisite: EDCI 441. An analysis of teaching theory, strategies and 
techniques in relation to the student teaching experience. 
EDCI 441 Student Teaching in Secondary Schools: English (6-12) 
Prerequisite: EDCI 340 or EDCI 442 or EDCI 448. Corequisite: EDCI 440. 
EDCI 442 Student Teaching in Secondary Schools: Speech (6-12) 
Prerequisite: EDCI 340. Corequisite: EDCI 440. 



EDCI— Curriculum and Institution 265 



EDCI 443 Literature for Children and Youth (3) 

For education and pre-education majors only. Analysis of literary materials for children and youth. 
Timeless and ageless books, and outstanding examples of contemporary publishing. Evaluation of the 
contributions of individual authors, illustrators and children's book awards. 
EDCI 444 Language Arts in Early Childhood Education (3) 

Teaching of spelling, handwriting, oral and written expression and creative expression. Primarily for 
in-service teachers, nursery school through grade 3. 
EDCI 445 Language Arts in the Elementary School (3) 

Teaching of spelling, handwriting, oral and written expression and creative expression. Primarily for 
in-service teachers, grades 1-6. 

EDCI 446 Methods of Teaching English, Speech, Theatre in Secondary Schools (3) 
Prerequisites: EDHD 300; and EDCI 390; or permission of department. Objectives, selection and 
organization of subject matter, apprpriate methods, lesson plans, textbooks and other instructional 
materials, measurement and topics pertinent to English, speech, and drama education. For in-service 
teachers. 

EDCI 447 Field Experience in English, Speech, Theatre Teaching (1) 

Corequisite: EDCI 340. Practical experience as an aide to a regular English, Speech or Drama teacher; 
assigned responsibilities and participation in a variety of teaching/learning activities. 
EDO 448 Student Teaching in Secondary Schools: Theatre (6-12) 

Prerequisite: EDCI 340. Persons student teaching in theatre only should register for 12 credits. Persons 
in the Theatre and English Education Program should register for 6 credits of EDCI 441 and 6 credits 
of EDCI 448. 

EDCI 450 Student Teaching Seminar in Secondary Education: Mathematics (3) 
Corequisite: EDCI 451. An analysis of teaching theory, strategies and techniques in the student teaching 
experience. 

EDCI 451 Student Teaching in Secondary Schools: Mathematics (12) 
Prerequisite: EDCI 350. 

EDCI 452 Mathematics in Early Childhood Education (3) 

Prerequisite: MA TH 210 or equivalent. Emphasis on materials and procedures which help pupils sense 
arithmetic meanings and relationships. Primarily for in-service teachers, nursery school through grade 3. 
EDCI 453 Mathematics in the Elementary School (3) 

Prerequisite: MA TH 210 or equivalent. Emphasis on materials and procedures which help pupils sense 
arithmetic meanings and relationships. Primarily for in-service teachers, grades 1-6. 
EDCI 455 Methods of Teaching Mathematics in Secondary Schools (3) 

Prerequisites: EDHD 300; and EDCI 390; and 2 semesters of calculus. Objectives, selection and organiza- 
tion of subject matter, appropriate methods, lesson plans, textbooks and other instructional materials, 
measurement, and topics pertinent to mathematics education. 
EDCI 456 Teaching Mathematics to the Educationally Handicapped (3) 

Prerequisites: [EDSP 331; and EDSP 332; and EDSP 333; and EDSP 443; and MA TH 210] or per- 
mission of department. Development of skills in diagnosing and identifying learning disabilities in 
mathematics and planning for individualized instruction. Clinic participation required. 
EDCI 457 Teaching Secondary Students with Difficulties in Learning Mathematics (3) 
Corequisite: EDCI 390 or permission of department. Diagnosis, prescription and implementation of 
instruction for less able secondary school mathematics students. Participation stories, procedures in 
using basal readers, the improvement of comprehension, word analysis, and procedures for determin- 
ing individual needs. Primarily for in-service teachers, nursery school through grade 3. 
EDCI 462 Reading in the Elementary School (3) 
Fundamentals of developmental reading instruction, including reading readiness, use of experience stories, 



266 Course Descriptions 



procedures in using basal readers, the improvement of comprehension, word analysis, and pro- 
cedures for determining individual needs. Primarily for in-service teachers, grades 1-8. 
EDCI 463 The Teaching of Reading in the Secondary School (3) 

The fundamentals of secondary reading instruction, including emphasis on content reading 
instruction. 

EDCI 464 Clinical Practices in Reading Diagnosis and Instruction (3) 

Prerequisite: EDCI 362 or EDCI 463. A laboratory course in which each student has one or more 
pupils for analysis and instruction. At least one class meeting per week to diagnose individual cases 
and to plan instruction. 
EDCI 466 Literature for Adolescents (3) 

Reading and analysis of fiction and nonfiction; methods for critically assessing quality and appeal; 
current theory and methods of instruction; research on response to literature; curriculum design 
and selection of books. 
EDCI 467 Teaching Writing (3) 

Sources and procedures for developing curriculum objectives and materials for teaching written 
composition; prewriting, composing, and revision procedures; contemporary directions in rhetorical 
theory; survey of research on composition instruction. 
EDCI 471 Student Teaching in Secondary Schools: Science (12) 
Prerequisite: EDCI 352. 

EDCI 472 Methods of Teaching Science in Secondary Schools (3) 

Prerequisites: EDHD 300; and EDCI 390; and permission of department. Methods for classroom 
and laboratory instruction, determining appropriate teaching methods, selecting instructional 
materials, evaluating student achievement. Includes lab and field experience. For in-service teachers. 
EDCI 473 Environmental Education (3) 

Two hours of lecture and three hours of laboratory per week. An interdisciplinary course covering 
the literature, techniques and strategies of environmental education. 
EDCI 474 Science in Early Childhood Education (3) 

Objectives, methods, materials and activities for teaching science in the elementary school. Primarily 
for in-service teachers, nursery school through grade 3. 
EDCI 475 Science in the Elementary School (3) 

Objectives, methods, materials, and activities for teaching science in the elementary school. Primarily 
for in-service teachers, grades 1-6. 
EDCI 476 Teaching Ecology and Natural History (3) 

An introduction to the teaching of natural history in the classroom and in the field. Ecological 
principles; resources and instructional materials; curricular materials. Primarily for teachers, park 
naturalists, and outdoor educators. 

EDCI 480 The Child and the Curriculum: Elementary (3) 

Relationship of the school curriculum, grades 1-6, to child growth and development. Recent trends 
in curriculum organization; the effect of environment on learning; readiness to learn; and adap- 
ting curriculum content and methods to maturity levels of children. Primarily for in-service teachers, 
grades 1-6. 

EDCI 481 Student Teaching: Elementary (12) 
For EDCI majors only. 

EDCI 484 Student Teaching in Elementary School: Music (4-6) 

For EDCI majors only. Fulfills elementary teaching requirements in K-12 music education programs. 
EDCI 485 Student Teaching in Elementary School: Physical Education (4-8) 
For EDCI majors only. 
Fulfills elementary teaching requirements in K-12 physical education programs. 



EDCI— Curriculum and Instruction 267 



EDCI 487 Introduction to Computers in Instructional Settings (3) 

Prerequisite: six hours of education or permission of department . A first-level survey of instruc- 
tional uses of computers, software, and related technology especially for in-service teachers. 
EDCI 488 Selected Topics in Teacher Education (1-3) 

Prerequisite: EDCI major or permission of department. Repeatable to 6 credits if content differs. 
EDCI 489 Field Experiences in Education (1-4) 

Prerequisite: permission of department. Corequisite: EDCI 497. Repeatable to 4 credits. 
EDCI 491 Student Teaching in Secondary Schools: Health (12) 
For EDCI majors only. 

EDCI 494 Student Teaching in Secondary Schools: Music (2-8) 
For EDCI majors only. 

EDCI 495 Student Teaching in Secondary Schools: Physical Education (2-8) 
For EDCI majors only. 
EDCI 497 The Study of Teaching (3) 
Prerequisite: EDCI 481. Corequisite: EDCI 489. 

Identification and examination of learner and teacher outcome variables related to teaching systems, 
methods, and processes. Methods of conducting classroom research. 
EDCI 498 Special Problems in Teacher Education (1-6) 

Prerequisite: permission of department. For EDCI majors only. Repeatable to 6 credits. Individual 
study of approved problems. 
EDCI 499 Workshops, Clinics, and Institutes (1-6) 

Repeatable to 6 credits. The following types of educational enterprise may be scheduled under this 
course heading: workshops conducted by the College of Education (or developed cooperatively 
with other colleges and universities) and not otherwise covered in the present course listing; clinical 
experiences in pupil testing centers, reading clinics, speech therapy laboratories, and special educa- 
tion centers; institutes developed around specific topics or problems and intended for designated 
groups such as school superintendents, principals and supervisors. 
EDCI 600 Trends in Art Education Curriculum (3) 
Recent developments in art education. 
EDCI 601 History of Art Education (3) 

Perspective on art education philosophy as viewed through a historical survey. 
EDCI 602 The Teaching of Aesthetics in the Public Schools (3) 
Critical investigation of art, and curriculum implications. 
EDCI 610 Curriculum for Early Childhood Education (3) 

Curriculum theory, research and practice in educational settings for infants and children to age eight. 
EDCI 611 The Young Child in the Community (3) 

Impact of major social and economic trends on young children and on community agencies, com- 
mercial enterprises and social experiences. 

EDCI 612 Teaching Strategies in Early Childhood Education (3) 

Theory and research of teacher-learner interaction. Analysis of planning, organization of learning 
environments, evaluation of learning, general classroom management, and inter-personal 
relationships. 

EDCI 613 Teacher- Parent Relationships (3) 

Research in parental involvement in school activities and processes. 
EDCI 614 Intellectual and Creative Experiences in Early Childhood Education (3) 
A critical examination of theories of intellectual and creative development, language development, 
problem solving and critical thinking. 



268 Course Descriptions 



EDCI 620 Trends in Secondary School Curriculum: Social Studies (3) 

Recent developments in educational thinking and practice on the curriculum in social studies. 
EDCI 621 Trends in Secondary School Curriculum: Geography (3) 

Recent developments in educational thinking and practice on the curriculum in geography. 
EDCI 622 Teaching Social Studies in Elementary Schools (3) 

Examination of current literature and research in the social sciences as they relate to social studies 
curriculum and instruction. 

EDCI 630 Trends in Secondary School Curriculum: Foreign Language (3) 
Recent developments in educational thinking and practice on the curriculum in foreign language 
education. 

EDCI 631 Testing in the Foreign Language/ESL Classroom (3) 

Analysis of standardized and teacher-made FL/ESL tests; emphasis on principles of FL/ESL test 
construction. Field testing of commercial and teacher-made materials. 
EDCI 634 Advanced TESOL Methods (3) 

Prerequisite: EDCI 434 or equivalent. Methods of teaching reading, writing, listening and speak- 
ing skills. Diagnosis of student skills in English; development of ESOL instructional materials. 
TESOL research projects. 

EDCI 635 Advanced Foreign Language Methods (3) 

Prerequisite: EDCI 330, EDCI 443, or permission of department. Theory and implementation of 
the current methods and curricular trends in the foreign language classroom. 
EDCI 637 Advanced Laboratory Practice in Foreign Language/TESOL Education (2-6) 
Prerequisites: EDCI 434; and EDCI 634; or permission of department. Supervised internship in 
TESOL setting. 

EDCI 640 Trends in Secondary School Curriculum: English (3) 

Recent developments in educational thinking and practice on the curriculum in English education. 
EDCI 641 Trends in Secondary School Curriculum: Speech (3) 

Recent developments in educational thinking and practice on the curriculum in speech. 
EDCI 642 Communications and the School Curriculum (3) 

Curriculum development based on communication as the major vehicle for describing the learner's 
interactions with persons, knowledge, and materials in the classroom and school environment. 
EDCI 643 Teaching Language Arts in Elementary Schools (3) 
Analysis of current issues, trends, and problems in language-arts instruction. 
EDCI 644 Issues and Trends in Children's Literature (3) 

Contemporary social conditions and problems, trends in publishing, advertising, censorship, media 
adaptation, and reading habits. 
EDCI 650 Trends in Mathematics Education (3) 

Recent developments in educational thinking and practice which have affected the curriculum in 
mathematics. 

EDCI 653 Diagnosis and Treatment of Learning Disabilities in Mathematics I (3) 
Prerequisite: EDCI 352 or permission of department. Diagnosis and treatment of disabilities in 
mathematics. Theoretical models, specific diagnostic and instructional techniques and materials 
for working with children in both clinical and classroom settings. Clinic hours to be arranged. 
EDCI 654 Diagnosis and Treatment of Learning Disabilities in Mathematics II (3) 
Prerequisite: EDCI 653 or permission of department. Diagnosis and treatment of severe learning 
disabilities in elementary school mathematics. Theoretical models, relevant research and specific 
techniques. Clinic hours to be arranged. 
EDCI 660 Corrective Reading Instruction (3) 
Prerequisite: EDCI 362 or EDCI 463 or equivalent. Diagnostic techniques, instructional materials 



EDCI— Curriculum and Instruction 269 



and teaching procedures useful in the regular classroom; appropriate for teachers, supervisors, and 

administrators. 

EDCI 661 Teaching Reading in the Content Areas (3) 

Prerequisite: EDCI 362 or EDCI 463. Focus on improving student achievement in content disciplines 

where reading materials are used as instructional resources. 

EDCI 662 Reading Diagnostic Assessment and Prescription (3) 

Prerequisite: permission of department. Survey course in reading diagnosis and prescription for 

graduate students not majoring in reading. 

EDCI 663 Teaching Reading in the Elementary School (3) 

Implications of current theory and research for the teaching of reading in the elementary school. 

EDCI 664 Clinical Assessment in Reading (3) 

Prerequisites: EDCI 660; and [EDCI 663 or EDCI 667]. Clinical diagnostic techniques and materials 

for assessing serious reading difficulties. 

EDCI 665 Clinical Remediation of Reading Disabilities (3) 

Prerequisites: EDCI 660; and [EDCI 663 or EDCI 667]. Remedial procedures and materials for 

programs of individual and small group instruction. 

EDCI 666 The Role of the Reading Resource Teacher (3) 

Prerequisites: [EDCI 663 or EDCI 667]; and EDMS 645. Preparation of reading personnel to function 

as resource persons to classroom teachers, administrators and the school community. 

EDCI 667 Teaching Reading in Secondary Schools (3) 

Implications of current theory and research for the teaching of reading in the secondary school. 

EDCI 670 Trends in School Curriculum: Science (3) 

Recent developments in educational thinking and practice on the curriculum in science education. 

EDCI 671 Teaching Science in Elementary Schools (3) 

Identification of problems in teaching science. Methods for improving the effectiveness of science 

education. 

EDCI 672 Curriculum Innovations in Early Childhood-Elementary Science Education (3) 

Analysis of curricula in early childhood-elementary science. 

EDCI 677 Computers in Science Education (3) 

Prerequisite: EDCI 487 or equivalent. Current and projected methods by which computers can 

augment classroom and laboratory-based science instruction in school and non-school settings. 

EDCI 680 Trends in Secondary School Curriculum (3) 

Recent developments in educational thinking and practice on the curriculum. 

EDCI 681 Trends in Elementary School Curriculum (3) 

Recent developments in educational thinking and practice which have affected the curriculum in 

elementary education. 

EDCI 683 Implementation of Curricular Specialties (3) 

Research methods applied in curriculum implementation; societal values, ethics and responsibilities 

associated with the implementation of curricular specialties; and personal capabilities to successfully 

implement curriculum. 

EDCI 684 Introduction to Field Methods in School and Community (3) 

Application of selected field research methods to problems of professional practice. Students plan 

and conduct field study utilizing qualitative field techniques. 

EDCI 685 Research Methods (3) 

The interpretation and conduct of research in curriculum and instruction. 

EDCI 686 Competency-Based Curricula in Early Childhood Education (3) 

Prerequisite: EDCI 487 or permission of department. Theoretical issues in the use of computers 

in early childhood education. Applications of elementary computer languages with children including 



270 Course Descriptions 



curriculum development, teaching methods, integration of the computer into the classroom and 
problem solving. 

EDC1 687 Applications of Computers in Instructional Settings (3) 

Prerequisite: EDCI 487 or permission of department . Review and analysis of instructional soft- 
ware and computer-based learning environments from the standpoint of teaching, learning, and 
design theories. Integration of instructional and tool software into classroom settings. 
EDCI 690 Teaching as a Profession (3) 

Prerequisite: permission of department. The profession of teaching and the knowledge base that 
defines teaching. Current and social issues that affect teaching and learning; role of research and 
experience in learning to teach. 

EDCI 691 Models of Teaching: Theories and Applications (3) 

Prerequisite: permission of department. Theory and research on teaching as applied to models of 
instruction. Practice in developing an initial repertoire of teaching models and in providing thoughtful 
critique of teaching based on these models. 
EDCI 693 Research on Effective Teaching (3) 

Prerequisite: permission of department. Survey of the research literature on effective teaching and 
schools. Observation and analysis of teaching in a variety of school and classroom settings. 
EDCI 696 Conducting Research on Teaching (3) 

Prerequisite: permission of department. Application of the knowledge base on effective teaching 
to the analysis and improvement of educational practice. Research methods used in the study of 
classroom teaching. Design and conduct of an action research project. 
EDCI 700 Theory and Research in Art Education (3) 

A survey of the research literature; evaluation of research techniques; consideration of relevant 
instructional curriculum theory; evaluation of modern teaching methods and techniques. 
EDCI 701 Theory and Research in Music Education (3) 

A survey of the research literature; evaluation of research techniques; consideration of relevant 
instructional curriculum theory; evaluation of modern teaching methods and techniques. 
EDCI 710 Staffing in Early Childhood Programs (3) 

For advanced students in early childhood education. Problems involved in administration of faculty 
and staff in programs for young children. 

EDCI 711 Education and Group Care of the Infant and Young Child (3) 
Prerequisite: EDMS 645 or permission of department. The historical, theoretical and empirical 
basis for the group care and education of young children with special emphasis on the child under 
the age of three. 

EDCI 713 Research in Early Childhood Education (3) 

Prerequisite: EDMS 645 or permission of department. The design and conduct of research with 
infants and children to age eight; reviews, evaluations and discussions of significant and relevant 
early childhood research literature. 

EDCI 720 Theory and Research in Social Studies Education (3) 

Prerequisites: [EDCI 620 or EDCI 622]; and EDMS 645. A survey of the research literature; evalua- 
tion of research techniques; consideration of relevant instructional curriculum theory; evaluation 
of modern teaching methods and techniques. 

EDCI 730 Theory and Research in Foreign Language/ESOL Education (3) 
A survey of the research literature; evaluation of research techniques; consideration of relevant 
instructional curriculum theory; evaluation of modern teaching methods and techniques. 
EDCI 731 Advanced Teaching of Reading in a Second Language (3) 

Prerequisite: EDCI 435 or equivalent. A survey of research literature and evaluation of research 
techniques applied in second language teaching/learning. 



EDCI— Curriculum and Instruction 271 



EDO 740 Theory and Research in English Education (3) 

A survey of the research literature; evaluation of research techniques; consideration of relevant 
instructional curriculum theory; evaluation of modern teaching methods and techniques. 
EDCI 741 Theory and Research in Speech Education (3) 

A survey of the research literature; evaluation of research techniques; consideration of relevant 
instructional curriculum theory; evaluation of modern teaching methods and techniques. 
EDCI 745 Theory and Research in Written Communication (3) 

Recommended: EDCI 685. Analysis and synthesis of recent theoretical trends in writing research; 
the reading and critiquing of representative research studies. The study of research methods for 
conducting disciplined inquiry in written communication. 
EDCI 750 Theory and Research in Mathematics Education (3) 

Prerequisite: EDCI 650. A survey of the research literature; evaluation of research techniques; con- 
sideration of relevant instructional curriculum theory; evaluation of modern teaching methods and 
techniques. 

EDCI 761 Advanced Clinical Practices in Reading Diagnosis (3) 

Prerequisite: EDCI 665. Corequisite: EDCI 762. Diagnostic work with children in clinic and school 
situations. Case report writing and conferences. 
EDCI 762 Advanced Clinical Practices in Reading Instruction (3) 

Prerequisite: EDCI 665. Corequisite: EDCI 761. Remedial instruction with children in clinic and 
school situations. Remedial techniques, diagnostic teaching and evaluation. 
EDCI 769 Theory and Research in Reading (3) 

Prerequisite: permission of department. Repeatable to 6 credits if content differs. 
Survey of the literature in reading and allied fields, and an examination of current research trends 
and methodologies. 

EDCI 770 Foundations of Science Education (3) 

Prerequisite: EDCI 670 or EDCI 671; or permission of department. Development of science educa- 
tion; pre-kindergarten through college; the influences on current and future practices; and the iden- 
tification and critical analysis of topics in science education. 
EDCI 771 Theory and Research in Science Education (3) 

Prerequisites: EDCI 770; and EDMS 646; or permission of department. A study of various techni- 
ques and paradigms for research in science education, pre-kindergarten through college. Identification 
and critical analysis of a researchable topic in science education and the development of a proposal. 
EDCI 780 Theory and Research on Teaching (3) 

Analysis of the interactive process of instruction; preschool through higher education in school 
and non-school settings; future directions and needed research. 
EDCI 783 Theory and Research in Computer Education (3) 

Prerequisites: [EDCI 685; and EDCI 687; and EDMS 645] or permission of department. Examina- 
tion of the current research and theory in the instructional uses of computers, instructional tutor- 
ing systems, computer programming environments, computer-based laboratories and problem solving 
environments in educational settings. 
EDCI 787 Computer Courseware Development (3) 

Prerequisite: EDCI 687 or permission of department. The theory and practice of designing, creating, 
and analyzing computer-based instruction and tutoring systems. Advanced programming techni- 
ques using BASIC and author languages such as PILOT. 
EDCI 788 Selected Topics in Teacher Education (1-3) 

Repeatable to 6 credits if content differs. Current topics and issues in teacher education. 
EDCI 798 Special Problems in Teacher Education (1-6) 
Prerequisite: permission of department. Intended for Masters, AGS, or doctoral students in education 



272 Course Descriptions 



who desire to pursue a research problem. 
EDCI 799 Master's Thesis Research ( 1-6) 
EDCI 800 Seminar in Art Education (3) 
EDCI 810 Seminar in Early Childhood Education (3) 
EDCI 820 Seminar in Social Studies Education (3) 
EDCI 822 Seminar in Secondary Education (3) 
EDCI 830 Seminar in Foreign Language Education (3) 
EDCI 840 Seminar in English Education (3) 
EDCI 841 Seminar in Speech Education (3) 
EDCI 858 Seminar in Mathematics Education (1-3) 

Repeatable to 6 credits. Survey and analysis of literature on an identified research topic in 
mathematics education. Design and implementation of a research study to investigate the iden- 
tified topic. 

EDCI 860 Seminar in Reading Education (3) 
EDCI 861 Research Methods in Reading (3) 

Prerequisites: [EDCI 769; and EDMS 646] or permission of department. Current research ques- 
tions and methods culminating in a study suitable for submission to journals. Emphasis on using 
and conducting research. 
EDCI 870 Seminar in Science Education (3) 
EDCI 880 Doctoral Proposal Seminar (3) 

Prerequisites: permission of both department and advisor; and EDCI 685; and EDCI 780 or EDCI 
683. Definition of the problem, development of research design, design of data collection processes, 
and writing of proposal. 

EDCI 881 Seminar in Instructional Computing (3) 

Prerequisites: EDCI 685; and EDCI 687; or permission of department. Group and individual par- 
ticipation in the study of theoretical issues of instructional computing. 
EDCI 888 Apprenticeship in Education (1-8) 

Prerequisite: permission of department. Apprentice practice under professional supervision. Credit 
not to be granted for experience accrued prior to registration. Open only to degree- and certificate- 
seeking graduate students. 
EDCI 889 Internship in Education (3-8) 

Prerequisite: permission of department. Internship experiences with appropriate supervision. Credit 
not to be granted for experience accrued prior to registration. Open only to students advanced 
to candidacy for doctoral degree. 
EDCI 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8) 

EDCP— Education Counseling and Personnel Services 

EDCP 410 Introduction to Counseling and Personnel Services (3) 

Overview of counselor functions and skills that lead to effective helping. 

EDCP 411 Principles of Mental Health (3) 

The practical application of the principles of mental hygiene to classroom problems. 

EDCP 413 Behavior Modification (3) 

Knowledge and techniques of intervention in a variety of social situations, including rw* ! ency 

contracting and time out will be acquired. 

EDCP 416 Theories of Counseling (3) 

An overview and comparison of the major theories of counseling, including an £ r 

utility and empirical support. 



EDCP— Education Counseling and Personnel Services 273 



EDCP 417 Group Dynamics and Leadership (3) 

Two hours of lecture and two hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: permission of depart- 
ment. The nature and property of groups, interaction analysis, developmental phases, leadership 
dynamics and styles, roles of members and interpersonal communications. Laboratory involves 
experimental based learning. 
EDCP 420 Education and Racism (3) 

Strategy development for counselors and educators to deal with problems of racism. 
EDCP 460 Introduction to Rehabilitation Counseling (3) 

Survey of principles and practices involved in the vocational rehabilitation of persons with disabilities. 
EDCP 461 Psycho-Social Aspects of Disability (3) 

Theory and research concerning disability, with emphasis on crisis theory, loss and mourning, han- 
dicapped as a deviant group, sexuality and functional loss, attitude formation, dying process and 
coping. Implications for counseling and the rehabilitation process. 
EDCP 462 The Disabled Person in American Society (3) 

Critical examination of the history of legislation and analysis of current policies toward severely 
physically and mentally disabled persons. 
EDCP 470 Introduction to Student Personnel (3) 

Prerequisite: permission of department. A systematic analysis of research and theoretical literature 
on a variety of major problems in the organization and administration of student personnel ser- 
vices in higher education. Included will be discussion of such topics as the student personnel 
philosophy in education, counseling services, discipline, housing, student activities, financial aid, 
health, remedial services, etc. 

EDCP 489 Field Experiences in Counseling and Personnel Services (1-4) 

Prerequisite: permission of department. Planned field experience in education-related activities. 
Credit not to be granted for experiences accrued prior to registration. 
EDCP 498 Special Problems in Counseling and Personnel Services (1-3) 

Prerequisite: permission of department. Available only to major students who have formal plans 
for individual study of approved problems. 
EDCP 499 Workshops, Clinics, Institutes (1-6) 

Repeatable to 6 credits. The following type of educational enterprise may be scheduled under this 
course heading: workshops conducted by the Department of Counseling and Personnel Services 
(or developed cooperatively with other departments, colleges and universities) and not otherwise 
covered in the present course listing; clinical experiences in counseling and testing centers, reading 
clinics, speech therapy laboratories, and special education centers; institutues developed around 
specific topics or problems and intended for designated groups. 
EDCP 605 Issues in Counseling Adults (3) 

Theoretical approaches to adult development. The scope and variety of settings (industry, educa- 
tion, government) in which programs of adult counseling and guidance take place, and the nature 
of such programs. 

EDCP 606 Counseling Adults in Transition (3) 

Theoretical background for understanding adult transitions such as divorce, promotion, major il- 
lness and bereavement. Strategies for helping adult clients cope with major life changes. 
EDCP 610 Professional Orientation (3) 

Survey of knowledge base and practices in counseling and personnel services specializations, pro- 
fessional ethics, credentialling relevant legislation, current issues. 
EDCP 611 Career Development Theory and Programs (3) 

Research and theory related to career and educational decisions; programs of related information 
and other activities in career decision. 



274 Course Descriptions 



EDCP 612 Cross-Cultural Issues in Counseling and Personnel Services (3) 

Prerequisites: EDMS 646; and EDCP 616; or permission of department. Socio-psychological, 
philosophical, clinical, and research topics related to the provision of counseling and personnel 
services, academic support, and career development for minority students on predominantly white 
college and university campuses. Implications of race and/or national origin on opportunities for 
personal, social, academic, and career development in educational settings. 
EDCP 614 Personality Theories in Counseling and Personnel Services (3) 
Examination of constructs and research relating to major personality theories with emphasis on 
their significance for working with the behaviors of individuals. 
EDCP 615 Counseling I: Appraisal (3) 

Corequisite: EDCP 618. For EDCP majors only. Collection and interpretation of appraisal data, 
synthesis of data through case study procedures. Development of interview skills. 
EDCP 616 Counseling II: Theory and Practice (3) 

Prerequisite: EDCP 615. Corequisite: EDCP 618. Counseling theories and the practices which stem 
from such theories. 
EDCP 617 Group Counseling (3) 

Prerequisite: EDCP 616. A survey of theory, research and practice of group counseling and 
psychotherapy with an introduction to growth groups and the laboratory approach, therapeutic 
factors in groups, composition of therapeutic groups, problem clients, therapeutic techniques, 
research methods, theories, ethics and training of group counselors and therapists. 
EDCP 618 Counseling Skills: Introduction to Practicum (1) 

Corequisite: EDCP 615 and EDCP 616. Repeatable to 2 credits. Development and utilization of 
counseling skills. 

EDCP 619 Practicum in Counseling (2-6) 

Prerequisites: EDCP 616 and permission of department. Sequence of supervised counseling ex- 
periences of increasing complexity. Limited to eight applicants in advance. Two hours class plus 
laboratory. 

EDCP 625 Counseling the Chemically Dependent (3) 

Chemical dependency and its effects on the individual's personal, social, and work functioning. 
Counseling procedures for persons with drug and alcohol problems. 
EDCP 626 Group Counseling Practicum (3) 

Prerequisites: EDCP 617; and EDCP 619; and permission of department. A supervised field ex- 
perience in group counseling. 
EDCP 627 Process Consultation (3) 
Graduate course in group process required. 

Study of case consultation, systems consultation, mental health consultation and the professional's 
role in systems intervention strategies. 
EDCP 633 Diagnostic Appraisal of Children I (3) 

Prerequisite: EDCP 726. Corequisite: EDCP 738. Assessment of development, emotional and lear- 
ning problems of children. 

EDCP 634 Diagnostic Appraisal of Children II (3) 

Prerequisite: EDCP 633. Corequisite: EDCP 738. Assessment of development, emotional, and 
learning problems of children. 

EDCP 635 Therapeutic Techniques and Classroom Management I (3) 

Diagnosis and treatment of problems presented by teachers and parents. Practicum experience. 
EDCP 636 Therapeutic Techniques and Classroom Management II (3) 

Prerequisite: EDCP 635. Understanding and treatment of children's problems. Focus primarily on the 
older child in secondary school. Orientation essentially behavioral. Practicum experience provided. 



EDCP— Education Counseling and Personnel Services 275 



EDCP 655 Organization and Administration of Personnel Services (2) 

Prerequisite: EDCP 619 or permission of department. Exploration of personnel services programs 
and implementing personnel services practices. 
EDCP 656 Counseling and Personnel Services Seminar (2) 

Examination of issues that bear on professional issues such as ethics, interprofessional relation- 
ships and research. 

EDCP 662 Medical Aspects of Disability (3) 

Prerequisite: EDCP 610 or equivalent. Appraisal of medical aspects in rehabilitation; nature, cause, 
treatment, limitations, prognosis of most common disabilities; medical terminology; role of the 
medical specialities. 

EDCP 663 Psychiatric Aspects of Disability (3) 

Prerequisite: EDCP 610 or permission of department. Part of core curriculum in rehabilitation 
counseling. The psychiatric rehabilitation client: understanding the client's needs, available treat- 
ment approaches and society's reaction to the client. 
EDCP 664 Vocational Evaluation (3) 

Principles and strategies for the vocational assessment of adult disabled persons. Administration 
and interpretation of relevant measures. 
EDCP 665 Social Support Systems for Counseling (3) 

Principles and methods involved in understanding the role of social and environmental support 
systems in the rehabilitation, school, and community counseling process. Emphasis on the develop- 
ment of specialized skills for working with the impaired adolescent or adult in the home and com- 
munity context and for mobilizing these resources to support the client. 
EDCP 668 Special Topics in Rehabilitation (1-6) 

Prerequisite: permission of department. Repeatable to 6 credits if content differs. 
EDCP 681 Counseling Adults in the Workplace (3) 

Needs and entitlements of employees over the life span and the changing responsibilities of the 
workplace in meeting these needs. Role of counselors in helping employees and organizations to 
address these issues. 

EDCP 715 Appraisal Measures in Counseling (3) 

Prerequisites: EDCP 615 and EDMS 646 or their equivalents. Interpretation and utilization in 
counseling of the career interest and personality measures. 
EDCP 716 Advanced Counseling Theory Seminar (3) 

Prerequisite: Master's degree in counseling or permission of department. Systematic investigation 
of methods of theory analysis and their application to counseling theory. 
EDCP 717 Evaluation of Research in Counseling (3) 

Prerequisite: permission of department. Research on process and outcome in counseling. A review 
of research and appropriate research methodologies. 
EDCP 718 Advanced Seminar in Group Processes (2-6) 
Prerequisite: EDCP 626. Repeatable to 6 credits. 
EDCP 726 Practicum in Individual Testing I (3) 

Prerequisite: EDMS 622. The administration and interpretation of the Stanford-Binet and Wechsler 
scales of intelligence. 

EDCP 735 Seminar in Rehabilitation Counseling (3) 

Part of the core curriculum for rehabilitation counselors. Designed to provide the advanced rehabilita- 
tion counseling student with a formal seminar to discuss, evaluate and attempt to reach personal 
resolution regarding pertinent professional problems and issues in the field. 
EDCP 738 Practicum in Child Assessment ( 1-6) 
Corequisite: EDCP 633 or EDCP 634. Repeatable to 6 credits. Administration of complete test 



276 Course Descriptions 



batteries to children; supervision of initial interviews; test administration and scoring; interpreta- 
tion and synthesis of test battery and interview material; the psychological report; verbal inter- 
pretation of test results; and recommendations. Taken initially with EDCP 633; repeated with EDCP 
634 in the subsequent semester. 

EDCP 771 The College Student (3) 

A demographic study of the characteristics of college students as well as a study of their aspira- 
tions, values, and purposes. 

EDCP 776 Modification of Human Behavior: Laboratory and Practicum (3) 
Prerequisite: permission of department. Individual and group supervised introduction to intake 
and counseling relationships. 

EDCP 777 Modification of Human Behavior: Laboratory and Practicum (3) 
Prerequisites: EDCP 776 and permission of department. Continuation of EDCP 776. Further ex- 
perience under direct supervision of more varied forms of counseling relationships. 
EDCP 778 Research Proposal Seminar (3) 
The development of thesis, dissertation or other research proposals. 

EDCP 788 Advanced Practicum (1-6) 

Prerequisites: previous practicum experience and permission of department. Individual supervi- 
sion in one of the following areas: (a) individual counseling, (b) group counseling, (c) consulta- 
tion, or (d) administration. 

EDCP 789 Advanced Topics in Counseling and Personnel Services (1-6) 
Repeatable to 6 credits. 

EDCP 794 Gender-Related Issues in Counseling (3) 

The implications of gender roles and conflicts on the counseling process: philosophical, clinical, 
and research issues. 

EDCP 798 Special Problems in Counseling and Personnel Services (1-6) 

Master's AGS, or doctoral candidates who desire to pursue special research problems under the 
direction of their advisers may register for credit under this number. 
EDCP 799 Master's Thesis Research ( 1-6) 

Registration required to the extent of six hours for Master's thesis. 
EDCP 888 Apprenticeship in Counseling and Personnel Services (1-8) 

Prerequisite: permission of department. Apprentice practice under professional supervision in an 
area of competence compatible with the student's professional goals. Credit not to be granted for 
experience accrued prior to registration. Open only to degree- and certificate-seeking graduate 
students. 

EDCP 889 Internship in Counseling and Personnel Services (3-8) 

Prerequisite: permission of department. Internship experiences at a professional level of competence 
in a particular role with appropriate supervision. Credit not to be granted for experience accrued 
prior to registration. Open only to students advanced to candidacy for doctoral degree. 
EDCP 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8) 

Registration required to the extent of 6-9 hours for an ED.D. Project and 12-18 hours for a Ph.D. 
Dissertation. 

EDHD— Education, Human Development 

EDHD 400 Introduction to Gerontology (3) 

Multidisciplinary survey of the processes of aging. Physiological changes, cultural forces, and self- 
processes that bear on quality of life in later years. Field study of programs, institutions for elder- 
ly, individual elders, their families and care providers. 



EDHD — Education, Human Development 277 



EDHD 411 Child Growth and Development (3) 

Theoretical approaches to and empirical studies of physical, psychological and social development 
from conception to puberty. Implications for home, school and community. 
EDHD 413 Adolescent Development (3) 

Adolescent development, including special problems encountered in contemporary culture. Obser- 
vational component and individual case study. Does not satisfy requirement for professional teacher 
education program. 

EDHD 416 Scientific Concepts in Human Development (3) 

Guided reading and observation of students through the school year. Impact of family, school, 
society, and peer group on individual. Analysis of field data in terms of behavioral patterns. 
EDHD 417 Laboratory in Behavior Analysis (3) 

Prerequisite: EDHD 416. Continuation of analysis of field observations; emphasis on cognitive 
processes, motivation, self-concept, attitudes and values. 
EDHD 419 Human Development and Learning in School Settings (3) 

Prerequisite: permission of department. Repeatable to 6 credits if content differs. Advanced study 
of human development and learning in different phases of school program over a period of time. 
EDHD 420 Cognitive Development and Learning (3) 

Prerequisite: EDHD 300 or EDHD 320 or EDHD 411 or PSYC 355 or PSYC 341 or permission 
of department. Current developmental theories of cognitive processes such as language, memory, 
and intelligence and how differences in cognitive level (infancy through adolescence) mediate lear- 
ning of educational subject matters. 
EDHD 445 Guidance of Young Children (3) 

Prerequisite: PSYC 100 or EDHD 306 or permission of department. Practical aspects for helping 
and working with children, drawing on research, clinical studies, and observation. Implications 
for day care and other public issues. 
EDHD 460 Educational Psychology (3) 

Prerequisite: PSYC 100 or EDHD 306 or permission of department. Application of psychology 
to learning processes and theories. Individual differences, measurement, motivation, emotions, in- 
telligence, attitudes, problem solving, thinking and communicating in educational settings. (May 
not be substituted for EDHD 300 by students in professional teacher education programs.) 
EDHD 489 Field Experiences in Education (1-4) 

Prerequisite: permission of department. Repeatable to 4 credits. Planned field experience in 
education-related activities. Credit not to be granted for experiences accrued prior to registration. 
EDHD 498 Special Problems in Education (1-3) 

Prerequisite: permission of department. Available only to students who have definite plans for 
individual study of approved problems. 
EDHD 499 Workshops, Clinics, and Institutes (1-6) 

Repeatable to 6 credits. The following type of educational enterprise may be scheduled under this 
course heading: workshops conducted by the College of Education (or developed cooperatively 
with other colleges and universities) and not otherwise covered in the present course listing; clinical 
experiences in pupil-testing centers, reading clinics, speech therapy laboratories, and special education 
centers; institutes developed around specific topics or problems and intended for designated groups 
such as school superintendents, principals and supervisors. 
EDHD 600 Introduction to Human Development and Child Study (3) 

An overview of the multidisciplinary, scientific principles which describe human development and 
behavior and an application of these principles in an analysis of a behavioral record. Techniques 
of observation, recording, and analysis of human behavior. Emphasis on critiquing and applying 
research findings. 



278 Course Descriptions 



EDHD 601 Biological Bases of Behavior (3) 

Pre- or corequisite: EDHD 600. Emphasizes that understanding human life, growth and behavior 
depends on understanding the ways in which the body is able to capture, control and expend energy. 
Application throughout is made to human body processes and implications for understanding and 
working with people. 
EDHD 602 Social Bases of Behavior (3) 

The social forces and expectations that influence behavior from infancy through old age and death. 
The effects of ethnicity, social learning values, attitudes, historical events and mass media on percep- 
tion and behavior in societal interactions. 
EDHD 603 Integrative Bases of Behavior (3) 

Prerequisites: EDHD 600 or equivalent; and EDHD 601; and EDHD 602. Analyzes the organized 
and integrated pattern of feeling, thinking and behaving which emerges from the interaction of 
basic biological drives and potentials with one's unique experience growing up in a social group. 

EDHD 610 Physiological Aspects of Aging (3) 

Prerequisite: EDHD 601; and fZOOL 201 or ZOOL 202 or equivalent] or permission of depart- 
ment. Physiological changes with advancing age including cells and tissues; metabolism; homeostasis; 
and sensorium, with implications with respect to coping with these changes. 

EDHD 613 Advanced Laboratory in Behavior Analysis I (3) 

First of a three-hour sequence in the study of behavior. Analysis focuses upon the major forces 
which shape the development and learning of children and youth. 
EDHD 615 Advanced Laboratory in Behavior Analysis II (3) 

Prerequisite: EDHD 613 or equivalent. Second of a three-course sequence in the behavior analysis 
of children and youth focusing on self-developmental and self-adjustive processes. 
EDHD 617 Advanced Laboratory in Behavior Analysis III (3) 

Prerequisite: EDHD 615 or equivalent. Third of a three-course sequence in the behavioral analysis 
of children and youth which contrasts the child's concept of self and the world and the world's 
concept of the child. 

EDHD 619 Advanced Scientific Concepts in Human Development (3) 

Repeatable to 6 credits if content differs. A critical examination of concepts and issues in contem- 
porary culture as these relate to the development and learning of children and youth. 

EDHD 620 Aging in the Cultural Context (3) 

The factors and forces that affect life quality in the late years. Identification of economic, social 

and governmental influences in the cultural context that enhance or impede continued growth of 

the person. Individual projects involving direct field experience. 

EDHD 630 Cognitive Processes During Aging (3) 

Cognitive functioning of the aged. The roles of cultural, environmental and affectional variables 

as they contribute to the healthy functioning of cognitive processes. On-site field trips. 

EDHD 640 The Adult Learner (3) 

Changes in adult learning/cognitive processes and factors that may affect an individual's selection 
and performance of learning tasks; includes discussion of both theoretical issues and proposed ap- 
plications of research on adult learning. 

EDHD 659 Direct Study of Individuals (3) 

Observational techniques to record the behavior of an individual. Procedures to ensure objectivity 
in data collection. Methods used to analyze, categorize, quantify observational data in research. 

EDHD 692 Cognitive Basis of Instruction (3) 

Prerequisite: permission of department. Psychological and educational research literature on human 
cognition, especially as applied to learning and teaching in classroom settings. 



EDJD — Education, Human Development 279 



EDHD 700 Infant Development (3) 

An examination of recent research findings in physical, social, emotional and language develop- 
ment during infancy. A review of prenatal and perinatal factors in relation to their influence on 
later development. 

EDHD 701 Training the Parent Educator (3) 

Recommended: course in child development. History, philosophy, and ethics of parent education, 
and examination of issues critical to the design, implementation, and evaluation of parent educa- 
tion programs. Training in communication and leadership skills. 
EDHD 710 Affectional Relationships and Processes in Human Development (3) 
Pre- or corequisite: EDHD 600 or equivalent. The normal development, expression and influence 
of love in infancy, childhood, adolescence and adulthood. The influence of parent-child relation- 
ship involving normal acceptance, neglect, rejection, inconsistency, and over-protection upon health, 
learning, emotional behavior and personality adjustment and development. 
EDHD 711 Peer-culture and Group Processes in Human Development (3) 
Pre- or corequisite: EDHD 600 or equivalent. The process of group formation, role-taking and 
status-winning, and the emergence of the peer-culture during childhood and the evolution of the 
child society at different maturity levels to adulthood. The developmental tasks and adjustment 
problems associated with winning, belonging, and playing roles in the peer group. 
EDHD 721 Learning Theory and the Educative Process I (3) 

Major theories, issues and research in learning and cognitive development. Emphasis on the ap- 
plication of these theories to education and the helping professions. 
EDHD 722 Learning Theory and the Educative Process II (3) 

Prerequisite: EDHD 721 or permission of department. Advanced study of theories, issues and 
research in several categories of cognition and learning applied to education and the helping 
professions. 

EDHD 730 Field Program in Child Study I (3) 

Prerequisite: permission of department. Introductory training and apprenticeship preparing per- 
sons to become staff members in human development workshops, consultants in child study field 
programs and coordinators of municipal or regional child study programs for teachers or parents. 
Extensive field experience is provided. In general, open only to persons who have passed their 
preliminary examinations for the doctorate with a major in human development or psychology. 
EDHD 731 Field Program in Child Study II (3) 

Prerequisite: EDHD 730 or permission of department. Advanced training and apprenticeship prepar- 
ing persons to become staff members in human development workshops, consultants to child study 
field programs and coordinators of municipal or regional child study programs for teachers or 
parents. Extensive field experience is provided. In general, open only to persons who have passed 
their preliminary examinations for the doctorate with a major in human development or psychology. 
EDHD 740 Theories of Conflict Resolution in Human Development (3) 

Prerequisite: permission of department. Psychological and sociological theories regarding the nature 
of human conflict and its resolution and research regarding bargaining and negotiation techniques. 
Applications to students' professional work. 
EDHD 741 Conflict Resolution in Divorce Settlement (3) 

Prerequisite: permission of department. Conflict resolution and negotiation techniques to the divorce 
settlement process. Neutral third party negotiation in conjunction with legal professionals in resolving 
issues of child custody and visitation, division of marital property, spousal support, and child support. 
EDHD 779 Special Topics in Human Development (1-6) 

Prerequisite: permission of department. Repeatable to 6 credits if content differs. 
EDHD 780 Research Methods in Human Development (3) 
Prerequisite: EDMS 651 or permission of department. Potentials and limitations of empirical obser- 



280 Course Descriptions 



vation for contributing to human development knowledge, locating and evaluating relevant human 
development research, and choosing and applying statistical techniques to human development 
problems. 

EDHD 789 Internship in Human Development (3-8) 

Prerequisites: nine credits of human development; and permission of department. Repeatable to 
9 credits. Internship experience in one or more human service agencies in the community. 
EDHD 798 Special Problems in Education (1-6) 

Master's, AGS, or doctoral candidates who desire to pursue special research problems under the 
direction of their advisors may register for credit under this number. 
EDHD 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) 

Registration required to the extent of six hours for master's thesis. 
EDHD 810 Physical Processes in Human Development I (3) 

Prerequisite: EDHD 601 or permission of department. Doctoral core course focused on the biological 
bases of human behavior including physiological processes which have an impact on human develop- 
ment and behavior. Emphasis on theoretical perspectives and identification of research problems. 
EDHD 811 Physical Processes in Human Development II (3) 

Prerequisite: EDHD 810 or permission of department. Advanced doctoral seminar in the biological 
bases of behavior with consideration of selected topics introduced in EDHD 810. Identification 
of research problems and areas of application. 
EDHD 820 Socialization Processes in Human Development I (3) 

Prerequisite: EDHD 602 or permission of department. Doctoral core course focused on the socializa- 
tion of human beings. Emphasis on theoretical perspectives from sociology, anthropology, and 
psychology; examination of the outcomes of socialization. 
EDHD 821 Socialization Processes in Human Development II (3) 

Prerequisite: EDHD 820 or permission of department. Advanced doctoral seminar on socializa- 
tion and social development with consideration of selected topics introduced in EDHD 820. Iden- 
tification of research problems and areas of application. 
EDHD 830 Self Processes in Human Development I (3) 

Prerequisite: EDHD 603 or permission of department. Doctoral core course focused on personali- 
ty theories — their history, constructs, and methods; examination of the reciprocal relation between 
self and the social environment; consideration of different conceptualization of self-processes and 
related personality research. 

EDHD 831 Self Processes in Human Development II (3) 

Prerequisite: EDHD 830 or permission of department. Advanced doctoral seminar on current 
theoretical perspectives in self-processes, with consideration of selected topics introduced in EDHD 
830. Identification of research problems and areas of application. 
EDHD 860 Synthesis of Human Development Concepts (3) 

Prerequisites: EDHD 810; and EDHD 820; and EDHD 830. A seminar for advanced students who 
work toward a synthesis of their own concepts in human growth and development. Emphasis on 
seeing the dynamic interrelations among all processes in the behavior and development of an 
individual. 

EDHD 878 Team Research in Human Development (3) 

Pre- or corequisite: EDMS 65 1 or permission of department. Repeatable to 6 credits. Current research 
literature in human development. Definition of a research problem. Design and implementation 
of a research study in collaboration with faculty, with completed project presented to colloquium 
of faculty/students. Must be taken in consecutive fall and spring terms. 
EDHD 884 Laboratory in Emotional Development (3) 
Prerequisite: EDHD 811 or permission of department. Techniques for measuring emotions in a 



EDHD— Education, Human Development 281 



laboratory setting, including electroencephalography, heart rate measurement, and facial and vocal 

behavior analysis. For students engaged in research on emotional development of infants and young 

children. 

EDHD 888 Apprenticeship in Education (1-8) 

Prerequisite: permission of department. Apprentice practice under professional supervision in an 

area of competence compatible with the student's professional goals. Credit not to be granted for 

experience accrued prior to registration. Open only to degree- and certificate-seeking graduate 

students. 

EDHD 889 Internship in Education (3-8) 

Prerequisite: permission of department. Internship experiences at a professional level of competence 

in a particular role with appropriate supervision. Credit not to be granted for experience accrued 

prior to registration. Open only to students advanced to candidacy for doctoral degree. 

EDHD 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8) 

Registration required to the extent of 6-9 hours for an Ed.D. project and 12-18 hours for a Ph.D. 

dissertation. 

EDIT— Industrial, Technological and Occupational Education 

EDIT 400 Technology Activities For the Elementary School (3) 

Experience in the development and use of technology and career education instructional materials 
for construction activities in an interdisciplinary approach to elementary school education. 
EDIT 401 Essentials of Design (2) 

Four hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: EDIT 101. A study of the basic principles of 
design and practice with application to the construction of laboratory projects. 
EDIT 402 Methods and Materials in Teaching Bookkeeping and Related Subjects (3) 
Problems and procedures in the mastery of bookkeeping and related office knowledge and skills. 
Consideration of materials and teaching procedures. 
EDIT 403 Problems in Teaching Office Skills (3) 

Problems in development of occupational competency, achievement tests, standards of achieve- 
ment, instructional materials, transcription, and the integration of office skills. 
EDIT 404 Basic Business Education in the Secondary Schools (3) 

Subject matter selection; methods of organization; and presenting business principles, knowledge 
and practices. 

EDIT 405 Business Communications (3) 

The fundamental principles of effective written communication. Word usage, grammar, punctua- 
tion, principles and procedures for writing business letters, and formal research reports. 
EDIT 406 Word Processing (3) 

An introduction to the word processing field with emphasis on word processing theory and con- 
cepts including hands-on equipment training. Management of office personnel, procedures, and 
equipment; the incorporation of word processing into the school curriculum, the automated office 
of the future and career opportunities. 

EDIT 410 Administration and Program Development for Industrial Arts and Vocational Educa- 
tion (3) 

Principles and practices of program development and supervision with reference to the role of the 
departmental chairperson in vocational, technical, and industrial arts programs at the secondary 
and post-secondary levels. 

EDIT 412 Management of Physical Facilities in Industrial Arts and Vocational Education (3) 

Principles, practices, and theory related to the role of the departmental chairperson charged with 
the management of the physical facilities in vocational, technical, and industrial arts laboratories. 



282 Course Descriptions 



EDIT 414 Organization and Coordination of Cooperative Education Programs (3) 

The organization of a cooperative distributive education program; the development of an effective 
cooperative relationship between coordinator and training sponsor; the selection, orientation, and 
training of sponsors; analysis of training opportunities, reports and records; the evaluation and 
selection of students for part-time cooperative work assignments; and the evaluation of the program. 
EDIT 415 Einanc-ial and Economic Education 1 (3) 

Problems of teaching courses in personal finance and economics in the public schools, including 
materials and resources. 

EDIT 416 Financial and Economic Education II (3) 
Continuation of EDIT 415. 

EDIT 421 Industrial Arts in Special Education (3) 

One hour of lecture and four hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisites: [EDSP 470; and EDSP 
471] or permission of department. Experiences of a technical and theoretical nature in industrial 
processes applicable for classroom use. Emphasis on individual research in the specific area of ma- 
jor interest in special education. 

EDIT 422 Student Teaching: Industrial Arts Education (2-12) 
EDIT 425 Analysis of Industrial Training Programs I (3) 

An overview of the function of industrial training, including methods of instruction, types of pro- 
grams and their organization, objectives, and evaluation. 
EDIT 426 Analysis of Industrial Training Programs II (3) 

Prerequisite: EDIT 425. Continuation of EDIT 425. Studies of training programs in a variety of 
industries, including plant program visitation, training program development, and analysis of in- 
dustrial training research. 
EDIT 427 Experimental Electronics (2) 

Six hours of laboratory per week. Student investigation of an area of electronics of particular in- 
terest or usefulness at a depth appropriate for student-based objectives relating to one or more 
of the following: digital circuitry, communication, energy conversion, test equipment utilization, 
analog circuitry. 

EDIT 432 Stuent Teaching: Business Education (2-12) 
EDIT 433 Advanced Topics in Power Technology (3) 

Two hours of lecture and four hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: EDIT 233 or equivalent. 
The development of a competency in building and evaluating the performance of energy transmis- 
sion, control and converter systems. Methane digestors, solar collectors, electric motors, steam 
turbines, and fluid power systems. 

EDIT 434 Color Reproduction in Graphic Commnications (3) 

Two hours of lecture and four hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisites: [EDIT 234; and EDIT 
334; and EDIT 335] or equivalent. An advanced course in the theory and processes of color graphic 
reproduction. Continuous tone color photography, flat color preparation, process color separa- 
tions and the reproduction of a multi-color product on a semi-automatic or automatic printing press. 
EDIT 435 Curriculum Development in Home Economics (3) 

An analysis of curriculum development including the tools for planning, managing, and evaluating 
the teaching/learning environment of conceptual curriculum design. 
EDIT 436 Analysis of Child Development Laboratory Practices (3) 

Prerequisite: FMCS 332 or EDHD 411. Integration of child development theories with laboratory 
practices; observation and participation in a secondary school child development laboratory ar- 
ranged to alternate with class meetings. 
EDIT 440 Industrial Hygiene (3) 
Introduction to the concept of industrial hygiene and environmental health. Evaluation techniques, 



EDIT— Industrial, Technological, and Occupational Education 283 

instrumentation for identification of problems; design parameters for achieving control over en- 
vironmental epidemiological and toxicological hazards. 
EDIT 442 Student Teaching: Home Economics Education (2-12) 

EDIT 443 Industrial Safety I (3) 

The history and development of effective safety programs in modern industry including causes, 
effects and values of industrial safety education including fire prevention and hazard controls. 

EDIT 444 Industrial Safety II (3) 

Study of exemplary safety practices through conference discussions, group demonstration, and 
organized plant visits to selected industrial situations. Methods of fire precautions and safety prac- 
tices. Evaluative criteria in safety programs. 

EDIT 445 Systems Safety Analysis (3) 

The development of systems safety, a review of probability concepts and the application of systems 
technique to industrial safety problems. Hazard mode and effect, fault free analysis and human 
factors considerations. 

EDIT 450 Training Aids Development (3) 

Study of instructional materials, sources and applications; emphasis on principles for making aids 
useful to laboratory teachers. Actual construction and application of materials will be required. 
EDIT 451 Research and Experimentation in Industrial Arts (3) 

A laboratory-seminar course designed to develop persons capable of planning, directing and 
evaluating effective research and experimentation procedures with the materials, products and pro- 
cesses of industry. 

EDIT 453 Fire Safety Research and Transfer (3) 

The technological transfer of scientific findings to private sector fire safety. Review of research 
applicable to the adequacy and reliability of fire safety in industry. 
EDIT 454 Private Fire Protection Analysis 1 (3) 

Risk analysis, life safety and property conservation from fire in industrial properties and complexes. 
Emphasis on a systems approach for implementing private fire protection. 
EDIT 455 Private Fire Protection Analysis II (3) 

Prerequisite: EDIT 448. Internal property detection and fire suppression systems that can mitigate 
a fire in the incipient stage. Review of systems, with emphasis on the performance objectives of 
preventing, controlling, and extinguishing fires. 
EDIT 457 Tests and Measurements (3) 

The construction of objective tests for occupational and vocational subjects. Use of measures in 
domains of learning and examination of test analysis techniques. 
EDIT 460 Design Illustrating II (2) 

Four hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: EDIT J 60. Advanced drawing, rendering, shadow 
construction, lettering techniques and advanced pictorial representation techniques. 
EDIT 461 Principles of Vocational Guidance (3) 

The underlying principles of guidance and their application to the problems of educational and 
occupational adjustment of students of all ages. 

EDIT 462 Occupational Analysis and Course Construction (3) 

Application of the techniques of occupational and job analysis concepts to instructional develop- 
ment and the design of occupational programs. 
EDIT 464 Laboratory Organization and Management (3) 

The basic elements of organizing and managing an industrial education program, the selection of 
equipment, facility development, legal responsibilities of laboratory instructors, inventory, storage 
control and safety. 



284 Course Descriptions 



EDIT 465 Modern Industry (3) 

The manufacturing, service, and extractive industries in American social, economic, and cultural 
patterns. Representative basic industries studied from the viewpoints of personnel and manage- 
ment organization, industrial relations, production procedures, distribution of products, etc. 
EDIT 466 Educational Foundations of Industrial Arts (3) 

A study of the factors which place industrial arts education in a well-rounded program of general 
education. 

EDIT 467 Problems in Occupational Education (3) 

The procurement, assembly, organization, and interpretation of data relative to the scope, character 
and effectiveness of occupational education. 
EDIT 470 Numerical Control in Manufacturing (3) 

The historical development of numerical control (N/C) in manufacturing, recent industrial trends 
in N/C, and a variety of N/C equipment and support services. N/C machine operations: machine 
motions, positioning control systems, N/C tapes and their preparation, manual and computer assisted 
(APT 111) part programming. Experience in product design, part programming, and product 
machining. 

EDIT 471 History and Principles of Vocational Education (3) 

The development of vocational education from primitive times to the present with special emphasis 
given to the vocational education movement with the American program of public education. 
EDIT 472 Quality Control and Assurance in Industrial Settings (3) 

Principles and theory of quality control and assurance, with focus on "quality of conformance." 
Organizational aspects of QC/QA, data collection and analysis, quality control in input, process 
and output functions, and human and cultural dimensions of quality control. 
EDIT 474 Organization and Administration of Youth Groups (3) 

Principles, practices, and theoretical considerations related to youth organizations as a co-curricular 
function of the subject areas of industrial arts, business and marketing education, home economics, 
health occupations and trades and industry. 

EDIT 475 Recent Technological Developments in Products and Processes (3) 
Recent technological developments as they pertain to the products and processes of industry. The 
nature of newer products and processes and their effect upon modern industry and/or society. 
EDIT 476 Application of Technology to Societal Problems (3) 

A study of alternative solutions of a technological nature with respect to such areas as housing, 
transportation, energy, communications, production, trash and waste disposal, water development, 
and pollution control. 

EDIT 477 Microcomputer Applications in Technology and Industry (3) 

Prerequisite: EDC1 487 or CMSC 103 or permission of department. Manufacturing, safety, and 
training applications in industrial settings included in programming and software utilization. 
EDIT 481 Manufacture and Use of Inorganic Nonmetallic Materials (3) 

Two hours of lecture and four hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: EDIT 381 or equivalent. 
Fabrication of products from calculated compositions; application of forming process; utilization 
of compositions; experiences with property analysis and product design. 
EDIT 482 Student Teaching: Trade and Industrial Education (2-12) 

EDIT 484-486 Field Experiences in Vocational Areas. Supervised work experience in an occupa- 
tion related to vocational education. Application of theory to work situations as a basis for teaching 
in vocational education programs. By individual arrangement with advisor. 
EDIT 485 Field Experiences in Business Education (3) 
EDIT 488 Selected Topics in Education (1-3) 
Prerequisite: permission of department. Repeatable to 6 credits if content differs. 



EDIT— Industrial, Technological, and Occupational Education 285 



EDIT 489 Field Experiences in Education (1-4) 

Prerequisite: permission of department. Planned field experience in education-related activities. 
Credit not to be granted for experiences accrued prior to registration. 
EDIT 491 Plastics Design and Equipment Selection (3) 

Two hours of lecture and four hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: EDIT 391 or permission 
of department. Experience with material selection, product design, mold design, auxiliary equip- 
ment and fixtures. 

EDIT 492 Issues Encountered in Daily Living in the Home (3) 

Junior standing. Addresses issues such as differing values, orientations, communication styles and 
the integration of family living, work, and parenting. 
EDIT 493 Home Economics for Special Need Learners (3) 

Mental, emotional, social and physical handicaps affecting learners in home economics education 
settings. The unique needs and abilities of special learners and methods of teaching daily living skills. 
EDIT 498 Special Problems in Education (1-6) 

Prerequisite: permission of department. Available only to majors who have definite plans for in- 
dividual study of approved problems. Credit according to extent of work. 
EDIT 499 Workshops, Clinics, and Institutes (1-6) 

Repeatable to 6 credits. The following type of educational enterprise may be scheduled under this 
course heading: Workshops conducted by the College of Education (or developed cooperatively 
with other colleges and universities) and not otherwise covered in the present course listing; clinical 
experiences in pupil-testing centers, reading clinics, speech therapy laboratories, and special education 
centers; institutes developed around specific topics or problems and intended for designated groups 
such as school superintendents, principals and supervisors. 
EDIT 600 Administration and Supervision of Business Education (3) 

Major emphasis on departmental organization and its role in the school program, curriculum, equip- 
ment, budget-making, supervision, guidance, placement and follow-up, school-community rela- 
tionships, qualifications and selection of teaching staff, visual aids, and in-service programs for 
teacher development. For administrators, supervisors, and teachers. 
EDIT 605 Principles and Problems of Business Education (3) 

Principles, objectives, and practices in business education; occupational foundations; current at- 
titudes of business, labor and school leaders; general business education in relation to consumer 
business education and to education in general. 
EDIT 606 Curriculum Development in Business Education (3) 

Study of curriculum planning in business education. Emphasis on the philosophy and objectives 
of the business education program, and on curriculum research and organization of appropriate 
course content. 

EDIT 607 Philosophy of Industrial Arts Education (3) 

An overview of the development of the industrial arts movement and the philosophical framework 
upon which it was founded. Special emphasis on contemporary movements in industrial arts and 
their theoretical foundations. 

EDIT 614 School Laboratory Planning and Equipment Selection (3) 

The principles and problems of providing the physical facilities for industrial education programs. 
The selection , arrangement and placement of equipment , and the determination of laboratory space 
requirements, utility services and storage requirements for various types of industrial education 
programs. 

EDIT 616 Supervision of Industrial Arts (3) 

The nature and function of the supervisor in the industrial arts field. Administrative and supervisory 
responsibilities, techniques, practices and personal qualifications of the industrial arts supervisor. 



286 Course Descriptions 



EDIT 620 Organization, Administration and Supervision of Vocational Education (3) 

A theoretical and research base for the study of practices in vocational and technical education. 
Examination of administrative processes. 
EDIT 636 Evaluation in Home Economics Education (3) 
Construction and use of evaluation processes in home economics programs. 
EDIT 640 Research in Industrial Arts and Vocational Education (1-3) 

A seminar for students conducting research in industrial arts, vocational education, and industrial 
technology. 

EDIT 641 Content and Method of Industrial Arts (3) 

Examination of methods and procedures used in curriculum development. Application of those 
suited to the field of industrial arts education. Methods and devices for industrial arts instruction. 
EDIT 642 Coordination in Work-Experience Programs (3) 

Philosophy and practices of cooperative programs. Methods and techniques of coordination in 
comprehensive and part-time programs. 

EDIT 643 Curriculum Trends in Marketing and Distributive Education (3) 
Recent developments in educational thinking and practice which have affected the curriculum in 
distributive education. 

EDIT 644 Curriculum Trends in Business Education (3) 

Recent developments in educational thinking and practice which have affected the curriculum in 
business education. 

EDIT 647 Seminar in Industrial Arts and Vocational Education (1-3) 

A seminar for students conducting and developing research in industrial arts, vocational educa- 
tion, and industrial technology. 
EDIT 650 Teacher Education in Industrial Arts (3) 

The function and historical development of industrial arts teacher education. Program administra- 
tion and development, physical facilities and requirements, staff organization and relationships, 
college-secondary school relationships, philosophy and evaluation. 
EDIT 676 Planning and Policy Issues in Vocational and Technical Education (3) 
Prerequisite: EDIT 471 or permission of department . Current problems and issues in policy plann- 
ing, including training, social, and economic functions of vocational and technical education. 
Characteristics of youth, adult client populations, training in public, private, domestic and inter- 
national settings. 

EDIT 705 Trends in the Teaching and Supervision of Home Economics Education (3) 
Study of home economics programs and practices in light of current educational trends. Interpretation 
and analysis of democratic teaching procedures, outcomes of instruction, and supervisory practices. 
EDIT 742 Theory and Research in Business Education (1-3) 

A survey of the research literature; evaluation of research techniques; consideration of relevant 
instructional curriculum theory; evaluation of modern teaching methods and techniques. 
EDIT 746 Theory and Research in Home Economics Education (1-3) 

Prerequisite: EDMS 645 or permission of department. A survey of the research literature; evalua- 
tion of research techniques; consideration of relevant instructional curriculum theory; evaluation 
of modern teaching methods and techniques. 

EDIT 760 Modes of Inquiry in Industrial and Social Institutions (3) 

Modes of inquiry used to conduct research in industrial and social institutions in the interest of 
human context in these settings. Interpretive and critical science as alternatives to the empirical 
orientation. 

EDIT 780 Leadership Seminar in Vocational Education (3) 
Seminar in the contributions of local, state, and national agencies to the formulation of voca- 



EDIT— Industrial, Technological, and Occupational Education 287 



tionaJ/technicaJ education programs. 

EDIT 788 Selected Topics in Education (1-3) 

Repeatable to 6 credits if content differs. Current topics and issues in education. 

EDIT 798 Special Problems in Education (1-6) 

Prerequisite: permission of department. Intended for Master's, AGS, or doctoral students in education 

who desire to pursue a research problem. 

EDIT 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) 

EDIT 821 Seminar in Business Education (3) 

EDIT 826 Seminar in Home Economics Education (3) 

EDIT 888 Apprenticeship in Education (1-8) 

Prerequisite: permission of department. Apprentice practice under professional supervision in an area 

of competence compatible with the student's professional goals. Credit not to be granted for experience 

accrued prior to registration. Open only to degree-and certificate-seeking graduate students. 

EDIT 889 Internship in Education (3-8) 

Prerequisite: permission of department. Internship experiences at a professional level of competence 

in a particular role with appropriate supervision. Credit not to be granted for experience accrued prior 

to registration. Open only to students advanced to candidacy for doctoral degree. 

EDIT 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research ( 1-8) 

EDMS— Measurement, Statistics, and Evaluation 

EDMS 410 Principles of Testing and Evaluation (3) 

Basic principles including the steps in the specification of instructional objectives and subsequent develop- 
ment of teacher-made tests; problems in the use and interpretation of achievement and aptitude tests; 
introduction to the development and use of non-testing evaluation procedures; basic consideration in 
the assignment of marks and grades; introduction to computer technology as applied to measurement. 
EDMS 451 Introduction to Educational Statistics (3) 

Designed as a first course in statistics for students in education. Emphasis is upon educational applica- 
tions of descriptive statistics, including measures of central tendency, variability and association. Also 
included are inferential statistics through one-way ANOVA. 
EDMS 465 Algorithmic Methods in Educational Research (3) 

Introduction to the use of the computer as a tool in educational research. Instruction in a basic scien- 
tific computer source language as well as practical experience in program writing for solving statistical 
and educational research problems. 

EDMS 489 Field Experiences in Measurement and Statistics (1-4) 

Prerequisite: permission of department. Repeatable to 4 credits. Planned field experience in education- 
related activities. Credit not to be granted for experiences accrued prior to registration. 
EDMS 498 Special Problems in Measurement and Statistics (1-3) 

Prerequisite: permission of department. Repeatable to 6 credits. Available only to education majors 
who have formal plans for individual study of approved problems. 
EDMS 622 Theory and Practice of Standardized Testing (3) 

Prerequisite: EDMS 451; or EDMS 645. Study of group tests typically employed in school testing pro- 
grams; discussion of evidence relating to the measurement of abilities; practice in standardized group 
test administrations. 

EDMS 623 Applied Measurement: Issues and Practices (3) 

Prerequisite: EDMS 646. Current research and applications in Measurement Theory. 
EDMS 626 Measurement Techniques For Research (3) 

Prerequisite: EDMS 646. Theory, development and applications of various measurement instruments 
and procedures. Questionnaires, interviews, rating scales, attitude scales, observational procedures, 



288 Course Descriptions 



ecological approaches, Q-sort, semantic-differential, sociometry and other techniques. 
EDMS 635 Computer-Based Measurement (3) 

Prerequisite: EDMS 651; and EDMS 623. Theory and technological developments in computer- 
based measurement, including computer adaptive testing, instructional testing, item banking, ap- 
plications to non-cognitive measures, as well as comparisons to traditional methods. 
EDMS 645 Quantitative Research Methods I (3) 

Introduction to research design principles and the scientific method as applied to behavioral 
phenomena. Instrumentation procedures including the planning and construction of simple data 
collection instruments and their analysis, and assessment of the reliability and validity of such in- 
struments. Statistical procedures appropriate to the analysis of data from simple research designs. 
Laboratory experiences in instrumentation and research design are emphasized. 
EDMS 646 Quantitative Research Methods II (3) 

Prerequisite: EDMS 645. Special problems arising in the implementation of educational research 
designs. Instrumentation to measure attitudes and collection of questionnaire data. Additional 
statistical procedures appropriate to the analysis of education research designs. Laboratory ex- 
periences in instrumentation and research design are emphasized. 
EDMS 647 Introduction to Evaluation Models (3) 

Prerequisite: EDMS 646 or equivalent. Explores the principal approaches to evaluation research. 
EDMS 651 Intermediate Statistics in Education (3) 

Distributional theory; Chi-square analysis of contingency tables; analysis of variance; introduc- 
tion to multiple correlation and regression. 
EDMS 653 Correlation and Regression Analysis (3) 

Prerequisite: EDMS 651. Systematic development of simple regression, multiple regression, and 
non-linear regression as applied to educational research problems. Emphasis is on underlying theory 
of procedures and on analytical approaches which are amenable to computerization. 
EDMS 657 Factor Analysis (3) 

Prerequisite: EDMS 651. Development of models for factor analysis and their practical applica- 
tions. Treatment of factor extraction, rotation, second-order factor analysis, and factor scores. 
Introduction to linear structural relations models. 
EDMS 723 Measurement Theory I (3) 

Prerequisites: EDMS 623; and EDMS 651. Theoretical development of the fundamentals of 
measurement. 

EDMS 724 Measurement Theory II (3) 

Prerequisite: EDMS 723. Theoretical formulations of measurement such as latent class and item 
response models. 

EDMS 738 Seminar in Special Problems in Measurement (1-3) 

Prerequisite: permission of department. Repeatable to 3 credits. An opportunity for students with 
special interests to focus in depth on contemporary topics in measurement. Topics to be announced, 
but will typically be related to applied and theoretical measurement. 
EDMS 747 Design of Program Evaluations (3) 

Prerequisites: EDMS 626D; and EDMS 647; and EDMS 651 or permission of both department 
and instructor. Analysis of measurement and design problems in program evaluations. 
EDMS 769 Special Topics in Applied Statistics in Education (1-4) 

Prerequisite: permission of department. Designed primarily for students majoring or minoring in 
measurement, statistics or evaluation. 
EDMS 771 Design of Experiments (3) 

Prerequisite: EDMS 651. Major types of statistical designs; application and multivariate statistical 
techniques; introduction to log linear models. 



EDMS— Measurement, Statistics and Evaluation 289 



EDMS 779 Seminar in Applied Statistics (1-3) 

Repeatable to 3 credits. Enrollment restricted to doctoral students with a major or minor in measure- 
ment, statistics or evaluation. Seminar topics will be chosen by individual student interest. 
EDMS 780 Research Methods and Materials (3) 

Research methodology for case studies, surveys, and experiments; measurements and statistical 
techniques. Primarily tor advanced students and doctoral candidates. 
EDMS 798 Special Problems in Education (1-6) 

Master's, AGS, or doctoral candidates who desire to pursue special research problems under the 
direction of their advisors may register for credit under this number. 
EDMS 799 Master's Thesis Research ( 1-6) 
Registration required to the extent of 6 credits. 
EDMS 879 Doctoral Seminar (1-3) 

Prerequisite: permission of department. Analysis of doctoral projects and theses, and of other on- 
going research projects. Doctoral candidates may participate in the seminar during as many university 
sessions as they desire, but may earn no more than three semester hours of credit accumulated 
one hour at a time in the seminar. A Ph.D. candidate may repeat to a combined maximum of 
eighteen credits in the seminar and in EDMS 899. 
EDMS 889 Internship in Measurement and Statistics (3-12) 

Prerequisite: permission of department. Provides internship experiences at a professional level of 
competence in a particular role with appropriate supervision. Credit not to be granted for experience 
accrued prior to registration. Open only to students advanced to candidacy for doctoral degree. 
EDMS 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8) 
Registration required to the extent of 12-18 credits. 

EDPA— Education Policy, Planning and Administration 

EDPA 400 The Future of the Human Community (3) 

Examination of the future of our social and cultural institutions for education and child rearing, 
social and family relationships, health and leisure, information exchange, and the provision of food, 
clothing, and shelter. 

EDPA 401 Educational Technology, Policy, and Social Change (3) 

Junior standing. Examines technology as a complex force which influences social change and the 
educational development of individuals. 
EDPA 412 Logic of Teaching (3) 

An analysis of the structure of basic subject matters in the curriculum and of the standard logical 
moves in teaching. 
EDPA 440 Educational Media (3) 

Survey of classroom uses of instructional media. Techniques for integrating media into instruc- 
tion. Includes preparation of a unit of instruction utilizing professional and teacher produced media. 
EDPA 471 The Legal Rights and Obligations of Teachers and Students (3) 
Selected state and federal court decisions, legislation, and executive guidelines regulating public 
education: speech and other forms of expression, privacy, suspensions, expulsions, search and seizure, 
tort liability for negligence (including education malpractice), hiring, promotion, dismissal and non- 
renewal of teachers. No prior legal training required. 
EDPA 488 Special Topics in Education Policy and Administration (1-3) 
Prerequisite: permission of department. Repeatable to 6 credits. Special and intensive treatment 
of current topics and issues in education policy and administration. 
EDPA 489 Field Experiences in Education (1-4) 

Prerequisite: permission of department. Planned field experience in education-related activities. 
Credit not to be granted for experiences accrued prior to registration. 



290 Course Descriptions 



EDPA 498 Special Problems in Education ( 1-3) 

Prerequisite: permission of department. Available only to students who have definite plan lor individual 
study of approved problems. 
EDPA 499 Workshops, (links, and Institutes (1-6) 

Repeatable to 6 credits. The following type of educational enterprise may be scheduled under this course 
heading: Workshops conducted by the College of Education (or developed cooperatively with other 
colleges and universities) and not otherwise covered in the present course listing; clinical experiences 
in pupil-testing centers, reading clinics, speech therapy laboratories, and special education centers; in- 
stitutes developed around specific topics or problems and intended for designated groups such as school 
superintendents, principals and supervisors. 
EDPA 601 Contemporary Social Issues in Education (3) 

Theoretical and practical consideration of vital social issues currently affecting education. 
EDPA 605 Comparative Education (3) 

Analyzes and compares leading issues in education in various countries of the world, particularly as 
they relate to crucial problems in American education. 
EDPA 610 History of Western Education (3) 

Educational institutions through the ancient, medieval and early modern periods in western civiliza- 
tion, as seen against a background of socio-economic development. 
EDPA 611 History of Education in the United States (3) 

A study of the origins and development of education in the United States, emphasizing the variety 
of interpretive and methodological concerns that define the field. 
EDPA 612 Philosophy of Education (3) 

A study of the great educational philosophers and systems of thought affecting the development of 
modern education, with particular emphasis on recent scholarship on philosophical problems in education. 
EDPA 613 Educational Sociology (3) 

The sociological study of education as an evolving set of methods and procedures, and body of 
knowledge. Focuses on several major theoretical perspectives used by sociologists studying education. 
EDPA 614 Politics of Education (3) 

Educational institutions as political entities with an emphasis on their relationships with federal, state, 
and local governments as well as with interest groups. The application of competing models of the 
political process to the passing of laws, development of budgets, and the control of the formulation, 
implementation, and evaluation of education policies. 
EDPA 620 Education Policy Analysis (3) 

Policy making in education from planning to evaluation with emphasis on the identification of policy 
problems and the resources available to analysts through multi-disciplinary approaches. An introduc- 
tory experience with education policy analysis. 
EDPA 621 Decision Making and Education Policy (3) 

Prerequisite: EDPA 620. Organizational decision processes and policy formation within educational 
organizations— schools, colleges, universities, government agencies and industry. 
EDPA 622 Education Policy, Values, and Social Change (3) 

Prerequisite: EDPA 620. Examination of relationships among educational policy, values, and social 
change. Roles of educational organizations and institutional change in such social issues as equity and 
cultural diversity. 

EDPA 623 Education Policy and Theories of Change (3) 

Prerequisite: EDPA 620. The work of change theorists in history, economics, political science, philosophy, 
sociology and anthropology as it impinges upon education policy. 
EDPA 625 Federal Education Policy (3) 
Prerequisite: EDPA 620. Federal involvement in education in the United States from 1780 to the pre- 



EDPA — Education Policy, Planning and Administration 291 



sent, emphasizing the effects of legislation, court decisions, agencies, and presidential initiatives 
on the distribution of education opportunities. 
EDPA 626 Education Policy and the Young (3) 

The systematic exploration of education policy as it has organized, reflected and influenced the 
lives of children, youth, and families, with particular emphasis on American policies and systems. 
EDPA 627 Education Policy: An International Perspective (3) 

An analysis of education policy issues in various parts of the world. Comparisons with the United 
States. Teachers' organizations and citizen participation in policy determination. Ethnic and racial 
group pressures and attempts to control education policy. 
EDPA 634 The School Curriculum (3) 

A foundations course embracing the curriculum as a whole from early childhood through 
adolescence, including a review of historical developments, an analysis of conditions affecting cur- 
riculum change, an examination of issues in curriculum making, and a consideration of current 
trends in curriculum design. 

EDPA 635 Principles of Curriculum Development (3) 

Curriculum planning, improvement, and evaluation in the schools; principles for the selection and 
organization of the content and learning experiences; ways of working in classroom and school 
on curriculum improvement. 

EDPA 636 Communication and the School Curriculum (3) 

Curriculum development based on communication as the major vehicle for describing the learner's 
interactions with persons, knowledge, and materials in the classroom and school environment. (Listed 
also as EDEL 636.) 

EDPA 650 Professional Seminar in Higher and Adult Education (3) 

Introduction to higher and adult education as a field of study. Origins, current dimensions and 
problems, and emerging issues. Field trips to state and national capitols, and involvement in pro- 
fessional conferences. 
EDPA 651 Higher Education Law (3) 

Selected court opinions, legislation and executive guidelines regulating higher education. First and 
fourth amendment rights of students and faculty, procedural due process, equal educational op- 
portunity, equal protection in hiring, promotion, non-renewal and salaries, individual and institu- 
tional liability for civil rights violations and common law torts. No prior legal training required. 
EDPA 652 Higher Education in American Society (3) 

Examines the concepts of academic freedom, corporate autonomy and institutional accountability 
with emphasis on twentieth century relationships between higher education and government in the 
United States. 

EDPA 653 Organization and Administration of Higher Education (3) 

Basic concepts and terminology related to organizational behavior and institutional governance 
structures. The governance and organization of higher education in the United States. 
EDPA 654 The Community and Junior College (3) 

Historical development and philosophical foundations of community and junior colleges in America 
with emphasis on organizational and administrative structures in two year institutions and the clientele 
they serve. 

EDPA 655 Administration of Adult and Continuing Education (3) 

An overview of the field of Adult/Continuing Education focusing on the administration of institutions 
and organizations that provide both credit and non-credit educational experiences for adult learners. 
EDPA 657 History of Higher Education in the United States (3) 

History of higher education in America from colonial times to the present with emphasis on ex- 
pansion of higher education and the growing complexity of its structures, organization, and purposes. 



292 Course Descriptions 



EDPA 660 Administrative Foundations (3) 

Develops a theoretical and research based structure for the study and practice of administration 
in the field of education. 

EDPA 661 Administrative Behavior and Organizational Management (3) 

Critical analysis of organizational governance and management (informal and formal dimensions), 
and of contributions from other fields (traditional and emerging) to the study of administrative 
behavior. 

EDPA 662 Administrative Processes (3) 

Develops competence with respect to selected administrative process areas. 
EDPA 663 Policy Formulation in Education (3) 

Various levels of school governance. Analysis of policy formation, administration and evaluation 
issues. 

EDPA 664 School Surveys (3) 

Prerequisite: permission of department. Study of the design, administration and evaluation of school 
surveys. 

EDPA 665 The Organization and Administration of Secondary Schools (3) 
Prerequisite: permission of department. The work of the secondary school principal. Includes topics 
such as personnel problems, school-community relationships, student activities, schedule making, 
and internal financial accounting. 

EDPA 666 Organization and Administration of Elementary Schools (3) 
Problems in administering elementary schools and improving instruction. 
EDPA 667 Public School Supervision (3) 

The nature and functions of supervision; various supervisory techniques and procedures; human 
relationship factors; and personal qualities for supervision. 
EDPA 671 Elementary and Secondary Schoo Law (3) 

Selected court opinions, legislation and executive guidelines regulating elementary and secondary 
education. Equal educational opportunity, first and fourth amendment rights of students and 
teachers, tort liablity for negligence, equal protection in hiring, firing and non-renewal of teachers, 
individual and institutional liablity for federal civil rights violations and common law torts. No 
prior legal training required. 

EDPA 673 Collective Bargaining in Elementary-Secondary Education (3) 

Evolution and impact of collective bargaining in elementary and secondary education. Impact of 
collective bargaining on the educational power structure, third-party community interests and educa- 
tion policy making. 

FDPA 675 Public School Personnel Administration (3) 

A comparison of practices with principles governing the satisfaction of school personnel needs, 
including a study of tenure, salary schedules, supervision, rewards, and other benefits. 
EDPA 676 School Finance and Business Administration (3) 

Introduction to principles and practices in the administration of the public school finance activity. 
Sources of tax revenue, the budget, and the function of finance in the educational program are 
considered. 

EDPA679 Master's Seminar (3) 

Directed study for master's degree students writing seminar papers. 
EDPA 690 Research in Education Policy, Planning and Administration (3) 
Introduction to research methods and designs used in studies of education policy, planning, and 
administration. 

EDPA 700 Qualitative Research Methods in Education (3) 
Qualitative methods in education research, emphasizing the paradigms of philosophy, history, 



EDPA— Education Policy, Planning and Administration 293 



sociology, anthropology, and comparative studies as they rely on narrative rather than quantitative 
ordering of data. 

EDPA 705 International Educational Change (3) 

Exploration and analysis of major trends in education in several parts of the world, with attention 
directed to educational change as the outcome of deliberate efforts by nations and international 
organizations as well as those which occur without central planning or direction. 
EDPA 706 Education in Developing Countries (3) Examination of the development of modern 
educational systems in Africa, Asia and Latin America out of the colonial and traditional past 
into the independent present and future. Focus on research on changing philosophies and persis- 
tent education problems in these societies. 
EDPA 707 Education in the Near East (3) 

Current educational problems of the Near East as they have emerged from the confrontation of 
the traditional Muslim educational heritage with the foreign educational activities and the forces 
of nationalism and modernization. 
EDPA 712 Analysis of Educational Concepts (3) 
Analyses of selected concepts used in thinking about education. 
EDPA 732 History of Curriculum Theory and Development (3) 

Prerequisite: EDPA 635 or permission of department. The writings of major educators in curriculum. 
Conceptual and formal similarities and differences between current curriculum projects and historical 
antecedents. Survey of curriculum materials for classroom use in their relationship to the curriculum 
theory of their time. 

EDPA 738 Scholarly Thought and Contemporary Curriculum (1-3) 

Prerequisite: permission of department. Repeatable to 6 credits. Current curriculr trends, issues, 
theory, and research in the light of past curricular and social thought. 
EDPA 750 International Higher Education (3) 

Comparison of higher education systems in several countries, and of the problems and issues in 
higher education faced by these countries. 
EDPA 751 Law and Equity in Education (3) 

Prerequisite: EDPA 651 or permission of department. Analysis and evaluation of judicial and ex- 
ecutive branch attempts to give operational meaning to federal equity legislation and to develop 
remedial policies relating to equal educational and employment opportunity in post-secondary 
education. 

EDPA 752 State Systems of Higher Education (3) 

Creation, operation, alteration and evaluation of state systems of higher education. Campus 
autonomy versus public accountability. Analysis of topics such as state planning, budget and pro- 
gram review, and administration of student aid and federal programs. 
EDPA 753 Higher Education Planning (3) 

Prerequisite: EDPA 653 or permission of department. Social science concepts underlying plann- 
ing. Applications of planning concepts and techniques to higher education at institutional, state 
and national levels. 

EDPA 754 Higher Education Finance (3) 

Economic perspectives on higher education. Ways of financing higher education and current finance 
issues. Higher education budget concepts and processes. 
EDPA 755 Federal Policies in Post-Secondary Education (3) 

Evolution of the federal role, its current scope and funding. Policy issues associated with federal 
student aid programs, research grants and social equity regulations. 
EDPA 756 Curriculum in Higher Education (3) 

Conditions affecting curriculum change in higher education, including critical analysis of various 
bases for the college curriculum in the context of college and university life. 



294 Course Descriptions 



EDPA 757 College Teaching (3) 

Critical review of literature on teaching in higher education from conceptual and practical view- 
points. Designed for current and prospective adult educators. Focused on research and improve- 
ment of instruction. 

EDPA 759 Seminar in Adull and Continuing Education (3) 

Current issues and problems in adult and continuing education and lifelong learning in America. 
EDPA 760 The Human Dimension in Administration (3) 

Prerequisite: EDPA 660 or permission of department. Theory, research findings, and laboratory 
experiences in human skills in organizations. 
EDPA 761 Group Relationships in Administration (3) 

Prerequisite: EDPA 660 or permission of department. Group relationships and relevant ad- 
ministrative skills in educational settings. The role of authority, group maturation, group member 
roles, group decision-making, and intra-group and inter-group conflict. 
EDPA 767 The Effective Principal (3) 

Prerequisite: EDPA 665 or EDPA 666. Research on school principal effectiveness emphasizing 
conditions of and methodologies for assessing principal/school effectiveness. 
EDPA 772 Practicum in Leadership Behaviors (3) 

Prerequisites: EDPA 660 and EDPA 661, or permission of department. Practicum in the use of 
social exchange behaviors in administrative/leadersh ip situations. Emphasis on development and 
refinement of exchange behaviors enhancing employee commitment and productivity in human 
service organizations. 

EDPA 788 Special Topics in Education Policy and Administration ( 1-3) 

Prerequisite: permission of department. Repeatable to 6 credits. Special and intensive treatment 
of current topics and issues in education policy and administration. 
EDPA 798 Special Problems in Education (1-6) 

Master's, AGS, or doctoral candidates who desire to pursue special research problems under the 
direction of their advisors may register for credit under this number. 
EDPA 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) 

Registration required to the extent of six hours for master's thesis. 
EDPA 805 Seminar in Comparative Education (3) 

Analysis of educational issues on a worldwide basis with opportunities to focus on a particular 
country on an individual basis. Analysis of qualitative research methods as used in cross-cultural 
and comparative education studies. 
EDPA 809 Intermediate Research Methods (3) 
Specific methodologies employed in educational studies. 
EDPA 811 Seminar in History of Education (3) 

Examination of crrent developments and continuing controversies in the field of history of educa- 
tion. The analysis of the various ways in which history of education is approached methodologically 
and interpretatively. 

EDPA 812 Seminar in Philosophy of Education (3) 

Examination of current developments and continuing controversies in the field of philosophy of education. 
The function of educational philosophy, methodological approaches, and current research trends. 
EDPA 813 Seminar in Educational Sociology (3) 

Sociological analysis of educational processes and institutions; emphasis on the social effects of formal 
organizations. 

EDPA 837 Curriculum Theory and Research (3) 

Prerequisite: EDPA 635. Critical and analytic review of major themes, concepts and language forms 
relevant to current curriculum theory and research. 



EDPA— Education Policy, Planning and Administration 295 



EDPA 839 Seminar in Teacher Education (3-6) 

Repeatable to 6 credits. A problem seminar in teacher education. 
EDPA 850 Seminar in Problems of Higher Education (3) 

Contemporary issues and problems in post-secondary education relevant to the interests of both 
administrators and college/university faculty members. 
EDPA 851 College and University Development (3) 

Identification and acquisition of extramural fiscal resources for institutions of higher education. 
The nature of philanthropy, foundation solicitation, alumni administration, publications and public 
relations, and funding agency relationships. 
EDPA 855 Lifelong Learning Policy (3) 

Policies and programs for training and continued learning in business and industry, government 
agencies, unions, professional societies, and nonprofit organizations. 
EDPA 861 Seminar: Research in School Effectiveness (3) 

Prerequisite: permission of department. Examination of organizational effectiveness and the 
methodologies for assessing organizational effectiveness. An individual research project is required. 
EDPA 862 Seminar: Theoretical Basis of Administrative Behavior (3) 

Prerequisite: permission of department. Study of administrative behavior in educational institu- 
tions. Development of a research design for the study of administrative behavior in one educa- 
tional institution. 

EDPA 888 Apprenticeship in Education (1-8) 

Prerequisite: permission of department. Apprentice practice under professional supervision in an 
area of competence compatible with the student's professional goals. Credit not to be granted for 
experience accrued prior to registration. Open only to degree- and certificate-seeking graduate 
students. 

EDPA 889 Internship in Education (3-8) 

Prerequisite: permission of department. Internship experiences at a professional level of competence 
in a particular role with appropriate supervision. Credit not to be granted for experience accrued 
prior to registration. Open only to students advanced to candidacy for doctoral degree. 
EDPA 895 Research Critique Seminar (3) 

Critiques of research designs in preparation for the doctoral dissertation. 
EDPA 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8) 

Registration required to the extent of 6-9 hours for an Ed.D. Project and 12-18 hours for a Ph.D. 
Dissertation. 

EDSP— Education, Special 

EDSP 400 Curriculum and Instructional Methods For Severely Handicapped Students (3) 

Corequisites: [EDSP 402; and EDSP 431] or permission of department. Methodology and cur- 
riculum for severely handicapped students. 

EDSP 401 Environmental Adaptations for Severely Handicapped Students (3) 
Pre- or corequisites: [EDSP 411; and EDSP 412] or [EDSP 430; and EDSP 431]. Management 
problems of and alternatives for severely handicapped individuals. 
EDSP 402 Field Placement: Severely Handicapped I (2-5) 

Pre- or corequisites: [EDSP 400; and EDSP 404] or permission of department. Practicum experience 
in settings serving severely handicapped individuals. Enrollment limited to those admitted to severely 
handicapped specialty area. Field placement for two to five half-days per week. 
EDSP 403 Physical and Communication Development for Severely Handicapped Students (3) 
Prerequisites: [EDSP 400; and EDSP 404] or permission of department. Corequisites: [EDSP 330; 
and EDSP 405; and EDSP 410] or permission of department. The physical and communication 
needs, methods and alternatives for severely handicapped individuals. 



296 Course Descriptions 



EDSP 404 Education of Autistic Children and Youth (3) 

Pre- or corequisites: [EDSP 400 and EDSP 402] or permission of department. The characteristics 
and educational needs and methods lor children and youth diagnosed as autistic. 
EDSP 405 Field Placement: Severely Handicapped II (2-5) 

Prerequisite: EDSP 402 or permission of department. Pre- or corequisites: EDSP 330; and EDSP 
403; and EDSP 410 or permission of department. Practicum experience in settings serving severely 
handicapped individuals. Field placement for two to five half-days per week. 
EDSP 410 Community Functioning Skills lor Severely Handicapped Students (3) 
Prerequisites: [EDSP 400; and EDSP 404] or permission of department. Corequisites: EDSP 330; 
and EDSP 403; and EDSP 405. Instructional techniques and curriculum development trategies related 
to community functioning skills for severely handicapped students. 
EDSP 411 Field Placement: Severely Handicapped III (2-5) 

Prerequisite: EDSP 405. Pre- or corequisites: [EDSP 412; and (EDSP 420 or EDSP 460)] or per- 
mission of department. Practicum experience in settings serving severely handicapped individuals. 
Field placement for two to five half-days per week. 
EDSP 412 Vocational Instruction For Severely Handicapped Students (3) 
Corequisites: [EDSP 411; and EDSP 465] or permission of department. Development of vocational 
skills with severely handicapped individuals. 
EDSP 417 Student Teaching: Severely Handicapped (4-11) 

Student teaching, full-time for twelve weeks, with severely handicapped individuals. Limited to 
special education majors admitted to severely handicapped specialty area. 
EDSP 418 Seminar: Issues and Research Related to the Instruction of Severely Handicapped Students 
(1-3) 

For EDSP majors only. Repeatable to 6 credits if content differs. Examines the current research 
related to the instruction of severely handicapped individuals. 

EDSP 420 Developmental and Behavioral Characteristics of Nonhandicapped and Handicapped 
Infants and Young Children (3) 

Corequisites: [EDSP 421; and EDSP 411] or permission of department. Study of the developmen- 
tal, behavioral, and learning characteristics of nonhandicapped and handicapped infants and young 
preschool children. 

EDSP 421 Field Placement: Early Childhood Special Education I (2-3) 

Pre- or corequisite: [EDSP 410 and EDSP 420] or permission of department. Practicum experience 
in settings serving preschool handicapped children. Opportunities for studying the patterns of 
development and learning among nonhandicapped and handicapped infants and older preschoolers. 
Enrollment limited to students admitted to early childhood specialty. Field placement for two or 
three half-days per week. 

EDSP 422 Curriculum and Instruction in FZarly Childhood Special I- ducal inn (Moderate to Mild: 
3-8 Years) (3) 

Prerequisites: EDSP 410; and EDSP 420 or permission of department. Corequisites: EDSP 330; 
and EDSP 424; and EDCl 416. Characteristics, methods and materials for the instruction of young 
children (ages 3-8) traditionally labeled mild to moderately handicapped. 
EDSP 423 Assessment of Preschool Handicapped Children and Infants (3) 
Prerequisites: EDSP 330; and EDSP 422; and EDCl 416. Corequisites: EDSP 430; and EDSP 431; 
and; EDSP 400 or EDSP 441. Current psychoeducational assessment and evaluation procedures 
used with profoundly to moderately handicapped infants and young preschool children. 
Psychometric, criterion-referenced, developmental checklists, and automated and ecological assess- 
ment procedures. Administration of selected assessment instruments. 

EDSP 424 Field Placement: Early Childhood Special Education II (Moderate to Mild) (2-4) 
Prerequisite: EDSP 421 or permission of department. Pre- or corequisites: EDSP 350; and EDSP 422; 



EDSP— Education Special 297 



and EDCI 416. Practicum experience in settings serving young (ages 3 to 8) mild to moderately 
handicapped children in self-contained and integrated early childhood programs. Opportunities 
to apply educational methods and materials. Field placement for two to four half-days per week. 
EDSP 430 Intervention Techniques and Strategies For Preschool Handicapped Children and In- 
fants (Severe to Moderate, Birth-6 Years)(3) 

Prerequisites: EDSP 330; and EDSP 422; and EDCI 416. Corequisites: EDSP 423; and EDSP 431; 
and (EDSP 440 or EDSP 441). Current approaches to the treatment of preschool severely to 
moderately handicapped children. 

EDSP 431 Field Placement: Early Childhood Special Education III (Severe to Moderate) (2-4) 
Prerequisite: EDSP 424 or permission of department. Pre- or corequisites: EDSP 430; and EDSP 
423; and (EDSP 400 or EDSP 441). Opportunities to apply techniques, strategies, methods and 
materials for educating severely to moderately handicapped infants and young children. Field place- 
ment for two to four half-days per week. 

EDSP 437 Student Teaching: Early Childhood Special Education (4-11) 

Student teaching, full-time for twelve weeks, with handicapped infants and preschool children. 
Limited to special education majors in early childhood special education specialty area. 
EDSP 438 Seminar: Special Issues in Early Childhood Special Education (1-3) 
Prerequisite: permission of department. For EDSP majors only. Repeatable to 6 credits if content 
differs. Study of current issues and research concerning education of preschool handicapped children. 
EDSP 440 Assessment and Instructional Design for the Educationally Handicapped: Cognitive and 
Psychosocial Development (3) 

Prerequisites: [EDSP 441; and EDCI 456] or permission of department. Pre- or corequisites: EDSP 
330; and EDSP 445; and EDHD 413. Learning style, cognitive, and problem-solving strategies, 
and psychosocial behavior of educationally handicapped individuals at elementary to secondary 
levels. Characteristics, assessment and instruction. Enrollment limited to Special Education ma- 
jors accepted into educationally handicapped area of specialization. 

EDSP 441 Assessment and Instructional Design for the Educationally Handicapped: Oral Language 
and Communication Disorders (3) 

Corequisites: [EDSP 442; and EDSP 431] or permission of department. Characteristics of individuals 
with oral language and communication disorders, assessment of such disorders and instructional 
strategies, curricula and materials. 

EDSP 442 Field Placement: Educationally Handicapped I (2-3) 

Pre- or corequisite: [EDSP 441 and EDCI 456] or permission of department. Practicum experience 
in settings serving educationally handicapped individuals. Demonstration of the content of EDSP 
441. Enrollment limited to students admitted to educationally handicapped specialty. Field place- 
ment for two or three half-days per week. 

EDSP 443 Assessment and Instructional Design for the Handicapped: Reading and Written Com- 
munication Disorders (3) 

Prerequisites: (EDSP 320; and EDSP 321] or permission of department. Pre- or corequisites: EDSP 
331; and EDSP 332; and EDSP 333. Characteristics and assessments of individuals with reading 
and written communication disorders at elementary to secondary levels, and methods of teaching 
reading and written language skills to such individuals. Adaptation of regular instructional methods 
and curricula. 

EDSP 445 Field Placement: Educationally Handicapped II (2-4) 

Prerequisite: EDSP 442 or permission of department. Pre- or corequisites: EDSP 330; and EDSP 
440; and EDSP 443; and EDHD 413. Practicum experience in settings serving educationally han- 
dicapped. The application of instructional design and assessment in cognitive development. Field 
placement for 2-4 half-days per week. 



298 Course Descriptions 



EDSP 446 Instructional Design for the Educationally Handicapped: Functional Living Skills (3) 

Pre- or corequisites: [EDSP 447; and EDSP 465] or permission of department. Instructional methods, 
curricula and materials designed to teach functional living skills to educationally handicapped in- 
dividuals at elementary to secondary levels. Curricula and teaching strategies in science and social 
studies used in general education and adaptations for educationally handicapped individuals. 
EDSP 447 Field Placement: Educationally Handicapped II (2-4) 

Prerequisite: EDSP 445 or permission of department. Pre- or corequisites: EDSP 446; and EDSP 
450; and EDSP 460. Practicum experience in settings serving educationally handicapped individuals. 
The application of the content of EDSP 446, EDSP 450 and EDSP 460. Field placement for two 
to four half-days per week. 

EDSP 450 Program Management for the Educationally Handicapped (3) 

Corequisites: [EDSP 411; and EDSP 447; and EDSP 465] or permission of department. Emphasis 
on skills in managing programs for educationally handicapped individuals. Service delivery models; 
scheduling; establishing referral, assessment and follow through procedures; methods for mainstream- 
ing; training aides and volunteers. 

EDSP 457 Student Teaching: Educationally Handicapped (4-11) 

For EDSP majors only. Student teaching, full-time for twelve weeks, with educationally handicap- 
ped individuals. 

EDSP 458 Seminar: Special Issues and Research Related to the Educationally Handicapped (1-3) 
Repeatable to 6 credits if content differs. Current issues and research concerning the education of 
educationally handicapped individuals. 

EDSP 460 Career/Vocational Education For the Handicapped (3) 

Corequisites: [EDSP 461; and EDSP 411; and EDSP 447] or permission of department. Introduc- 
tion to career/vocational education for the handicapped. Historical and current issues and trends, 
characteristics and training needs of handicapped individuals and review of existing programs. 
EDSP 461 Field Placement: Career/Vocational I (2-3) 

Pre- or corequisite: [EDSP 460; and EDSP 456; and EDIT 421] or permission of department. For 
EDSP majors only. Practicum experience in career vocational education for the handicapped. Field 
placement for two or three half-days per week. 

EDSP 462 Career/Vocational Assessment and Instruction for the Mild to Moderately Handicapped (3) 
Prerequisite: EDSP 460 or permission of department. Study of current vocational assessment strategies, 
interpretation of assessment results, and planning, delivery and evaluation of instruction in voca- 
tional education for secondary students with disabilities. 
EDSP 463 Field Placement: Career/Vocational II (2-3) 

Prerequisite: EDSP 461 or permission of department. Pre- or corequisites: EDSP 330; and EDSP 
462. Practicum experience in career/vocational programs for the handicapped. Field placement for 
two or three half-days per week. 

EDSP 464 Career/Vocational Assessment and Instruction for Mild to Moderately Handicapped II (3) 
Prerequisites: [EDSP 330; and EDSP 462] or permission of department. Pre- or corequisites: EDSP 
446; and EDSP 450; and EDSP 465. Focuses on transition issues for the handicapped; service delivery 
methods and models, and cooperative strategies. 
EDSP 465 Field Placement: Career/ Vocational III (2-3) 

Prerequisite: EDSP 463; pre- or corequisite: EDSP 450. Practicum experience in career/vocational 
programs for the handicapped. Field placement for two or three half days per week. 
EDSP 467 Student Teaching: Career/ Vocational (4-11) 

A full-time twelve week field assignment in a setting providing career/vocational education for han- 
dicapped students. Enrollment limited to Special Education majors who have successfully completed 
coursework in career/vocational area of specialization. 



EDSP— Education Special 299 



EDSP 468 Special Topics Seminar in Career/ Vocational Education For the Handicapped (1-3) 

Prerequisite: permission of department. For EDSP majors only. Repeatable to 6 credits if content 
differs. Current issues and research relating to career/vocational education of the handicapped. 
EDSP 470 Introduction to Special Education (3) 

Designed to give an understanding of the needs of all types of exceptional children. 
EDSP 471 Characteristics of Exceptional Children: Mentally Retarded (3) 
Prerequisite: EDSP 470 or equivalent. Studies the diagnosis etiology, physical, social and emo- 
tional characteristics of exceptional children. 

EDSP 472 Education of Exceptional Children: Mentally Retarded (3) 

Prerequisite: EDSP 471 or equivalent. Offers practical and specific methods of teaching excep- 
tional children. Selected observation of actual teaching may be arranged. 
EDSP 473 Curriculum For Excptional Children: Mentally Retarded (3) 

Prerequisite: EDSP 471 or equivalent. Examines the principles and objectives guiding curriculum 
for exceptional children; gives experience in developing curriculum; studies various curricula cur- 
rently in use. 

EDSP 475 Education of the Slow Learner (3) 

Studies the characteristics of the slow learner and those educational practices which are appropriate 
for the child who is functioning as a slow learner. 
EDSP 476 Communicating with Sign Language (3) 

Prerequisite: EDSP 376 or permission of department. Intermediate level receptive/expressive skills 
in American Sign Language. Aspects of the culture, history, and research perspectives of the deaf 
community. 

EDSP 480 Microcomputers in Special Education (3) 
Microcomputers for the education of handicapped individuals. 
EDSP 481 Characteristics of Exceptional Children: Gifted and Talented (3) 
Prerequisite: EDSP 470 or equivalent. Studies the diagnosis, etiology, physical, social, and emo- 
tional characteristics of gifted and talented children. 
EDSP 482 Education of Exceptional Children: Gifted and Talented (3) 

Prerequisite: EDSP 481 or equivalent. Offers practical and specific methods of teaching gifted and 
talented children. Selected observation of actual teaching may be arranged. 
EDSP 483 Curriculum for Exceptional Children: Gifted and Talented (3) 
Prerequisite: EDSP 481 or equivalent. Examines the principles and objectives guiding current cur- 
riculum for gifted and talented children; gives experience in developing curriculum; studies various 
curricula currently in use. 

EDSP 488 Selected Topics in Teacher Education (1-3) 

Prerequisite: major in education or permission of department. Repeatable to 6 credits if content 
differs. 

EDSP 489 Field Experiences in Special Education (1-4) 

Prerequisite: permission of department. Planned field experience in education-related activities. 
Credit not to be granted for experiences accrued prior to registration. 

EDSP 491 Characteristics of Learning Disabled Students: Perceptual Learning Problems (3) 
Diagnosis, etiology, physical, social, and emotional characteristics of learning disabled students. 
EDSP 492 Education of Learning Disabled Students (3) 

Prerequisite: EDSP 491 or permission of department. Methods of teaching learning disabled children. 
EDSP 493 Curriculum For Exceptional Children: Perceptual Learning Problems (3) 
Prerequisite: EDSP 492 or equivalent. Examines the principles and objectives guiding curriculum 
for children with perceptual learning disabilities; gives experience in developing curriculum; studies 
various curricula currently in use. 



300 Course Descriptions 



EDSP 498 Special Problems in Special Education (1-6) 

Prerequisite: permission of department. Available only to education majors who have definite plans 
for individual study of approved problems. Credit according to extent of work. 
EDSP 499 Workshops, Clinics, and Institutes in Special Education (1-6) 

Repeatable to 6 credits if content differs. The following type of educational enterprise may be schedul- 
ed under this course heading: workshops conducted by the special education department (or 
developed cooperatively with other departments, colleges and universities) and not otherwise covered 
in the present course listing. Laboratories, and special education centers; institutes developed around 
specific topics or problems and intended for designated groups such as school superintendents, 
principals and supervisors. 
EDSP 600 Exceptional Children and Youth (3) 

Prerequisite: 9 hours in special education and permission of department. Examines research rele- 
vant to the education of exceptional children and youth. 
EDSP 601 Characteristics of Behaviorally Disordered Students (3) 

Prerequisite: EDSP 600 or permission of department. Characteristics and theoretical perspectives 
related to students with behavioral disorders. 

EDSP 605 The Exceptional Child and Society (3) 

Prerequisite: EDSP 600 or permission of department. Relationship of the role and adjustment of 
the child with an exceptionality to societal characteristics. 
EDSP 610 Administration and Supervision of Special Education Programs (3) 
Prerequisite: EDSP 600 and permission of department. Consideration of the determination, establish- 
ment and function of educational programs to exceptional children for administrative and super- 
visory personnel. 

EDSP 615 Evaluation and Measurement of Exceptional Children and Youth (3) 
Prerequisites: fEDMS 446; and EDMS 646; and EDSP 600] or permission of department. Deals 
with the understanding and interpretation of the results of psychological and educational tests ap- 
plicable for use with exceptional children and youth. 

EDSP 620 Educational Diagnosis and Planning For Learning Disabled Students (3) 
Prerequisites: [EDSP 491; and EDSP 615] or permission of department. Identification of learning 
characteristics of learning disabled students and planning of educational programs. 
EDSP 621 Social and Academic Skill Development for Behaviorally Disordered Students (3) 
Prerequisites: [EDSP 600; and EDSP 601] or permission of department. Prerequisite: EDSP 600, 
EDSP 601 or consent of instructor. Strategies to teach social and academic skills to behaviorally 
disordered students. 

EDSP 625 Seminar on Severely Handicapping Conditions (3) 

Prerequisite: EDSP 600 or permission of department. Research and theories relevant to the educa- 
tion of severely handicapped individuals. 
EDSP 630 Problems in the Education of the Gifted (3) 

Prerequisite: 9 hours in Special Education including EDSP 600 or permission of department. Con- 
sideration of the pertinent psychological, educational, medical, sociological and other research and 
theoretical material relevant to the determination of trends and practices regarding the gifted. 
EDSP 635 Seminar: Behavioral Disorders (3) 

Prerequisites: [EDSP 601; and EDSP 621] or permission of department. Methodological and 
theoretical issues related to behaviorally disordered students. 
EDSP 640 Seminar: Learning Disabilities (3) 

Prerequisites: [EDSP 492; and EDSP 600; and EDSP 615] or permission of department. Research 
and theoretical material relevant to trends and practices regarding the learning disabled. 



EDSP— Education Special 301 



EDSP 650 Seminar in Early Childhood Special Education (3) 

Prerequisite: 9 hours in Special Education including EDSP 600 and EDSP 420, or permission of 
department. Pertinent psychological, educational, medical, and sociological material relevant to 
trends and practices regarding handicapped infants and preschool children. 
EDSP 651 Program Planning and Instruction for Handicapped Infants and Children (3) 
Pre- or corequisite: EDSP 430 or equivalent. Program design for serving high risk and handicap- 
ped infants from birth to three years of age. 

EDSP 665 Working with Families of Handicapped Children and Youth (3) 
Prerequisite: EDSP 600 or permission of department. Review of current practices and research 
pertaining to families of handicapped children and youth. 
EDSP 675 Policy Issues Impacting Persons with Disabilities (3) 

Prerequisite: permission of department. Public policy issues regarding persons with disabilities in- 
cluding deinstitutionalization, special education and employment, as well as research and evaluation. 
EDSP 678 Seminar in Special Education (3) 
EDSP 680 Advanced Use of Computers in Special Education (3) 

Prerequisites: EDSP 480 or permission of department. Advanced course on computer applications 
with handicapped individuals emphasizing research, theoretical and practical issues. 
EDSP 685 Policy Formulation and Persons with Disabilities (3) 

Prerequisite: permission of department. Research into the process by which policies regarding per- 
sons with disabilities are formulated, implemented and evaluated. 
EDSP 788 Selected Topics in Special Education (1-3) 

Repeatable to 6 credits if content differs. Current topics and issues in teacher education. 
EDSP 798 Special Problems in Special Education (1-6) 

Prerequisite: permission of department. Intended for Master's, AGS, or doctoral students in educa- 
tion who desire to pursue a research problem. 
EDSP 799 Master's Thesis Research ( 1-6) 

Registration required to the extent of six hours for Master's thesis. 
EDSP 860 Doctoral Research Seminar (3) 

Issues and procedures relevant to conducting and analyzing research in special education. 
EDSP 888 Apprenticeship in Special Education (1-8) 

Prerequisite: permission of department. Apprentice practice under professional supervision in an 
area of competence compatible with the student's professional goals. Credit not to be granted for 
experience accrued prior to registration. Open only to degree- and certificate- seeking graduate 
students. 

EDSP 889 Internship in Special Education (3-8) 

Prerequisite: permission of department. Internship experiences at a professional level of competence 

in a particular role with appropriate supervision. Credit not to be granted for experience accrued 

prior to registration. Open only to students advanced to candidacy for doctoral degree. 

EDSP 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8) 

Registration required to the extent of 6-9 hours for an Ed.D. Project and 12-18 hours for a Ph.D. 

dissertation. 

ENAE— Engineering, Aerospace 

ENAE 401 Aerospace Laboratory II (2) 

Prerequisites: ENAE 305; and ENAE 345. Corequisites: ENAE 452; and ENAE 471. Application 
of fundamental measurement techniques to experiments in aerospace engineering, structural, 
aerodynamic, and propulsion tests, correlation of theory with experimental results. 



302 Course Descriptions 



ENAE 402 Aerospace Laboratory III (1) 

Prerequisites: ENAE 305; and ENAE 345. Corequisites: ENAE 452; and ENAE 471; and ENAE 
475. Application of fundamental measurement techniques to experiments in aerospace engineer- 
ing, structural, aerodynamic, flight simulation, and heat transfer tests. Correlation of theory with 
experimental results. 
ENAE 411 Aircraft Design (3) 

Prerequisites: ENAE 345; and ENAE 451; and ENAE 371. Theory, background and methods of 
airplane design, subsonic and supersonic. 
ENAE 412 Design of Aerospace Vehicles (3) 

Prerequisites: ENAE 345; and ENAE 371. Theory, background and methods of space vehicle design 
for manned orbiting vehicles, manned lunar and planetary landing systems. 
ENAE 415 Computer-Aided Structural Design Analysis (3) 

Prerequisite: ENAE 452 or permission of both department and instructor. Introduction to struc- 
tural design concepts and analysis techniques. Introduction to computer software for structural 
analysis which is utilized to verify exact solutions and perform parametric design studies of aerospace 
structures. 

ENAE 445 Stability and Control of Aerospace Vehicles (3) 

Prerequisites: ENAE 345; and ENAE 371. Dynamics of flight vehicles with emphasis on stability 
and control of vehicles in the atmosphere. 

ENAE 451 Flight Structures I: Introduction to Solid Mechanics (4) 

Prerequisite: ENES 220. An introduction to the analysis of aircraft structural members. Introduc- 
tion to theory of elasticity, mechanical behavior of materials, thermal effects, finite-difference ap- 
proximations, virtual work, variational and energy principles for static systems. 
ENAE 452 Flight Structures II: Structural Elements (3) 

Prerequisite: ENAE 451. Application of variational and energy principles to analysis of elastic bodies; 
stresses and deflections of beams including effects of non-principal axes, non-homogeneity, and 
thermal gradients; differential equations of beams, bars, and cables. Stresses and deflections of 
torsional members, stresses due to shear. Deflection analysis of structures. 
ENAE 453 Matrix Methods in Computational Mechanics (3) 

Prerequisite: ENAE 452 or permission of both department and instructor. Introduction to the con- 
cepts of computational analysis of continuous media by use of matrix methods. Foundation for 
use of finite elements in any field of continuum mechanics, with emphasis on the use of the displace- 
ment method to solve thermal and structural problems. 
ENAE 457 Flight Structures III (3) 

Prerequisite: ENAE 452 or equivalent. An advanced undergraduate course dealing with the theory 
and analysis of the structures of flight vehicles. Stresses due to shear, indeterminate structures, 
plate theory, buckling and failure of columns and plates. 
ENAE 461 Flight Propulsion I (3) 

Prerequisites: ENAE 217; and ENAE 471. Operating principles of piston, turbojet, turboprop, 
ramjet and rocket engines, thermodynamic cycle analysis and engine performance, aerother- 
mochemistry of combustion, fuels, and propellants. 
ENAE 462 Flight Propulsion II (3) 

Prerequisite: ENAE 461. Advanced and current topics in flight propulsion. 
ENAE 471 Aerodynamics II (3) 

Prerequisites: ENAE 371; and ENME 217. Elements of compressible flow with applications to 
aerospace engineering problems. 
ENAE 472 Aerodynamics III (3) 
Prerequisite: ENAE 371. Theory of the flow of an incompressible fluid. 



ENAE — Engineering, Aerospace 303 



ENAE 473 Aerodynamics of High-Speed Flight (3) 

Prerequisite: ENAE 471 or equivalent. An advanced course dealing with aerodynamic problems 
of flight at supersonic and hypersonic velocities. Unified hypersonic and supersonic small distur- 
bance theories, real gas effects, aerodynamic heating and mass transfer with applications to hyper- 
sonic flight and re-entry. 

ENAE 475 Viscous Flow and Aerodynamic Heating (3) 

Prerequisites: ENAE 3 71; and ENAE 471; and ENME 21 7. Fundamental aspects of viscous flow, 
Navier-Stokes equations, similarity, boundary layer equations; laminar, transitional and turbulent 
incompressible flows on airfoils, thermal boundary layers and convective heat transfer; conduc- 
tion through solids, introduction to radiative heat transfer. 
ENAE 488 Topics in Aerospace Engineering ( 1-4) 

Technical elective taken with the permission of the student's advisor and instructor. Lecture and 
conference courses designed to extend the student's understanding of aerospace engineering. Cur- 
rent topics are emphasized. 
ENAE 499 Elective Research (1-3) 

Prerequisites: senior standing in ENAE major and permission of department, instructor, and stu- 
dent's advisor. Repeatable to 6 credits. Original research projects terminating in a written report. 
ENAE 631 Helicopter Aerodynamics 1 (3) 

Prerequisite: permission of both department and instructor. Introduction to hovering theory. Hover- 
ing and vertical-flight performance analyses. Factors affecting hovering and vertical-flight perfor- 
mance. Autorotation and vertical descent. Physical concepts of blade motion and rotor control. 
Aerodynamics of forward flight and performance calculations. Prediction and effects of rotor blade 
stall. 

ENAE 632 Helicopter Aerodynamics II (3) 

Prerequisites: [ENAE 631; and ENAE 371 or equivalent] or permission of both department and 
instructor. Basic inviscid incompressible aerodynamic theory with application to the calculation 
of the flowfield and loads for rotary wings. 
ENAE 633 Helicopter Dynamics (3) 

Prerequisite: ENAE 631 or permission of both department and instructor. Flap dynamics. 
Mathematical methods to solve rotor dynamics problems. Flap-lag-torsion dynamics and identify 
structural and inertial coupling terms. Overview on rotary wing unsteady aerodynamics. Basic theory 
of blade aero-elastic stability and ground resonance problems. 
ENAE 634 Helicopter Design (3) 

Prerequisite: ENAE 631 or permission of both department and instructor. Principles and practice 
of the preliminary design of helicopters and similar rotary wing aircrafts. Design trend studies, 
configuration selection and sizing methods, performance and handling qualities analyses, struc- 
tural concepts, vibration reduction and noise. Required independent design project conforming 
to a standard helicopter request for proposal (RFP). 
ENAE 635 Helicopter Stability and Control (3) 

Prerequisite: ENAE 631 or permission of both department and instructor. Advanced dynamics 
as required to model rotorcraft for flight dynamic studies. Development of appropriate models 
for the helicopter and study of stability, control, requirements for various applications, and handl- 
ing qualities as determined by mission requirements. 
ENAE 640 Flight Mechanics I (3) 

Prerequisite: ENAE 445 or permission of both department and instructor. Studies in the dynamics 
and control of flight vehicles. Fundamentals of the dynamics of rigid and non-rigid bodies and 
their motion under the influence of aerodynamic and gravitational forces. 
ENAE 641 Flight Mechanics II (3) 
Prerequisite: ENAE 640 or permission of both department and instructor. A continuation of ENAE 640. 



304 Course Descriptions 



ENAE 650 Variational Methods in Structural Mechanics (3) 

Prerequisite: ENAE 452 or equivalent. Review of theory of linear elasticity with introduction to 
cartesian tensors; application of calculus of variations and variational principles of elasticity; 
Castigliano's theorems; applications to aerospace structures. 
ENAE 652 Finite Element Method in Engineering (3) 

Prerequisite: ENAE 650 or permission of both department and instructor. Development of finite 
element representation of continua using Galerkin and variational techniques. Derivation of shell 
elements and parametric representation of two and three dimensional elements. Application to 
aerospace structures, fluids and diffusion processes. 
ENAE 653 Nonlinear Finite Element Analysis of Continua (3) 

Prerequisite: ENAE 652. Finite element formulation of nonlinear and time dependent processes. 
Introduction to tensors, nonlinear elasticity, plasticity and creep. Application to nonlinear con- 
tinua including aerospace structures, shells, radiation heat transfer, creep. 
ENAE 654 Composite Structures (3) 

Prerequisite: ENAE 452 or permission of both department and instructor. Stiffness of unidirec- 
tional composites, stress and strain transformation, inplane and bending stiffness of symmetric 
laminates, properties of general laminates, strength of composite structures, environmental effect. 
ENAE 655 Structural Dynamics I (3) 

Prerequisite: ENAE 452 or equivalent or permission of both department and instructor. Advanced 
principles of dynamics necessary for structural analysis; solutions of eigenvalue problems for discrete 
and continuous elastic systems, solutions to forced response boundary value problems by direct, 
modal, and transform methods. 
ENAE 656 Structural Dynamics II (3) 

Prerequisite: ENAE 655 or permission of both department and instructor. Topics in aeroelasticity: 
wing divergence; aileron reversal; flexibility effects on aircraft stability derivatives; wing, empen- 
nage and aircraft flutter; aircraft gust response. 
ENAE 657 Theory of Structural Stability (3) 

Prerequisite: ENAE 452 or equivalent. Static and dynamic stability of structural systems. Classifica- 
tion of leading systems: linear and nonlinear post-buckling behavior. Perfect and imperfect system 
behavior. Buckling and failure of columns and plates. 
ENAE 661 Advanced Propulsion I (3) 

Prerequisites: ENAE 461; and ENAE 462. Special problems of thermodynamics and dynamics of 
aircraft power plants; jet, rocket and ramjet engines. Plasma, ion and nuclear propulsion for space 
vehicles. 

ENAE 662 Advanced Propulsion 11 (3) 

Prerequisite: ENAE 661. Special problems of thermodynamics and dynamics of aircraft power plants; 
jet, rocket and ramjet engines. Plasma, ion and nuclear propulsion for space vehicles. 
ENAE 671 Aerodynamics of Incompressible Fluids (3) 

Prerequisite: MATH 463 or permission of instructor. Fundamental equations in fluid mechanics. 
Irrotational motion. Circulation theory of lift. Thin airfoil theory. Lifting line theory. Wind tun- 
nel corrections. Perturbation methods. 
ENAE 672 Aerodynamics of Incompressible Fluids (3) 

Prerequisite: MATH 463 or permission of instructor. Fundamental equations in fluid mechanics, 
irrotational motion. Circulation theory of lift. Thin airfoil theory. Lifting line theory. Wind tun- 
nel corrections. Perturbation methods. 
ENAE 673 Aerodynamics of Compressible Fluids 1 (3) 

Prerequisite: ENAE 471; or permission of both department and instructor. One-dimensional flow 
of a perfect compressible fluid. Shock waves. Two-dimensional linearized theory of compressible 



ENAE — Engineering, Aerospace 305 



flow. Two-dimensional transonic and hypersonic flows. Exact solutions of two-dimensional isotropic 
flow. Linearized theory of three-dimensional potential flow. Exact solution of axially symmetrical 
potential flow. One-dimensional flow with friction and heat addition. 
ENAE 674 Aerodynamics of Compressible Fluids II (3) 

Prerequisite: ENAE 673. One-dimensional flow of a perfect compressible fluid. Shock waves. Two- 
dimensional linearized theory of compressible flow. Two-dimensional transonic and hypersonic 
flows. Exact solutions of two-dimensional isotropic flow. Linearized theory of three-dimensional 
potential flow. Exact solution of axially symetrical potential flow. One-dimensional flow with fric- 
tion and heat addition. 

ENAE 675 Aerodynamics of Viscous Fluids 1 (3) 

Prerequisite: ENAE 475 or permission of department. Derivation of navier stokes equations, some 
exact solutions: boundary layer equations. Laminar flow-similar solutions, compressibility, transfor- 
mations, analytic approximations, numerical methods, stability and transition of turbulent flow. 
Turbulent flow-isotropic turbulence, boundary layer flows, free mixing flows. 
ENAE 676 Aerodynamics of Viscous Fluids II (3) 

Prerequisite: ENAE 675. Derivation of navier stokes equations, some exact solutions: boundary 
layer equations. Laminar flow-similar solutions, compressibility, transformations, analytic approx- 
imations, numerical methods, stability and transition to turbulent flow. Turbulent flow-istropic 
turbulence, boundary layer flows, free mixing flows. 
ENAE 688 Seminar (1-3) 
ENAE 757 Advanced Structural Dynamics (3) 

Prerequisite: ENAE 655 or equivalent. Fundamentals of probability theory pertinent to random 
vibrations, including correlation functions, and spectral densities; example random processes; 
response of single degree and multidegree of freedom systems. 
ENAE 788 Selected Topics in Aerospace F.ngineering (1-3) 
ENAE 799 Master's Thesis Research ( 1-6) 
ENAE 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8) 

EN AG— Engineering Agricultural 

ENAG 401 Agricultural Production Equipment (3) 

Two lectures and one laboratory per week. Prerequisite: ENAG 100. Principles of operation and 
functions of power and machinery units as related to tillage; cutting, conveying, and separating 
units; and control mechanisms. Principles of internal combustion engines and power unit 
components. 

ENAG 402 Agricultural Materials Handling and Environmental Control (3) 
Two lectures and one laboratory per week. Prerequisite: ENAG 100. Characteristics of construc- 
tion materials and details of agricultural structures. Fundamentals of electricity, electrical circuits, 
and electrical controls. Materials handling and environmental requirements of farm products and 
animals. 

ENAG 414 Mechanics of Food Processing (4) 

Three lectures and one laboratory per week. Prerequisite: PHYS 121. Applications in the process- 
ing and preservation of foods, of power transmission, hydraulics, electricity, thermodynamics, 
refrigeration, instruments and controls, materials handling and time and motion analysis. 
ENAG 421 Power Systems (3) 

Two lectures and one two hour laboratory per week. Prerequisites: ENME 217, ENEE 300 and 
ENME 342 or ENCE 330. Analysis of energy conversion devices including internal combustion 
engines, electrical and hydraulic motors. Fundamentals of power transmission and coordination 
of power sources with methods of power transmission. 



306 Course Descriptions 



ENAG 422 Soil and Water Engineering (3) 

Three lectures per week. Prerequisite: ENME 342 or ENCE 330. Applications of engineering and 
soil sciences in erosion control, drainage, irrigation and watershed management. Principles of 
agricultural hydrology and design of water control and conveyance systems. 
ENAG 424 Functional and Environmental Design of Agricultural Structures (3) 
Two lectures and one hour laboratory per week. Prerequisite: ENAG 454. An analytical approach 
to the design and planning of functional and environmental requirements of plants and animals 
in semi- or completely enclosed structures. 
ENAG 432 General Hydrology (3) 

Three lectures per week. Qualitative aspects of basic hydrologic principles pertaining to the pro- 
perties, distribution and circulation of water as related to public interest in water resources. 
ENAG 433 Engineering Hydrology (3) 

Three lectures per week. Prerequisites: MATH 246, ENCE 330 or ENME 342. Properties, distribution 
and circulation of water from the sea and in the atmosphere emphasizing movement overland, in 
channels and through the soil profile. Qualitative and quantitative factors are considered. 
ENAG 435 Aquacultural Engineering (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of department. A study of the engineering aspects of development, utiliza- 
tion and conservation of aquatic systems. Emphasis will be on harvesting and processing aquatic 
animals or plants as related to other facets of water resources management. 
ENAG 444 Functional Design of Machinery and Equipment (3) 

Two lectures and one two-hour laboratory per week. Prerequisite: ENES221 and senior standing. 
Theory and methods of agricultural machine design. Application of machine design principles and 
physical properties of soils and agricultural products in designing machines to perform specific tasks. 
ENAG 454 Biological Process Engineering (4) 

Prerequisite: ENME 342 or ENCE 330. Design of systems to pump, heat, cool, dry and control 
biological materials as part of food and agricultural engineering. The effect of physical parameters 
on biological material response to these processes. 
ENAG 488 Topics in Agricultural Engineering Technology (1-3) 

Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. Selected topics in agricultural engineering technology 
of current need and interest. May be repeated to a maximum of six credits if topics are different. 
Not acceptable for credit towards major in agricultural engineering. 
ENAG 489 Special Problems in Agricultural Engineering (1-3) 

Prerequisite: approval of department. Student will select an engineering problem and prepare a 
technical report. The problem may include design, experimentation, and/or data analysis. 
ENAG 499 Special Problems in Agricultural Engineering Technology (1-3) 
Prerequisite: approval of department. Not acceptable for majors in agricultural engineering. Pro- 
blems assigned in proportion to credit. 
ENAG 601 Instrumentation Systems (3) 

Prerequisite: approval of department. Analysis of instrumentation requirements and techniques 
for research and operational agricultural or biological systems. 
ENAG 602 Laboratory Applications of Microcomputers (3) 

Laboratory instrumentation emphasizing microcomputers. Programming in BASIC, with all ap- 
plications directed toward data acquisition and analysis. Program documentation, user-friendliness 
features, file handling, graphics, A/D conversion, digital filtering, and digital image processing. 
ENAG 612 Similitude in Agricultural Engineering (3) 

Prerequisites: ENCE 350 and either ENME 342 or ENCE 330, or consent of instructor. Applica- 
tion and use of dimensional and model analysis for studying mechanical, structural, and fluid systems 
encountered in agricultural engineering. 



ENAG— Engineering, Agricultural 307 



EN AG 631 Land and Water Resource Development Engineering (3) 

Prerequisite: ENAG 422 or approval of department. A comprehensive study of engineering aspects 
of orderly development for land and water resources. Emphasis on project formulation, data ac- 
quisition, project analysis and engineering economy. 
ENAG 642 Engineering Dynamics of Biological Systems (3) 

Prerequisite: AGEN 454 or equivalent. Description of the physical state of a biological system us- 
ing geometry, physical properties and forces. Discussion of important interrelationships, measure- 
ment techniques and resulting transport processes as applied to biological process engineering. 
ENAG 688 Advanced Topics in Agricultural Engineering (1-4) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Advanced topics of current interest in the various areas of 
agricultural engineering. Maximum eight credits. 
ENAG 698 Seminar (1) 
First and second semesters. 

ENAG 699 Special Problems in Agricultural and Aquacultural Engineering (1-6) 
First and second semester and summer school. Work assigned in proportion to amount of credit. 
ENAG 799 Master's Thesis Research ( 1-6) 
ENAG 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8) 

ENCE— Engineering, Civil 

ENCE 410 Advanced Strength of Materials (3) 

Prerequisites: ENES 220; and ENCE 350; and MA TH 246. Strength and deformation of deformable 
bodies, plane stress and strain. Torsion theory, unsymmetrical bending, curved beams. Behavior of 
beams, columns, slabs, plates and composite members under load. Elastic and inelastic stability. 
ENCE 411 Construction Scheduling and Estimating (4) 

Two hours of lecture and one hour of laboratory per week. Use of critical path planning and schedul- 
ing with arrow and precedence networks; project time control; introduction to resource leveling 
and least cost scheduling. Cost estimating, using cost indices. Parametric estimates and unit price 
estimates. 

ENCE 420 Construction Equipment and Methods (3) 

Evaluation and selection of equipment and methods for engineering/constructi on projects, in- 
cluding earthmoving, paving, steel and concrete construction, rock excavation, tunneling, site 
preparation, and organization of the site. 
ENCE 421 Construction Engineering and Management (3) 

Overview of the construction industry and the factors that need to be considered to successfully 
manage engineering/ construction projects. Introduction into how resources of money, labor, 
material and equipment are committed and managed within the construction environment. 
ENCE 430 Hydraulic Engineering and Open Channel Flow (4) 

Three hours of lecture and one hour of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: ENCE 330. Application 
of basic principles to the solution of engineering problems: ideal fluid flow, mechanics of fluid 
resistance, open channel flow under uniform, gradually varied and rapidly varied conditions, sedi- 
ment transport, role of model studies in analysis and design. 
ENCE 431 Surface Water Hydrology (3) 

Prerequisite: ENCE 330. Study of the physical processes of the hydrologic cycle. Hydrometeorology, 
concepts of weather modification, evaporation and transpiration infiltration studies, runoff com- 
putations, flood routing, reservoir requirements, emphasis on process simulation as a tool in the 
water resource development. 
ENCE 432 Ground Water Hydrology (3) 
Prerequisite: ENCE 330. Concepts related to the development of the ground water resource, 



308 Course Descriptions 



hydrogeology, hydrodynamics of flow through porous media, hydraulics of wells, artificial recharge, 
sea water intrusion, basin-wide ground water development. 
ENCE 433 Environmental Engineering Analysis (3) 

Two hours of lecture and one hour of laboratory per week. Prerequisites: CHEM 1 13; and ENCE 
221. The theory and analytical techniques used in evaluating man's environment. Emphasis on quan- 
titative, physical, electroanalytical and organic chemistry as applied to chemical analysis of water. 
ENCE 434 Air Pollution (3) 

Classification of atmospheric pollutants and their effects on visibility, inanimate and animate recep- 
tors. Evaluation of source emissions and principles of air pollution control; meteorological factors 
governing the distribution and removal of air pollutants; air quality measurements and air pollu- 
tion control legislation. 

ENCE 435 Sanitary Engineering Analysis and Design (4) 

Three hours of lecture and one hour of laboratory per week. Prerequisites: ENCE 221; and ENCE 
330. The application of sanitary analysis and fundamental principles to the design and operation 
of water and waste water treatment plants and the control of stream pollution. 
ENCE 440 Engineering Soil Tests (4) 

Two hours of lecture and two hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: ENCE 340. Review of 
major soil tests and their interpretation for engineering purposes. Engineering classification tests 
(Atterberg limits, grain-size distribution, specific gravity), permeability and seepage properties, in- 
situ and lab density-moisture tests, soil strength (penetrometers, vane shear, CBR, unconfined com- 
pression, direct shear and triaxial) and compressibility characteristics. 
ENCE 441 Soil-Foundation Systems (3) 

Prerequisite: ENCE 340. Review of classical lateral earth pressure theories, analysis of braced ex- 
cavation systems, cantilever and anchored sheet piling design, bearing capacity of shallow founda- 
tions (footings and mats) design of deep pile foundations to include pile capacity and pile group 
action. 

ENCE 442 Highway and Airfield Pavement Design (3) 

Prerequisite: ENCE 340. Principles relative to the design, construction and rehabilitation of highway 
and airfield pavement systems. Introduction to multi-layered elastic and slab theories, properties 
of pavement materials and methods of characterization, stochastic treatment of design variables, 
economic principles of design alternates and the effect of environment upon pavement performance. 
Review of existing rigid and flexible design methods as well as major fundamentals relative to the 
rehabilitation of existing pavement systems. 
ENCE 450 Design of Steel Structures (3) 

Pre- or corequisites: ENCE 360; and ENCE 351. Analyses for stresses and deflections in structures 
by methods of consistent deformations, virtual work and internal strain energy. Application to 
design of plate girders, indeterminate and continuous trusses, two hinged arches and other struc- 
tures. Elements of plastic analysis and design of steel structures. 
ENCE 451 Design of Concrete Structures (4) 

Three hours of lecture and one hour of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: ENCE 351. Pre- orcor- 
equisite: ENCE 360. Design of reinforced concrete structures, including slabs, footings, composite 
members, building frames, and retaining walls. Approximate methods of analysis; code requirements; 
influence of concrete properties on strength and deflection; optimum design. Introduction to 
prestressed concrete design. 

ENCE 460 Modern Techniques For Structural Analysis (3) 

Two hours of lecture and one hour of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: ENCE 360. Pre- or core- 
quisite: ENCE 351. Application of computer oriented methods and numerical techniques to analysis 
and design of structural systems. Matrix formulation of the stiffness and flexibility methods for 
framed structures. Introduction of numerical techniques to the solution of selected problems in 



ENCE— Engineering, Civil 309 



such topics as plates, structural stability, and vibrations. 
ENCE 461 Analysis of Civil Engineering Systems I (3) 

Prerequisite: permission of department. Application of the principles of engineering economy and 
statistics to the solution of civil engineering problems. Economic comparison of alternatives using 
present worth, annual cost, rate of return and cost benefit analyses. Development and use of simple 
and multiple regression models, and statistical decision theory. 
ENCE 463 Engineering Economics and System Analysis (3) 

Prerequisite: permission of department. Development and application of the principles of engineering 
economics to problems in civl engineering. Evaluation of design alternatives, depreciation and sen- 
sitivity analysis. Use of systems analysis techniques, including CPM, PERT and decision networks. 
Introduction to microeconomic analysis. 
ENCE 470 Highway Engineering (4) 

Three hours of lecture and three hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: ENCE 370. Location, 
design, construction and maintenance of roads and pavements. Introduction to traffic engineering. 
ENCE 473 Air and Water Transportation Engineering (3) 

Prerequisite: ENCE 370. Detailed study of the planning, design, construction, operations and maintenance 
of airports and waterways, emphasis on design and operations of transportation facilities. 
ENCE 474 Railroad Mass Transportation Engineering (3) 

Prerequisite: ENCE 370. Detailed study of the planning, design, construction, operations, and 
maintenance of railroads and mass transportation systems, emphasis on design and operations of 
transportation facilities. 
ENCE 489 Special Problems (3) 

Senior standing. A course arranged to meet the needs of exceptionally well prepared students for 
study in a particular field of civil engineering. 
ENCE 600 Advanced Engineering Materials Laboratory (3) 

Prerequisites: ENES 220; and ENES 221; and ENCE 300 or equivalent. Critical examination of 
the methods for testing engineering materials and structures under static, repeated, sustained and 
impact forces. Laboratory experiments for the determination of strength and stiffness of struc- 
tural alloys, concrete and other construction materials. Critical examination of the effects of test 
factors on the determination of engineering properties. 
ENCE 601 Structural Materials and Design (3) 

Prerequisites: ENCE 410; and ENCE 411 or permission of both department and instructor. Rela- 
tion of structural analysis, properties of materials and laboratory study of the behavior of members 
to structural design methods, codes and specifications. Effects of temperature, loading rates and 
state of combined stress on behavior of construction materials. 
ENCE 603 Theories of Concrete and Granular Materials (3) 

Prerequisite: ENCE 600. Critical reviews of analytical and experimental investigations of the behavior 
of concretes under diverse conditions of loading and environment. Mechanics of granular aggregates 
and the chemistry of cements. Theories of the design of Portland cement and field experience. 
ENCE 610 Advanced Strength of Materials (3) 

Prerequisites: ENES 220; and ENES 221; and ENCE 300, or equivalent. Analysis for stress and 
deformation in engineering members by the methods of mechanics of materials and elementary 
theories of elasticity and plasticity. Problems in flexure, Torison plates and shells, stress concen- 
trations, indeterminate combinations, residual stresses, stability. 
ENCE 612 Structures Research Methods and Model Analysis (3) 

Prerequisites: ENCE 450; and ENCE 451, or equivalent. Instrumentation, data analysis; states of 
stress; structural models, structural similitude; analogies; non-destructive testing techniques; plan- 
ning research projects, lab studies and reports. 



310 Course Descriptions 



ENCE 620 Urban-regional Civil Engineering Planning (3) 

Prerequisite: degree in civil engineering or permission of both department and instructor. Theory 
and methodology for the synthesis of general civil engineering aspects of urban and regional plan- 
ning. Integration of land use conditions and capabilities, population factors and needs, engineer- 
ing economics and engineering technologies. Application to special problems in urban-regional 
development. Preparation of engineering reports. Presentation methods. Fall semester. 
ENCE 621 Civil Engineering Planning (3) 

Prerequisite: ENCE 620 or equivalent. General to comprehensive planning of complex engineering 
facilities such as industrial plants, bridges, utilities and transportation projects. Planning based 
on the synthesis of all applicable factors. Emphasis on general civil engineering planning including 
site, structural and construction planning. Plan evaluation and feasibility. Spring semester. 
ENCE 622 Urban and Regional Systems Analysis (3) 

Pre- or corequisite: ENCE 461 or permission of both department and instructor. Current applica- 
tions and research approaches in land-use forecasting, land-use evaluation, urban transportation, 
land-use interrelationships, and the planning implementation process in a systems analytic framework. 
ENCE 623 Interpretation of Satellite Imagery For Regional Analysis (3) 

Prerequisites: foundation courses in computer programming and statistics. The concepts and ap- 
proaches used in the computer-aided interpretation of digital format data collected by orbiting electro- 
magnetic scanner systems. Emphasis on the translation of computer compatible tapes from the 
landsat series of satellites into information required for the analysis of land and water related pro- 
blems on a regional scale. 

ENCE 630 Environmental and Water Resource Systems 1 (3) 

Prerequisite: permission of both department and instructor. Application of statistical and systems 
engineering techniques in the analysis of information necessary for the design or characterization 
of environmental or hydrologic processes; emphasis on the fundamental considerations that con- 
trol the design of information collection programs, data interpretation, and the evolution of simula- 
tion models used to support the decision-making process. 
ENCE 631 Physical Foundations For Hydrologic Modeling (3) 

Prerequisite: ENCE 431 or permission of both department and instructor. A detailed analysis of 
the physical processes controlling the distribution of runoff from land areas. Infiltration, intercep- 
tion, transpiration, evaporation, and spatially varied flows. Emphasis on developing an understanding 
of the physics of hydrologic processes and translating this understanding into models that can be used. 
ENCE 632 Free Surface Flow (3) 

Prerequisite: ENCE 330 or equivalent. Application of fundamentals of fluid mechanics to pro- 
blems of free surface flow; computation of steady and transient water surface profiles; stratified 
flows in reservoirs and estuaries; diffusion; transition structures; sediment transport. 
ENCE 633 The Chemistry of Natural Waters (3) 

Prerequisite: ENCE 433 or permission of both department and instructor. Application of prin- 
ciples from chemical thermodynamics and kinetics to the study and interpretation of the chemical 
characteristics of natural water systems. Explanation of the chemical composition of natural waters 
from a consideration of metal ion solubility controls, ph, carbonate equilibria, absorption reac- 
tions, redox reactions, and the kinetics of oxygenation reactions which occur in natural water 
environments. 

ENCE 634 Air Sampling and Analysis (3) 

Two hours of lecture and one hour of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: ENCE 434 or permission 
of both department and instructor. The theory and techniques used in the determination and measure- 
ment of chemical, radiological, and biological pollutants in the atmosphere. Discussion of air sampl- 
ing equipment, analytical methods and data evaluation. 



ENCE— Engineering, Civil 31 1 



ENCE 635 Design of Water Purification Facilities (3) 

One hour of lecture and two hours of laboratory per week. Corequisite: ENCE 636 or equivalent. 
Application of basic science and engineering science to design of water supply and purification 
processes; design and economics of unit operations as applied to environmental systems. 
ENCE 636 Unit Operations of Environmental Engineering (3) 

Prerequisite: ENCE 221 or permission of both department and instructor. Properties and quality 
criteria of drinking water as related to health are interpreted by a chemical and biological approach. 
Legal aspects of water use and handling are considered. Theory and application of aeration, sedimen- 
tation, filtration, centrifugation, desalinization, corrosion and corrosion control are among topics 
to be considered. 

ENCE 637 Biological Principles of Environmental Engineering (3) 

Prerequisite: permission of both department and instructor. An examination of biological prin- 
ciples directly affecting man and his environment, with particular emphasis on microbiological in- 
teractions in environmental engineering related to air, water and land systems; microbiology and 
biochemistry of aerobic and anaerobic treatment processes for aqueous wastes. 
ENCE 640 Advanced Soil Mechanics (3) 

Prerequisite: ENCE 340 or equivalent. Introduction to the use of elastic theory in stress and displace- 
ment solutions to geotechnical engineering (soil and rock mechanics). The effect of soil moisture 
(at rest) relative to effective stress principles, capillary and frost. Exact and numeric techniques 
for the analysis for soil seepage under isotropic and anisotropic conditions. Classical settlement 
(consolidation) and compressiblility theories, including finite difference solution for vertical and 
radial drainage. 

ENCE 641 Advanced Foundations (3) 

Prerequisite: ENCE 340 or equivalent. Introduction to braced lateral earth pressure concepts and 
theories applied to foundations. Analysis of braced excavations, retaining walls and design of can- 
tilever and anchored sheet piling systems. Principles of Cofferdam design; bearing capacity theories 
related to shallow and deep foundations; soil-foundation interactions for footing and mat designs 
and analysis of single pile and pile group foundations. Exact and numeric solution techniques. 
ENCE 642 Soil Dynamics (3) 

Pre- or corequisite: ENCE 640 or permission of both department and instructor. Introduction to 
field and laboratory methods for determining the dynamic characterizationof soil at both small 
and large strain levels. Analysis and design of soil foundations subjected to machinery generated 
vibrations. A critical review of earthquake causes and their effect upon foundations and earth struc- 
tures relative to earthquake resistant design methodologies. 
ENCE 643 Stability of Earth Structures (3) 

Prerequisite: ENCE 340 or equivalent . Shear strength of saturated and partially saturated cohesive 
and cohesionless soils incorporating the effects of stress history and in-situ stress conditions. Fun- 
damentals of lateral earth pressure and classical methods of analysis. Integration of basic techni- 
ques of subsurface exploration methods (equipment, sampling tubes, and number of samples) with 
the above topics to critically analyze stability of earth structures (landslides, slope stability and 
earth dam stability). 

ENCE 644 Engineering Soil Problems of North America (3) 

Prerequisite: ENCE 340 or equivalent. A critical review of the distribution of the soils in North 
America with respect to engineering design and construction problems. Design factors such as 
availability of quality aggregate resources, soil origin and texture, high volume change soils, poten- 
tially poor subgrade support conditions, and frost-susceptible soils. 
ENCE 645 Embankment Dam Design (3) 

The design procedures involved in embankment dam design, touching on preliminary considera- 
tions, embankment design and construction preparation, with special attention to rock fill dams, 



312 Course Descriptions 



small dams, and mine waste disposal dams. Dam surveillance, safety and repair. 

ENCE 646 Rock Mechanics (3) 

The composition, structure, and properties of intact rock and discontinuous rock masses and to 

the practical analysis and design techniques for common rock engineering problems. 

ENCE 647 Underground Construction (3) 

Design and construction aspects of soft ground tunnels, rock tunnels and caverns, shafts, and cut- 

and-cover excavations. Design criteria and philosophies, excavation systems, ground stability, support 

systems, support load analysis, and ground movement prediction. Project management, risk, liability, 

and contractual problems peculiar to tunneling. 

ENCE 651 Matrix Methods of Structural Analysis (3) 

Review of basic structural and matrix theory. Development of force and displacement methods 

with emphasis on the latter. Discussion of special topics such as geometric non-linearity, automated 

and optimum design non-prismatic members and thin-walled open sections and sub-division of large 

structures. Emphasis on applications to civil engineering structures. 

ENCE 652 Analysis of Plate and Shell Structures (3) 

Prerequisites: ENCE 410; and ENCE 381 or equivalent. Review of theory of elasticity and in-plane 

forces; theory of orthotropic plates; approximate methods; large deflection theory; buckling; general 

theory of shells, cylindrical shells, domes. 

ENCE 653 Structural Dynamics (3) 

Analysis of the dynamic response of structures and structural components subjected to impact load, 

transient load, and ground excitations; study of single degree-of-freedom and multi degree-of- 

freedom systems in classical closed form solution and approximate numerical solution; solution 

in the frequency domain and the use of finite element method. 

ENCE 655 Plastic Analysis and Design of Structures (3) 

Prerequisite: permission of both department and instructor. The study of the factors affecting the 

plastic behavior of steel structures and the criteria necessary for design. The design of beams, rigid 

frames and multi-story braced frames using current specifications. A review of current research 

and practice. 

ENCE 656 Advanced Steel Design (3) 

Prerequisites: ENCE 450; and ENCE 451 or equivalent. Interpretation of specifications and codes 

for the design of steel buildings and bridges. Discussion of the behavior of steel connections, members 

and structures; the relationship between behavior and design specifications. 

ENCE 657 Theory of Structural Design (3) 

Prerequisite: ENCE 656. Correlation of theory, experience, and experiments in study of structural 
behavior, proportioning, and preliminary design. Special design problems of fatigue, buckling, vibra- 
tions, and impact. 
ENCE 660 Engineering Analysis (3) 

ENCE 661 Finite Element Techniques in Engineering Analysis (3) 

Prerequisite: permission of both department and instructor. Basic principles and fundamental con- 
cepts of the finite element method. Consideration of geometric and material nonlinearities, con- 
vergence, mesh gradation and computational procedures in analysis. Applications to plane stress 
and plane strain, plates and shells, eigenvalue problems, axi-symmetric stress analysis, and other 
problems in civil engineering. 

ENCE 662 Construction Project Management (3) 

The techniques needed by a project manager to be successful in the engineering/construction en- 
vironment. Organizations and information needed by the construction manager to make timely 
decisions which affect quality, cost, progress and safety issues. 



ENCE— Engineering, Civil 313 



ENCE 663 Management of Construction Organizations (3) 

Study of establishing authority and responsibility for construction management techniques for 
motivating construction labor organizations; and traits needed for success in managing construc- 
tion projects. 

ENCE 664 Project Acquisition and Risk Management (3) 

Concepts and current issues surrounding construction project evaluation and financing. The use 
of decision theory in evaluating project feasibility studies. 
ENCE 665 Project Planning and Resource Allocation (3) 

Analytic techniques for planning and controlling the duration of construction project. Networking 
techniques, including treatment of uncertainty, resource allocation and leveling, and time/cost 
tradeoff. 

ENCE 666 Cost Engineering and Control (3) 

Analytic techniques to estimate and control project costs, including site investigation, quantity 
takeoff, work analysis and bid preparation. Systematic cost control as related to job production 
and historical data. 

ENCE 667 Construction Operations and Improvement (3) 

Applications of time-lapse photography, crew balance, process charts, delay surveys, and other 
techniques to permit improvement analysis of construction operations. The use of safety, incentive 
and communication programs for productivity improvement. 
ENCE 670 Highway Traffic Characteristics and Measurements (3) 

Prerequisite: ENCE 470 or permission of both department and instructor. The study of the fun- 
damental traits and behavior patterns of road users and their vehicles in traffic. The basic 
characteristics of the pedestrian, the driver, the vehicle, traffic volume and speed, stream flow and 
intersection operation, parking, and accidents. 
ENCE 671 Highway Traffic Operations (3) 

Prerequisites: [ENCE 470; and ENCE 670] or permission of both department and instructor. A 
survey of traffic laws and ordinances. The design, application and operation of traffic control devices 
and aids, including traffic signs and signals, pavement markings, and hazard delineation. Capaci- 
ty, accident, and parking analyses. 
ENCE 672 Regional Transportation Planning (3) 

Prerequisite: ENCE 471 or permission of both department and instructor. Factors involved and 
the components of the process for planning statewide and regional transportation systems, encom- 
passing all modes. Transportation planning studies, statewide traffic models, investment models, 
programming and scheduling. 
ENCE 673 Urban Transportation (3) 

The contempory methodology of urban transportation planning. The urban transportation planning 
process, interdependence between the urban transportation system and the activity system, urban 
travel demand models, evaluation of urban transportation alternatives and their implementation. 
ENCE 674 Urban Transit Planning and Rail Transportation Engineering (3) 
Prerequisite: ENCE 471 or permission of both department and instructor. Basic engineering com- 
ponents of conventional and high speed railroads and of air cushion and other high speed new 
technology. The study of urban rail and bus transit. The characteristics of the vehicle, the suppor- 
ting way, and the terminal requirements will be evaluated with respect to system performance, capaci- 
ty, cost, and level of service. 
ENCE 675 Airport Planning and Design (3) 

Prerequisite: ENCE 471 or permission of both department and instructor. The planning and design 
of airports including site selection, runway configuration, geometric and structural design of the 
landing area, and terminal facilities. Methods of financing airports, estimates of aeronautical de- 
mand, air traffic control, and airport lighting are also studied. 



314 Course Descriptions 



ENCE 676 Highway Traffic Flow Theory (3) 

Prerequisites: [ENCE 461; and ENCE 462] or permission of both department and instructor. An 
examination of physical and sta